BHeiney
Wed, 08/09/2023 - 14:35
Edited Text
OOMSBURG UNIVERSITY

Bloomsbun
UNIVERSITY
A Member of Pennsylvania's
State System of Higher Education

Copyright

© 1995, Bloomsburg University of Pennsylva-

No part of this book may be
any form or by any means
graphic, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, taping or information storage and retrieval systems
without permission. Contact University Relations and
Communication, Waller Administration Building,
Bloomsburg University, 400 E. Second Street, Bloomsnia.

All rights reserved.

reproduced or copied



burg,

PA

17815-1301.

in



^LOOMSBURG UNIVERSITY

^li

The Undergraduate

^^A^^

Catalog, 1995-1997

Affirmative Action

Notice
The

provisions of this catalog are not to be regard-

ed as an irrevocable contract between the university and
the student.
to

Bloomsburg University reserves the

amend any academic,

right

administrative, or disciplinary

policy or regulation (or fee) described in this catalog

without prior notice to persons affected.
Requirements for graduation as well as curricula
for degree programs, such as those requiring professional certification/licensure, may change throughout the
student's matriculation. Such changes will not be retroactively required; however, the student will have the
option to choose the new program or requirement, if
desired.

Exceptions

may be necessary when changes

fessional certification or licensure standards

changes

in

academic requirements or

in pro-

mandate

in university pro-

grams.

Bloomsburg University

Vietnam

era status as veteran, or union membership. The university is additionally committed to affirmative action
and will take positive steps to provide such educational
and employment opportunities. Inquiries may be referred to: Director of Social Equity, Carver Hall, Blooms-

burg University, Bloomsburg, PA 17815.

Access to Educational Records
In accordance with the Family Educational Rights
Act, commonly known as the Buckley

and Privacy

Amendment,

students are provided with privacy safeguards of their educational records. The university,
therefore, issues reports of progress including grades,

and letters of warning, directly to
student may have access to all information pertaining to his or her educational records and
the student.

accredited by the Middle
and Schools; the NationCouncil for the Accreditation of Teacher Education;
the National League for Nursing; the Council on Education of the Deaf; and the Council on Social Work Education. Programs of study have also been approved by
the Penns}'lvania State Board of Education and the State
Board of Nursing. In addition, the bachelor of science
program in chemistry offered by the Department of
Chemistry is approved by the American Chemical Sociis

States Association of Colleges

ety.

ancestry, lifestyle, sexual orientation, disability,

written evaluations

Accreditation

al

Bloomsburg University is committed to providing
equal educational opportunities for all persons without
regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin,

academic

A

status.

Parents

may have

access to information pertaining

to their son's or daughter's educational records

and

academic status without prior written consent of their
son or daughter if he or she is a dependent as defined
under Section 152 of die IRS Code of 1954. If the student is not a dependent, as defined by the IRS Code,
then the university must receive prior written consent
from the student in order to release such information
to his or her parents.

Contents

Academic Calendars

8
9

For Information
Emergency Telephone Numbers

Bloomsburg University

Bloomsburg University
Degree Programs
College of Arts and Sciences

10
10
12
14

College of Business
Programs and Specialization
College of Professional Studies
School of Education
School of Health Sciences

16
18
18
19
19

22

School of Extended Programs
School of Graduate Studies

26
29

Admission
Admission, Financial Aid, Fees
Financial Aid
Bloomsburg University Scholarships and Grants
Undergraduate Fees for the 1995-96 Academic Year

30

Academic

Policies, Practices

and Services

Academic Policies
Student Life and Services
Student Housing
Student Organizations

Dining Facilities
Health Services

Undergraduate Program
Buildings and Facilities
University Services

Harvey A. Andruss Library
Academic Computing Facilities
Programs of Study
Course Descriptions

Codes and Academic Programs
Department of Accounting
Accounting (Code 91)
Allied Health Preparatory Programs

Department of Anthropology
Anthropology (Code 46)

Department of Art
Art (Code 30)
Art History (Code 31)
Art Studio (Code 32)

Department of Biological and Allied Health Sciences
Biological and Allied Health Sciences (Code 50)
Marine Science
Marine Science (Code 55)

30

33

37
42
46
46
60
60
60
63
64
69
73
80

80
81

85
85
86
87

87
90
92
93
95
96
96
96
99
101
105
106

DcparlnuiU of Finance and Business Law
Department of Business Education and

108

109
109

Office Administration

110

General Business (Code 90)

Department of Chemistry

1

1

112

Chemistry (Code 52)

Department of Computer and Information Systems
Computer and Information Systems (Code 92)
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science

1

14

115
I

1

118

Computer Science (Code 56)
Department of Developmental Instruction

120

Developmental Instruction (Code 01)
Department of Geography and Earth Science

122

Earth Science and Geology (Code
Department of Economics

120
722

51)

125
726
128

Economics (Code 40)

Department of Curriculum and Foundations

129
130

Early Childhood Education (N-K-3)

Elementary Education (K-6)

Dual

Certification in Early Childhood

and Elementary Education

Secondary Education (7-12)

Educational Foundations (Code 60)
Early Childhood and Elementary Education (Code 62)
Secondary Education (Code 65)
Professional Studies (Code 79)

Engineering and Liberal Arts

Department of English
English (Code 20)

Department of Finance and Business Law
Finance (Code 96)
Business Law (Code 98)
Department of Geography and Earth Science
Geography (Code 41)

Department of Health, Physical
Education and Athletics
Health, Physical Education and Athletics (Code
Health Services

Department of History
History (Code 42)

Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies (Code 09)

Department of Languages and Cultures
French (Code 10)

German (Code

11)

Spanish (Code 12)
Russian (Code 13)
Italian (Code 14)

General (Code 16)

Latin (Code 18)
Department of Management

Management (Code

93)

05)

131

752
134
135
136
136
137
140
7^7
144
144
145
146
146
148
148
149
153
154
155
160
767
163
765
766

767
765
765
168
168
169

770

Department of Computer and Information Systems
Department of Marketing
Marketing (Code 97)

Department of Mass Communications
Mass Communications (Code 27)
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science
Mathematics Code 53)
Medical Technology

177
180
181
185

186

Medical Technology (Code 86)

Aerospace Studies/ Air Force

,

172
174
174
176

ROTC

Aerospace Studies (Code 61)

Army ROTC

188
188
190

190

Military Science (Code 67)

Department of Music

192
193
198

Music (Code 35)

Department of Nursing

Department of Communication Studies

199
199
200
202
203
203
205
205
208
209
212
212
215
216
219
220
220
222
222
226
226
227
230

Speech Communication(Code 25)

231

Generic Students
Registered Nurses

Nursing (Code 82)
Health Sciences (Code 80)
Department of Business Education

and Office Administration

Office Systems (Code 94)

Department of Philosophy
Philosophy (Code 28)

Department of Physics
Physics (Code 54)

Department of Political Science
Political Science

(Code 44)

Department of Psychology
Psychology (Code 48)

Radiological Technology

Department of Sociology and Social Welfare
Social Welfare (Code 45)

Department of Sociology and Social Welfare
Sociology and Criminal fustice (Code 45)
Department of Communication Disorders
and Special Education
Special Education (Code 70)

Department of Communication Disorders
and Special Education
Speech Pathology and Audiology (Code 72)
Department of Communication Disorders
and Special Education
Studies in Hearing Loss (Code 74)

Department of Communication Studies
Theater Arts (Code 26)

Administration
Faculty

Index

and

Staff Emeriti

233
234
236
236

237
239

239
241

246
248

Academic Calendars

Fall

1995

Fall

Electronic Registration

Aug. 22 to Aug 28, 2

1996

Aug

Electronic Registration

19 to

Aug

p.m.
Classes Begin



Monday, Aug. 28, 8 a.m.
Classes
Monday, Sept. 4

No
Labor Day
Mid-Term
Thursday, Oct. 10, 10 p.m.
No Classes Friday,
Mid-Term Reading Day



26, 2

p.m.
Classes Begin



Monday, Aug. 26, 8 a.m.
Classes
Monday, Sept. 2

Labor Day
No
Mid-Term
Thursday, Oct. 15, 10 p.m.
Mid-Term Reading Day
No Classes Friday,



Oct. 13

Oct. 18

Thanksgiving Recess Begins Wednesday, Nov.

Thanksgiving Recess Begins Wednesday, Nov.

22, 2 p.m.

Resume
Classes End
Reading Day
Classes

Monday, Nov.

27., 8 a.m.

Saturday, Dec. 9

Sunday, Dec. 10

Monday, Dec.

Finals Begin

11

End

Saturday, Dec. 16

Commencement

Saturday, Dec. 16

Finals

Spring 1996

27, 2 p.m.

Resume
Classes End
Reading Day
Classes

Monday, Dec.

Sunday, Dec. 8

Monday, Dec. 9

Finals Begin

End
Commencement

Saturday, Dec. 14

Finals

Saturday, Dec. 14

Jan. 9 to Jan 15, 2

Electronic Registration

p.m.
Mzu-tin

Monday, Jan 16, 8 a.m.
Luther King Day
No Classes Mon-



Classes Begin

Friday, Jan 19

(No

Tuesday, March 5, 10 p.m.
Spring Break Begins
Saturday, March 9, 10
p.m.
Classes

Spring

Resume
Monday, March 18, 8 a.m.
Weekend Begins Thurday, April 4. 10

Resume
Classes End
Reading Day
Classes

Finals Begin

End
Commencement

Finals

p.m.
6 p.m.
Saturday, May 4
Sunday, May 5
Monday, May 6

Monday, April

8,

Saturday,

Saturday,

May
May

13, 8 a.m.

— No Classes

Mon-

day, Jan. 20

Monday Classes Meet

Evening Classes)

Mid-Term

Jan. 6 to Jan 13, 2
p.m.

Monday, Jan

Martin Luther King Day

day, Jan. 15

Monday Classes Meet

8 a.m.

Spring 1997

Electronic Registration
Classes Begin

2.,

Saturday, Dec. 7

24 (No
Evening Classes)

Friday, Jan

Tuesday, March 6, 10 p.m.
Spring Break Begins
Saturday, March 8, 10
p.m.
Classes Resume
Monday, March 17, 8 a.m.
Spring Weekend Begins Thurday, March 27.
10 p.m.
Classes Resume
Monday, March 31, 6 p.m.

Mid-Term

Classes

End

Reading Day
Finals Begin

End

1

Finals

1

Commencement

May 3
May 4
Monday, May 5
Saturday, May 10
Saturday, May 10
Saturday,

Sunday,

For Information
Dial 389 plus the extension number from off-campus telephones. On campus, use the four-digit extension.
For offices not listed, off campus call the university switchboard, (71 7)389-4000, on campus, call "0, " 8 a.m.
to 4:30 p.m.

Academic Advisement
Academic Affairs

12

Ben Franklin

4271

Hall

Office of the Provost

4308
4199
4492

115 Waller Administration Building

Academic Support Services Luzerne Residence Hall
14 Waller Administration Building
ACT 101/EO Programs
Office of the Vice President for Administration

Administration

4115
4316
4528
4058

15 Waller Administration Building

Admissions Office
Affirmative Action

10 Ben Franklin Hall
Carver Hall

Almnni Affairs
Arts and Sciences,

Alumni House
Office of the Dean

College of

Busmess, College of

106 Waller Administration Building
Nelson Field House
Office of the Dean,221 Sudiff Hall

Business Office
Campus Child Center

Elwell Residence Hall

Athletics Office

4410
4050
4019
4013/4407
4547
4070
4462

22 Waller Administration Building

Career Development Center Kehr Union

Kehr Union

Community Activities
Cooperative Education-

Academic Internships
Counseling/Human Dev.

15 Ben Franklin Hall

Curriculum Materials

McCormick Center for Human Services
Carver Hall
Office of the Dean
Magee Center, 700 West Main Street

Ctr.

Development Office
Extended Programs,
School of
Financial Aid Office

Graduate Studies
School of
Health Center
Honors/Scholars Program
Information Desk
International Education
Library, Andruss

17 Ben Franklin Hall

4015
4451/4452
4713
3900
4830
4204

109 Waller Administration Building

Kehr Union
7 Bakeless Center for the Humanities
Kehr Union
Lower Level, Luzerne Residence Hall

General Information
Catholic (784-3123); Protestant (784-0703)
16 Ben Franklin Hall

Police, University

Basement of University Store

President's Office

Carver Hall
Office of the Dean
3105 McCormick Human Services Center

Professional Studies,

College of
Registrar's Office

Residence Life Office
Student Activities
Student Life Office

4420

19 Ben Franklin Hall
4279/4297
Office of the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies

Orientation Office

Ministries

4678
4255
4035
4128

6 Ben Franklin Hall
Elwell Residence Hall

Kehr Union

4595
4168
4526
4005
4263
4089
4346

Office of the Vice President for Student Life
11

Ben Franklin Hall

University Advancement

Office of Vice President for University

University Relations

Carver Hall
104 Waller Administration Building

4065

Advancement
4524
4411/4412

10

Emergency Telephone Numbers
Ambulance
BeSAFe Hotline
Bloomsburg Hospital

784-7911

Information on safety and security issues on campus

Elmergency Service
Emergencies on Campus

University Police

Fire

Bloomsburg

2723
387-21

Fire

Emergency Number
Department

1

4911
784-7911

Geisinger Medical Center

Emergency Department

271-6591

Information, Referral,
Active Listening

and Crisis Intervention,
caUTAP-Line

1-800-222-9016

Bloomsburg University
General Mailing Address:

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

Internet Address:

http://www.bloomu.edu

^LOOMSBURG UNIVERSITY

12

Bloomsburg University
A Membere of Pennsylvani

's

State System of Higher Education

Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania is
one of the 14 state-owned universities that coinpose the State System of Higher Education. In
addition to 64 undergraduate degree programs
and one associate degree program, Bloomsburg offers 18 master's degrees in select academic disciplines and a doctoral program in
elementary education in cooperation with Indiana University of Pennsylvania.

Bloomsburg

University,

which offers

cur-

ricula in liberal arts, business, nursing, allied
health sciences, and teacher education, has
more than 7,500 students. The university is
organized as three colleges (Arts and Sciences, Business, and Professional Studies) and two
schools (Graduate Studies and Extended Programs). The scope and internal structure of
each college is described in the succeeding
chapter of this catalog.
The home of Bloomsburg University is its
namesake, the Town of Bloomsburg, the county seat of Columbia County, Pa. The industrial, trading, and residential community of nearly 12,000 is located 80 miles northeast of Harrisburg and is within two miles of two inter-

changes off Interstate 80.

Bloomsburg is served by Greyhound and
Continental Trailways bus lines. Commercial
airports in the Scran to n/Wilkes-Barre area and
in Williamsport are approximately an hour's
drive

from the

university.

History

An academy "to teach youth the elements
of a classical education" was established in
The academy continued
varied fortunes until 1856 when a charter

Bloomsburg
with

in 1839.

was prepared and stock issued to reorganize

it

Bloomsburg Literary Institute. Institute
renamed Carver Hall after Henry
Carver, an early principal, architect, and teachas the

Hall, later

was erected in 1867. Today, the gold-domed,
red-brick building is the university's landmark.

er,

Largely through the efforts of J. P. Wickersham, superintendent of public instruction, the

Bloomsburg Literary Institute officially became
the Bloomsburg Literary Institute and State
Normal School in 1869; it continued under this
name and organization until 1916 when it was
purchased by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and named Bloomsburg State Normal

School.

The emphasis at the Normal School
changed during the early 1920s from secondary and college-preparatory courses for specialized teachers to full-time teacher education.

May

In

1927,

the institutional

name was

changed to Bloomsburg State Teachers College, and the school was authorized to grant
the Bachelor of Science in Education for teachelementary and secondary schools.
Under the administration of President

ers in

Francis B. Haas (1927-1939), great progress was

made in the teacher education program, and
new degree program in business education

a

was

initiated.

Upon

the naming of Dr. Haas as state superintendent of public instruction, Dr. Harvey
A. Andruss, then dean of instruction and a
former director of the Business Education
Department, was appointed president, a position he held until his retirement in 1969. Dur-

ing World

War

II,

the U.S. Navy V-12 Officer

Training Program was conducted on the
Bloomsburg campus. As a result, a campus
building was renamed Navy Hall. In 1957, a
division of special education was instituted, and
today, Navy Hall still houses that program.
Major expansion in facilities, faculty, and
student body followed. Undergraduate fulltime enrollment rose from 1,743 in 1960 to
6,184 undergraduates in 1992.
In 1960, the institution's name was changed
to Bloomsburg State College. Authorization
soon followed to grant baccalaureate degrees

programs in humanities, social
and natural sciences/mathematics.

for liberal arts
sciences,

Graduate study, leading to the Master of Education, was inaugurated. In 1968, approval was
received for the Master of Arts, in 1970 for the
Master of Science, in 1976 for the Master of
Business Administration, and in 1982 for the
Master of Science in Nursing. A cooperative
doctoral program in elementary education
began in 1982.
Commonwealth legislation enacted on July
1, 1983, established the State System of Higher Education, and Bloomsburg State College
became Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania. Bloomsburg's president, Dr. James H.
McCormick, became the system's interim chancellor

and

later

its first

permanent chancellor.

)

13

The

following have served as presidents of

Bloomsburg

University:

Henry Carver (1866-1871)
Charles B. Barkley (1871-1872)
The Rev. John Hewitt (1872-1873)
Dr. T. L. Griswold (1873-1877)
Dr. David J. Waller Jr. (1877-1890)
Dr.Judson P. Welsh (1890-1906)
Dr. David J. Waller Jr. (1906-1920)
Dr. Charles H. Fisher (1920-1923)
Dr. G. C. L. Reimer (1923-1927)
Dr. Francis B. Haas (1927-1939)
Dr. Harvey A. Andruss (1939-1969)
Dr. Robert J. Nossen (1969-1972)
Dr. Charles H. Carlson (1972-1973)
Dr. James H. McCormick (1973-1983)
Dr. Larry W.Jones (1983-1985)
Dr. Harry Ausprich (1985-1993)
Dr. Curtis R. English (1993-1994)
Dr. Jessica Sledge Kozloff (1994Professor

Mission Statement
Bloomsburg

University, as

tutions in the State System of

one of 14 instiHigher Educa-

Commonwealth of

Pennsylvania,
embraces the general mission of the system to
assure excellence in higher education at an
affordable cost. The campus is accessible and
attractive, located in the Town of Bloomsburg
near the Susquehanna River and Interstate 80.
Bloomsburg is a coeducational institution
serving students of diverse backgrounds from
Pennsylvania, its surrounding states, and foreign countries. To its community and region,
the university is an artistic and educational
resource that serves a broad range of community needs in education, health care, businessrelated services, library resources, and culturtion of the

undergraduate programs
programs in select areas of
strength. There is an emphasis on a strong libal activities. It offers

as well as graduate

eral arts preparation.

The university is commit-

ted to a program of affirmative action in order
to provide equal educational opportunity to
all persons.
It is a goal of the university to integrate ac-

ademic programs, cultural activities, and interpersonal relations to promote intellectual
growth and social responsibility among students. The university seeks to extend the academic environment from the classroom into
other student activities. It strives to foster openness in communication and involvement in
decision making through a participatory governance structure. In this atmosphere, faculty,
administration, staff, and students attain a genuine respect for one another, a concern for the
enrichment of their experience, and the
achievement of their common purpose. The

community is committed to the prinand academic freedom within the framework of ethical responsibilities.
By emphasizing the assimilation, synthesis,
and integration of information, it is a goal of

university

ciples of personal

the university to develop in its students the
mental resourcefulness and
responsible self-expression as well as the abilities to think critically, clarify values, and demonstrate problem-solving skills. While maintaining programs for which Bloomsburg has
been traditionally recognized, such as those in
business and education, the university has identified strategic directions that include programs in health-related fields; programs that
promote student-faculty interaction in teaching, learning, and research; programs that
emphasize regional, national, international,
and environmental concerns; and programs
that incorporate the application of technolocharacteristics of

gy into instruction.

Degree Programs

14

Degree Programs
Bloonisburg University offers 64 programs of study in the Colleges of Arts and Sciences, Business,
Studies. Listed below are the degrees offered, the programs of study, the college
that supports the program, and code numbers for courses in the subject area.

and Professional

Degree

Program of Study

Bachelor of Arts
Anthropology
Art History
Art Studio
Biology

Arts
Arts
Arts

Arts

Chemistry

Arts

Economics

Arts

English

Arts

French

Arts

Geography

Arts

German

Arts

History

Arts

Humanities
Mass Communications
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy

Arts

Physics

Arts

Arts
Arts
Arts
Arts

Economics

Arts

Science
Psychology
Social Sciences
Social Welfare
Sociology
•Criminal Justice
Spanish

Arts

Political
Political

Speech
Theater Arts
Bachelor of Science
Accounting
Adult Health
Biology
•Marine Science
Business Administradon
•Accounting
•Business Economics
•Business Law

•Finance

•Management
•Management Information Systems
•Marketing

Code

College

Arts
Arts
Arts
Arts
Arts
Arts
Arts
Arts

and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and

Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences

46
31

32
50
52
40
20
10
41
11

42
38
27
53
35
28
54
40
44
48
47
45
45
45
12
25
26

Business

91

and Sciences
Arts and Sciences
Arts and Sciences

05
50
55

Arts

Business
Business
Business
Business
Business
Business
Business
Business


91

40
98
96
93
92
97

Degree

Degree

Pro-ams

15

Program of Study

College

Business Economics

Arts
Arts

Chemistry
Clinical Chemistry
Computer and Information Science
Computer and Information Science
Earth Science
Geology
Health Physics
Interpreting

Mathematics
Medical Technology
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Physics

Radiologic Technology

Bachelor of Science in Education
Business Education

Comprehensive Social Studies
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education

and
and
Arts and
Arts and

Code

Sciences
Sciences
Sciences
Sciences

Business

and Sciences
Arts and Sciences
Arts and Sciences
Professional Studies
Arts and Sciences
Professional Studies
Arts and Sciences
Arts and Sciences
Professional Studies

51
51

Business

90

Arts

Professional Studies

Professional Studies

•Biology

Professional Studies
Professional Studies
Professional Studies

•Chemistry

Professional Studies

•Communication

Professional Studies
Professional Studies

•Earth Science
•English

•French
•Mathematics
•Physics

•Science Education
•Spanish

40
52
52
56
92

Professional Studies
Professional Studies

Professional Studies
Professional Studies
Professional Studies

54
74
53
86
59
54



62
62
65
50
52
25
51

20
10
53
54


12

Professional Studies
Professional Studies
Professional Studies

70
72

Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Nursing

Professional Studies

82

Bachelor of Science in Office Administration
Office Administration
•Office Systems

Business
Business

94

Associate of Science in Health Services
Health Services

Professional Studies

Special Education

Speech Pathology and Audiology

16

Colleges

and Schools

College of Arts and Sciences
gain knowledge in a second area by completing the minor requirements of that discipline.

Hsien-Tung Liu
Dean, College of Arts and Sciences

The College of Arts and Sciences includes
curricula in 19 departments with the expressed

intention of providing a quality liberal arts
education. These curricula encourage broad

knowledge, ideas, and intellectual process. The liberal arts philosophy places
strong emphasis on cultural and scientific
knowledge, and on essential skills such as read-

exposure

to

ing, writing, quantitative

and

critical analysis

absolutely necessary for the preparation for any
particular high profession. Degree programs
lead to a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of
Arts, or both.
Bloomsburg University was first authorized
to offer the Bachelor of Arts in 1960 and the
Bachelor of Science in 1963. Today, the college comprises about a third of the students

and two

thirds of the faculty at

Bloomsburg



General Education courses
a
certain number of these courses are required
of all students seeking a baccalaureate degree
are offered through Arts and Sciences.
The Bachelor of Arts offers the student the
opportunity for a liberal education through
University. All



study in the humanities, the social sciences, and
the natural sciences and mathematics. The

Bachelor of Arts is for majors in the academic
disciplines of arts, humanities and social sciences. The Bachelor of Science provides the
opportunity for a liberal education together
with a specialization in a number of fields in
the natural sciences. Liberal arts graduates are
prepared for a wide range of future goals. Students who are undeclared or undecided about
an academic major are encouraged to enroll
in Arts

and Sciences

curricula.

terdisciplinary studies or

There are

in-

broad area programs.

Degree Programs
All students must complete the General
Education requirements described in the General

Education Requirements section. Each stu-

dent selects a major and fulfills the major requirements as stated at the beginning of the
course descriptions for each of the 19 departments in Arts and Sciences. Several programs
have more than one option for fulfilling the
major requirements.

Academic Minors
In addition to achieving an in-depth understanding of an academic discipline by completing the requirements of a major, students may

Each academic minor consists of a minimum
of 18 semester hours of courses. The following disciplines offer academic minors: anthropology, art studio, art history, biology, computer science, economics, English, French, geography, history, mathematics, music, philo-sophy,
physics, political science, psychology, sociology,

and Spanish. Consult the area of

in the catalog for

interest

course requirements.

Arts and Sciences Honors Program

The College of Arts and Sciences provides
superior students an opportunity to participate
in an honors program during their junior and
senior years.

gram

A

student selected for this pro-

honors seminar in the
humanities, natural sciences and mathematics
or social sciences, and prepares an honors thesis. The thesis is developed under the direction of a faculty member from the academic
department that sponsors the student. Eligibility is limited to students with a minimum
QPA of 3.5 for coursework in the freshman and
sophomore years. Students interested in this
program should contact their faculty adviser.
participates in an

Preprofessional and Career

Advisement
Preprofessional and Career Advisement
special supplementary advisement to students. Members of these committees help students learn about admission
requirements of professional schools or careers
and select college courses in harmony with
these requirements.
Students interested in preprofessional or
career advising should indicate this interest on
the admission application to the university so
that appropriate advisers may be notified.

Committees offer

As a

rule, professional schools for dentistmedicine, optometry, pharmacy, podiatry,
and veterinary medicine do not specify an undergraduate major, but they do specify miniry,

mum essential courses, especially in the sciencand mathematics. These minimum requirements usually include courses in general chemes

istry,

organic chemistry, mathematics, biology,

and physics. High standards of undergraduate
scholarship must be achieved if a student wishes to compete for admission to a professional
school. More than 85 percent of Bloomsburg
University's graduates

who

apply to medical

Colleges

and Schools

17

and dental schools are accepted. Students anticipating these careers should contact the

Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences which provides faculty coordinators
for preprofessional advisement.

Pre-Law



Organizational Relations
Jim H. Huber,
Department of Sociology and Social Welfare
Outdoor Leadership and Management
Jim H. Daltonjr., Department of Psychology
Public Administration
George Agbango,
Department of Political Science





Students who intend to enter the legal proneed to be cognizant of the variations
in entrance requirements for law schools. The
Pre-Law Advisory Committee counsels students
on course selection. Most law schools will consider applications from students with diverse
majors, emphasizing the value of a thoroughly
cultivated mind rather than a specific body of
knowledge. Students interested in a law career
or pre-law advisement should contact Professor George Agbango in the Department of
Political Science in the College of Arts and
Sciences or Professor Bruce Rockwood in the
Department of Finance and Business Law in
the College of Business.

Independent Study

Career Concentrations

Academic Departments

Independent study provides an opportunithe advanced student to pursue in-depth

fession

The College of Arts and Sciences provides
multi-disciplinary opportunities for students to

pursue a specialization in several career-oriented programs. Through a series of courses, usually in process and content areas, a student
gains the foundation knowledge for later placement in vocational settings. The career concentration is intended as a specialty area in
addition to the liberal arts major. These concentrations are not regarded as substitutes for
an academic major, though course overlap
exists for many programs. Career concentrations exist in 10 areas. Students may contact
the following faculty

members

for details.

— Stephen C.
Community Recreation Leader — Susan

Audio Recording Techniques
Wallace, Department of Music

J.

Hibbs, Department of Health, Physical Education,

and

Athletics

Community



Services
Charles Laudermilch, Department of Sociology and Social
Welfare
Environmental Planning
Brian A.
Johnson, Department of Geography and Earth
Science
Family, Children, and Youth
Dale L.
Sultzbaugh, Department of Sociology and Social Welfare
Gerontology
Chang Shub Roh, Department of Sociology and Social Welfare
International Business
FrancisJ. Gallagher, Departments of Marketing and Manage-









ment

ty for

individualized study in a topic of special value
limited number
or interest to the student.
of independent study offerings are available

A

each semester. Students interested in applying
independent study should develop a written proposal -with their faculty sponsor. The
proposed number of semester hours should be
indicated in the proposal. The independent
study proposal, along with the name of the faculty sponsor, is submitted to the appropriate
department for recommendation, then to the
for

dean for

final approval.

The College of Arts and Sciences

is

com-

prised of 19 academic departments. Chairpersons are selected on a three-year cycle and de-

partments writh more than 15 faculty members
also name an assistant chairperson. During

summer sessions, a faculty member is designated as the summer chair. While most departments enjoy full-time secretarial support, some
departments share clerical staff and rely on
part-time and student help. The academic departments in arts and sciences include:
Department of Anthropology

Department of Art
Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences

Department of Chemistry
Department of Communication Studies
Department of Economics
Department of English
Department of Geography and Earth Science
Department of Health, Physical Education, and
Athletics

Department of History
Department of Languages and Cultures
Department of Mass Communications
Department of Mathematics and Computer
Science

Department
Department
Department
Department
Department
Department

of Music
of Philosophy
of Physics
of Political Science
of Psychology
of Sociology and Social Welfare

18

Colleges

and Schools

College of Business
R. Remoff
Interim Dean, College of Business

Gene

The College of Business

Career Concentration

undergradbusiness admin-

offers

uate and graduate programs in
istration and business education. The college
is pursuing accreditation by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.
The primary objective of the college is
teaching.

Information technology

component of instruction,

is

a major

as well as develop-

ing critical thinking an analytsis skills of students. Moreover, research and other intellectual contributions are highly valued. Members
of the faculty serve as consultants and educators in both the public and private sectors.
Students enrolled in other colleges within
the university who wish to transfer to a business curriculum must have completed a miniof 15 semester hours at Bloomsburg to
be eligible for consideration. In addition, a

mum

minor

in business administration

to students in

is

available

other colleges.

Technology Emphasis
The college is committed to

the incorpora-

tion of technology into the curriculum.

and knowledge to operate in a global
economy. The concentration includes a core
skills

of international business administration courses, accompanied by interdisciplinary courses
with an international emphasis. A language
proficiency is a requirement of the concentration.

Academic Departments
The College of

Business

is

composed of

six

academic departments:
Department of Accounting
Department of Business Education and
Office Administration

Department of Computer and Information Systems

Department of Finance and Business Law
Department of Management
Department of Marketing

Programs and Specialization

Each

fuU-dme faculty member's office has an appropriate microcomputer. Two common access
microcomputer laboratories are in operation
in Sudiff Hall and are subject to recurring update and renovaUon.
A local area network interconnects faculty
and administrative offices, cleissrooms, and laboratories and links to other computer facilities on campus. Through the State System of
Higher Education Network, faculty, students
and staff have access to the Internet linking
them to local, regional, national, and international networks.

Uniform software standards (word processing, database, and spreadsheets) multi-media,
and decision support software are maintained.
,

Business Honors Program

The College of Business

The College of Business offers a career concentration in International Business. This concentration provides students with the nece.ssary

provides superior

students an opportunity to participate in an
honors program during their junior and senior
years. Eligibility is limited to students with a
minimum QPA of 3.40 for coursework in the
freshman and sophomore years in their business courses (core, major, and business electives) or a 3.50 QPA overall if their QPA in their
business courses is between 3.25 and 3.40.

Business Admihistration
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

Specializations in: Accounting, Business
Economics, Finance, Management Information Systems,

Management and Marketing.

Business Education
Bachelor of Science in Education
Certification in: Accounting, Data Processing, Marketing and Office Technologies
(Required for all majors)

Computer and Information Systems
Bachelor of Science in Computer and
Information Science

Office Systems
Bachelor of Science in Office Administration
Institute for

Comparative and

International

Management

Studies

The Institute for Comparative and International Management Studies (ICIMS) was estabBloomsburg to fulfill the university's
mission and goals through sponsorship and

lished at

Colleges

19

and Schools

of activities aimed at increased understanding of cross-cultural and comparative
initiation

management

issues.

The

institute initiates,

coordinates, and administers joint degree programs with overseas universities in business
administration; sponsors management research projects within the United States and
at overseas sites; provides consulting services

and workshops in all areas of management; and
develops and administers quality executive
development and training programs as required by a particular country.
ICIMS, with offices in Sutliff Hall, seeks to
provide educational and internship opportunities in many European and Asian countries,

such as the United Kingdom, France, the Netherlands, Taiwan, and China.
In addition to exchange programs, ICIMS
hosts international conferences, and serves as
a regional resource center for area businesses.
For more information, contact the institute's
office at (717) 389-4913/4770.

International Exchange

Program

Students in the College of Business have an
opportunity to study overseas in Europe. There
are exchange sites at business schools in the
Netherlands, England and Denmark. Eligible
students must have junior standing and a 2.5

QPA.

College of Professional Studies


Howard K. Macauley

Human and physical resources necessary to
assist in the educational development and
growth of the community served by the

Dean, College of Professional Studies

university;


School of Education

society,

both as a reflection of that

and as an agent for the improvement
of society. To meet this obligation, the programs draw upon the knowledge and undersociety

standing of general as well as professional education. It strives for a blend in preparing a
person to fulfill a role in society as an informed,
inquiring,

More

and

skilled professional.

teacher education
programs provide:
• The basic academic preparation for
persons to acquire a depth and breadth
of knowledge in both general and
specifically, the

specialized studies;


Basic training to insure mastery of the
specific skills necessary for



competent

functioning as a professional;
further enrichment
within the individual's area of professional competence through a regular
program of speakers, seminars, and

An opportunity for

related activities;

and
advancement of knowledge

for

through research

Programs are offered for preparation of
teachers for early childhood centers and elementary schools, academic subjects in secondary schools, special education, communication
disorders, and business education.
The teacher education program at Bloomsburg University is committed to improving the
field of education through a comprehensive
program which recognizes its unique contribution to

The means

in specific areas of

education.

Bloomsburg University is committed to the
preparation of teachers of the highest quality.
In pursuit of that goal, the School of Education subscribes to and endorses the philosophic
statement as developed by the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education as a
guide to the development and operation of all
of its teacher education programs.

Generic Role Competencies
The teacher education faculty believe

that

for successful teaching to occur, the teacher

must perform effectively in a number of different roles. The teacher also must command
functional knowledge in appropriate content
area(s) as well as in cognate disciplines with
direct or related significance for the act of
teaching.
Six generic role competencies
lated cognate strands have

been

and 15

re-

identified as

central to the preparation of candidates in

teacher education programs at Bloomsburg
University.

Role Competencies
and Diagnosing
Documenting and Evaluating

Assessing

Instructing

Communicating and Interacting
Managing
Planning

Cognate Strands

20

Colleges

Curriculum Theory
Educational Research
Educational Anthropology
Educational
Educational
Educational
Educational

Programs offered for Level

Early Childhood Education (Preschool

through Grade

Sociology
History

through Grade

Technology

Law

processing, marketing)

Secondary Education (biology, chemistry,

communication, earth science,
English, French, Spanish, general
science, mathematics, physics,

Theory
Knowledge in one or more content areas

comprehensive

and/or
handicapped)
Communication Disorders (speech correction or hearing impaired)
physically

Accreditation of Teacher Education
Bloomsburg

accredited by the National
Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the Council on Education of the Deaf. The teacher education programs oudined in this catalog have been approved for teacher cerdfication by the Pennis

Department of Education. The
Speech, Hearing, and Language Clinic is certified by the Professional Services Board of the
American Speech, Hearing, and Language
sylvania

of the approved
is

prerequisite

recommendation

for a teach-

Upon recommendation, an ini-

tial certificate is granted by the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania. The appeal procedure for
considering the problems of certification candidates can be found in the section of the catalog dealing with academic grievances.
As of June 1987, all individuals seeking
teacher certification in Pennsylvania are required to pass state mandated tests at levels
determined by the Secretary of Education. The
tests assess basic skills, general knowledge,
knowledge of subjects in which certification is
sought, and professional knowledge.
An initial certificate is designated as InstrucI.

It is

valid for six years.

A Level

I

not subject to renewal beyond a
years after the individual begins

is

of six

A permanent Level II certificate is
upon completion of three years of successful teaching and experience under a Level I certificate and the completion of a miniteaching.

issued

mum of 24 semester hours of postbaccalaureate coursework.

Agreements

Pennsylvania cooperates in several interagreements that stipulate that holders of
Pennsylvania Instructional Certificates are eli-

state

gible, subject to special provisions, for recip-

rocal credentials in other states. Participating
states currently include:

Alabama, California,

Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia,
Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan,

New Hampshire, New Jersey, New

York, North Carolina, Ohio, Puerto Rico,
Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Tex-

in teacher education

to institutional

total

Interstate Certificate

Montana,

Association.

Teacher Certification
The completion of one

social studies)

Special Education (mentally

Educational Philosophy
Educational Psychology

certificate

6)

Business Education (accounting, data

Instructional

tional Level

3)

Elementary Education (Kindergarten

tration

er's certificate.

certification

are:

Group Dynamics
Educational Measurement and Evaluation
Human Development and Exceptionality
Educational Organization and Adminis-

programs

I

and Schools

as, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington and
West Virginia. This list is updated as additional

states complete the contract process.

All contracts

expire Sept. 30, 1 995; however, renegotiations will
be undertaken to continue the agreements.

states

Other

may be willing to grant reciprocity. Grad-

uates of Pennsylvania-approved programs are
advised to contact the teacher certification office in the state in which they wish to obtain
certification for application forms and instructions. The names and addresses of the appropriate officials should

be available in most col-

lege placement offices.

Admission to Candidacy
Students should submit application to candidacy no later than completion of 65 credits.
Transfer students should submit application to
candidacy after completion of the first semester at Bloomsburg University, but not before
the second semester of their sophomore year.
Enrollment in upper division teacher education coursework (300 and 400-level courses) is
contingent upon admission to the teacher education program.
1. Possession of an overall cumulative

Colleges

2.

and Schools

21

education program beyond one
semester, then dismissal from the
program, but not the department,
occurs. Students will remain in the

grade point average of 2.5 or higher.
Successful completion of a five to 10day noncredit field experience in the

freshman year or

at the earliest

department for one additional
semester after dismissal from the
program so that appropriate advise-

possible time in the case of transfer or

non-traditional students.
3.

tions
4.

(2) recommendafrom teacher education faculty.

Submission of two

Successful completion (grade of

C

or

better) of two English composition

5.

courses or Honors Composition, and
Public Speaking or interpersonal
communication course.
Completion of speech screening,
hearing screening and tuberculosis
screening. (Speech and hearing
screening tests can be completed at no
cost to the student in the Speech,

Hearing and Language Clinic in Navy
Hall. Tuberculosis testing

is

available

each semester at minimal cost

to

students)
6.

Possession of a professional liability
insurance policy is highly recommend-

7.

Submission of a resume that includes

ed.

personal interests, special skills and
experience with children, youth or
adults that

would be relevant for a

preservice teacher.
8.

Completion of Act 34 clearance.

9.

The completed admission packet
should be submitted to the faculty

who will review the packet,
interview the student and submit a
recommendation to the department
chairperson indicating that the
student be admitted or not be
admitted to the program.
Admission to teacher education programs
permits students to schedule upper division
teacher education courses (300 and 400 levadviser,

ment

is

available to the student.

Continuation of field and clinical
experiences as outlined in the
curriculum.
4. Continuation of professional liability
insurance is recommended.
5. Students are required to make contact
with their adviser(s) througout the
program of study.
There will be close supervision of the above
criteria by advisers and chairpersons to ensure
student teaching eligibility and to suggest counseling and/or remediation.
3.

Eligibility for

Student Teaching

student teaching will be determined at the scheduling period prior to the
semester of student teaching. Student teaching eligibility is contingent upon:
1. Completion of the admission to
candidacy process.
2. Possession of an overall cumulative
grade point average of 2.5 or better
and an average of 2.5 or better in the
area of academic specialization.
3. A grade of C or better in all professional education and specialty courses.
4. Completion of appropriate methods
courses determined by each teacher
education program.
5. Continuation of a professional liability
Eligibility for

insurance policy or presentation of
evidence of membership in a professional education organization
providing professional liability
insurance.

el).
6.

Monitoring
1.

Completion of all professional
education courses with a grade of C or

Competency in Student Teaching
1.

Maintenance of an overall cumulative
grade point average of 2.5 or better
and an average of 2.5 or better in the
area of academic specialization or be
placed on probation one semester. If
grade point average falls below 2.5
overall, or below a 2.5 in the area of
academic specialization in a secondary

Recommendations from and competency evaluaton by cooperating
teacher (s).

better.
2.

Completion of Act 34 clearance.

2.

Recommendations from and compe-

3.

tency evaluation by university
supervisor (s).
A grade of C or better.

Exit Criteria
1

.

Completion of the prescribed teacher
education curricula with an overall

22

Colleges

cumulative grade point average of 2.5
or better and a 2.5 average in the area
of specialization.
2. Demonstration of competancy in
student teaching.
In order to receive Pennsylvania Department of Education Instructional Level I certification, candidates must successfully complete
Praxis Series (cutoff scores to be established
by the secretary of education): Core battery
tests (general knowledge, communication
skills,

professional knowledge)

and

specialty

tests.

Student Teaching
Teacher education culminates in student
teaching. Having satisfied the prerequisites for
student teaching courses, undergraduates are
assigned to positions in public or private
schools for the first or second semester of their
senior year. They are placed based on the availability of qualified cooperating teachers in
their subject area and the willingness of schools
with programs approved by the university. Students should be prepared to accept assignments in any of the student teaching centers.
A student teaching semester is divided into
two equal periods so that students may teach
at two grade levels and frequently in two socioeconomic environments. Because of constantly changing educational and socioeconomic
circumstances, flexibility of format is maintained in the student teaching program.

Student Teaching Centers
Student teaching centers and cooperating
teachers are drawn from urban, suburban, and
rural areas. Students in early childhood, ele-

mentary and secondary education may be assigned to Central Pennsylvania, to suburban
Philadelphia, or to inner-city locations. Business education student teaching centers are

located in the Bloomsburg, Allentown, and
Williamsport areas.
Student may arrange their student teaching assignment in one of the international
centers with which Bloomsburg cooperates, for
example, in Liverpool or London, England.
Information about this program may be obtained from department chairpersons.

Cooperating Teachers and Clinicians
Cooperating teachers and clinicians are
selected by faculty in teacher education based
on criteria set forth by the Pennsylvania Department of Education. These parameters are:
I. At least three years of teaching

and Schools

experience, one year of which has
been in the district to which the
teacher candidate is assigned;
2. A teaching assignment appropriate to
the subject competency of the teacher
candidate;
3. Completion of a program of preparation on observation and evaluation
skills developed by the college or
university for the cooperating teacher.
Training at the university is achieved
through the following means:
1. Individualized training;
2. Use of student teaching and clinical

manual;
3.

4.

Providing research and reading
materials to cooperating teachers and
clinicians on a regular basis;
Consortiums (cooperating teachers/
clinicians are invited to a yearly

meeting);
5.

Graduate course offerings.

School of Health Sciences
M. Christine Alichnie,

assistant

The School of Health

dean
one of the

Sciences,

two schools organized under the College of
Professional Studies, offers health science pro-

grams

at

both the undergraduate and gradu-

communication disorders, and nursing. Adminisate levels in adult health, allied health,

programs in
and communication disorders are
assumed by the Department of Health, Physical Education, and Athletics and Department
of Communication Disorders and Special Edtrative responsibilities for the

adult health

ucation, respectively. Information regarding

the curricula for these programs is presented
under their subject tides.

in this catalog

Allied Health Sciences

James E. Cole, coordinator
The allied health sciences encompass those
health areas in which individuals support, aid,

and increase the

efficiency

and

effectiveness

of other health care professionals by becoming a contributing member of the health care
team. The curricula offered at Bloomsburg
include medical technology, radiological technology, health services associate, pre-occupational therapy, pre-physical therapy,

and

pre-

cytotechnology. Completion of these programs

and experience from the campus. The university

involves clinical education

usually away

offers degrees for the first three curricula.

Colleges

and Schools

23

namely a bachelor's degree for medical technologists and radiological technologists and an
associate degree in health services.

An

Thomas Jefferson

University's College of Allied Health Sciences in
Philadelphia facilitates transfer of students
from the preparatory curricula of physical therapy, occupational therapy, and cytotechnology into baccalaureate and masters programs.
AJso,

affiliation with

Bloomsburg University is an active parprogram sponsored by

c.

The

applicant otherwise

satisfies

the

qualifications contained in this act.

*Convicted includes ajudgment, an admis-

A

sion of guilt, or a plea of nolo contendere.
person convicted of any felonious act may be

prohibited from licensure by the Pennsylvania
State Board of Nursing at any time.

Student Employment
In accordance with the Pennsylvania Pro-

Nurse Rules and Regula-

ticipant in the P.A.C.E.

fessional Registered

Thomas Jefferson

are employed in health
agencies may not be employed as registered
or practical nurses unless they are currently

University.

tions, students

Nursing Program

licensed.

M. Christine Alichnie, chairperson

Accreditation

Degree and Licensure
The nursing program at Bloomsburg University provides learning opportunities in nursing and related disciplines which enable students to attain attitudes, knowledge, and skills
essential to the role development of a beginning practitioner. The baccalaureate program
culminates in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) and qualifies its graduates to sit for
the licensure examination administered by
state boards of nursing which establishes them
as registered nurses. The nursing program at
Bloomsburg is not only a conduit for further
education but also for lifelong learning activities.

In accordance with the Professional Nursing Law (PL. 317, No. 69, Jan. 1, 1986) a felonious act prohibits a person from obtaining
licensure in Pennsylvania. In compliance with
this legislation, the following guidelines are
enforced by The Pennsylvania State Board of
Nursing.
A license or certificate shall not be issued
to an applicant who has been:
1. Convicted* of a felonious act prohibited by the act of April 14, 1972, (PL.
233, No. 64) known as The Controlled
Substance, Drug, Device, and Cosmetic Act,
2. Convicted* of a felony relating to a
controlled substance by a U.S. court of
law or by any other state, territory or
a.

country unless:
At least 10 years have elapsed since the

b.

The

date of conviction;
applicant satisfactorily demonstrates to the board significant
progress in personal rehabilitation
since the conviction such that
licensure should not create a substantial risk of further violations;

who

The Bachelor of Science
program

in

Nursing (BSN)

accredited by the National League
for Nursing and fully approved by the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing.
is

Application Categories
Applications to the nursing program

fall

freshman and transfers.
Freshman ^A secondary school student or
secondary school graduate without any postsecondary experience (formal education beyond secondary school)
Transfer Candidate ^An applicant who was
previously enrolled at Bloomsburg University
or who was enrolled in a postsecondary educational program.
into two categories:





Admission Requirements and Process
Freshmen Candidates
Secondary school students should submit
an application to the university's Office of Admissions early in their senior year. (See section
on Admissions, Financial Aid, Fees) Secondary
school graduates who have had no formal education beyond secondary school, must apply
early in November to be considered for the
spring semester or early in February to be considered for admission in the fall semester.
The following guidelines are used to evaluate freshman candidates for admission to the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing program:
a. 18 academic units from secondary
school. These units must include a
minimum of 4 units of English, 3 units
of social studies, 2 units of mathematics (1 of which is algebra), and 2 units
of science vsdth a related laboratory or
the equivalent, plus 7 other academic
units in grades 9 through 12.
b. B average or above in secondary

24

Colleges

the nursing program, the candidate

school.
c.

d.

e.

A or B

must be a graduate of a state-approved
diploma nursing
program. The Office of Admissions
reviews the application and evaluates
any credits from the official transcripts
submitted. If a candidate meets the

secondary school chemistry.
950 SATs with a minimum of 450 in
each portion.
Rank in top 25 percent of secondary
in

school

associate degree or

class.

important that the candidate indicate
nursing as the major. The Office of Admissions
uses these guidelines in accepting freshman
students directly into the nursing program.
Nursing faculty consult with the Office of Admissions as necessary regarding candidates for
admission. An interview is not required, but
the Department of Nursing faculty are availIt is

c.

able to talk with prospective candidates.

Transfer Candidates
External Transfers
a. Candidates with college credits from
institutions other than Bloomsburg
University must apply direcdy to the
Office of Admissions. (See section on
Admissions, Financial Aid, Fees.

application

from the

and evaluates the

credits

and

Financial Aid, Fees)

the candidate meets the requirements
is

The Student Admission, Progression, and
Retention (SAPR) Committee generally reviews transfer applications biannually. Applications must be completed and sent to the
Office of Admissions by September 15 for
spring admission or by February 15 for fall

forwarded to the

Department of Nursing*. The
department chairperson and the
Student Admission, Progression, and
Retention (SAPR) Committee review
the application for admission to the
baccalaureate nursing program. The
minimum requirements beyond those
for admission to the university are a
QPA of 2.5, 16 or greater earned
academic credits and evidence of a
minimum grade of C in several
prerequisite science courses. Grades
attained in prerequisite science
courses outweigh the overall QPA.

guidelines for

*

if

for transfer into the university, the

application

The

freshman admission to the nursing
major are followed for such applicants.
(See the secdon on Admission,

The

transcripts submitted

admission guidelines for a registered
nurse, his/her application is forwarded to the Department of Nursing*.
The minimum requirements and
process from this point is the same as
for other external transfer students,
Individuals seeking a second bachelor's
degree are considered for admission
to the nursing program by the Nursing
Department's chairperson. An
appointment with the chairperson is
encouraged prior to submitting an
applicadon to the Office of Admissions for review.

Office of Admissions reviews the

The

chairperson of the Department of

Nursing makes the decision relative to
admission based on the committee's

recommendation and available
positions. Nodficadon of acceptance
b.

and Sdiools

is

forwarded by the Admissions Office.
Candidates who are registered nurses
must apply directly to the Office of
Admissions. Official transcripts from
all previously attended postsecondary
educational institudons including
those colleges affiliated with the
hospital schools must be included with
the applicadon. To gain admission to

admission. Only completed files are forwarded to the department on these dates.

Internal Transfers
Students majoring in other academic

disci-

plines at the university who v«sh to transfer into

the nursing program must apply direcdy to the
Department of Nursing's chairperson. They
must meet the guidelines for freshman candi-

date admission as well as provide evidence of a
QPA of 2.5. The candidate seeking transfer
sends a letter to the chairperson of the Department of Nursing requesting admission into the
nursing program. Upon receipt of the letter,
the candidate is sent a "Student's Academic File
Transfer Request" form which allows the candidate to obtain his/her academic file from the
current department and deliver it to the Nursing Department. The record will then be reviewed by the Student Admission, Progression,
and Retention (SAPR) Committee. From this
point, the process is the same as for external
transfers; however, notification of acceptance
of internal transfer is sent from the chairperson of the Department of Nursing.

Colleges

25

and Schools

Academic Good Standing Policy
Students in the baccalaureate nursing program must abide by both the university's academic good standing and retention poUcies
and the academic good standing poHcy of the
Department of Nursing. To progress and be
retained in the nursing program, the student
must:
1. Attain a grade of C or better in:
a. Prerequisite natural science courses:
Anatomy and Physiology I, Anatomy
and Physiology II, Introductory
Chemistry, Physiological Chemistry,
and Introductory Microbiology
b. Prerequisite social sciences courses:
General Psychology, Life Span
Psychology, and Principles of Sociology or Contemporary Social Problems
or Principles of Cultural Anthropology
c. All Code 82 nursing courses
2.

Obtain a cumulative QPA of 2.50 (after 3032 semester hours) to enroll in nursing
courses in the

sophomore

year.

A student who does not meet the identified
requirements for departmental academic good
standing is required to satisfy the identified
deficiencies by repeating the course before
further progress in the nursing program can
be attempted.
A student may repeat nursing courses only
once. The university policy on the repetition
of academic courses applies to the Department
of Nursing.

The department reserves

the right

and the

responsibility to develop procedural guidelines

for the implementation of this academic

good

standing policy.

Recommendations concerning academic
progression and retention are made to the
Department of Nursing chairperson by the Student Admission, Progression, and Retention

Committee. Based on these recommendations,
students who do not attain academic good
standing after one academic period on probation will be required to take a departmental
leave of absence.

Departmental Academic Probation
Students who fail to meet the requirements
of the policy for departmental academic good
standing are evaluated by the Committee on
Student Admission, Progression, and Retention and are immediately placed on departmental academic probation.
The department chairperson is responsible
for notifying students who have been placed

on probationary status.
Students must satisfy any identified academic deficiencies by repeating the course (s) before they can attempt any further progress in
the nursing program.
Nursing courses may only be repeated once.
University' policy that pertains to the repetition

of academic courses applies to the Department
of Nursing.
A student who does not attain academic
good standing after one academic period on
probation will be required to take a departmental academic leave of absence.

Departmental Academic Leave of
Absence
A student who does not maintain departmental good standing requirements after one
semester on probation or a total of three semesters on probation is automatically required
to take a leave of absence from the department.
The department chairperson notifies students of such actions.
A student on a departmental academic
leave of absence is ineligible to attend any
course offered by the Department of Nursing.
When on departmental academic leave, a position will be guaranteed for the student for
no more than one calendar year. If at the end
of one calendar year the student is not ready
to return from departmental academic leave
of absence, that student will be considered to
be withdrawn from the program.
A student seeking reinstatement from a
departmental academic leave of absence must
do so in accordance with the departmental
transfer policy.

Statute of

Time

Limitation

Once a student has begun
82.
82.

the

first

required

departmental course, all required
departmental courses must be complet-

ed within

five

calendar years.

Departmental Retention
Because of the nature of nursing, the nursing faculty reserves the right to counsel, suspend or dismiss those students who, in their
judgement, do not satisfy the requirements of
scholarship, health and personal suitability for
nursing and licensure.

Health Policy
Based on the requirements of the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing and contractual
agreements with agencies that provide clinical
practice sites, the Department of Nursing re-

26

Colleges

quires students to have a yearly physical examination, specific diagnostic tests, and immuni-

and eye examinations also are
required upon admission. The University Student Health Center is responsible for student
zations. Dental

and Schools

medical records. These records serve as verification of satisfactory health which is required
for progression in the baccalaureate nursing

program.

School of Extended Programs
G. Michael Vavrek
Dean, School of Extended Programs
The School of Extended Programs, located at the Magee Center, 700 West Main Street,
Bloomsburg, administers and coordinates

many university-wide efforts to

provide lifelong

education for citizens of the region. The
school's major components include: Center for
Regional Development, cooperative education
and academic internships, Magee Center, noncredit programs and services, non-degree and
adult programs and service. Air Force and
Army Reserve Officers Training Corps: Air
Force and Army, and summer session.

study with paid, planned, and supervised work
experiences in the public and private sectors.
Co-op students spend at least one semester and
a summer working full time off-campus in a
job usually related to their course of study at
the university.
Internships are reserved for upperclassmen
customarily spend the summer before or

who

a semester during the senior year involved in
a project-oriented work assignment either on

or off campus. While some interns are paid,
others may be volunteer. Information is available at 15 Ben Franklin Hall, (717) 389-4678.

Oagee Center
Center for Regional Development
The School of Extended Programs is

the

university's focal point for public service.

The

tion in 1988 as a public service center. Locat-

Center for Regional Development coordinates
many of the university's outreach programs
and services for the benefit of communities
throughout northcentral Pennsylvania.
A directory of the university's public services to business, industry, governmental agencies,

at 700 West Main St., 1.5 miles west of the
lower campus, the center offers executive-style

non-profit groups, older adults, children, volunteers and other groups is available from the

The Magee Center was donated to the uniby the Trustees of The Magee Founda-

versity

ed

meeting facilities for university and community groups. The building also serves as the headquarters for the School of Extended Programs
which is responsible for the management of
the center's meeting space and support services.

For information on reserving these

facili-

school.

ties, call

Cooperative Education and Academic

Noncredit Programs and Services

Internships

Noncredit mini-courses provide opportuniindividuals to gain specialized knowledge and skills for career purposes or to pur-

Participation in the university's internship

and cooperative education program can add
an important dimension
tional experience

to a student's

educa-

and future career plans.

Stu-

dents apply the theory learned in the classroom
to situations occurring on the job in the workplace.

Because academic departments determine
and grade values for an internship
or co-op experience, students must comply
vnth any criteria required by their majors. Careful planning with the department's internship
or co-op coordinator enables the student to
schedule these experiences to compliment
their academic program.
the credit

Cooperative education integrates classroom

(717) 389-4420.

ties for

sue cultural, recreational, and special interests
through short-term experiences without aca-

demic credit.
These courses reflect expressed community needs. A nominal course fee is charged.
Individuals who wish to enroll in the minicourse program are not required to file credentials; in most cases, the only formality is that
of registration with the School of Extended
Programs for the course (s) desired. The catalog is available each semester.
The university serves the educational requirements of professional, educational, governmental, business, and other community

Colleges

27

and Schools

groups by offering customized workshops and
conference facilides, including satellite teleconferences. In the summer, the university can
accommodate conference groups overnight.
Scheduling and hosdng conference groups
rests with the School of Extended Programs.
Organizations may contact the school's office
at (717) 389-4420.

Nondegree and Adult Programs and

ic

credentials that are applicable to the cate-

gory for which they are applying. Admission
forms and academic credentials for Categories
3 and 6 must be submitted to the Office of
Admissions; students in all other categories
submit their paperwork to the Office of Nondegree and Adult Advisement. The academic
credentials requirement is listed after each
specific

nondegree category

Category

1:

Adults

who

as follows:

desire to enroll

on a

Services

part-time basis. (Students enrolling to

Based on the assumption that learning
should be a lifelong process, the nondegree
credit program provides for enrollment by an

qualify for teacher certification, refer to

individual in regular undergraduate credit
courses without formal admission to the university as a degree candidate. Individuals are

admission.

invited to use this

program

to review skills, acquire

as

an opportunity

new knowledge, and

pursue cultural and intellectual interests. Day
and evening classes are held on the Bloomsburg campus and at off-campus locations.
Semester hours earned in courses taken as
a nondegree student may later apply toward a
degree program provided the course is deemed
appropriate. Courses taken by nondegree students also can be used for a variety of designated certificate programs and to meet undergraduate deficiencies for graduate study. (For
regulations that pertain to a nondegree status.
Category 510, in the School of Graduate Studies,

see the Graduate Studies Catalog.)

Advisement for non-degree students is provided through the Office of Nondegree and
Adult Advisement, Ben Franklin Hall, Room
12. Students can obtain information related to
course selection, alternative ways to earn college credits, and financial aid. Adults without
SAT scores can get advice on taking the 1 5 required semester hours to transfer into a degree program. Students enrolling in a Category 8 certificate program must have the endorsement of their nondegree adviser. Students pursing teacher certification are advised
through the College of Professional Studies.
Admission to the non-degree credit program is open to all secondary school graduates or persons holding a General Equivalency Diploma (GED). No standardized tests are
required for admission.
Undergraduate nondegree students fall
into eight categories. All categories require the
submission of a nondegree admission application and a course selection form which can be
obtained from the Office of Nondegree and
Adult Advisement or the Admissions Office. In

addition, applicants

must submit any academ-

Category

6.)

Credential requirement:

Completed application
Category

2:

for

nondegree

Students enrolled at an

tion of higher education

who

institu-

desire to

complete coursework at Bloomsburg
University for purposes of transfer to
their home institutions. Credential
requirement: Completed application for
nondegree admission. Students in this
category should make certain that

coursework pursued

at

Bloomsburg

University satisfies course requirements at
their

home

institution.

Students approaching their final
year of secondary school who wish to

Category

3:

enroll at

Bloomsburg University

in

conjunction with their last year of
secondary school work or who are
enrolled in a gifted program. Credential
requirement: Secondary school transcript, junior year SAT scores, letters of
recommendation from a secondary
school counselor and two secondary
school instructors in the academic area of

intended pursuit.
Note: All credentials and a nondegree
admission application must be submitted
to the Office of Admissions.
Category 4: Students writh academic
deficiencies who are seeking a graduate
degree at Bloomsburg University.
Credential requirement: Completed
application for nondegree admission.
Category 5: Students with academic deficiencies who wish to pursue a program of
academic recovery to qualify for undergraduate admission. Credential requirement: Completed application for
nondegree admission.
Category 6: Students with a baccalaureate
degree interested in completing the

28

Colleges

requirements for Level

I

or Level

II

teacher certification. Credential Requirement: Official transcript from the

granted a baccalaureate
degree. (See an adviser in the College of
Professional Studies for help with course
institution that

selection.)

Note: All credentials

and a

nondegree admission application must be
submitted to the Office of Admissions.

Category

Senior cidzens (persons over 60
who are redred, legal
residents of the United States, living in
Pennsylvania. Students in this category
may be admitted to a class on a seat
7:

years of age)

Credendal requirement: Proof of age, retirement, and U.S.
available basis only.

and completed application
nondegree admission.
residency,

Category

Students

8:

certificate

who

program

in

for

are seeking a

any of the seven

designated areas. Credential requirement: Official secondary school transcript required before student

Experiential Learning

who have
experience obtained

In an effort to provide for those
in the course of their life

knowledge and

skills applicable to a college
experience, the university provides the opportunity for experiential learning assessment.
Through this process, life experiences are evaluated to determine their appropriateness and

For details
regarding this process, contact the school at
(717) 389-4420.

applicability for university credit.

Attendance Fee Program
The attendance fee program allows individuals to attend classes without credit.

Admission

depends upon available space and
payment of a $25 fee per course. Courses
attended through this process do not earn colthis basis

the

es in this

A student desiring to attend class-

manner must obtain

verbal permis-

from the instructor before processing the
form at the Business Office.
sion

Certificate

Designed

ROTC Programs
For information about the U.S. Air Force

and Army Reserve Officers Training Corps programs available to Bloomsburg University students and course descriptions, see Military Science

.

Summer Session
Undergraduate and graduate courses are
summer sessions on campus and

off-campus locations. Students may schedmany semester hours in a session as the
number of weeks in that session. An overload
requires the approval of the appropriate college dean.
Undergraduate courses are open without
formal application to regularly enrolled students of the university who wish to enrich or
accelerate their programs of study or make up
academic deficiencies. Others must apply for
nondegree admission through the school.
Students from other colleges are admitted
to summer session upon the filing of a simplified nondegree application form.
Graduate courses are offered for students
who wish to continue their education at the
at

ule as

(717) 389-4003.

lege credit.

courses that have been developed to meet the
needs of those interested or working in the
occupations associated with each program.
Each program culminates in a cerdficate indicating the successful compledon of each prescribed course and the overall program. Students must attain a minimum QPA of 2.0. For
informauon, call (717) 389-4003.
Cerdficate program titles include: Community Recreation Leader, Community Services,
Environmental Planning, Gerontology, Public
Administration, and Theater and Music.

offered in the

For assistance with nondegree programs,

on

career-oriented students, certificate programs
represent packages of undergraduate credit

can

schedule.
call

and Schools

Programs
specifically for nontraditional,

master's level and/or to qualify for permanent
certification. (See the Graduate Studies Catalog.)
Special workshops are scheduled to provide
teachers in-service and other professional
groups with specific training programs at times
and locations convenient to their schedules
and places of employment. The Summer Session Bulletin, which includes undergraduate
courses, may be obtained from
the school or the Registrar's Office.

and graduate

Colleges

and Schools

29

School of Graduate Studies
Patrick J. Schloss
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies

mentary Education, Reading
Master of Science

and Research
Bloomsburg University offers 18 master's
programs in the arts, business, science, and

Audiology, Biology, Early Childhood EduDeaf/Hard of Hearing, Exercise Science and Adult Fitness, Instructional Technology, Special Education
(Mild, Moderate, Severe Profound), Speech
Pathology
Master of Science in Nursing
Supervisory Certificates are offered in the
following areas: Communication, Curriculum
and Instruction, Early Childhood Education,
Elementary Education, Foreign Language,
Mathematics, Reading, School Health Services, Science, Social Studies, Special Education.

education through its School of Graduate Studies, as well as a joint doctoral program in education in cooperation with Indiana University
of Pennsylvania, and 11 supervisory certificate
programs.
Graduate classes taught during the academic year are usually scheduled in late afternoons,
evenings, and on Saturdays in order to provide
an opportunity for teachers and individuals
engaged in other full-time occupations to further their education. Graduate courses also are
offered for full-time students in the summer
sessions.

Masters programs are offered in the following areas:

Master of Arts

— Art Studio, Art History,

Communication Studies
Master of Business Administration
Master of Education
Biology, Business
Education, Curriculum and Instruction, Ele-



cation, Education of the

Graduate Studies Catalog
The Graduate Studies Catalog,

with comprehensive descriptions of courses, degree programs, university policies, faculty, and regulations is available upon request. Write to the
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies
and Research, 109 Waller Administration
Building,

PA

Bloomsburg University, Bloomsburg,

17815.

Admission

30

Admission, Financial Aid, Fees
acteristics,

Admission

The

and

institutional capacity.

majority of notifications are

made dur-

and February.
freshmen must submit

Address correspondence concerning admission and readmission to: Director of Admis-

ing December, January,

Benjamin Franklin Hall, Bloomsburg
University, 400 E. Second St., Bloomsburg, PA

nonrefundable advance deposit of $200
for the basic fee and housing by March 1 to
secure enrollment at the university.

sions, 10

17815-1301; or telephone (717) 389-4316 between 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m, Monday through

Incoming

fall

a par-

tially

Health Record

Friday.

Admission Procedures
Complete and submit an applicadon

to the

Office of Admissions, with a $25 nonrefundable application fee payable to Bloomsburg

Freshman candidates should begin
the application process early in their senior
year of high school, prior to Dec. 1, for the fall
semester. Candidates for the spring semester
should submit applicadon materials by Oct. 1.
Final dates for receiving applications in the
Admissions Office for an entry period are subUniversity.

ject to change without notice.

Applicants also need:




An

official secondary school transcript
requested from and sent by a high
school guidance counselor directiy to
the Director of Admissions.
Results of the Scholastic Assessment Test
(SAT) or the American College Test
(ACT). The applicant is responsible
for taking the test and requesting that
the scores be forwarded directiy from

the testing service to Bloomsburg
A photostatic copy of the
student's SAT or ACT results on an
official secondary school transcript is
University.

acceptable.

No

other standardized test
SAT or

serves as a substitute for the

ACT.

Entrance Standards and Notification
Procedures
The university does not prescribe fixed secondary school course requirements for admission but does, however, strongly encourage all
students to take a college preparatory program
in secondary school. Admission to Bloomsburg
University is based on an applicant's academic

and personal qualifications. Decisions are
reached without regard to race, color, creed,
national origin, sex or disability. Acceptance
is determined by the Admissions Committee
upon evaluation of secondary school preparation, scores on the SAT or ACT, personal char-

An applicant offered admission must submit a medical examination report form prior
to enrollment. Applicants get the appropriate examination report form upon receipt of
advance deposits. Final permission to enroll
is contingent upon a favorable review of the
applicant's medical history by a university physician.

Act 101 and Educational Opportunity

Programs
These programs equalize educational opportunity for students regardless of their economic background or status. Anyone with a
secondary school diploma or certificate of
equivalency is eligible to apply for admission
to these programs. Nontraditional criteria are
applied in estimating the potential success of
an applicant when it appears that the environmental background may have adversely affected grades and/or standardized test scores. The
Director of Admissions may require an applicant for these programs to file supplementary
information as needed for proper consideration.

Most new students are expected to particisummer program prior to the first
semester of their attendance, where special
assistance in tutoring and counseling is given
to address specific academic, financial, and
social needs. Permission to be exempted from
this requirement can only be granted by the
pate in a

director of these programs.
Send inquiries to the Director of ACT 101/
EOP or the Director of Admissions. (See De-

velopmental Instruction.)

Early Admission
Outstanding students may be considered
for admission before secondary school gradu-

achievement and
high aptitude, applicants for early admission
must have the endorsement of their secondary school to receive consideration. College
credit earned may apply toward the requireation. In addition to strong

31

Admission

ments for a secondary school diploma. Students interested in early admission should arrange an interview with the Director of Admissions.

University Scholars

The

Program provides

a special academic experience for a preselected group of freshmen and sophomores. The
program offers challenge for students who
have distinguished themselves educationally,

have superior intellectual ability, set high standards for themselves, and who plan to seriously pursue a quality college education.
The scholars curriculum fosters the growth
of intellectual independence, creativity, and
initiative; enhance analytical thinking and
problem-solving abilities; augment interpretative abilities

and communication

skills;

and

develop a sense of "common bonding." Students get a variety of courses and course designs including symposia, forums, independent

and experiential study that require extensive reading, writing, and in-depth study
and research. The scholars courses are taught
study,

by university faculty designated because of distinguished scholarship, outstanding perfor-

mance

as teachers,

and

ability to relate to stu-

dents.

The scholars program requires the completion of 24 semester hours of general education
credit in designated scholars courses within the

two academic years. The remainder of
courses in these years is selected from regular
course offerings to satisfy major, minor, and
other general education requirements. Scholars courses, while they satisfy general education requirements, are specially designed to
emphasize the integration of interdisciplinary
knowledge, concepts, and skills.
Although university scholars have many
special programs and services, they also are
fully integrated into the mainstream of the
campus community to enjoy the same dimensions of university life that other students experience including residence hall living, a wide
array of cultural activities, campus leadership
opportunities, sports events, and other co-curricular programs.
Scholars program eligibility is based upon
high school achievement, a ranking in the top
20 percent of the graduation class, and above
average standarized test results. Once eligible,
high school seniors or graduates are selected
on the basis of their application, essay, reference letters, and interview. Although high academic achievement provides eligibility, per-

first

and extracurricular

in-

in the selection pro-

cess.

Students admitted to the University ScholProgram must maintain a minimum cumulative 3.0 QPA. Students who do not attain this
QPA in the first semester will be retained provisionally in the program with the stipulation
ars

Program

University Scholars

sonal characteristics

volvement are important

QPA must be attained
sophomore year.

that the 3.0

fore the

overall be-

At the completion of the program, a student who has maintained a minimum QPA of
3.50 or higher will be designated a university
scholar on his/her permanent record and on
the diploma upon graduation.
At the end of the sophomore year, students
can apply to the upper-level honors program
in their major discipline to continue in enhanced academic programs during their final
two years.

Transfer Students

An applicant who previously attended or at
the time of application is enrolled in another
college or university is a transfer applicant.
Transfer admission occurs three times during
the year: fall, spring and summer. Applications
for the fall semester and summer sessions
should be complete and on file in the Admissions Office prior to March 15. Applications
for the spring semester must be complete and
on file by Oct. 15. Nursing candidates for the
fall semester must have completed applications
on file by January 15 and by September 1 for
Spring admission.
Requirements necessary to make a file complete for a transfer candidate include: an official secondary school transcript or a GED
(General Equivalency Diploma); official tranfrom all postsecondary schools attend-

scripts

ed; and the $25 application fee. Scholastic
Assessment Test (SAT) or American College
Test (ACT) results must be submitted if the
applicant has not completed 24 or more credits at a postsecondary institution. Official college transcripts from each school attended
should be sent to the Director of Admissions
regardless of whether or not credit was earned
at the other institution (s).
A transfer student may be considered for
admission if certified as holding good stand-

ing academically and otherwise in the college
attended and having an overall Quality
Point Average (QPA) of 2.0 or better on a 4.0
system.
The degree programs in adult health, nursing or education require students to have a

last

32

minimum cumulative QPA of 2.50 for entrance
to the major.

Transfer applicants who have completed 30
semester hours at an institution of higher education must select a major upon entering the
university. They may not enter as undeclared
majors.
Credits are deemed transferable if earned
with a grade of C (2.0/4.0) or above at an institution that is accredited by the Middle States
Association of Colleges and Schools/Commission on Higher Education or its regional equivalent providing Bloomsburg University has
equivalent courses. Students are informed of
the tentative number of credits that may be
transferred in their offer of admission letter.
Official transfer evaluations are completed after the student pays the advanced deposits.
These transfer credit evaluations are then reviewed by the department chairperson who
renders final approval of the evaluation. A
maximum of 64 credits may be transferred
from an regionally-accredited two-year college.
Review of transfer applications is done on
a rolling basis, v^dth the exception of nursing
applicants whose files are reviewed by the Student Admission, Progression, and Retention
Committee of the School of Health Sciences.
An orientation for transfer students is held
prior to their enrollment. Students are notified by the Orientation Office concerning specific information.

Readmission
Students failing to register for the next semester must apply for readmission. Nondegree students may continue to register without readmission provided their next registration is within four semesters of their last enrollment. It is suggested that students apply
early for readmission.

Readmitted students are responsible for the
graduation requirements and academic policies that exist at the time of their reentrance.
The Director of Admissions may require an
applicant for readmission to file a letter containing such supplementary information as is
needed for proper consideration.
Students under academic dismissal are ineligible for readmission for one calendar year.
They should present evidence of successful
achievement at another college or university
as part of their application for readmission.
Readmitted students who were formally dismissed for academic deficiency have two final
grading periods in which to regain minimum
academic progress or good standing. If dis-

Admission

missed the second time, these students may not
attend the university for additional degree or

nondegree credit

study.

Temporary Withdrawal/
Leave of Absence
A student may request a

temporary with-

drawal for a specified period by securing the
appropriate forms at the Office of the Registrar. To be eligible for a temporary withdrawal, the student must submit completed forms
to the Office of Admissions for processing. A
student must be in academic good standing or
making minimal progress toward good standing and must request the temporary withdrawal prior to the registration date of the intended period of absence.
A student on a temporary withdrawal is assured a place in the semester designated for
return provided the instructions that are part
of the temporary withdrawal agreement are
fulfilled, and advance deposits are submitted
at the time designated by the Director of Admissions.

A student who returns from a temporary
withdrawal of a calendar year or less in duration is responsible for the graduation requirements and academic policies that applied at
the time the temporary withdrawal was requested. A student who returns from a temporary
withdrawal of more than one calendar year
duration must satisfy the graduation requirements and academic policies which exist at the
time of return and is then classified as a readmitted student.

Second Baccalaureate Degree
Application materials and instructions for
obtaining a second bachelor's degree at
Bloomsburg University may be secured from
the Office of Admissions. There is an application fee of $25. To qualify, an applicant must
hold a bachelor's degree from an regionallyaccredited college or university.
This second degree track requires a student
to earn a minimum of 30 semester hours in
undergraduate courses while in residence at
the university. All curriculum requirements for
the second degree must be satisfied and free
elective credit taken, if necessary, to complete
the minimum of 30 semester hours.
If there is a replication of a required
course (s) in the two baccalaureate programs,
the course (s) cannot be applied as part of the
30-semester-hour requirement for completion
of the second degree.
The applicant must provide the department

i

I

33

Financial Aid

chairperson from the discipHne they wish to
pursue, with a copy of their official college transcript and a second degree application form.
Pending a favorable review of the applicant's

academic credentials, the chairperson signs the
application and forwards it and the official
transcript to the Admissions Office.

International Students
Residents of foreign countries should iniapplication well in advance of the
semester they plan to enroll. Non-U.S. citizens
who are not resident aliens need to submit a
special application for international students.
This application may be obtained by writing
the Director of Admissions. Students whose
native language is other than English are required to submit the results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) administered by the Educational Testing Service in
Princeton, N.J. The minimum acceptable
TOEFL score is 500. Those students who fail
to earn a score of 500 are urged to investigate
enrolling in the English as a Second Language
course (ESL) that is offered at the university.
Upon completion of the ESL program, the
minimum QPA acceptable to supplement a
TOEFL score of under 500 is a 2.5.
Certificates of educational training should
be accompanied by certified translations if they
are presented in a language other than English.
Supplement credentials with brief course descriptions of subjects successfully completed.
International transfer students must submit
their credentials to an outside evaluation agency for course-by-course transfer evaluations.
Instructions are given on the international stutiate their

dent application.
Students must submit a notarized financial
statement that would indicate their ability to
finance their educational and living expenses
for the duration of their college career. Due
to financial limitations, students who are unable to provide for their educational and living expenses will not be offered admission to

Bloomsburg

University.

Campus Visits
Group information sessions are held regularly on campus. Arrangements can be made
to attend a

group information session by con-

tacting the Office of Admissions at (717) 389-

4316. The campus Visitors Center is located
in the lobby of Waller Administration Building and is open weekdays, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
and weekends, 10 a.m. to 3 p.m.
Four Saturday open house programs are

held in October, November, February and April
in Mitrani Hall, Haas Center for the Arts, beginning at 9:30 a.m. Open House programs
consist of a general meeting with admissions
staff and administrative personnel, a questionand-answer session, a campus tour, lunch (at a
nominal cost) and meetings with faculty from
various academic departments. Participation
in an open house day may be more meaningful than a group information session because
prospective students have the opportunity to
meet directiy with members of the university
,

faculty.

Off-campus Visits
Each

year, representatives

from the Office

of Admissions visit secondary schools and community colleges throughout Pennsylvania and
in neighboring states. They also participate in
approximately 100 college night/ career day
programs including National College Fair pro-

grams

in Philadelphia, Pittsburgh,

and New

Prospective applicants should check
with their school or community college counselors to learn if a Bloomsburg University admissions representative will visit their institution or a nearby college night program.

Jersey.

Financial Aid
Many

programs are available
Bloomsburg University. These
include scholarships, grants, loans and student
employment.
Undergraduate, graduate, part-time and
transfer students from every income bracket
may be eligible for some type of financial aid
student employment, grants, scholarships
or low-interest loans. By evaluating the financial aid sources and developing a sound financial plan, each student will have the monetary
resources needed while minimizing potential
financial aid

to students at



debt burden.

Commonly used terms
The Hnancial aid package is composed of a
combination of a grant, a loan and/or campus work study. Students receive an award letter that outiines the types of financial aid which
they will receive for the following year.
Financial need is the difference between the
cost of attending college and the amount the
needs analysis service calculates that a family
can contribute to the cost of the student's education.

34

Financial Aid

Student expense budget is the total cost of
attending college and is used to determine
each student's financial need. It depends upon
whether students live at home, in a campus
residence hall or off campus.
Grants are financial aici awards that students
do not have to repay.
PHEAA (Pennsylvania Higher Education
Assistance Agency) administers grant and loan
programs to residents of Pennsylvania.
Pell Grants are federal grants of approximately $200 to $2,340. They are not repaid.
Scholarships are grants awarded on the
basis of grades or other achievements rather
than financial need.
Supplemental Educational Opp rtunity
Grants (SEOG) provides federal aid to students
who demonstrate an exceptional financial
need. It supplements other forms of financial
aid, and it is not repaid.
Loans are a form of financial aid that students must repay.

Lenders are participating commercial
banks, federal and state savings and loan associations or credit unions that loan money to
students. PHEAA is also considered a lender.
Student loans in states other than Pennsylvania are made by similar institutions.
Interest is the annual fee charged for using
loan money.
A Perkins Loan is made at a 5 percent annual interest rate. There are no interest charges while the student is in college.
Stafford Loans must be repaid, and they
carry a 7-9 percent interest rate. An origination fee and insurance premium of approximately 4 percent are deducted from the total
amount of each loan to help defray some of
the interest the federal government pays during the student's undergraduate years.
Work-study awards are an authorization to

work but do not guarantee employment.

Stu-

dents are responsible for finding their own
campus jobs. The Financial Aid Office maintains a "placement" bulletin board outside
Room 19, Ben Franklin Hall where available
jobs are posted. Students must reapply each
academic year/summer to renew their employment.

Stafford Loans
Amount

Undergraduate
First year (frestiman - 31 credits)

Second year (soptiomore
year (junior

-

Fourth year (senior

year (baccalaureate not completed)

$5,500
$8,500

(eacti year)

Aggregate

Loan

Limits

Undergraduate

$23,000
$65,500*

Graduate

'includes undergraduate borrowings

Financial

Need

must demonstrate "financial
from "needbased" programs but do not necessarily have
to be from a low-income family. "Need" is the
difference between the cost of attending
Bloomsburg University and what the student
and/or family can contribute as calculated by
a financial aid formula that is approved by the
U.S. Department of Education.
When estimating how much students and
their families may be able to contribute, a need
analysis considers the student's and family's
income and assets, including savings; the student's and family's ages and need for retireStudents

need"

to qualify for assistance

ment income;

the

number of children

er dependents in the household;

or oth-

and the num-

ber of family members in college. Students
are expected to contribute something from
their savings

and earnings.

The refund policy for students who
financial aid has

been established

receive

in accor-

dance with regulations governing the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education,

PHEAA and

the Title IV Financial Aid Pro-

grams. Students who leave the university during the semester are urged to review the re-

fund

policy.

Transfer students must submit to the Financial Aid Office an official Financial Aid Transcript that documents their financial aid record
at all previous institutions attended. Financial
aid does not automatically follow students
when they transfer from one college to another, and no aid will be processed until this in-

formation is received.
Graduate students

may apply for graduate

assistantships that are offered each

academic

term. Qualified, full-time graduate students
receive a waiver of tuition as well as payment
of a stipend. Direct inquiries to the Office of
Graduate Studies, Waller Administration Build-

Bloomsburg University.
Perkins Loan and Stafford Loans are
available to qualified post-baccalaureate and
ing,

Academic Grade Level Limits

Ttiird

Fiftti

Graduate

64
-

to

96

-

32

to

$2,625
63

credits)

95 credits)

credits or more)

$3,500
$5,500
$5,500

The

graduate students. The loan application procedure is identical to that outlined for undergraduate students.
Graduate student employment opportuni-

35

Financial Aid

ties under both the state and federally funded
College Work-Study Program are available to
full-time post-baccalaureate and graduate students. However, no student may have a State
or College Work-Study job on campus and a
graduate assistantship at the same time.
Non-degree students who are enrolled in

non-degree certificate programs that exceed
24 credits in length may be eligible for financial aid. Application procedures are the same
as those for degree students. Non-degree students who are not enrolled in a certificate program that exceeds 24 credits in length are ineligible for aid.

In addition to the costs for tuition, fees,
students will incur costs for
books, supplies, transportation, personal and

room and board,

miscellaneous expenses. Bloomsburg University expects that these annual expenses will be
approximately $2,200.
These estimated costs for 1994-1995 are
subject to change without notice and are dependent upon the action of the Board of Governors of the Pennsylvania State System of
Higher Education and the Bloomsburg University Council of Trustees.
Eligibility
All applicants for financial aid at

Blooms-

burg University must submit either the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid or the
Federal Renewal Application. Some students
also wdll be requested to complete the PHEAA
Status Notice, which will be mailed to the student by PHEAA. Eligibility for all financial aid
programs at Bloomsburg is determined on the
basis of the information submitted on these
forms. There is no fee to process these applications.

Students must either submit verification
that they have registered with the Selective

Service Commission or sign a statement certifying that they are not required to register.

Students must be citizens or permanent
residents of the United States. Students in the

United States on Fl or F2 student visas are not
eligible for federal aid.

Satisfactory progress must be maintained by
students to remain eligible for financial aid.
Students are urged to become familiar with the
university's satisfactory progress policy.

all

Satisfactory Progress
Students must earn at least 24 credits in a
12-month period with a required grade point
average. Summer freshmen, who are enrolled
for less than 12 credits during the summer, are

required to earn 21 credits during their freshman year. Students enrolled full-time for only
one semester are expected to earn at least 12
credits. Part-time students and graduate students must earn credit hours as follows:
• 1 to 8 credit hours
half of all the
credit hours attempted must be
earned or
• 9 or more credit hours
two-thirds of
all credit hours attempted must be
earned.
Students must also meet the qualitative
measures of progress shown in the chart below. Students are urged to review the withdrawal and repeat policies. Exceeding the maximum number of allowable repeats and/or
withdrawals will adversely affect the student's
ability to meet satisfactory progress standards
for financial aid purposes.





Qualitative Measures of Progress
Total

semester hours

earned including grades
of "P"

and transfer credits

1-16
17-32
33-48
49-64
65 or more

Cumulative quality
point average required
for

minimal progress

1.25-1.99
1.65-1.99

1.85-1.99
1.95-1.99
2.00

An incomplete grade, a failing grade, or a
withdrawal from a course will count as zero
credits earned. Course repeat grades v«ll only
be counted toward the minimum satisfactory
progress standard if credits were actually
earned. A repeat of a "D" grade will not be
counted as credits earned in two different semesters.

Students are expected to complete their
degree or certificate within a maximum time
frame that is no longer than 150 percent of
the published length of the program. For example, a full-time undergraduate student who
is enrolled in a program that would normally
take eight semesters to complete would be required to complete the program within 1 2 semesters unless extraordinary circumstances
exist. The total semesters for completion of a
program of study for a part-time student will
be extended proportionally.
Students enrolled in a non-degree program

must also meet satisfactory progress standards
to obtain financial aid in

subsequent semes-

ters.

Students who are academically eligible to
continue their enrollment but do not meet the
guidelines, may attend classes at their own ex-

Financial Aid

36

pense until they are

eligible to receive finan-

names and addresses of State Grant Agencies

cial aid.

are available at the Financial Aid Office.

Students who earn 24 credits, but who do
not have the required grade point average, may
receive financial aid for probationary semesters upon review by the Director of Financial

Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants (SEOG) are offered to students of exceptional financial need who would not otherwise be able to continue their education. Students are eligible to apply for this federal program if they have been accepted or are currendy enrolled as full-time degree students.
Grants range from $200 to $1,000.
To apply for these grants, students must
complete either the Free Application for Federal Student Aid or the Federal Renewal Application and submit it to PHEAA no later than

Aid.

The

Financial Aid Office monitors satisfac-

tory progress each semester. Students are notified that aid is being canceled if the number
of credits earned during the fall, spring and
summer semesters does not meet satisfactory
progress requirements.
Students who have been academically dismissed for at least one year will be considered
making satisfactory progress for financial aid
purposes upon their reinstatement to the university.

Any Bloomsburg student whose
aid has

financial

been canceled because of unsatisfacto-

ry progress

may appeal

this decision in writing

to the Director of Financial Aid.

Grants
Grants are available to undergraduates
first baccalaureate degree. These grants will range from $200 to
approximately $2,340 in 1995-1996. The Pell
Grant application deadline is May 1, 1996.
Pennsylvania State Grants are designed for
full-time and part-time (at least six credits per
semester) undergraduate students who are
residents of Pennsylvania and who are enrolled
in a degree program.
These grants range from approximately
$100 to $2,600 per year. To apply, students
must use either the Free Application for Federal Student Aid or the Federal Renewal Af>plication. Some students also will be required
to complete the PHEIAA Status Notice, which
will be mailed to the student by PHEAA. The
deadline for applications is May 1, 1995.
To remain eligible, students must maintain
satisfactory progress and plan to complete their
bachelor's degree within four years or eight
semesters. Students may receive a PHEAA
Grant for enrollment during the summer; however, a separate summer application is required. The summer semester counts as one
of the maximum eight semesters of eligibility.
Summer Pennsylvania State Grant applications
Pell

who

are pursuing their

are available

from the Financial Aid Office

in

May and June.
Other state grants are available to many outfrom their home states. These
students are encouraged to investigate the

of-state students

availability

of such financial assistance.

The

March

15, 1995.

Scholarships
Students are advised to review the complete
of scholarships that is available from the
Financial Aid Office. Applications are available from the Financial Aid Office in January
and must be completed and returned by 4:30
p.m., Feb. 10, 1995, for the 1995-1996 academic year. Students must also submit either the
Free Application for Federal Student Aid or
the Federal Renewal Application. Scholarships
are not available for summer study.
Bloomsburg University Scholarships are
designed for all undergraduate students who
have been enrolled full-time during the fall
semester 1994 and who will be enrolled in the
1995-1996 academic year. Unlike other aid
programs, grades and extracurricular activities
are considered foremost. Most of these scholarships range in value from $100 to $1,500 per
year. Scholarships are available for students
in many academic programs of study as well as
in band or athletics. Awards are also offered
to students who reside in certain communities
or who meet other special criteria.
list

Bloomsburg University Alumni Association
Scholarships and Grants are open to students
majoring in various disciplines as well as students participating in band or athletics.
Mitrani Scholarships are awarded to new
freshmen and are renewable for three additional years provided students maintain the
required academic achievement level (3.2 after the freshman year and 3.5 each subsequent
year). Freshmen applicants must rank in the
top 20 percent of their high school class and
score 1200 or above on the Scholastic Aptitude
Test (SAT) with a minimum of 550 on each
portion.
Students who may be eligible for the Mitrani Scholarships will be notified by the Admissions Office regarding application procedures.

,

37

Financial Aid

Army ROTC

Scholarships, which are availbasis for two-year and

on a competitive

able

three-year periods, pay tuition and fees, a semester stipend for materials and books (ap-

proximately $204) plus a monthly allowance
,

for the duration of the scholarship. Recipients are obligated to serve four years on acdve

duty as a second lieutenant and four years in
the military reserves after graduation.
For more information, call the Army ROTC
Office on the Bloomsburg campus, (717) 3892123, or contact the Army ROTC Instructor
at Bucknell University in nearby Lewis-

Group

burg, Pa., at (717) 524-1246/1100 (call collect) Office hours are held from 8 a.m. to 4:30
.

Monday through Friday.
The Air Force ROTC program

p.m.,

financial aid opportunities.

also offers

Contact the Air

Force

ROTC Office located in Wilkes-Barre, for

more

details, (717)

U,

829-0194 or 1-800-WILKES-

ext. 4860.

One PHEAA
Program
students

is

-

Administered Scholarship

available to academically talented

who want

to teach.

The Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarship
(PDTS) of up

$5,000 annually is awarded to
eligible high school graduates on the basis of

est.

application deadline

is

usually

May

1

for the following academic year.

Additional
information and applications may be obtained
from high school guidance counselors or
through the PHEAA, Coordinator for Teacher Education Programs, P.O. Box 8114, Harrisburg, PA, 17105-8114.

Scholarships

and Grants

Chip Callahan Memorial Scholarship

A.

Cook Art Student Award

Hoch

Shuman Sportsmanship Award, $300

Memorial Scholarship
$150
Dorothy Q. and Lloyd S. Wartman Memorial
Scholarship Fund (two)
$300
J.M. Auten - Women's Intramural Sports
Scholarship
$200
Eli McLaughlin Scholarship (men's
swimming)
$1,300
Robert Redman Scholarship (football) $600
Russ

Blass

Houk

Scholarship (wrestling)

$2,000

Sesame Street Scholarship (five awards) $250
Vernon Rochester Award (football)

Band
Howard

F.

Fenstemaker Scholarship

$300

Scholarship

O.H. and S.H. Bakeless Alumni Grant

$100
$500

$300
$500

Athletics
E.H. Nelson Scholarship (WrestHng)

Biology
Biology and Allied Health Science

Scholarship (three)

$500

$250

Business
Accounting Scholarship
$250
Beard and Company Accounting Scholarship
$250
Bloomsburg Chapter, Professional
Secretaries International Scholarship $150

Nationwide/BU Alumni Scholarships $1,000
Nationwide Insurance Enterprise
Foiundation Scholarship (two)
Richard A. Benefield Scholarship

John W. Madavage Award
Angelo Scheno Scholarship
Hilgar Scholarship

Harvey A. Andruss Scholarship
Elizabeth Andruss Scholarship

Arts and Sciences

John

S.

Lamar

Norman

Art
F.

Basketball)

Clyde

Mildred Eaton Levitt Scholarship

Bloomsburg University

John

$500
Dick Lloyd Scholarship (Men's Basketball)
$500
Lucy McCammon Scholarship (Women's
Swimming)
$500
Jan Hutchinson Scholarship (Softball)
Eleanor Wray Scholarship (Women's

to

their academic achievement and a recommendation from a teacher or high school official.
Applicants must sign an agreement either to
teach for not less than two years in exchange
for each year they receive the scholarship or
to repay the award as a loan, including inter-

The

Francis 'Doc' Sell Scholarship (Football)

Walter S. Rygiel Scholarship
William A. Lank Memorial Scholarship

$700
$ 1 ,000

$275
$500
$300
$300
$300
$500
$225

$1,000
College of Business Scholarship
$250
Dr. Emory W, Rarig Jr, Pi Omega Pi Award
Paul Yori, Jr. Award
William Forney Award

$200
$500
$25

38

Financial Aid

Chemistry
David Murphy Memorial

Dominic Murtin Scholarship
Editha Ent

Scholarship

Junior Chemisu-y Achievement Award
Chemistry Scholarship Award

$100
$350

$500
$500

Emily Reuwsaat Scholarship
Frances Fay DeRose Memorial Scholarship

Tammy Hrusovsky Scholarship

$350
$100

Commmiity Government
Jerrold A. Griffis Community Government
Association Award
$1,000

Robert G. Norton Community Government
Association Leadership Award
$1,000

Early Childhood Education
Early Childhood Education Scholarship $200

Education
A.

Kenneth and Mery

Betterly Maiers

Scholarship (3 awards)

$500

Elementary Education

Ann J. Jarrett Scholarship
Charlotte Hess Memorial Scholarship

EHzabeth Hubler Award

$250
$200
$100

English
Catherine O. Renninger Scholarship
Margaret Bittner Parke Scholarship
Cecil Seronsy Scholarship
Louis F. Thompson Scholarship

$1,000

$350
$350
$250

Fraternities

Gary Holland Scholarship
Robert D. Warren Scholarship

Mary Wilson Scholarship

Enola Snyder Evans Scholarship

James H. McCormick Scholarship

University Scholars

$1,500

Program

$950

General
Class of 1941 Scholarship

$700
Lieutenant Donald Jenkins Scholarship $500
Mount Carmel Scholarships (2)
$250
Student Memorial Scholarship
$275
Class of 1933 Scholarship
Ercel D. Bidleman Scholarship
$300
Kimber Kuster Scholarship
$300
Class of 1968 Scholarship
$100
President's Scholarship
$300
Mary L. Frymire Kirk Scholarship
$200
APSCURF Scholarship
$200
Fred G. Smith "Golden Rule Trust Fund"
Scholarship
Varies
George and Dorthy Wasdovich Scholarship
$1,000
Legacy Scholarship
$250
Margaret Minner Scholarship
$250
Mary Frymire Kirk Scholarship
$200
Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarships
$5,000
max. /year
Seth P. Gavason Memorial Scholarship $300
Honors Program Scholarship (5)
$500
James Repella Jenkins Scholarship
$1,000

Geography
Bernard and Francis Young Scholarship

Graduate Program
Mary Weaver Evans Scholarship

$250

$1,000

$600

History

$175
$150
$150

William A. Turnbach Scholarship
$1 ,000
John J. Serff Sr. Memorial Scholarship $500
Erma M. Hefferan Scholarship (2)
$500
Erma H. Hefferan Study Abroad Scholarship
$100

$450
$100

International Student

Eunice Davilla Scholarship

Dave Bittner Scholarship
Leon Kozubal Scholarship
Dave Rathkey Scholarship
Al Decker Scholarship
Timothy M. Miller Scholarship
Phi Sigma Pi Scholarship
Leon Kozubal Scholarship

$100
$100
$500
$500

Scholarship

Minority Leadership Scholarship
Mitrani Scholarships (12)

Communication Disorders
James Bryden Scholarship

Adams

125

Freshman
Baby Bloomer Scholarship
$1000
Benton High School Scholarship
$1,500
Board of Governors Basic Fee Waiver Tuition
BU Association for the Hearing Impaired
Scholarship
$100

Susquehanna International Folk Dance
Association

$5,000

Languages
William A. Turnbach Scholarship
Languages and Cultures Scholarship

Leadership

$1 ,000

$250

39

Financial Aid

$750

Student Leadership Scholarships

Mathematics/Computer Sciences
J.

Edward Keriin Scholarship

Rita

$250

M. Guerrieri Memorial Scholarship

Special Education

Ginny Thornburgh Award

Music
Brenda

Sororities

K,

Hafner Memorial Music ScholarVaries

ship

Department of Music Service Scholarships

$475

Veterans
Veterans Memorial Scholarship
"Cotton" Franklin V-1 2 Scholarship

$1,000

$200

Varies

James

R.

Hammaker Sr. Memorial

Orchestra
Varies

Scholarship

Mabel

C. Jury Music Scholarship

Varies

Nelson A. Miller Memorial Music Scholarshp
Varies
Sylvia

H. Cronin Memorial Music Scholarshp
Varies

idents.

(4)

$250

(6)

Ken Gross Scholarship

$1,000

Nursing
Hazleton General Hospital Nursing Scholarship
$3,086
Helene Robertson Nursing Scholarships (3)
$700
Columbia County Medical Auxiliary
Memorial Scholarship
$250
Eloise Hippensteel Memorial Scholarship
$200

eligibility
all

dents.

Exit interviews are conducted during the
student's last semester before graduation.

Loan who

Any

unable to
attend a group interview or who leaves Bloomsburg before graduation is required to contact
the Financial Aid Office to arrange a personal
recipient of a Stafford

Poetry
Robert Savage Poetry Awai i
Political Science

Robert Rosholt Award

requirements must be

students to receive loan assistance: citizenship or permanent resident of
the United States, enrollment or acceptance
for enrollment at Bloomsburg on at least a halftime basis (6 credits per semester) and satisfactory progress.
Students cannot be in default of any loan
program nor owe any refunds of federal grants.
Students in default may have their eligibility
restored if they have made satisfactory arrangements with the holder of the loan to repay it.
Entrance interviews are part of the university's standard orientation process for new stusatisfied

Non-traditional Student

APSCUF Scholarship

All students applying for any type of federstudent loan must submit either the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid or the
Federal Renewal Application. Loans are available to both Pennsylvania and out-of-state resal

General
by

Non-degree Student
Extended Programs Scholarship

Loans

is

interview.

$50

Loan repayments are serious financial obStudents and their families must understand the commitment being made. Excessive borrowing and failure to repay loans may
have serious adverse effects on a student's fuligations.

Professional Studies
R.

Bruce Albert Scholarship

Boyd

F.

Buckingham Scholarship

$300

ture financial ratings.

Psychology
Ellen Barker Memorial Scholarship

Sesame Street Scholarship

Students experiencing difficulty in meeting

$250
$250

their

repayment responsibilities must immedi-

ately notify their lenders. In certain situations,

may be eligible for deferments (postponements) of the repayment obligation.
Students who borrow from several loan programs may be able to obtain a consolidated
loan that combines all loan payments into a
single monthly payment. Consolidated monthly payments may be lower than the combination of individual payments, and the repayment
students

Residence Hall
Elton Hunsinger Scholarship
Joanne Thomas Memorial Scholarship

$225
(2)

$200

Secondary Education
Robert Rosholt Award

$50

40

Financial Aid

period can usually be extended. Consolidated loans may help students avoid delinquent
or default situations. More information regarding loan consolidation is available from

the year. If willing to consider a loan, the lender will furnish the student with a Stafford Loan
Application.

1-800-338-5000.

on Stafford Loans are variHowever, interest generally falls in the 7
lo 9 percent range. Students should contact

For more detailed information about student loans, call PHEAA's toll-free number, 1-

Stafford

PHEAA. The

toll-free

number

for

PHEAA

is

800-692-7392. Non-PHEAA out-of-state borrowers may telephone the Federal Student Aid
Information Center at 1-800-433-3243 with any
questions about the Stafford Loan or any other form of federal student aid.
Perkins Loan recipients must demonstrate
a financial need and be enrolled or accepted
as degree students. These federal loans range
from $200 to $2,000 per academic year and are
usually packaged with other forms of aid, such
as grants and work study. Students who are
interested in a Perkins Loan for the summer
and who have submitted either the Free Application for Federal Student Aid or the Federal Renewal Application, should schedule an
appointment between March 16 and April 22
with the university's Director of Financial Aid.
A Perkins Loan carries a 5 percent simple
interest. Repayment starts nine months after
students conclude their education.
There are provisions whereby students may
be eligible to have the loan canceled over a
five-year period; i.e., students who work with
the disabled individuals or within a geographic area that is classified by the U.S. Department
of Education as a poverty area.
Students must submit either the Free Ap>plication for Federal Student Aid or the Federal Renewal Application to PHEAA no later
than March 15.
Stafford Loans combine two loans: the subsidized Stafford Loan and the unsubsidized
Stafford Loan.

An subsidized Stafford Loan is one on
which the federal government pays the interest while the

student (borrower)

is

in college.

Eligibility for a subsidized Stafford

Loan

is

based on family income and financial need
established by standards set by the federal government.
A unsubsidized Stafford Loan is one on
which the student (borrower) is responsible for
payment of the interest during the in-college
period.

Students can apply for a Stafford Loan from
a participating lender in or
near their home community at least 60 days
before the date the funds will be needed. Application for loans can be made any time of

PHEIAA or from

Interest rates

able.

theii

lenders to receive current information

Loan

on

interest rates.

In addition to the interest charges, students

must pay an "origination fee" and "insurance

premium" of approximately 4 percent of the
amount of the loan. The lender deducts this
amount from the value of the loan.
Repayment begins when students either
graduate, withdraw or enroll less than half-time
(5 credits or less) and have used the allowable
grace period - usually six consecutive months.

The monthly repayment amount is set by
mutual agreement of the lender and the student. However, the monthly payment amount
must be large enough to pay the full loan debt
within the 10-year repayment limit. The required minimum monthly payment is $50.
Many students will have payments of more than
$50 per month; others will repay their loan
before the 10-year limit.
Persons who borrow money through a loan
program assume responsibility for repaying the
loan and must notify the lender immediately
if circumstances arise that make it difficult to

meet

this

commitment.

Students and their families are entitled to
receive a copy of the completed promissory
note from the lender. They may also pay the
balance of the loan, plus any interest due, early and without a penalty.
Repayment may be deferred up to three
years while on active duty with the Peace Corps,
or in comparable volunteer programs. Deferments are considered for attendance in "approved" vocational rehabilitation programs,
professional internships and disability of the
student or a spouse in certain circumstances.
During such deferments, the federal government continues interest payments if the loan
previously qualified for interest subsidy benefits.

Students are obligated to repay the

full

amount of the loan even if they do not graduate. If, when repayment begins, students are
unable to meet the repayment schedule, i.e.,
inability to find employment, they may apply
to the lender for forbearance to stop payments
temporarily or to make smaller payments than
scheduled.
Persons borrowing must notify the lender
when any of the following conditions arise be-

41

Financial Aid

fore the loan is repaid: graduation, withdrawal from college, attendance is less than half-

time (5 credits or

less),

change of name or

address, transfer to another school or other
changes that may affect students' eligibility for

deferred payments.
The Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is available to parents of dependent undergraduate students who want to borrow funds to help pay for educational costs.
The maximum amount parents may borrow is
the difference between cost minus other aid.
Interest rates vary but will not exceed 9 percent. Repayment of both the principal and the
interest begins within 60 days after the disbursement of the loan. Parents can acquire
the appropriate loan applications from their
local lending institutions.

Student Employment
Part-time

employment

offers a substantial

source of additional income to defray college
expenses. This work experience may also develop valuable skills needed for future full-time

demonstrate the
sary for the

Bloomsburg University on a

and job placement instrucWork Study Program
(CWSP) and State Student Employment programs are mailed in April or May by the Finanletters

tions for the College

cial

Aid Office to applicants who are
on-campus summer employment.

eligible

To apply for the CWSP the State Student
Employment Program, and for full-time summer campus jobs, students must submit either
a Free Application for Federal Student Aid or
a Federal Renewal Application to PHEAA. An
application for student employment can be

obtained from and must also be submitted to
the university's Financial Aid Office by March
15.

The College Work Study Program (CWSP)
on campus, which

full-time basis.

summer jobs are available through the CWSP to students who have
great financial need and who must earn a part
Off-campus, full-time

of their educational expenses. Students work
in non-profit organizations in their home areas and have some preference in job location
and job type. Job placement is arranged by
PHEAA, which sponsors the program.
Internships are available to students who
qualify for off-campus internships at non-profit
agencies. Students must apply for the Off-Cam-

pus Work-Study Program through Bloomsburg's Financial Aid Office and have approval
for federal work study at least 30 days prior to
the start of the internship. No student will be
paid for an off-campus internship without prior approval from the Financial Aid Office.

Other Financial Aid Programs
Vocational rehabilitation provides training

Students may work a maximum of 20 hours
per week at $4.25 per hour. Pay rates are subject to change without notice in accordance
with changes in the Minimum Wage Law.
Employment awards may be revised if a student
receives additional financial aid that was not
considered when the award was made.

for

need neces-

The Summer Work-Study Programs on-campus employ students who normally attend

employment.

Award

level of financial

CWSP

is federally funded, provides
jobs for students who have financial need. To
apply for CWSP, students must be enrolled for
a minimum of 6 credits in a degree program
or an eligible certificate program.
The State Student Employment Program on
campus is available to students who do not

and services for physically or mentally disabled
or disabled persons. Students who are enrolled
in an educational program may be eligible for
financial aid when their disability interferes
with their vocational goals. Additional information is available from the Wilkes-Barre District Vocational Rehabilitation Office at (717)
826-2011 or 1-800-634-2060 or (717)-826-2023
(TTY).
Veterans' benefits may be available to veterans of the armed services who qualify for educational assistance under the GI Bill of Rights
or the Veterans Educational Assistance Program (VEAP). Contact a local Veterans Administration Office for more information.

The Pennsylvania Army National Guard
offers scholarship

formation
tional

is

Guard

and loan opportunities. Infrom a local Army Na-

available

representative.

Regional awards from students' hometown
areas harbor other financial aid opportunities.
High school guidance personnel are often very
knowledgeable about aid through local sources such as service and fraternal clubs, industry,

religious organizations, teachers' associa-

and PTAs.
resources must be considered in
awarding financial aid, students who are recipients of awards from other sources must notify
the Financial Aid Office of these awards.
tions, foundations,

Since

all

42

Fees

Undergraduate Fees for the 1995-96 Academic Year
Fees are subject to change by appropriate governing boards.

Basic Fee

— Tuition

(est)

Room and Meal Fee (double room,19-nieal)
Academic Equipment Fee (est)
Community Activities Fee
Student Union Fee

Pennsylvania
Resident
$1,612
1,492

Out-of-State

96
66

96
66
60
60

(est)

Total

Academic Year

(est)

25
500
37

$3,948
$7,896

$6,434
$12,868

meals/week
meals/ week
meals/ week
meals/week
equipment and uniforms,

Four meal plans are available per semester:
the 10 and 7 meals/week plans are available for
commuters and upper campus residents only

Some Options

Community Activities Fee finance student
music, lecgeneral entertainment, student organizations, and other student-supported programs. Part-time students
taking coursework on campus are required to
pay the Community Activities fee at the rate of
$5.50 per semester hour.
activities in athletics, recreation,

tures, student publications,

Tuition pays for the actual courses you will
but does not cover books and supplies.
The difference between Pennsylvania and outof-state resident tuition
about $3,000 per
year
is essentially the financial support of
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
For course loads over 18 semester hours,
Pennsylvania residents pay an extra $135 per
semester hour and out-of-state residents pay
take,





the

upon

tuition.

For information about graduate student fees,
Graduate Studies Catalog.

Changes

see

in Fees or Costs

All fees or costs are subject to

change with-

out notice. If billing is prior to change, student
accounts will be charged or refunded after the
fact. Charges for dining hall meals are adjusted annually after the end of the academic year.
The adjustment under the food service contract, currendy in force, is based on the wholesale price index.

Room and Board includes fees for on-campus, student housing

and meal plans

at uni-

dining facilities. Several options are
available. Fee schedules are the same for Penn-

versity

sylvania

and

out-of-state residents.

Housing Fees
Single occupancy

Part-time students who are residents of
Pennsylvania pay $135 per semester hour and
out of state part-time students pay $342.
In-state undergraduate students pay $135
per semester hour for summer session courses. In-state graduate students pay $179 per semester hour. Out-of-state undergraduate students pay $322 per semester hour for summer
session courses.

$667
644
547
474

19
14
10
7

*Nursing students will be expected to pay for supplies,
t 4.19 percent increase begins Spring 1996 semester, based

Fees and

1,492

60
60
25
500
37

Recreation Feef
Student Union Operations Fee
Books and Supplies (estimated)*
Health Service Fee
Total Semester (est)

Resident
$4,098

dorm

Double occupancy dorm
Upper campus apartments

Summer

session

11,238/semester

$825/semester
$828/semester

$55/week

Meal Plans
All students who live in the residence halls
are required to take their meals in the campus
dining hall under one of two food service plans

during the academic year. Food service fees
are payable with the housing fee as a combined

43

Fees

charge. Housing and food service fees are the
for Pennsylvania residents and out-ofstate students. The 14, 10, and seven meal
plans apply to any meals served in the dining

same

ited to the

housing charge for the current

se-

mester.

facilities

Bank drafts, post office money orders, or
checks must be made out for the exact amount
of the fee. Fees are payable to Bloomsburg

es to

University.

Monday through Sunday. No changmeal plans are processed after the second week of the semester. (See the secdon on
Basic Fees)

Basic Meal Plans
19 meals/week ($50 in flex dollars) $667/se-

mester
14 meals/week ($100 in flex dollars) $644/semester

Summer Session
19 meals/week
15 meals/week

$42/week
$40/week

Fees are due at times determined by the
Business Office
The university reserves the right to withhold
information concerning the record of a student who is in arrears in fees or other charges
including student loans.
The university does not offer a time payment plan. Billing statements of student accounts are mailed prior to registration each
semester. Failure to comply with the directive
concerning payment excludes the student

from
In addition to basic meal plans, above, stu-

dents

who

live off

campus may

also select:

University,

$2.70
$3.90
$5.00
$7.70
$6.50

Lunch/Brunch

Dinner
Steak Dinner
Special Dinner
Arrangements for room guests must be approved by the resident director of the hall
where the guest will be housed.

Keys

A $30 fee is charged for replacing a
key and $5 for a mailbox key.

room

E.

Second

St.,

Bloomsburg, PA

Orientation Fees
a one-time administrative orientato the Business Office at

is

tion fee of

Breakfast

400

17815.

There

Casual Meal Rate

$20 paid

the initial billing.

A participatory fee

for the orientation pro-

gram held on-campus is included with the registration for the program and paid directly to
the Orientation Office.
Participatory fee for orientation:

$52
$10
$52
$10
$20
$17

for

fall

freshmen

for January freshmen
for

fall

transfer students

for January transfer students
for

summer freshmen

for

Developmental Instruction

students

Payment of Fees

A nonrefundable

advance registration fee
of $100 is due when an individual is approved
for admission as an undergraduate student or
when a former student is approved for readis

may be addressed
Director of Accounting, Business Office, 22
Waller Administration Building, Bloomsburg
to:

10 meals/week ($50 in flex dollars) $547/semester
7 meals/week ($50 in flex dollars)
$474/semester

mission. This fee

registration.

Inquiries concerning fees

credited to the

first

basic

fee payment.

The Community Activities Fee

$10 for January Developmental Instruction students

$6 for adult non-traditional students

Miscellaneous Fees
Diploma Fee
charged

for

one

se-

mester is due when a student is approved for
admission or when a former student is approved for readmission after being out of
school for one or more semesters.
A $100 advance housing deposit, of which
$50 is refundable, is required to reserve a room
accommodation and negotiate a housing contract for the academic year. The deposit must
be paid prior to room assignment and is cred-

— A diploma fee of $10

at graduation for a bachelor's

is

degree

or a master's degree.
Transcript Fee
A $2 fee is charged for
each official transcript of a student's record
and $1 for an unofficial transcript.
Late Registration Fee
A late fee of $10 is
charged to a student who completes registra-





tion after the official registration date.



Application Fee
A $25 application fee
must be paid by each applicant, undergraduate and graduate, at the time of request for

44

Fees

registration.



amount paid which exceeds the



part-time rate.

StuStudent Community Building Fee
dents are charged a Student Comnmnity Building Fee of $60 per semester for regular sessions,
$3.50 per credit hour for summer sessions ($42

Procedures
Tuition fees are eligible for
refunds when the student withdraws from the
university. All refund requests must be submit-

maximum

ate institution's processing procedures. Re-

rate).



Recreation Center Fee
students will be
charged a Recreation Center fee of $60 per
semester for regular sessions, $3.50 per credit

hour for summer sessions ($42 maximum

A 4. 19 percent increase beginning in Spring
996 semester, based on tuition.
All students carrying
Health Service Fee
9 or more semester hours are assessed a $37
Health Service fee per semester. Students
scheduling 8 semester hours or less will not be
assessed a Health Service fee.
Faculty and staff who schedule academic
courses are not assessed a Health Service fee.
Student teachers and/or students on internships who are not residing in the Bloomsburg
area are not liable for this fee; they may request, in writing, an exemption from the Business Office. Students registered in extension
courses also are not assessed a health fee.
Health services are available only to students
who pay a health fee.
rate)

.

1



All students enrolled in a

summer

session

are assessed $1 per week for the length of the
session (s) for health services.

The monies

collected from this fee pay for
the health service that has been designated by
the Pennsylvania Legislature as an auxiliary

function of the institution. These funds are

expended

for the professional salaries related

to health services, plus the cost of the Hospital

Emergency Room Fee Waiver Contract and

ted in writing

and comply with the appropri-

funds on student

activity fees will be within
those regulations and procedures established
by the student organization, as approved by the
president of the university. Such refunds must
be consistent with Federal law. A student is eligible for consideration for a refund for any
reason approved by the president or the president's designated official. The refund schedule applies also to all part-dme students reducing their credit hour load. Except for minimum
forfeit of advanced deposits, refunds for tuidon
are based on the following schedule, effective
July 1, 1995:

day
through second week
Third through fourth week
Fifth through eighth week
First

First

After the eighth

100
90
50
25

week

percent
percent
percent
percent
no refund

Refund
The

university

is

responsible for notifying

each student of its refund policy. Full refund
of tuidon is granted to students of State Sys-

tem

who

are military reservists or
Guard and are ordered to active military service by the president
of the United States. With respect to room and
board fees, all refund schedules apply only to
conditions in which students withdraw entireuniversities

members of

ly

from the

the National

university.

The

other service contracts, i.e., ambulance service,
family planning, medical supplies, udlities, and

following is the schedule of refunds to
aid recipients under Title IV of the Federal
Higher Education Act, as amended, who are

the self-care unit.

first-time students at this university,

Refund

ing Federal financial aid:
Time of Withdrawal ( 16 -

Policies

— The

Application Fee
($25) is not refundable.



is



receiv-

Week Semester)
Percentage Refund

application fee

The advance
not refundable.
Basic Fee
Pennsylvania State System of
Higher Education fees are established uniformly based upon recommendations of the Board
of Governors. Advance deposits credited toward the basic fee are non-refundable. Other
amounts paid and credited toward the basic
fee are refundable in full for students who withdraw for approved reasons prior to the first
class day. Students who reduce their credit
hour load so as to qualify for billing as parttime students are eligible for a refund of the
Advance Registration Fee

registration fee ($100)

and

90%
Week
80%
Second Week
80%
Third Week
70%
Fourth Week
60%
Fifth Week
60%
Sixth Week
50%
Seventh Week
40%
Eighth Week
40%
Ninth Week
Tenth Week
0%
No refund
Eleventh Week and Beyond
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania proFirst

vides approximately $4,604 per full-time equivalent student to the State System of Higher

45

Fees

Education in support of each student's education.



Conununity Activitiies Fee
The CommuFee ($66) is not refundable.

nity Activities

Other Refund Policies
No refunds are made when

students are

suspended, dismissed, or voluntarily withdraw
from the university. The $125 housing deposit
is not refunded when housing contracts are
broken due to voluntary withdrawals from
school. Room fees are refunded on the same
basis as the basic fees are.

In cases of personal illness that are certified by an attending physician or for other

reasons which may be approved by the university's Council of Trustees, refunds of the housing fee and contingent fees are prorated; the
unused portion is subject to refund.
In case of withdrawal, refunds that are due
are computed from the date the notice of official withdrawal is received at the Registrar's
Office.

Books and Supplies
Books and supplies are estimated at $170
may secure books and

per semester. Students

supplies at the University Store.
erates on a cash basis.

The

store op-

46

Academic Policiea

Academic

Policies, Practices

directly at designated

Academic Policies
policies

and

practices are subject

The pohcies presented here are
authorized as of May 1, 1995. Subsequent
changes will be announced in the campus wide
to change.

information system, student handbook, the
Pilot, the changes made after publication of the
Pilot are announced in the student newspaper.
The Voice.
It is

the responsibility of the student to

and observe the academic

policies

know

and regula-

tions of the university, to confine registration
to courses for

been

satisfied,

which the prerequisites have
and to meet the requirements

for graduation.

In case of changes by the university in graduation curriculum requirements, degree students who attend without interruption may
choose to satisfy either the requirements as
they existed at the time of their entrance or
the new requirements; if they elect to satisfy
the new requirements, they are responsible for

them

in total.

Definition of Full-time and Part-time

Students

An

individual

mum of

1

who

is

enrolled for a mini-

2 semester hours

is

computer

I
terminals.



Introduction
Academic

and Services

classified as a full-

time student. One who is enrolled for fewer
than 12 semester hours is a part-time student.
Where the word "student" appears without clarification either by word or context in this document, full-time degree student is implied.
Students should be aware that failure to maintain a certain number of semester hours per
year may affect eligibility for financial aid, ath-

Seniors .schedule classes first, followed
juniors, sophomores, and freshmen. Fall fresh-H
men have their schedules prepared in advance
and are provided an opportunity for counseling and schedule changes during the orientaj^
tion period.
All students should complete English Composition I and II (or equivalent) by the end of
the sophomore year.
Students shall not be required to take parfl
in cocurricular activities until after 3:30 p.m.™
Scheduling activities have precedence over
unscheduled meets, practices, etc.
Students off-campus at the time of sched
uling due to student teaching, internships, etc.
will prepare their proposed schedule, which
h
will be processed at the appointed time with
h
those of their peers. These students mail thei
class scheduling form to the registrar.
Students are billed according to number of
semester hours scheduled. (See Admission,
Financial Aid, Fees)
|h
Students must register in person on the firstH
day of each semester or summer session according to the instructions for registration issued
by the registrar. Special provisions for registra-^
tion are available for non-degree students andl
part-time degree students. Students who do not^
register will have their class schedules dropped
at the end of the first day of registration
Students with unpaid fees, overdue libraryl
materials, and other obligations due the university will be denied scheduling and registra

H

^

I

I

I

tion privileges.

Students with disabilities should contact th
make special arrange
ments for scheduling of classes and registraOffice of the Registrar to

1

tion.

letics, et al.

Change of Undergraduate Schedule

Scheduling Classes and Registration

A student may change his/her semester,
summer session schedule prior to the close of
the fifth/third day of the semester/ summen
session. The consent of the adviser is not pre

Students enroll by scheduling classes, paying fees, and registering on the first day of each
semester or summer session. The scheduling
of classes is usually completed during the prior semester. Classes in progress for the current
semester always constitute an obligation to the
student. All scheduling procedures for the next
semester shall not conflict with this obligation.
The dates for scheduling and advisement are
announced by the registrar. To schedule, students obtain a class schedule booklet, meet
with their advisers, and enter their schedules

requisite to a change.

Changes are subject t
which the student

available space in classes to

proposes to transfer.
Schedule changes for all students in th
Department of Developmental Instruction
with less than 32 earned credits, require the
approval of the Department of Developmental Instruction. Schedule adjustments for stu
dents on academic probation, reinstatemen

47

icademic Policies

nd minimal academic progress require the
ipproval of the academic adviser.

^te Registration
A student may register

late until the close

on the sixth day of the semester or
he first Wednesday following a summer sesion registration. There is a special fee for late
gistration unless the student presents a medexcuse at the time of registration.

Semester

is required.
(See Admission, Financial Aid, Fees)
A student who is making minimum progress
toward academic good standing or who is on

chairperson

f business

;al

be granted for an overload. If the QPA is less
than 3.0, then approval of the department

academic probation may schedule no more
than 16 semester hours. (See the section on
Academic Probation) A student who has been
reinstated upon appeal of academic dismissal
limited to scheduling 13 semester hours. (See
the section on Appeals)

is

Hour

A semester hour is ordinarily defined as the
one weekly period of 50 minutes in
one semesIn some cases, as in laboratory, studio, or

redit for

ecture, discussion, or recitation for
ter.

iternship, there may not be a one-to-one corlespondence between experimental time and
Iredit.

esidence Requirements
At least 32 of the last 64 semester hours
redited toward a bachelor's degree must be

ken in residence at the university. Former
loomsburg students who are certified for
leaching by completing two or three years of

work and who are candidates for the
Bachelor of Science in Education must com1)lete at least one half of the remaining work
or thie degree program in residence. Resiollege

lence credit is given for courses by Blooms)urg University for college credit.

Class Standing
I

A student has academic standing as a fresh-

man
a

until

he or she has 31 semester hours,

as

sophomore from 32 to 63 semester hours, as
junior from 64 to 95 semester hours, and as
senior after 96 or more semester hours of

Iredit. Transfer

credit, if any,

is

included in

these figures.

For purposes of

tges

and

social

and housing

privi-

regulations, the definitions of class

anding are as follows: freshman, to and incmding 29 semester hours; sophomore, 30 to

59 semester hours; junior, 60 to 89 semester
tours; senior, 90 or more semester hours or 6
;mesters as a full-time student.

Normal Load and Overload
The normal course load of a student in any
emester is 16 semester hours. A student in
I cod standing is limited to 18 semester hours,
unless he or she receives permission for an
overload by his or her academic adviser. A qualpoint average (QPA) of 3.0 or higher is reuired of the student before permission can

Majors, Minors, Career

Concentrations and Teacher
CertiHcation



Major
Each student must complete a
major field of study for graduation. A major
field of study is one of the approved degree
programs prescribed by the major department
or the college in which the student is enrolled.
The specific course requirements for the options within each of the degree programs leading to the degrees are described in the catalog.

Minor

— A minor

field of study consists of
of 18 hours, at least 15 of which
must be in the department offering the minor.
While courses counting toward a minor may
also fulfill general education or career concentration requirements, minor courses may not
be in a student's major discipline and/or certification area. A minor offered in an academic discipline may have multiple advisement
options. A student may choose to pursue minors in more than one academic discipline.
Career Concentration
Career concentra-

a

minimum



tions are multidisciplinary advisement pro-

grams to help students select courses to develop appropriate skills and knowledge to prepare
for entry and mobility in specific professions
or careers. For example, career advisery committees exist in areas such as

community

ser-

gerontology and
environmental management and planning.

vices, public administration,



Teacher Certifications
Certification is
the result of completing a teacher education
program approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education as defined by Chapter 49
of the Regulations of the State Board of Education
Certification of Professional Personnel. Certificates are issued by the Pennsylvania Department of Education upon the recommendation of the university, based on its approved teacher education programs. Certification does not apply to certificates issued by



1

48

Academic Policie.

the university for completion of a university
program. Minors cannot lead to certification
to teach or supervise in the public schools of
Pennsylvania.

Double Majors Across Colleges
Students electing to major in two departments must have a major adviser in each department, meet all of the major requirements
of each department and all of the general education requirements. Double majors in some
departments may require more than the minimum 128 credits for graduation.

Pass-Fail Policy
After attaining sophomore standing, a degree student may elect credit courses on a passfail basis in accordance with the following rules:
• A maximum of two courses (totaling not
more than 8 semester hours) may be
included as part of the minimum
graduation requirement of 128 semester
hours.
• No more than one pass-fail course may be
taken in any one semester.
• A student may request to take a course on a

may

a course

I

has received a grade of E in
not take it later on a pass-

fail basis.



A student may revoke

a decision to take a
course on a pass-fail basis. The revocation
must be completed by the close of the
business day one week after the middle of^
the semester. This allows the pass-fail
option to be used again.

I

Auditing of Courses

A full-time student who is enrolled for les^
than 17 hours of coursework may, with conH
sent of the appropriate dean and subject to fees
on

as stated in the section

one course

an auditor.

Fees, register

for,

the registrant at
tends at least three-fourths of the regular clasj
meetings, a V will be reported by the instruccas

If

J

tor, and the course will be entered on the acaademic record without credit. No assignments
are made to an auditor, and no papers or ex

I

pass-fail basis

business day

ed.

each summer session.
Courses taken on a pass-fail basis must be
free electives; no required courses may be
taken as pass-fail. Required courses are
those courses used to satisfy the requisites
for a major (including required cognate
courses) or a

minor or

to

comply with

General Education requirements. The
student must complete all course
requirements within the General
Education area before selecting another


A student who

aminations are accepted by the instructor for
)r
grading or recording either during the period
d
of enrollment or subsequent thereto. An audi
tor may not participate in laboratory or studi
work if such work is part of the course audit-

up until the close of the
on the second Friday of the
semester or on the first Wednesday of


actual letter grade earned.


course from that area for pass-fail.
instructor is not informed that the
course is being taken on a pass-fail basis.
Grades of A, B, C, D, or E are translated
into grades of P or F, with the grade of P
recorded for a grade of D or higher and
the grade of F recorded for E. Grades of P
and F do not enter the computation of a

The

QPA.
• If

subsequent to completion of a course on

a pass-fail basis the student changes his/

her major to one in which the original
grade is required, the student may
request that the chairperson of the
academic department be notified of the

A part-time

student

may

register as an au

ditor subject to the provision that

when com

]

puting the fee paid by the student, the course'
audited will be counted the same as if it were
taken for credit. Individuals who are not en-,
rolled as students may apply for audit privileg-|
es through the dean of the School of Extend I
ed Programs. Acceptance depends upon such
factors as space in class and educational background.

I

Credit by Examination

A

student may receive a maximum of 64
semester hours of credit by examination oikj
experiential learning. Credit may be awardecH
for successful completion of institutional ex^
aminations and/or approved external examinations.

^

A student may petition for

the privilege ofl
establishing credit in a course or courses list-p
ed in the undergraduate catalog through a
)t
comprehensive examination instead of

through registration and class attendance o
through independent study of the course con

1

tent.

A student may not petition for an examina-anor in a course
which a grade has been recorded.
tion in a course audited,

fro

1

Academic Policies

49

A student must present evidence of equivalent experience

if

the course involves labora-

tory or studio work.
The student's petition must be approved in
sequence by the department chairperson and

the dean of the college.

An examination committee must be appointed by the department chairperson and
approved by the dean of the college. Unless
the course is an advanced course which is
taught by only one member of the faculty, the
examination committee must include at least
two faculty members.
The examination must cover the course syllabus in a comprehensive manner. Suitable
standardized examinations may be used. The
examination must be written or, if oral, subject to transcription.

Where

skill,

as in key-

boarding or use of applications software, is a
course requirement, the written and oral aspects must be supplemented by a demonstration of skill. A copy of the completed approval form must be placed in the student's advisement file and the original forwarded to the
Office of the Registrar.
A fee is charged for courses challenged by
institutional examination taken for credit, regardless of the number of credits awarded for

Upon receipt of approval, this fee
payable at the university Business Office.
Evidence of payment must be presented to the
department before the examination can be
administered.
If the student passes the examination, the
grade of "P" is assigned for the course. If he/
she fails, no record is made. This course does
not count in the student's normal quota of passthat course.

is

courses.
Suitable adaptations of the above procedures may be used to validate transfer courses

fail

taken in non-accredited colleges.

No

fee

is

charged for examination to validate such credit. Examinations may be based upon the syllabi of the courses taken in the previous institu-

tion or, in case the student wishes to establish

equivalency with courses in this university,
the syllabi of courses offered in this in-

upon

stitution.

The university recognizes two external examination programs: the College Level ExamProgram (CLEP) and the Advanced
Placement Program (AP) of the College Board.
Credit by AP Examinatioiis
The university will award credit for AP Exams upon re-

ination



ceipt of verification of a score of 3, 4 or 5 by
the Office of the Registrar.

Credit by

CLEP

Examinations

— The uni-

versity will

upon

award credit for CLEP Examinations

receipt

and

verification of a score at or

above the 50th percentile by the Office of the
Registrar. Minimum scores for awarding credit and the amount of the credit granted can be
secured from the Office of the Registrar. CLEP
General Examinations must be taken before
matriculating to Bloomsburg University. CLEP
Subject Examinations may be taken anytime
prior to graduation. Acceptance of credit for
certain CLEP Examinations is subject to departmental approval.
Credit for Military Experience
Bloomsburg University may award credit for educational experiences of students earned while
serving in the armed forces of the United
States. The registrar makes a recommendation to the departmental chairperson of the
student's major based upon the American
Council on Education's Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed
Forces. Recommendations are made provided the credit applies to the student's degree
program. The final decision for granting credit
resides with the departmental chairperson.



The

university will transfer two credits in 05100 Physical Fitness for completing basic training in the armed forces of the United States.

Graduate Courses in the Senior Year
Seniors needing fewer than 18 semester
hours of coursework to satisfy requirements for
a baccalaureate degree may, with approval of
a department chairperson, apply to the assistant vice president for graduate studies and
research in the School of Graduate Studies for
permission to supplement undergraduate
courses with graduate courses. Credit for gradis awarded upon verification of
completion of the student's undergraduate

uate courses
degree.

Class Attendance Policy
Regular classroom attendance is expected
of all students. A student will be afforded reasonable assistance by a faculty member when
coursework is missed for such reasons as:
• Personal illness,
• Death or critical illness in the immediate
family,
• Participation in

a university-sponsored
In the latter
instance, mutually satisfactory arrangements for assistance must be made by the
student when the activity is announced.
The instructor is not required to provide
cocurricular

activity.

50

Academic Policies

make-up examinations or

to review class

work

missed as a result of iniauthorized absences.
A faculty member with departmental approval may adopt a reasonable, alternative
policy if class members are provided that policy in writing dining the first week of classes.

Student Course Requirements and
Progress Information
Within the first week of classes each semesteaching faculty must distribute in writing
at least the following information: procedures
for determining each letter grade, any relationship of class attendance to the course, any other course requirements, weighted average of
requirements for grade computation, and procedures for making up tests or other work
missed through excused absence.
Faculty may post student grades providing
a student has given written permission; the
grades must not identify the student. Using
social security numbers or parts of social security numbers is illegal. If grades are posted,
each student should be given unique identifier which is not consistent to student names listter,

ed

in alphabetical order.

At any time during the semester, teaching
faculty shall be prepared to inform students of
their academic progress should the student
request this.
At the end of a semester or summer term,
the final grade of each course is recorded on
the student's permanent record; a copy of the
semester grades is sent to the student at his/
her home address or another address designated by the student.

Recording Grades
At the end of a semester or summer session,
the final grade for each course is recorded on
the student's permanent record; a copy of the
semester's grades is sent to the student's home
address or another address designated by the
student. Midsemester grades of D and E are
reported to degree students with 32 and fewer
semester hours earned. These grades are not
permanendy recorded.

Definition of Grades
Grades given at Bloomsburg University are
defined as follows:
A
Excellent
B
Above Average
C
Average

D

Minimum

E

Failure

Effective Fall

Passing Grade

Semester 1996, grades

defined and given at Bloomsburg University,
with their

be

quality points, as fol-

A = 4.00 (superior attainment)
A- = 3.67
B+ = 3.33 (above average attainment)
B = 3.00
B- = 2.67
C+ = 2.33
C = 2.00 (average attainment)
C-=1.67

D+

D
E

= 1.33
= 1.00 (minimum attainment)
= 0.00 (failure)

The grades

given to each student for acaBloomsburg University ar'e assigned by those faculty who are responsible for
the course in which the student is enrolled.
I
Incomplete is a temporary grade given only when an instructor believes a student
has been unable to complete course requirements due to circumstances beyond his/her
control. Failure of a student to take the final
examination or complete other course requirements without prior arrangement with the instructor for a legitimate excuse is not justification for a grade of I.
When an instructor submits a grade of I to
the registrar, it must be accompanied by a formal, written plan for the student to complete
the course requirements and the appropriate
letter grade that would be assigned if the plan
were not completed by the student in the time
specified. The plan for the student to complete
the course requirements shall be prepared by
the instructor with the acceptance of the student. Unless specifically stated in the written
plan to the contrary, it is assumed that work
will be completed prior to the end of the next
regular semester. When the plan has been completed by the student, the instructor will recalculate the grade to be assigned for the course
and submit this new grade to the registrar according to established procedures.
A request for an extension of time to complete course requirements must be initiated by
the student prior to the deadline of the plan
on file in the Office of the Registrar. The student must present suitable documentation to
the instructor indicating that circumstances
above and beyond her/his control persist or
new circumstances of that nature have developed. An extension of time will be granted only
upon approval of the instructor and the dean
of the appropriate college.
P
Passed. This grade is recorded when a
student takes a course on a pass-fail basis and

demic credit





will

commensurate

lows:

at

51

Academic Policies

does work which would lead to a grade of D or
higher. The grade of P also is recorded when a
course is passed by proficiency examination
and when a student receives a passing grade
in a noncredit course or cocurricular activity
such as musical ensembles, theater and forensics.



F
Failed This grade is recorded when a
student takes a course on a pass-fail basis and
does work which would lead to a grade of E.
The grade of F also is recorded when a student receives a failing grade in a noncredit
course for a cocurricular activity.
Research. This grade is assigned by
R
the instructor only when a student has been
unable to complete a research component of
a course because the length of time for the research exceeds the end of semester and when
a formal plan for completion of the research
is filed with the instructor and the chairperson. Provisions for removal of the grade are
the same as those for the grade of I. The instructor must submit the grade of R to the registrar along with the formal plan for completion of the research and the grade to be assigned to the student if the research is not completed satisfactorily in the time period stipulated. The plan for the student to complete
the research shall be prepared by the instructor with the acceptance of the student. Unless
specifically stated in the written plan to the
contrary, it is assumed that the work will be
completed prior to the end of the next regular semester. When the student has completed
the plan, the instructor shall recalculate the
grade to be assigned for the course and submit this new grade to the registrar according
to established procedures.
V Audit (See the section on Auditing of
Courses)
X No Grade Reported When this temporary grade is recorded, the provisions for
determining academic honors, good standing,
minimal progress, and satisfactory progress are
not applied until the grade of X is removed.
Withdrawn. (See the sections on
Course Withdrawal and Withdrawal from the






W—

University)

Quality Points
Quality point values are assigned as follows:
Grade Quality Value Points
A
4
B
3

C

2

D

1

E

See note on pending revisions above.

Quality Point Average (QPA)

The Quality Point Average (QPA) is computed from the academic record of courses
taken at Bloomsburg University in which
grades of A through E were earned. The computation is executed by multiplying the number of semester hours for each course by the
number of quality points for the grade in the
course and adding the products, then dividing the sum obtained in the first step by the
total number of semester hours represented
by the courses.
A "semester QPA" is computed by including only the courses of a single semester. The
"cumulative QPA" is computed by including all
courses taken to date at Bloomsburg University. If a course is successfully repeated at another regionally accredited institution of higher
education, the credits for a grade of D or E
and the quality points for the D at Bloomsburg
are deleted from the computation.

Change of Grade
After a grade of A through E has been reported to the Registrar's Office, it may be
changed only through the grievance process,
to change a temporary grade to a final grade,
or to correct a computational or clerical error.
A recommendation for change of grade due
to a computational or clerical error must be
made in writing by the instructor and approved
by the department chairperson and the dean
of the appropriate college. When a grade of I
and R is changed, only the approval of the
department chairperson is required.

Course Repeat Policy
A maximum of four courses

(not more than
14 semester hours) in which grades of D or E
have been recorded may be repeated. The initial grade remains on the transcript and is part
of the student's permanent record. Quality
points are awarded for the grade of the repeated course only. The grade of the repeated
course is part of the permanent record and is
used to calculate the student's quality point
average. Multiple repeats of the same course
are considered as one repeat. A course taken
at the university in which a grade of D or E has
been earned and repeated at another accredited institution of higher education is included in the permitted maximum number of repeats.

Withdrawal from a Course
Any student except a first semester

fresh-

Academic Policies

52

man may drop

a course during the schedule
first five days of the semes-

is

change period (the

ter). When a course is dropped, it is removed
from the student's schedule entirely. After the
schedule change period and continuing until
one week past the middle of the semester, if a
student withdraws from a course, a grade of
will be recorded. As a means of notification to

W


the instructor of the intent to withdraw, a stu-

dent

is required to obtain the instructor's signature on a withdrawal form.
No withdrawals will be permitted after the
close of the business day one week after the
middle day of the semester.
Prior to the last week of classes, in exceptional circumstances and for compelling and
justified reasons, the dean of the college in
which the course is being taught may waive

procedures and when he/she files a
temporary withdrawal/leave of absence
form with the Admissions Office. (Refer
to to the section on Temporary Withdrawal/Leave of Absence)
Clinical Experience absence is authorized
by the registrar when a student is
participating in the clinical year(s) of the



medical technology and radiological
technology programs. Students in this
category are not charged fees by the
university during the time of their clinical
experience at a cooperating hospital.
Study Abroad absence is authorized by the
registrar when a student is participating

exchange
program with a cooperating university

in a university-sanctioned

these restrictions.

A

granted by the Admissions Office after

a student completes the withdrawal

during the deapply. Withdrawal from the

limit of four withdrawals

gree program shall
university is an exception.

Withdrawal from the University
A student may withdraw from the universiby completing a withdrawal form at the Ofof the Registrar, Room 6, Benjamin Franklin Hall. Students withdrawing in absentia
must submit a written request to the registrar.
When students withdraw during a semester,
the grade of
is recorded for each of the
courses on the student's schedule if the withdrawal occurs prior to the beginning of the final examination period. Students may not withdraw during the final examination period.

in



ty

fice

W

The effective date of a withdrawal is the date
on which the student signs an official withdrawal form in the Office of the Registrar or the
date on which the written request is received

The student may be charged fees
accordance with the agreement with
the cooperating university.
Completing Degree elsewhere absence is
authorized by the registrar when a
student receives permission from his or
her adviser and department chairperson
to complete course requirements at an
approved institution other than Bloomsburg University.
Mandatory Leave is recorded by the
abroad.



when

required to
medical and/
or psychological reasons or is suspended.
registrar

a student

leave the university

due

is

to

Evaluation of Undergraduate Transfer
Credits
Evaluation of credit earned at other

insti-

recommended

by the registrar for a student withdrawing in

tutions for transfer students

absentia.

by the Admissions Office with final approval
by the department chairperson. Credits for
acceptable courses transifer. Grades, quality
points and grade point averages do not trans-

Students failing to register for the next semester are classified as withdrawn and must
apply for readmission. Nondegree students
may continue to register without readmission
provided their next registration is wdthin four
semesters of their last enrollment.
An indi\ddual who discontinues attendance
without clearing all obligations to the university waives the right to a transcript and future
readmission until all obligations are cleared.
Policies which cover reimbursements are
stated in the subsection on Miscellaneous Fees.
In addition to withdrawing from the university, students may be absent for extended
periods of time. The categories include:
• Temporary Withdrawal/Leave of Absence

is

fer.

College level courses completed with a
grade of C (2.0/4.0) or above from a two-year
or four-year institution, accredited by one of
the regional accrediting agencies, are usually
transferred for a degree student. Courses taken with a grade of less than C (2.0/4.0) v«ll

not transfer to Bloomsburg University.
Transfer credit will be deleted if the student
subsquently registers for courses which substantially duplicate the content of courses accepted for transfer.
When the substitution of transfer credit for

53

Academic Policies

basis of two criteria:

a required course is in question because the
course was taken in an unaccredited institution or because the description of standards
of the course are unclear, a student is entitled
to an opportunity to validate the course by
examination.
Correspondence courses are subject to acceptance to a total that does not exceed 15 semester hours if taken from a college or university accredted by one of the two regional accrediting agencies and acceptable by that institution toward gradudation in a baccalaure-

Full-time, continuously enrolled undergraduate degree students, in order to maintain
satisfactory progress toward the completion of
a degree, must earn a minimum of 24 semester hours in any given 12-month period (including semester hours earned in developmen-

ate degree program.

tal

A student's ability to



earn a

minimum

of

semester hours;

A student's ability to maintain a minimum



QPA

at the conclusion of

each grading peri-

od.

studies courses)

Courses taken in another institution on a

Part-time undergraduate degree students,

acceptable for transfer as free
electives if they conform to the conditions for
such grades at Bloomsburg University.
A student applying to transfer courses must
fulfill the provisions of the sections on residence requirement and graduation requirements.
Credits from other institutions accredited
by one of the regional accrediting associations
earned by a Bloomsburg degree student will
transfer provided approvals are obtained first
from the student's adviser and department
chairperson. An approval form can be obtained
from the registrar. Upon completion of a
course, it is the student's responsibility to provide the registrar with an official transcript.
Course evaluations by department chairpersons must be secured before the registrar can
record courses and credits on the student's
academic record.
Evaluation of credit earned at other institutions by transfer students and by readmitted
students who earned credit subsequent to their
prior enrollment at Bloomsburg is made in the
Admissions Office with guidelines provided by
a department chairperson, cooperatively established by a college dean. A transfer student is
issued an evaluation sheet that stipulates the

in order to maintain satisfactory progress with-

pass-fail basis are

requirements for graduation which remain to
be met. This is subject to revision in the light
of subsequent changes in the evaluation of the
transcript.

Academic Good Standing

A student whose record at any final grading period shows a cumulative QPA of 2.00 or
better is considered in academic good standing. (There are three final grading periods, fall
semester, spring semester, and the total summer

session.)

Satisfactory Progress
Satisfactory progress

is

evaluated on the

any 12-month period, must earn half of all
semester hours attempted for up to 8 semester hours; two-thirds of all credit hours attempted for 9 or more semester hours.
Note: Hours earned for a repeated undergraduate course are not counted twice.
To maintain satisfactory progress, a student
must meet the following minimal requirements:
Total Hours Earned
Cumulative QPA
(Includes grades of P
Required for
in

and

Minimal

transfer credits)

Progress
1-16 semester hours

1.25-1.99

7-32 semester hours
33-48 semester hours

1

.65-1 .99

1

.85-1 .99

1

49-64 semester hours
1.95-1.99
65 or more semester hours 2.00
A student, while making minimal progress
toward academic good standing, may schedule
no more than 16 semester hours.

Dean's List

A full-time

degree student whose semester
more semester
hours of coursework will be named to the
dean's list for that semester. Grades of P or F
do not enter the computation of a student's

QPA

is

3.5 or higher in 12 or

QPA.

Academic Probation
An undergraduate student

in one of the
permitted to attend the
university on academic probation for one additional final grading period (semester/ summer) but limited to 16 semester hours:
• An entering freshman whose QPA at the
end of his/her first final grade period is
at least 1.00 but less than 1.25;
• A transfer student whose QPA at her/his
first final grading period is less than, but
within 0.25 of the cumulative QPA

following categories

is

Academic Policies

54

and her/his record

required for minimal progress;


A student who has been meeting the requirement









for at least two consecutive grading
periods immediately prior to a grading period in which his/her cumulative QPA
drops below but within 0.1 of the cumulative QPA required for minimal progress;
A full-time freshman or transfer student who
was making minimal progress toward good
standing at the end of the second grading
period is below but within 0.1 of that required for minimal progress toward good
standing;
A readmitted student who was formerly dismissed for academic deficiency who at the
close of the first grading period has not regained minimal academic progress or good
standing;
A full-time student who failed to earn 24 semester hours within one 12-month period;
A part-time student who failed to earn the
minimum number of semester hours as
prescribed above within the given semester.

Academic Dismissal

A student who at any final grading period
not in good standing, making minimal
progress toward good standing, or qualified to
attend for a semester on academic probation
is excluded from registration, and his/her
record is marked "academic dismissal." A student may be placed on "academic dismissal"
without first being placed on academic probais

tion.

A

student under "academic dismissal" is
any courses offered for a
period of at least one calendar year. Readmisineligible to attend

sion regulations are stated in the section

on

Readmission.
Students failing to meet the minimal requirements of earned credit hours and/or QPA
will be notified by the Office of the Registrar.

ic

is

again marked "academ-

dismissal."
If

the student elects to attend the

summer

sessions immediately following reinstatement
for a spring semester dismissal, then the entire summer session is considered the next
grading period for which the student must attain minimal progress toward good academic
standing or good academic standing.
Petitions to the Academic Review Board
must be in writing and must be mailed to the
chairperson of the Academic Review Board
within 48 hours of receipt of official notification of dismissal.
The Academic Review Board includes the
deans of Arts and Sciences, Business, and Professional Studies; director of Admissions, dean
of the School of Extended Programs; coordinator of Academic Advisement; registrar; director of the Center for Counseling and Human Development; and a representative of the
vice president for student life. At the initiative of either the applicant or the Academic
Review Board, the student's adviser may be
invited to participate as a voting member in
the consideration of the case.
In its evaluation of a petition for reinstatement, the board is charged to consider the
degree to which external factors beyond the
student's control temporarily prevented optimum academic achievement; the likelihood
that these or similar factors would not recur if
reinstatement were granted; the likelihood that
the student, if reinstated, could complete his
or her curriculum successfully within a reasonable extension of the normal four-year period; and an evaluation of the plan for attaining
good standing proposed by the student. A decision of the Academic Review Board is final
and not subject to review.

Graduation Requirements
Graduation requires the successful completion of at least 128 semester hours to include

Appeals

A student under

"academic dismissal" may
petition the Academic Review Board for reinstatement. If reinstatement is granted, the conditions of reinstatement are indicated includ-

ing an enrollment limit of 13 semester hours
The student's

completion of the curriculum of an approved
major program, completion of General Education requirements, and an average of 2.0 in
all courses required by the major program and
a cumulative QPA of at least a 2.0. The student
must make a formal application for graduation

Ben Franklin
announced in the class

for a specified period of time.

at the Office of the Registrar in

record also is marked "committee reinstated."
If the student does not attain good standing
or is not making minimal progress toward academic good standing by the end of the period
granted by the conditions of reinstatement, he
or she is excluded from further registration.

Hall by the deadlines
schedule.

The last 64 semester hours of credit toward
graduation must be in courses taken in a fouryear, degree-granting institution accredited by
one of the regional accrediting associations.

Academic Policies

55

At least 32 of the last 64 semester hours credited toward a baccalaureate degree must be
Bloomsburg University courses. Exceptions to
this policy will be made only by a college dean
with the recommendation of the appropriate
department chairperson. All financial obligations to the university must have been cleared.



Honors
The Latin designations summa cum laude,
magna cum laude, and cum laude are used to
identify

honor graduates.

•Graduating seniors having cumulative QPAs
between 3.95 and 4.00 are designated sum-

ma cum

laude.

•All those graduating seniors having

QPAs between 3.75 and
nated as magna cum laude.
tive

•All those graduating seniors having

QPAs between

3.50
laude.

cumula-

3.94 are desig-

cumula-

and 3.74 are



designated final examination week after the
end of regularly scheduled classes and only
at the designated time and place according to the final examination schedule.
Faculty will distribute in writing the requirements for each course within the first week
of each academic term. In these requirements, final examinations shall be worth no
less than 20 percent nor more than 40 percent of the course grade. No single exam,
paper, project, or assignment shall have
greater emphasis than the final examination. As a result of this condition, every
course must use at least three evaluations
for grading purposes.
Faculty will give final examinations, which are

comprehensive in design, emphasizing subject matter presented over the entire term.
• Faculty will return and/or permit students

desig-

to review all unit tests, quizzes, and other
types of evaluations by the last regularly

Honors for recognition at the commencement ceremony will be as of the last previous
semester, while honors for transcripts and diplomas will be as of the end of the final semes-

scheduled class in the term. In order to
prevent an excessive build-up in the number of unit tests for each student during the
last week of classes, faculty are advised to
refrain from testing during that week.
A final examination schedule shall be prepared by the Office of the Registrar with

tive

nated as

cum

ter.

A student must have

completed 48 semeshours in residence at Bloomsburg University in order to be considered for academic
honors at commencement.



ter

consultation of the faculty, if necessary, and
approved by the provost and vice president

academic affairs. Regularly scheduled
examination periods will be 1 20 minutes in length. Part of the final examinafor

Multiple Degrees

A student can be

final

awarded only one baccaThe degree to be

laureate degree at a time.

awarded must be selected prior to the last semester. A student completing an additional
major in another degree program will have the
fact noted on her or his transcript.

Associate Degree
Except as provided otherwise in this section,
of the preceding academic policies and
practices apply to the associate degree. With
respect to advanced placement, pass-fail, repeating courses, course withdrawal, and residence requirement, the policy is limited to 50
percent of the number of courses or credits
all

terval

period.
following restrictions are imposed on
the scheduling of activities during final examination week:
• Faculty are not required to be available to

The

students for conferences during final examination week.




Faculty shall give examinations during the
regularly scheduled classes of the semester.
The faculty are responsible for determining the length, frequency, form, and content of all examinations within the guidelines listed below. Final examinations shall
be given where applicable only during the

No

examinations

will

be scheduled during

the reading period unless approved by the
provost and vice president for academic

indicated.

Academic Exaimnation Policy

week will include

at least a one-day inbetween the last full day of classes and
the first day of scheduled examinations.
This time will be designated as the reading

tion

affairs.



No extracurricular activities or faculty-administrative activities shall

be scheduled except

with the consent of the individuals involved.
• The Andruss Library will remain open, and
other designated study areas will be made
available during the final examination period with expanded hours when possible.
• No student shall be required to take more

than two final examinations in one day.

If

Academic Policies

56

the student has a scheduHng conflict during the final examination period resulting
in an excessive number of final examinations scheduled for one day, the following
procedure for rescheduling the final exam-

and be completed by at
two weeks before the end of regularly
scheduled classes. The student should select two of the scheduled examinations to
be taken during the designated time according to the following priority of choice:
1. Courses offered by the major department,
2. Additional required courses in the
major program,

tion of this alternative


es.



Other courses.
to any of the scheduling
above must be made on the

In case of noncompliance vsdth the provisions

of this policy, the student has the recourse
of proper grievance procedures as established by the university.

During summer sessions, the last class period of each course shall be designated as the
final examination period wdth the time period for the examination not to exceed 80
minutes unless the arrangements have been
made in advance so that they can be announced at the first meeting of the class.
Except in unusual circumstances, classes in
six-week sessions shall have the final examination on the last day of the course. Final
examinations for courses scheduled in
three-week sessions shall be held during the
last of the two class periods scheduled for
the last day.

member for the
duration of this policy or until the course
is resubmitted to the curriculum committee.


on the

scheduled class day with the period extended to 80 minutes for that class.
Faculty who wdsh to schedule quizzes, tests,
or examinations at times other than during their regularly scheduled class periods
during the term may do so only if a makeup opportunity is made available to students. This opportunity must be scheduled
at a time mutually acceptable to both student and faculty and may not con-flict with
the student's other scheduled classes. A
faculty member shall not give an examination at a time other than during a regularly
scheduled class period unless approval is
first obtained from the majority of the faculty members of his/her academic department. Except for abnormal circumstances, this approval should be granted by the
end of the first week of classes. Notificalast



the requirement specifying that
examinations shall be worth no less
than 20 percent nor more than 40 percent
of the course grade, there must be agreement for the change by the faculty
member (s) in charge of the class, a majority of the members of his or her academic
department, and the appropriate college
dean. Except for abnormal circumstances,
the approval and notification to students
will be made by the end of the first week of
classes. If approved, the change may remain
in effect for the faculty

Classes in the nine-week ses-

sions shall hold final examinations

To change
final

basis of the following procedures:



it-

scheduled examination must obtain approval for an alternative arrangement from the majority of the members of
his or her academic department and college dean. Notification of the approved arrangement shall be given to the Office of
the Registrar. Except for abnormal circumstances, the approval and notification shall
be made by the end of the first week of class-

Any exceptions



A faculty member who believes that the content of her or his course does not lend

least

restrictions cited

shall

self to a

ination shall apply

3.

arrangement

be given to the appropriate college dean.



In order to change the time

and place sched-

uled for a final examination, there must be
agreement for the change by the faculty
members(s) in charge of the class, 100 percent of the students in the class, and the
appropriate college dean. This change must
be made by the middle of the semester.
Student opinion in this matter will be determined by secret ballot with the faculty
member in charge of the vote. If for some
reason a change is made in the time and
date of a final examination that results in a
student conflict, the faculty member will
arrange to provide a make-up opportunity
during the examination period.
The additional final examination (s) should
be rescheduled with consultation of the
relevant faculty on a mutually convenient
time. Assistance in the rescheduling of examinations may come from such individuthe student's adviser, department
chairperson, or academic dean.
Unless returned to the student, all graded
als as



examinations must be available for student review for at least the next full semester following the final examination.

final

Academic Policies

Academic

57

Integrity Policy

committees. It also must be done by the
dent and while school is in session.

and

Procedures
Bloomsburg University students are expected to be honest in all their academic work; this
means they will not engage in any of the following acts:
• Cheating on examinations including nonauthorized use of books or notes, use of crib
sheets, copying from other student's papers,
exchanging information with another student orally or by signals, obtaining a copy
of the examination illegally, and other similar activities.

Plagiarism in term papers, themes, essays,
reports, take-home examinations, etc. (To
plagiarize is to steal or use without acknowledgment the ideas, words, formulas, computer programs, etc. of another person.)
• Falsificadons including forging signatures,
altering answers after they have been graded, insertion of answers after the fact, erasure of a grader's marking, etc.
A student found guilty of academic dishonesty may be subjected to a full range of penal•

ties

from reprimand

to expulsion

from the

university.

Diagnostic Testing Program Policy
This policy applies to testing that is not a
part of the admissions procedure or course
requirements. The coordinator of academic
advisement uses diagnostic test results to assist
with course placement.
Students will be selected for diagnostic testing based upon their predicted freshman year
grade point average or performance in courses at Bloomsburg University. A predicted freshman year QPA is calculated for each new freshman at the time of application to the university. New students with a predicted QPA less than
2.5 will be given diagnostic test(s). Students
whose college QPA falls below 2.0 will be considered for diagnostic testing based upon their
circumstances. The specific area(s) of diagnostic testing will be determined by the pattern of
SAT scores and either high school or college

achievement. Students selectively low in one
of the admission testing areas (e.g., below SAT
math of 450 or SAT verbal of 430) will have
diagnostic testing in areas which are selectively

A faculty member who

believes that a stu-

stu-

weak.

Results of these tests will be released to facand staff on a need-to-know basis only for
diagnostic evaluation and remediation of the

dent has violated the academic integrity policy should use the following procedures to re-

ulty

solve the matter.

and/or evaluation of the testing program. This information will be released
with appropriate interpretation to students and
to other agencies as the student permits. These
data may be released without student permission for research purposes with student ano-



individual tested

Reprimand the student

orally or in writing.

A faculty member also

is

authorized to

as-

work tainted by the academic dishonesty and/or assign the grade
of E for the entire course (A student may
file a grievance against this action.); and/
sign a zero in the

or

complaint against the student
with the Student-Faculty Judicial Board.
The complaint must describe academic dishonesty that is alleged to have taken place
and must request that the matter be shared
by the board.
All subsequent procedures shall follow
those of the judicial system.

• File a written

Change of Area of Study (Major)

A student who wishes

change from one
area of study to another must file a request to
do so in the Office of Academic Advisement.
to

Permission to enter the new area of study
may require the written approval of the department chairperson in which it is offered. In this
case, approval may depend upon such factors
as overall

grade point average, available space,

and recommendations from departmental

nymity assured.

Depending on the results of the review of
the record and the diagnostic evaluation, an
individual program may be provided.
If a student is identified and placed in a
developmental course (s), the course (s) is con-

sidered a prerequisite before additional courses for credit can be taken in the corresponding area. Each student will be provided with a
letter indicating course placement or the recommended resources available to assist them,

such as tutorial services, tutorial labs, and the
College Study Skills courses. Such developmental programs will be provided for a maximum
of students within the budgetary limits of the
university.

Student Outcomes Assessment
The university is committed to the continuous improvement of its programs and services.

In an on-going effort to monitor the quali-

Academic Policies

58

ty

and

effectiveness of these

vices, the university routinely

programs and serconducts campus-

based studies of student attitudes, student
achievement, student satisfaction, and personal, professional and career development.
These studies are grouped under the heading
of student outcomes assessment. Participation
in outcomes assessment activities is expected
of all students. While every student is not selected for participation in every activity, it is
likely that an individual student will be involved
in one or more assessment activities during the
college years. It is only through cooperative
participation in the assessment process that the
university can better
ter serve

its

understand

itself and bet-

389-4271.

Tutorial/504 Services

The Office of Tutorial/504 Services offers
a wide range of services designed to support
and enhance the performance of university
students. Peer tutoring is available upon request in a variety of courses and is provided by
students who have distinguished themselves by
superior academic performance. Any student
wanting tutorial service needs only to complete
a brief application in order to obtain this free
service.

Services available through the 504 function
assist those students who bring special

seek to

needs

students.

ers,

Academic Support Services
Academic Support Services encompasses
Academic Advisement, Tutorial/504 Services,
International Education, the Department of
Developmental Instruction, Act 101/EOP and
Upward Bound. The freshman year program
and the university seminar course for new students are under the direction of Academic
Support Services. Additional responsibilities
include

management of

the university's prefor the
Celebrity Artist Series, Provost's Lecture Series
and the Community Arts Council.
The goals of this area are to provide aca-

forming

arts facilities

and leadership

demic

services and courses of study which enable students to achieve academic success and
to broaden the endre university community's

and intellectual horizons by bringing
acclaimed performing ardsts, ensembles and
cultural

services available.

The

office also serves as

an advocate on

offices of Vocational Rehabilitation
al

and

Visu-

Services to ensure that students are receiv-

ing adequate support from both the university
and other agencies. Candidates for admission
to the university are encouraged to contact the
office in conjunction with a visit to the Office
of Admissions. The Office of Tutorial/504 Services is interested in providing prospective students with a clear and comprehensive discussion of what will be available to them should
they decide to enroll at the university.

International Education

The

program adand coordinates

international education

university-wide efforts to provide study, research, and teaching abroad opportunities for

Academic Advisement
Incoming students, who

indicate and are
offered admission to their preferred curriculum, are assigned to faculty advisers who spe-

advisement in these areas. Assignments to advisers are made by the coordinator
of academic advisement vwth advice of department chairpersons and deans.
cialize in

Applicants for admission

is-

sues of accommodation beyond the classroom
and acts as liaison with various other campus
offices. The office regularly contacts the state

vises international students

lecturers to campus.

ed about their curriculum

to the university. Interpreters, note-tak-

and readers are just a few examples of the

who

state

are undecidundeclared on

the application instead of specifying a curriculum. These applicants are considered general
studies students and will declare a specific
major at the appropriate time. These students
are advised or assigned to advisers by the coordinator for academic advisement.
Students with questions or problems should
seek assistance from the Office of Academic
Advisement, 12 Benjamin Franklin Hall, (717)

students and faculty. Participants experience
a gamut of new cultural experiences that inspire fresh perspectives on various relationships. Opportunities are provided to study for
a semester, an academic year, or a summer at a
foreign institution. In recent years. Bloomsburg students have spent part of their undergraduate years in Scotiand, England, Ireland,
The Netherlands, France, Germany, Italy, Austria, Russia, Spain, Nigeria, Mexico, Ecuador,
Brazil, Japan, China, and India.
Education majors have the opportunity to
complete their student teaching in a foreign
country, while adding an international dimension to their professional development.
The Office of International Education is
located in Lower Luzerne Residence Hall.

59

Academic Policies

Upward Bound

ic

The university presents the opportunity for
and tenth graders from affiUated high schools to enroll in its Upward Bound
program. Participation may continue through
the summer after high school graduation. The
program, open to students meeting certain
eighth, ninth,

academic and financial requirements,

is

geared

promote self-confidence and to make students better informed and, thus, better prepared for life beyond high school. Upward
Bound's ultimate goal for its students is com-

The program

consists of two parts. In the
segment, students spend two hours a week
at their own high schools involved in academic experiences which supplement their regu-

program and improve their academic performance. The program's counsellar scholastic

ing service provides close individual contact for
discussing career, vocational, and personal interests within the high school setting. The second component of Upward Bound is a six-week
summer residential experience on the Bloomsburg University campus. This segment provides
concentrated academic work plus planned recreational, social, and cultural experiences,

both on and off the campus.

Freshman Year Program
The freshman year program provides many
new students during the academic

services to
year.

Freshmen

in

need of academic

assistance

may contact the Office of the Dean of Academ-

lower Luzerne

on an on-going basis, is designed to assist freshmen in making a smooth transition to their
college experience.

Celebrity Artist Series

Numerous
brought

The

diverse cultural attractions are

to the university

campus each

performing

artists

and groups

and popular

personalities.

sored by the

Community

is

year.

Celebrity Artist Series features notable

orchestras, musical troupes,

first

in

A one-credit elective university seminar
course, 09.100 University Seminar, is offered

to

pletion of higher education.

Support Services located

Hall.

— symphony

dance companies,

The

series

is

spon-

Arts Council, which

comprised equally of faculty members,

stu-

and community representatives. Faculty, staff, and students who have paid a Community Activities fee are provided seating on a
dents,

limited basis.

A

subscription plan

is

available

and may be obtained
from the Office of Academic Support Services
for preferred seating

located in lower Luzerne Hall.

Provost's Lecture Series

The Provost's Lecture Series provides a
public forum for the university, as well as surrounding communities, to share the fruits of
learning. Scholars, executives, journalists, and
professionals from various walks of life are invited to

campus

to

speak about academic

is-

sues and special topics of interest. Faculty members often encourage students to attend events
related to their discipline.

and open

to the public.

The

events are free

60

Student Life

and Services

Student Life and Services
pus or off-campus housing may be obtained
by contacting the Residence Life Office at

Student Housing
Students are responsible for understanding

and abiding by the university's rules, policies,
and regulations as stated in university publications, the Undergraduate Catalog, the Residence Hall Handbook, the Montgomery Place
Apartments Handbook and in the student publication, the Pilot.

Student Life services include housing, food

and health

and
enhance

serNdces, institutional testing,

a variety of programs

and

activities to

personal growth and development, academically, emotionally, and socially.

On-Campus Housing
Seven residence halls and an apartment
complex accommodate a total of 2,680 students. Each of these is described in the section on Buildings and Facilities.

Although students' housing preferences are
considered whenever possible, the university
reserves the right to alter the composition of
residence halls.
Housing and food services are provided on
a combined basis only for students living in the
residence halls. Students living in the Montgomery Place Apartments have the option of a
meal plan. Housing and food service agreements are binding for a specified period and
may not be transferred or reassigned.
Freshmen under 21 years of age must live
on campus or commute from their parent's
residence. If extenuating circumstances justify other housing arrangements, a written request for waiver of this residency requirement
must be submitted to the director of Residence
Life, ground floor, Elwell Residence Hall,

Bloomsburg

University,

17815.
Transfer students,

Bloomsburg,

upon acceptance

PA

to the

and payment of the advance deposit, are eligible for on-campus housing on a
space available basis, but married students
and/or students with families whose housing

university

needs are atypical are not eligible.
Students must participate in an assignment
process for housing on upper and lower campus to reserve a room for the following academic year. Eligibility requirements are subject
to revision in response to fluctuations in enrollment figures and student

demand

for on-

campus accommodations.
Further information concerning on-cam-

(717) 389-4089.

Off -Campus Residency
off-campus residences are privately
are considered "independent" student housing. The university
does not approve or recommend residences.
Students must rely on their own initiative
to find suitable accommodations because the
university does not assign students to off-campus residences and negotiations are the sole
responsibility of students and their landlords.
Students planning to live off campus should
have a clear understanding of their rights and
responsibilities as tenants. Copies of model
leases, apartment inventory checklists, departure notices, and town street maps are available to students through the Residence Life
office.
Off-campus students are advised to
obtain insurance coverage for their belongings
since most landlords do not assume liability for
All

owned and operated and

the loss of, or damage to, their tenants' personal property.
Students residing off-campus bear a dual
responsibility as citizens of the

burg and

as

Town of Blooms-

members of

the university comuniversity cannot provide sanctu-

munity. The
ary from the law nor can it be indifferent to
reputation in the community it serves.

its

Student Organizations
Community Government Association
All full-time

and part-time undergraduate

who have paid the Community Activities Fee are members of the Community Govstudents

ernment Association (CGA). Graduate students, faculty, and staff members who have paid
a Community Activities Fee also are members.
Student Senate meetings are held every other
Monday evening. The executive council, which
consists of the officers and two senators, meets

on

alternate

Monday evenings.

Student Organizations and Activities

The

university encourages students to par-

ticipate in at least

one extracurricular

activity

each semester, and there are more than 150
campus organizations designed to meet a wide
range of interests. As of May, 1995, these include:

Accounting Club

Student Life and Sendees

61

French Club (Le Cercle Francais)
Freshman Class

Adult Health Majors Club

Alpha Epsilon Rho
American Chemical Society
American Marketing Association
Anthropology Club

Frontiers Frontline
Global Awareness Society

Graduate Student Council

Army ROTC
Association for Childhood Education International

Association of Hispanic Students
Association of Public Relations

Habitat for Humanity
H.A.B.L.A.S.
Hillel (Jewish Fellowship)
H.O.P.E (Helping Our Planet Earth)

(APRS)
Bangladeshi Student Association
Bicycle Club

Husky Ambassadors
Husky Singers
Ice Hockey
Image

Black Cultural Society

Intercollegiate Bowling

Bloomsburg Association of Hearing Impaired
Bloomsburg Fencing Club
Bloomsburg Literary Journal
Bloomsburg Players
Bloomsburg Student Concert Committee
Bloomsburg University Billiard Club
Bloomsburg University Chamber Singers
Bloomsburg University Gospel Choir
BU Advertising Club
BU Volleyball Club

International Relations Club
Inter-Varsity Christian Fellowship

Students

Campus Child Center Parent Association
Catholic Campus Ministry
Cheerleaders
Chess Club
Chinese Student Association
Christian Student Fellowship
Circle

KClub (Omega Tau

Episilon)

Club of Biological Sciences
Coalition of Minority Organizations
College Republicans

Columbia Residence Hall Council

Community Arts Council
Community Government Association (CGA)
Commuters and Returning Students (CARS)
Concert Choir
Criminal Justice Society
Data Processing Management Association
Earth Science Club
Elwell Residence Hall Council
English Club of Bloomsburg University
Equestrian Club
European Student Association
Exercise Science Club
Fellowship Among Christians Through Service

Club

Junior Class

Kappa Gamma Iota (Veterans)
Kappa Phi Club
Kehr Union Program Board
Luzerne Residence Hall Council
Lycoming Residence Hall Council
Management Club
Maroon and Gold Band
Math Club
MBA Club
Men's Lacrosse Club
Men's Rugby Club
Montgomery Place Apartments Council
Montour Residence Hall Council
Music Educators National Conference
National Student Speech, Hearing, and Language Association
Northumberland Residence Hall Council
Obiter (Yearbook)
Oriental Language and Culture Club
Phi Beta Lambda (Nu Omicron Chapter)
Philosophy Club
Planning Students Association
Pocket Billiard Club
Political Science Student Association
Pre-Law Club

FEM

Campus Ministry
Psychology Association
Role Playing Guild
Rotaract Club
Russian Club
Schuylkill Residence Hall Council
Senior Class
S.H.A.R.E. (Students Helping Adolescents
Reach Excellence)

Finance Club

SIGNIFY

Forensic Society
Free Spirit

Ski

(FACTS)
Fellowship of Christian Athletes

Protestant

(Sign Language)

Club

Society for

Human

Resource Management

Student Life and Service

62

Working together with the Inter-Fraternit)]
Council, the NPC helps to program activities'
open to the entire campus community. Mem-

Society of Physics Students
Society of Professional Journalists

Sophomore Class
Speech Communication

Association of Penn(SCAP)
START (Students Together Alleviating Racial

bers of the National Panhellenic Council at,
Bloomsburg are: Alpha Sigma Alpha, Alpha
Sigma Tau, Chi Theta Pi, Chi Upsilon SigmaJ

Tension
Student Art Association
Student Council for Exceptional Children (Alpha Chapter #370)
Student Nurses Association
Student PSEA (Student Pennsylvania State
Education Association)
Students of the Social Welfare Club
Student Trainers Association

Delta Epsilon Beta, Delta Phi Epsilon, Delta
Sigma Theta, Phi Iota Chi, Phi Sigma Sigma.

sylvania

Sigma Sigma Sigma and Theta Tau Omega
For more information on the social frater
nities and sororities at Bloomsburg, contact the
coordinator ofgreek affairs at (717) 389-4898.

1

Publications

Band
2-5-8 Communiate!
Ulumate Frisbee Club
University Amateur Radio Club

Students interested in journalism may join
the staffs of student publications. Through
these activities, students contribute to campu
life and gain valuable experience for futur
work in either commercial or school journalJ

University-Community Orchestra

ism.

University Democrats

Voice, the university's student newspa-g
published weekly, funded by the Com-1
munity Government Association (CGA) and|
distributed free throughout the university community. Students write, edit and layout the_
newspaper.
The Obiter is the annual yearbook and pic-l
torial of activities and highlights at Bloomsburg'
University. It is funded by the C.G.A. and is
distributed free to members of the senior classf
upon graduation. Other members of the university community may purchase copies at the'

Studio

I

The

Upward Bound Alumni Association
Urban Education Association (Cultural

per,

Diver-

sity)

Vegetarian Society

The (Newspaper)
Volunteer Services: Student NASY
Water Polo Club
- campus radio stations
Women's Choral Ensemble
Voice,

WBUQ

Women's Rugby
Zusammen in Deutsch

is

I

I

I

University Store.

Social Fraternities

and

Sororities

The Inter-Fraternity Councl

(IFC) serves as

the governing body of eight recognized social
Bloomsburg. It helps to coordinate rushing, pledging and all Greek intramural games. Working with the National Panhellenic Council (NPC), the IFC sponsors activities for the entire campus community. It fosters leadership, scholarship, friendship, diversity and community service through the true
bonds of brotherhood. Members of the IFC
are: Alpha Chi Rho, Beta Sigma Delta, Delta
Kappa Epsilon, Lambda Sigma Upsilon, Phi
fraternities at

Sigma Xi, Pi Kappa Phi, Sigma Iota Omega and
Theta Chi.
The National Panhellenic Council of
Bloomsburg (NPC) is composed of representatives from 11 of the recognized social sororities.
It serves as their governing body and
works to coordinate rush, pledging activities
and endeavors to enhance friendships among
the Greek women. It fosters leadership, schol-

and community
bonds of sisterhood.

arship, friendship, diversity
service through the true

The Bloomsburg Literary Journal provides students and faculty with an outlet for creative!
work and is distributed during spring semes-l

I

ten

The Pilot, the student handbook, is editec
under the supervision of the director of stu-j
dent activities/Kehr Union and is funded by

CGA. The

Pilot contains essential information

about requirements, procedures, and
established by the university.

Honor and Professional

policies

Societies

I

National honor and professional societies
foster educational ideas through scholarship i

and moral development.
Phi Sigma Pi
Pi Kappa Delta
Beta Beta Beta
social activities,

Alpha
Delta

Psi

Omega

Mu Delta

Kappa Delta Pi
Kappa Mu Epsilon
Omicron Delta Epsilon
Phi Kappa Phi

Pi

Omega Pi

Psi

Chi

Sigma Tau Delta
Tau Beta Sigma

I

\tudent Life

Cehr

and Services

63

vices are furnished

Union

Marguerite W. Kehr Union is a predomiately student-governed and operated facility
o enhance student life outside the classroom

meeting place for all memers of the university community.
Committed to diversity, Kehr Union serves
s a forum for programs presented by student,
cademic, and outside organizations. Through
he Kehr Union Program Board, the union
rovides diversified programs of educational
nd entertainment value for the entire cam-

nd

to serve as a

The union provides

facilities for

many ser-

including a large food court and houses
he Health Center and the Career Developnent and Placement Center. Also located in
he union are the Information Desk, Commu-

options. Students participate in dietary plan-

A registered dietician is on staff to assist
students with special dietary needs and counseling. The commons offers an exciting "nonuaditional" style of dining with five self-service
ning.

food stations as well as line service that offers
student four different entrees daily, including
a vegetarian menu selection. Dining services
also include a popular pizza shop (Itza Pizza),
a convenience store (Husky Trail) a food court
,

Kehr Union (Husky Lounge) and a delicatessen-style facility on the upper campus (Mon-

in

ty's).

ices

Student Activities Office,
s well as many student offices such as Com-

lity

Activities Office,

nunity Government Association, Obiter, Voice,
nd Black Cultural Society.

Multicultural Center

The
litional

Multicultural Center provides an adforum for total education of the

Jloomsburg University Campus. The center
ponsors/co-sponsors programs and activities
hat focus on the contributions of those Amercans who represent diverse cultures at Blooms)urg University

and may serve as a central
programming.

co-

)rdinating center for

>tudent Recreation Center

The Student Recreation Center

is

located

above the tennis courts. This
"acility, opened in 1995, covers 56,000 square
eet and is fully funded through a self-assessed
tudent recreation fee. Major features include
in exercise room with step machines, rowing
)n Swisher Circle

nachines, Cybex equipment and treadmills.
The main area has four intramural-size basketjail

courts,

which can be used for volley ball
The room is circled by the one-

ind tennis.
ighth mile jogging track that goes by the south
vail of eight-foot high panels of glass with a

iew of Catawissa mountain and surrounding
Also in the center are the free weight
with mirrors on the north wall, multipurpose room for aerobics and dance, and four
lass-backed racquetball courts that are adaptireas.

oom

ible for wallyball.

Group meals, available to campus organimay be arranged through Classic Faire

zations,

Catering subject to approval of the Residence
Life Office and the Business Office one week
in advance of the event. Banquets and parties
for outside groups may be reserved through
the same procedure 30 days in advance. Our
facilities allow us the flexibility to accommodate groups up to 500 people.

Meal Plan Options and Flex Dollars
All students living in

William W. Scran ton Commons has a seatng capacity of 1,265. A variety of dining ser-

campus residence halls

are required to purchase a meal plan. Students

who

live

off-campus or in the Montgomery

Place Apartments hav the option of purchasing a meal plan at the Business Office in Waller
Administration Building.

The meal plan provides a cash equivalency
option which allows students to purchase a
certain dollar amount at each meal in the various food facilities on campus including the
pizza shop and snack bar. After making a selection, the cash price of the meal is totaled.
If the cost is under the prescribed amount,
there is no charge. If it exceeds this amount,
the difference must be paid in cash or in flex
dollars.

One cash equivalency meal equals one

board meal.
Flex dollars, which are part of the meal plan

and may be purchased separately by students
living off-campus or in the Montgomery Place
Apartments, broaden a student's options.
These dollars can be used at any food facility.

Each time a student uses flex dollars, the expenditure is subtracted from the balance of the
student's flex account. Students living in the

residence halls can add to their flex account
increments of $25. Students living off-campus and in the Montgomery Place Apartments
can purchase flex dollars at the Business Office in $25 increments once they have made
an initial minimum deposit of $100 into their
in

Dining Facilities

by a professional food serbroad array of menu

vice vendor, providing a

Student Life and Services

64

flex account.

The

balance carries over from fall to
spring semester only. Any balance left at the
end of the spring semester is not refundable
and cannot be transferred. Students may, however, purchase gift certificates with the blance
of their flex accounts, valid until the following
October. These gift certificates are honored
at all campus dining facilities. Students should
use all monies in flex accounts.
flex

Health Services
The Student Health Services Center, on the
level of the Kehr Union Building, provides

300

care for minor injuries and illnesses. Students
requesting an appointment should call 3894451 during posted hours. For answers to medical questions, or advice about health problems, call the Triage Nurse at 389-3800. In the

event of an emergency and the health Center
is closed, students should report direcdy to The
Bloomsburg Hospital Emergency Room. Students must show their current Bloomsburg
University I.D. card to the emergency staff
when seeking treatment at the hospital to have
the emergency room fee waived.

The Student Health Center

is

staffed by

registered nurses, nurse practitioners,

and part-

time physicians. Nurses refer students to the
nurse practitioner and part-time physicians as
appropriate. Professional services received at
the center are covered by the health service
fee and pro\Tided free to students. Laboratory
tests will be charged to insurance companies.
Costs for medical services received at The
Bloomsburg Hospital (with the exception of
the emergency room fee) will be paid by the
patient or the patient's insurance. As part of
an effort to provide improved services for students, the Health Center announces any
changes in the school newspaper and provides
information in brochures.
A student who
Absence Due to Illness
misses class because of an illness must contact
his/her professor as soon as possible in order
that an understanding can be reached between
professor and student. In cases of prolonged
illness, for which strict bedrest and/or hospitalization is required, the Health Center will
contact all concerned facult)'.
Ambulance Service
Service to The
Bloomsburg Hospital is paid for by the Student
Health Center and is available to all students
of the university while living on or off campus,
in the service area provided by The Bloomsburg Ambulance Association at 911 for ambu-





lance service. A student whose injury or acci
is self-induced must pay for the ambu-

dent

lance.



Family Planning
The Family Health Cenlocated in Bloomsburg, offers services foi
gynecological exams, contraception, pregnan- I
cy testing, and counseling at a reduced fee
through an agreement with Student Health
ter,

Center. Sexually transmitted disease screenin

and treatment is provided free through prov;
sions from a state contract. All visits are scheduled by appointment and all services are confidential. Appointments can be obtained byH
calling Family Health Center, 2201 Fifth

StreetH
Hollow Road, Bloomsburg, from 9:00 a.m. to
5:00 p.m., Monday, Wednesday, Thursday, and
Friday, and from 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. on Tuesday, at (717) 387-0236.

I

Student Health Insurance

The

university currently requires, in addi

tion to the health service fee, that

all

full-time

I

students with nine (9) or more credits and all
international students have appropriate acci
dent and sickness insurance coverage. Students
currentiy covered by an insurance plan of their
parents, guardian, or spouse must provide the
Health Center with complete insurance information including name of insurance compa
ny, complete address, and all policy and group
numbers. Any change in insurance coverage
should be reported immediately to the Health
Center.
Students who do not have current insurance Bj
may purchase the current student health in-B
surance or another plan of their choice. The
student health insurance plan meets the needs
of the individual at the least possible cost, bal-—
ancing necessary coverage with the student'sH
ability to pay. Students should carefully review^
this plan to determine if it adequately meets
their health care needs. Filing of claims is solely
the responsibility of the student. All questionsH
concerning claims and coverage should be re-pj
ferred direcdy to the company. A toll-free number is provided by the company. An application is included along with registration materials or can be obtained at the Health Center.
All stuInsurance Coverage for Athletics
dents participating in intercollegiate sports
must have their own primary insurance coverage. The Community Government Association
provides a policy that acts as supplement to the

I

I

*



student's own.

The

basic benefits,

under the

athletic in-

surance program, are provided on an excess
basis. This means the expenses will be submit-

I

65

Student Life and Services

ted to the parent's medical insurance plan prior to any payment or consideration by the university's company. Injuries requiring less than
$100 of medical expenses will be covered by
the university's plan and need not be submitted to the parent's medical plan. The maximum benefit for injury to sound natural teeth
is $200 per tooth. Damage to temporary teeth
(bridge, partial, etc.) is not covered.
In addition to the basic benefit plan, which
covers up to $25,000 in related expenses, all
student-athletes are covered under a Lifetime
Catastrophic Insurance Plan. Under this plan,
benefits would be payable for life with no limit
on the total dollar amount, on expenses incurred for hospital care, surgical services, extended care facilities, and rehabilitation services.

Insurance coverage offered to students is
based on negotiated contracts and is subject
to change.
Insurance Coverage for Intramiu-al Sports
The Bloomsburg University Intramural Program is completely voluntary and participation
solely determined by free choice of each participant. The university is not responsible for
injuries during intramural activities. Participants must have a satisfactory health status and
appropriate personal accident insurance coverage for any injury that might occur during
participation in the intramural program.



Center for Counseling and

Human

Development
The Center for Counseling and Human
Development (Counseling Center) provides
counseling services to students to deal with
personal or academic probh^ms through individual and group counseling formats. Some of
these areas include: study skills, time management, academic concern, assertiveness and effective communication, homesickness, issues
related to racism, sexism,

homophobia and

other "isms," human sexuality, substance abuse
(drugs and/or alcohol) adult children of al,

coholics, surviving rape, incest, assault

and sex-

ual assault, eating disorders, depression, suicide, self-esteem

which

and many other

situations

relate to daily living.

Specialized counseling is provided for students participating in Act 101 and Educational Opportunity Programs. In addition to individual and group counseling, counselors
present outreach workshops, presentations,
and seminars, upon request, in classes, resi-

dence

halls,

and other campus settings. Other

services include professional consultation con-

cerning students to faculty and staff.
All Counseling Center services are free and
confidential. Release of any information to
other persons and agencies is only undertaken with consent of the student, except as provided for by state or federal law and professional ethics.

Located in 17 Benjamin Franklin Hall, the
center is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30
p.m. Counselors are available during regularly scheduled class days. After-hour emergency
contact with a counselor can be made during
each semester by calling the office answering
machine service, (717) 389-4255. For appointments or additional information about counseling services, call (717) 389-4255.
Institutional Testing
Specific state

and national

tests for special

purposes are administered by the coordinator
of testing upon request as a service to the

Bloomsburg University community. Special
requests should be made to the coordinator
by calling (717) 389-4678.
Tests such as the GRE, GMAT, MAT, NTE,
NLN Mobility II, and CLEP are administered

on campus on a regular basis. Applications for
these tests are available at the testing office
located in Room 15, Benjamin Franklin Hall.
For more information, contact the center.

Orientation
Orientation involves educating students with
regard to academic, personal and social issues
important for student achievement and success.
The goal is to begin to expose students to a wellbalanced university experience. Orientation
also provides for initial contacts with faculty in
the academic advisement process thorugh the
scheduling of classes and familiarizes students
wdth university policies, procedures and practices. Social activities are planned so that students can begin to meet people and form friendships. Upperclass students are involved in the
entire orientation process to serve as role models and resource persons for new students.
Through programs and meetings, every effort
is made to ensure a successful transition for

freshmen and transfer students.
The university requires a comprehensive
orientation program for all newly-admitted degree students. Freshmen and transfer students
beginning classes in the fall semester participate
in a two part orientation. Each student is invited to campus for one day in July to take care
of academic matters such as scheduling and
advising. In addition, students receive a cam-

Student Life and Services

66

pus tour and take part in student life programming. Families of students receive a special orientation designed to meet their needs on the

same

al,

Career Development Center
The Career Development Center offers ca-

day.

Part two of orientation takes place in August,

four days prior to the start of classes. In part
two, students attend a variety of workshops designed to help them become familiar with library services, electronic registation, schedule
changes and housing and student life. In support of Bloomsburg's commitment to promoting positive human relations among people in
our community, all students participate in a di-

conducted by university
upperclassmen and townspeople.
A highlight of August orientation is the student
convocation, during which students are officially
welcomed to the university by the president,
versity training session
faculty, staff,

faculty

and

staff.

Summer freshmen receive their orientation
on the day they move
addition,

and student employees.

into residence halls.

In

summer freshmen attend orientation

programs throughout the nine weeks of sum-

mer classes. Students admitted for the spring
semester receive orientation in January when
they arrive on campus.
Commuter students are required to attend
orientation because of the importance of academic testing, scheduling and advising. Orientation is an opportunity for commuter students
to feel welcome and connected to campus. The
Orientation Office offers a special progrjun for
adult non-traditional students and international
students.

When

students are accepted to the university, they receive an invitation to orientation.
Every effort is made to accomodate students
travelling great distances or vnth military obligations. Orientation is critical for all students
is expected. Payment of both
the administrative and participatory orientation
is required. For additional information or for

and attendance

answers to questions, call (717) 389-4595. The
Orientation Office is open weekdays from 9 a.m.
to 4 p.m. and is located Room 16, Benjamin
Franklin Hall.

and planning assistance to students and alumni. In addition to individual
counseling, an uf>-to-date career library is available. It contains occupational information, job
search guides, employer/ school district directories, corporate literature, and graduate/law
school catalogues.
The center sponsors job search workshops,
seminars and job fair programs throughout the
year, maintains credential files for interested
students and alumni, and hosts employers wishing to interview graduating students for positions within their organizations.
SIGI-Plus, a computer-based career guidance system, is available to assist students with
the career decision-making process.
The center is located in 101 Kehr Union
reer counseling

Building.

Veterans Affairs

An office for veterans' affairs, located in the
Office of the Registrar, Room 6, Ben Franklin
Hall, is staffed by a certifying official and workstudy veterans who certify the enrollment of
veterans and the dependents and widows of
veterans to the Veterans Administration. The
office also assists in education-related matters
such as educational benefits from the Veterans Administration and financial aid.
University Store

The

University Store sells books, supplies,

imprinted clothing, and many other sundry
items.

Hours are from 8 a.m.

to 8 p.m.,

Mon-

day through Thursday, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Friday and 10:30 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. Saturday. Many
services are offered to the university
nity,

commu-

including books of postage stamps, dry

cleaning, fax service, money orders. Western
Union money order receiving, UPS, magazine
subscriptions, gift certificates, class rings, laminating, free gift wrapping and special orders
for trade books, software or any other materi-

Student Grievances

als

Procedures are outiined in the Pilot to provide students with a system to register complaints of alleged academic injustices relating
to grades or other unprofessional conduct in
file traditional teacher/ pupil relationship, or
such nonacademic grievances as violation, misinterpretation or discriminatory application of
nonacademic policies and procedures, and/
or the conduct of professional, nonprofession-

Campus Mail

an individual may need.

The

Service

University Mail

Room is adjacent to the

and is open from 8 a.m. to 4:30
p.m., Monday through Friday. The campus

University Store

mail service

assists

students vnth mailing con-

cerns.

Arts

on Campus

Works of art are exhibited throughout the

67

Student Life and Services

QUEST

year in the gallery in Haas Center for the Arts.

the

The monthly

(717) 389-4323.

exhibits in diverse

media by

in-

vited guest artists often include gallery talks

and workshops.
The Department of Art maintains a permanent collection with more than 300 works of
campus. The Persculpture garden highlights

art in buildings across the
cival

Roberts

III

the university's sculpture collection

on the

QUEST, modeled after the Outward Bound

educational institutions, businesses, service
organizations, and residents of Eastern Pennsylvania. Courses are primarily in Pennsylvania,
though several times a year groups travel as far
afield as Alaska, Colorado, Mexico, South
America, Africa and Europe
Courses include:

Mountaineering
Rock Climbing
Canoeing
Ropes Course
Caving
Team-building
Cross Country Skiing
Whitewater Rafting
Initiatives/New Games Winter Camping
Kayaking
Backpacking
Bicycling

offers a career concentration in

departments of
which enables a stugraduate with academic skills and ex-

conjunction

Bloomsburg

with

other

University,

periences appropriate for positions in human
outdoor education, and management.
QUEST offers a seven day Orientation Program for Freshmen in the wilderness prior to
the commencement of Fall classes. The program includes backpacking, rock climbing, and
rappelling. The intent of this program is to
prepare interested freshmen for leadership
responsibilities while at the university and for
broader responsibilities of civic and professional leadership
QUEST manages an Equipment Rental
Center providing a wide range of outdoor
service,

equipment for students,

faculty,

and

staff

and

for residents of the community. For detailed

information on the

QUEST program,

contact

at

and Recreation
is a member of the National

Collegiate Athletic Association, the Eastern
College Athletic Conference, the Pennsylvania
State Athletic Conference, and the Eastern

Wrestling League.
intercollegiate

swimming,

Program, emphasizes the development of individual potential and teamwork through challenging and adventurous experiences, primarily in the outdoors. The development of leadership, communication, trust, and teamwork
are important dimensions of the program.
Courses provide participants with recreational, educational, and personal growth experiences. Courses are offered to students, faculty, and staff of Bloomsburg University, other

Simon Hall

university

program includes base-

ball, basketball, football, cross

QUEST

dent to

The

The

campus.

QUEST

Athletics

office in Walter

and

tennis, track

country, soccer,

and wrestling for men;

basketball, field hockey, cross country,

crosse, Softball, soccer,

track for

la-

swimming, tennis and

women.

When not in use for instruction, intercollegiate athletics, or intramurals, athletic facili-

are available for recreational use by stuThese include an indoor track and tennis court. Nautilus equipment, a weight room
and sauna, racquetball courts, two swimming
pools, and a physical fitness center.
ties

dents.

Intramural Sports

The university is a member of the National
Intramural-Recreational Sports Association
(NIRSA). Major responsibilities of NIRSA
members include: informal recreational sport
and fitness programming, recreation facility
operations, fiscal management intramural
sports programming, and the administration
of outdoor recreational activities.
The majority of intramural sports are coeducational. Intramural sports include: aerobics, flag football, golf, tennis, field hockey,
horse shoes, volleyball, walleyball, racquetball,
3-on-3 basketball, basketball, arm wrestling,
wrestling, indoor soccer, outdoor soccer, floor
hockey, bench press, ultimate Frisbee^'*^, and
special events.

Motor Vehicle Registration
Operation of a motor vehicle on campus is
a privilege explained in the Motor Vehicle
Regulations available in the University Police
office located on the ground floor of the University Store building.
To have an automobile on the university
campus, the resident student must be either
21 years of age or have earned 64 semester
hours.
Special requests for permission to have a
motor vehicle on campus from students not
normally eligible are covered in Section 603
of the Motor Vehicle Regulations.
Eligible university personnel desiring to
operate and/or park a motor vehicle on cam-

Student Life and Services

68

must regisand obtain from
the University Police Department either a parking decal or a temporary permit when they
arrive on campus. There is no grace period.
Failure to adhere to this provision results in a
fine. Students may hold only one valid parking decal at a time; however, emergency situations may warrant issuance of a temporary perpus in order

to use school facilities

ter vehicles with the university

mit.

Visitors Parking
Visitors should obtain a visitors' parking
permit from one of several offices on campus.
Locations include Carver Hall, Waller Administradon Building, Nelson Field House, University Police Department, Navy Hall, Andruss

Library,

McCormick

Elwell Hall

Center, Hartline Center,

and Benjamin Franklin

Hall.

On

weekdays, overnight visitors must park
in the hospital parking lot area reserved for
university parking (black decal area)
A visitors parking permit must be obtained from the
University Police Department. On weekends,
there is open parking, and visitors may park in
either red, black or green areas only. Information on the hours of open parking can be
obtained from the University Police Depart.

ment

A visitor cited for a parking violadon who
wishes to appeal the violation should report to
the Office of University Police with the ticket
before leaving campus.
Campus Child Center
The Bloomsburg

University

Campus Child

Center, located on the lower level of Elwell
Residence Hall, is licensed to care for children
aged 18 months to 12 years.
The Center, which operates as a daycare,
provides a preschool and toddler program for
children of university students, employees, and
alumni. Daycare is from 7:45 a.m. to 5 p.m.
and the preschool program is from 9 to 1 1:30
a.m. Operating days follow the academic calendar.
Preschool children, ages 4 and 5, have the
opportunity to learn and discover through firsthand experiences
sensory, investigative,
manipulative, and creative
in preparation
for the learning that will come later from
books.
The toddler program, for children ages 18
months to 3 years, involves free play, music,





and

storytelling to develop social skills and
coping techniques as they separate from parents.

Daycare

when
on a

is

available for school age children

necessary.

Parents

may

part- or full-time basis

use the center

during the

year,

including summer. However, all children must
be registered in advance. Registration materials and fee information can be obtained at the
center (717) 389-4547.
The Campus Child Center, licensed by the
Pennsylvania State Department of Public Welfare, is governed by the Pennsylvania State Day
Care Service for Children Regulations. The
Community Government Association provides
funding to help support the center.

69

General Education Requirements

Undergraduate Program

The College of Arts and Sciences, College
of Business and College of Professional Studies administer undergraduate curricula. Requirements for the curricula are in sections
describing each college.
Each curriculum, leading to a baccalaureate degree, requires successful completion of
at least 128 semester hours in the major, general education and free electives. This section
deals with general education; requirements for
each major are listed under department headings.

While

electives are unrestricted,

it's

help-

sible value judgments







creative interests;


ful to consult with a faculty adviser.

Credit

A semester hour is ordinarily defined as the
one weekly period of 50 minutes of
lecture, discussion or recitation for one semester. In some cases as in laboratory, studio or
credit for

may not be a one-to-one correspondence between experimental time and
internship, there
credit.



An

ability to

pro-

think analytically and quantita-

tively;





A facility to make independent and respon-

An understanding

of the relationship be-

tween an individual and his/her physical
and biological environments;
A familiarity with the major contributions of
human knowledge in the humanities, social
sciences, natural sciences,
ics;

who

plan to major in two departments must have a major adviser in each department and meet all of the major requirements of each department and all of the general education requirements. Double majors
in some departments may require more than
the minimum 128 semester hours for graduation. Double majors in departments in two
colleges must have the pennission of both college deans to declare a double major.

of our society and the
of an individual in this so-

ciety;




criteria.

General Education Requirements
The goals of the General Education
gram are to develop:
• An ability to communicate effectively;

An understanding
relative position

When a student makes a tentative choice
of a major, preliminary or prerequisite courses required in that major are assigned. Admission is selective or restrictive at the junior year
entry level for some curricula. The university
is not bound to admit the student if the student is not admissible according to the competition for available spaces or other selective
Students

and decisions according to high ethical values and life goals;
An appreciation of the need for fitness and
lifelong recreation skills;
A capacity for assessing the validity of ideas
and an understanding of the approaches
used to gain knowledge through the development of critical thinking abilities;
A greater appreciation of theater, literature,
art, and music through stimulation of one's

and mathemat-

and

An

awareness and global understanding of
the relative position of the individual in the

world community.
Specific Course Requirements:
1.

Communication

(9 credits; unless student

Honors Composition in
which case only 6 credits are required.)
Required composition courses: 20-101 Composition 1 and one of the following:
20-200 Writing Proficiency Examination
20-201 Composition 2
20-203 Approaches to Literary Study or a writqualifies for 20-104

ing-intensive literature course:

20-131 Bible as Literature
20-151 Introduction to Literature
20-152 Literature and Society
20-156 Popular Literature
20-226 European Literature 1
20-227 European Literaure 2
20-335 American Literature 1
20-337 American Literature 2
20-246 British Literature 1
20-246 British Literature 2
20-256 Non-Western Literature 1
22-257 Non-Western Literature 2
Students eligible for 20-104 Honors Composition are excused from taking 20-101 and

General Education Requirements

70

one of the second

level courses.

The remain-

ing three credits in Communication are to be
selected from these courses:
09-231 Technical Writing
10-101 French 1
10-102 French 2
10-203 French 3
10-204 French 4
10-20v5

Applied Phonetics and Pronounci-

ation
11-101 German

11-102
11-203
11-204
12-101
12-102
12-203
12-204
12-205
13-101
13-102
13-103
13-104
14-101
14-102
16-105
16-106
18-101
18-102
20-112
20-301
25-103
24-104

1

German 2
German 3
German 4

&

Spanish 1
Spanish 2
Spanish 3
Spanish 4
Phonetic Theory and Practice
Russian 1
Russian 2
Russian 3
Russian 4
ItaHan 1
Italian 2

Chinese 1
Chinese 2
Latin 1
Latin 2

Grammar

Practical

Creative Writing
Public Speaking
Interperting Speech

Communica-

tion

74-153 Introduction to Sign Language
2.

Quantitative-Analytical Reasoning (3
credits)

40-246
40-346
45-260
48-160
53-101

Business
Business

53-1

Finite

11

& Economics Math
8c

Economics

Stat

1
1

Basic Social Statistics

Basic Statistics

Math Thinking
Mathematics

53-1 14 College Algebra
53-1 18
53-123
53-125
53-141
53-241
56-110

3.

Applied Matrix Algebra
Essentials Calculus

Analysis

1

Introduction to Statistics
Probability

and

Statistics

Introduction to Computer Science
Values, Ethics
Responsible Decision

&

Making

28-290 Medical Ethics
28-292 Contemporary Moral Problems
41-105 Enviromental Issues/Choices
42-210 Values Conflict 20th Cent
42-215 Global Issues: Contemporary Val
ues
46-102 Anthropology 8c World Problems
46-260 Men & Women Anthropology
Perspective
48-131 Psychology Adjustment
48-254 Psychology Aspects Society Issues
50-254 Social Implications Biology
82-217 Alcohol: Use and Abuse
Fitness
Recreational Skills (3 credits)
05-149 Aquatics - Begin Non-Swim
05-150 Beginning Aquatics
05-151 Intermediate Aquatics
05-155 Swimnastics
05-200 CPR and Safety
05-214 Fencing
05-217 Bicycling
05-219 Tennis
05-221 Jazz Dance
05-222 Creative Dance
05-223 Modern Dance
05-224 Fitness Dance
05-228 Gymnastics
05-230 Weight Training & Fitness
05-231 Archery
05-232 Bowling
05-233 Badminton
05-234 Golf
05-235 Riflery
05-236 Volleyball
05-237 Mod Physical Education
05-238 Racquetball-Handball
05-239 Square Dance
05-240 Fitness-Slimnastics
05-241 Judo-Self Defense
05-243 Backpacking
05-244 Orienteering
05-245 Canoeing
05-246 Beginning Skin/Scuba Diving
05-247 Basic Rock Climbing
05-248 Basic Sailing
05-249 Synchronized Swnimming
05-250 Lifesaving
05-265 Basketball
05-270 Exercise and You
05-271 Intermediate Archery
05-272 Intermediate Bowling
05-273 Intermediate Golf
05-274 Intermediate Tennis
05-275 Intermediate Volleyball
05-276 Intermediate Judo
05-277 Advanced Sailing
05-298 Fitness &: Wellness (1 credit only)

(3 credits)

09-213 Science, Technology and
Values
09-230 Human Sexuality
28-220 Ethics

Human

71

General Education Requirements

05-321 First Aid & Safety (1 credit only)
05-397 Adult Hlth Dev Program (1 credit
only)

50-205 Intro to Nutrition

(1 credit

only)

Distribution Requirements

*TOTAL =

51 or 54 semester hours
hours are required with
12 semester hours required from each of the
three general academic areas of humanities,
Thirty-six semester

social sciences,

and natural sciences and math-

No more

than three semester hours
from a given academic major may count toward
this distribution requirement. Courses which
an individual uses to satisfy the specific comematics.

munication, quantitative/analytical reasoning,
values/ethics, and fitness and recreation requirements may not be used to satisfy distribution requirements. Bloomsburg University
Curriculum Committee (BUCC) or an individual academic department with the approval of
the BUCC may exclude any of its courses from
being counted as a distribution requirement.
Within these requirements, six semester

hours must be selected from the approved list
of diversity-focused courses. Such courses are
designated with a double asterisk (**) in the
course descriptions included in this catalog.
Students must select two courses (3 semester
hours) to fulfill this requirement. Diversity: 6
Consult your dean for a comsemester hours
plete listing of approved diversity-focused



courses.

The two major

sections of the General Ed-

ucation program are the Specific and Distribution Course Requirements.
In some cases, qualifications exist in the
form of prerequisites, two semester continuConsult the class schedule, the Uniity, etc.
versity catalog or the Student Information System for prerequisites and other qualifications.
Please be aware that not every General Education course is offered each semester.
The courses appearing here are approved
for General Education as of May 1, 1995. If a

course was previously listed for General Education and does not appear in this class schedule, that course will still fulfill General Education credit for the student, provided the student enrolled in the course during the time
the course was approved for General Education. However, students scheduling the course
after the course

no longer is approved may not

receive General Education credit for the
course.
Questions regarding courses listed as General Education should be directed to the aca-

demic department which

Of the

offers the course.

thirty-six (36) credits for the Distri-

bution Requirements, twelve (12) credits are
required from each of three general academic
areas of Group A Humanities and the Arts,
Group B - Social and Behavioral Sciences and
Group C - Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Courses selected to fulfill the Distribution

Requirements must be from

at least three dif-

ferent departments within each of the three
groups with two or more credits required from
each department selected. Courses which a
student uses to satisfy the Specific Course Re-

quirements in the categories of communication, quantitative/analytical reasoning, values/

and recreation may hot be
the distribution requirements.
Students who otherwise meet the prerequisites are permitted to take any course offered

ethics,

and

used to

fitness

satisfy

more credits by the departments listed below, unless the course is expressly excluded for general education by the university curriculum committee or the department with the

for two or

approval of the curriculum committee.
No more than three credits from a given
academic major may count toward the distribution requirement. Students with a double
major must adhere to this policy for one of the
majors.

Group A - HUMANITIES and
Select courses

the

ARTS

from these departments:

30, 31, 32 -Art

25 - Communication Studies
20 - English
42 - History
10 - 18 - Languages and Cultures
27 - Mass Communications
35 - Music
28 - Philosophy
26 - Theatre Arts
In addition, course 09-171 Sch Sem

Hum

is

eligible.

The following courses are not eligible for
Group A credit:
None listed as of May 1, 1995
Group B - SOCIAL and BEHAVIORAL SCI-

ENCES
Select courses

from these departments:

46 - Anthropology
40 - Economics
41

-

Geography

44 - Political Science
48 - Psychology
- Sociology and Social Welfare
In addition, these courses are eligible:
70-101 Intro Except Individuals
72-152 Intro Communication Disorders

45

General Education Requirements

72

The following courses
Group B credit:
40-246
40-280
40-346
40-400
40-446
40-470
40-480
40-490
41-350

are not eligible for

Business &: Economics Math
Special Topics
Business & Economics Stat 1

Econometrics
Business 8c Economics Stat 2
Senior Seminar
Adv Special Topics
Independent Study
Advance Planning

Group C - NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHENfATICS
from these departments
50 - Biological and Allied Health Sciences
52 - Chemistry
51 - Earth Science
53 - Mathematics (not computer science coursSelect courses

es)

54

Physics
In addition, course 09-173 Sch
-

Math

is

Sem Nat

Sci/

eligible

The following courses
Group C credit:

are

NOT

eligible for

50-205 Intro to Nutrition
09-230 Human Sexuality
50-254 Social Implications Biology

Cultural Diversity Requirement

The Cultural Diversity requirement is effecdegree students entering or re-enfall semester 1993 and thereafter. Students enrolled in degree programs for
the 1993 summer sessions or before are not
required to meet this requirement.
Each student must successfuly complete two
courses from this list of diversity focused courses. These courses may be applied toward courses for the major, general education or free elective for all

tering with the

tives.

09-230 Human Sexuality
25-220 Intercultural Communication
25-494 SP TPC: Diversity
28-308 Feminist Philosophy
3 1-345 History of Near Eastern Art
31-346 History of Far Eastern Art
40-313 Labor Economics
41-102 World Cultural Geography
42-141 Modern Far East
42- 143 Black Africa
42-210 Values Conflict 20th Cent
42-224 Immigrant Experience
42-227 American Woman
42-228 African-American History
42-469 Women/Gender Euro 1
42-470 Women/Gender Euro 2
45-215 Racial &: Ethnic Minorities
46-102 Anthropology & World Problems
46-200 Principles of Cultural Anthropoloy
46-290 Anthropology of Race and Racism
46-310 Aztecs and Mayans
46-320 Contemporary World Cultures
46-350 Medical Anthropology
46-390 Sociology of the Child
46-410 Anthropology of Art
46-440 Language &: Culture
46-450 Peoples & Cultures of South Amer
ica

46-480
48-350
60-394
70-101
82-410
93-355

Religion

& Magic

Psychology of Sex & Gender
Education in an Urban Society
Intro Exceptional Individuals
Community Health Nursing
Managing Multicultural Organiza-

tions

97-410 International Marketing
98-340 Law and Literature
98-407 Internationall Legal Environment

.

73

Building and Facilities

Buildings and Facilities
is composed of two
lower campus and upper campus, with a total area of 192 acres. Lower campus contains residence halls, dining hall, the
university store, administration buildings, auditoriums, a library, academic buildings and
recreation areas. The upper campus includes
student apartments, a field house, stadium and

Bloomsburg's campus

tracts called the

athletic fields.

Instructional Buildings

and an exhibit area. Uused
primarily by the departments of English, philosophy, economics and political science, this
building also houses University Archives.
The building is named for the Bakeless family, the patriarch of which, Oscar H. Bakeless,
halls, faculty offices

was a prominent early faculty member. A native of Shamokin Dam, Pa., Oscar Bakeless was
an 1879 graduate of Bloomsburg Literary Institute and Normal School and returned to
teach for almost 30 years. He retired in 1929.
His wife, Sara, also a graduate, later became a
faculty member as well. The building also honors their son. Dr. John E. Bakeless, a graduate
who served in both world wars and received
acclaim for authoring literary and historical
works, and their daughter, Mrs. Katherine
Bakeless Nason, a graduate and benefactor of
the school.

Benjamin Franklin Hall
Benjamin Franklin

Hall,

completed in 1930
school, accom-

campus laboratory

modates several administrative

offices

and

ser-

vices including admissions, registrar, financial
aid,

eled over different entrances are attributed to
Franklin. It is one of two buildings named for
an individual without an institutional, county
or Town of Bloomsburg connection (Scranton
Commons being the other)

Gymnasium

Completed

Bakeless Center for the Humanities, completed in 1970, contains classrooms, lecture

student life, the Center for Counseling and

Human Development and tutorial/504 servicOther services include advisement, coopand academic internships,
career development, orientation, academic
computer services and a student computer labes.

erative education

oratory.

Constructed at a cost of $200,000, the building was originally used as a training school for
kindergarten through sixth grade pupils. Elementary education majors were student teachers under the tutelage of experienced grade
school teachers on the Bloomsburg State
Teachers College faculty.

classical revival architec-

and early national
themes when the building's namesake, Benjamin Franklin, was an important figure in
American history. The three inscriptions chis-

Centennial

Bakeless Center for the Humanities

for use as a

"Ben Franklin's"

ture recalls late colonial

in 1939,

Centennial Gymnasi-

um contains a gymnasium with seating capacity

of 1,200, an auxiliary gymnasium, a swim-

ming pool, an adaptive lab and office and classrooms for health, physical education and athletics. QUEST maintains an equipment area
in the

basement.

Named to commemorate

100 years of high-

er education at Bloomsburg, Centennial

nasium was the

institution's

physical education facility
first

swimming

Francis B.

Gym-

second indoor

and contained

its

pool.

Haas Center for the Arts

Completed

Haas Cenhouses the 1 ,900 seat auditorinamed for Marco and Louise Mitrani. The
in 1967, Francis B.

ter for the Arts

um

building includes classrooms, faculty offices for
music and theater, facilities for music, debating and drama groups, and Haas Art Gallery.
After serving two years as state superintendent of public institutions, Dr. Haas was named
president in 1927 and served until 1939. He
was reappointed state superintendent and held
the post until 1956, under five governors.
During his tenure at Bloomsburg, 18 acres of
land were added to the campus and six buildings were constructed.
Haas Center for the Arts is noted for its fanshaped roof and the brick-face emblem of the
commonwealth near the main entrance. In
1985, the auditorium was named for Marco and
Louise Mitrani, 1920s immigrants to this country, in recognition of their philanthropic efforts
on behalf of many agencies and organizations
in the Bloomsburg area, including the university.

Hartline Science Center
Hartline Science Center, completed in
1968, is an instructional building with modern
classrooms, the Kimber C. Kuster Lecture Hall,

seminar rooms, laboratories, faculty office and

74

Buildings

It houses the departments of
chemistry, physics, biology and geography and
earth science. The building is named for three

an exhibit area.

members of the

Hartline family. Dr. Daniel S.
Hartline served on the faculty from 1897 to
1935, most of the time as professor and chair
of the biology departrhent. His wife, Harriet
(Hallie) Keffer Hartline was a member of the

many

Their son, H. Keffer
Hardine, was a 1920 Bloomsburg graduate who
became a medical research fellow at The Johns
Hopkins University and was instrumental in
faculty for

years.

biological research guidelines for the National

Aeronaudcs and Space Administration. In

1967, Keffer Hardine received the Nobel Prize
for medicine. Recognized for his discoveries

on the working of the human eye, he is Bloomsburg's only Nobel laureate.
Kimber Kuster, a 1913 Bloomsburg graduate and former student of Daniel Hartline,
became chair of the biology depeu-tment upon
Hartiine's retirement.

James H. McCormick Center
for

James H. McCormick Center for Human
Services, which opened in 1985, is the hub of
the College of Professional Studies, including
seminar rooms, the dean's office, classrooms
and faculty offices for the departments of nursing and curriculum and foundations. Also located here are the departments of communication studies, mathematics and computer science, mass communications, psychology, sociology and social welfare, in addition to audio

and television services,
darkroom and the Institute for Interactive Technologies. The Curriculum Materials Center and laboratories for programs
in elementary and secondary education, nursing, psychology and sociology are located here,
as well as a student computer laboratory on
the first floor. McCormick Center contains a
number of general purpose classrooms and a

visual resources, radio

a student

multi-image projection

and offices.
Navy was constructed

in 1939 as a campus
laboratory school to provide monitored student teaching at the seventh through ninth
grade levels. First called the Junior High
School Building, it was later named the Laboratory High School.

During World War II, it was converted for
use by candidates in the Navy V-12 Officer
Training Program.
In September, 1942,
Bloomsburg State Teachers College became
one of five sites for a V-5 Naval aviation program, in which cadets completed a college
education while getting flight training. The
following year, Bloomsburg, along with over
100 other colleges in the nation, became a center for the Navy's V-12 program, in which cadets were educated and trained for commissioning. The Navy used the building from 1942
through 1945, and in 1943 the name was
changed to Navy Hall. Since 1946, this building has been used for regular college student
classrooms.
E.

Human Services

room known

as the

and Facilities

H. Nelson Field House

E. H. Nelson Field House, built in 1972 on
the upper campus, serves as the university's
main sports arena and seats 2,600 spectators.

houses an indoor track, a six-lane swimming
pool with adjacent seating for 500 spectators,
faculty offices, handball courts, classrooms,
equipment rooms, a Nautilus room and speIt

cial facilities for physical training

and

therapy.

The

building is used for health and physical
education classes, varsity athletic events, recreational activities and other campus activities
which draw large audiences. Free shuttle bus
transportation is provided regularly between
the field house and the lower campus.
Named for Elna H. Nelson, class of 1911,
the building is the successor to Centennial
Gymnasium as the major multipurpose indoor
athletic facility on campus. Nelson, nationally
knowTi as a leader in physical education, was
baseball coach and director of health educa-

Bloomsburg from 1924 to 1945. Among

University Forum.

tion at

McCormick Center was named for James H.
McCormick, president of Bloomsburg State

those he coached was

went on

College from 1973 to 1983 and, since 1983,
chancellor of Pennsylvania's State System of
Higher Education.

the Philadelphia Phillies and other teams.
Nelson also served as president of the Alumni
Association from 1946 until his death in 1961.

NavyHaU

Redman Stadium

Navy Hall houses the department of communication disorders and special education,
the Reading Clinic, the Speech, Hearing and
Language Clinic and a number of classrooms

to

Redman
ball

and

Danny

Litwhiler,

who

Major League Baseball fame with

Stadium,

home of the Husky footnamed for Robert B.

track teams, was

Redman and

built in 1974. It has a seating
capacity of 5,000, includes concession facilities

Buildings

and Facilities

weather track.
served as football and baseball
coach from 1947 to 1952. During that time,
his football teams won three Pennsylvania Conference championships, and two of his teams
went undefeated. Redman also taught economics and was assistant dean of men, and
went on to become superintendent of schools
in East Orange, N.J.

and an

all

Redman

Litwhiler Field

Named

for

Danny

Litwhiler in 1978, Lit-

considered among the finest
baseball fields in the Pennsylvania State Athletic Conference. Litwhiler, a 1938 graduate,
played in Major League Baseball for the Philadelphia Phillies, St. Louis Cardinals, Boston
Braves and the Cincinnati Reds during the
1940s and 1950s. He was a Golden Glove award
winner for two of those clubs and was a member of the 1944 World Champion St. Louis Cardinals. The Golden Glove Award was donated
to Bloomsburg by Litwhiler. He later coached
Florida State University and Michigan State
University baseball teams and finished his cawhiler field

is

reer in various posts with the Cincinnati Reds.

Commonly
it

on the

hill," Sutliff

when he

wrote poetry, which was

Alma Mater and Other Poems

published as

retired.

Walter Simon Hall
Built originally as a laundry building

and

later serving as general space for classroom,

Walter Simon Hall was dedicated in 1983 to
the art professor who served from 1971 to 1977.
Simon Hall is the only building on campus
named for an African-American. Simon was
an artist and an art historian who also served
as the first director of the Educational Opportunity Program, now department of developmental instruction. Simon Hall now houses
the

QUEST

ment

offices

office as well as

some

art depart-

and classrooms.

Residence Halls, Dining

Rooms and Student Union
Columbia Residence Hall
Columbia Residence

Hall, completed in
a seven-story structure that houses 400
women. It contains lounges, study rooms, rec-

1970,

is

reation areas, a special projects room, a guest
suite and an apartment for the residence di-

Science Hall
guish

75

called "Old Science" to distinfrom Hartline Science Center, houses

rector.

offices of the

Elwell Residence Hall

history,

Elwell Residence Hall, completed in 1968,
a nine-story facility that can accommodate
609 women. It has recreation rooms and
lounges, a guest suite, study rooms and apart-

departments of anthropology, art,
languages and cultures and has several classrooms and studios.
Bloomsburg's second oldest campus building was built in 1906 for $100,000; renovation
in 1988-89 cost was $3.3 million. The hall originally housed the sciences and the music department, and became known as Old Science
Hall in the 1960s. It is located on land formerly owned by John Freeze, a long time member
of the Council of Trustees. The land was originally used as Bloomsburg's first athletic field,
Mt. Olympus.
Sutliff Hall

Completed in 1960, Sutliff Hall contains
classrooms and faculty offices for the College
of Business. It originally housed business education and the sciences, and was extensively
renovated in 1987.
William Boyd Sudiff, for whom the building is named, served his alma mater from 1891
to 1937. A professor of mathematics and fac-

manager for many years, Sutliff
became Bloomsburg's first dean of instruction
in 1921 and remained so until his retirement
ulty athletic

in 1937.

Known

for his love for "the college

is

staff.

On

office of residence

life.

ments for the

the

ground floor is the

Campus Child

Center,
the records center and the AFSCME office.
It is named for three generations of the
Elwell family, the younger two of whom graduated from Bloomsburg and later returned to
teach. Judge William Elwell served as trustee
from 1868 to 1887 and president of the governing board for several years. His son, George
E. Elwell, was one of the first graduates of the
institution and succeeded his father on the
Council of Trustees in 1887, continuing until
1906. George's son, G. Edward Elwell, taught
foreign languages at Bloomsburg.

Luzerne Residence Hall
Luzerne Residence Hall, a four-story residence hall completed in 1967, accommodates
300 men. It has a lounge and recreation area
and apartments for the staff. The office of academic support services is located on the
ground floor.

76

Buildings

union.

Lycoming Residence Hall
Lycoming Residence Hall opened in the fall
of 1976. It houses 250 women and has loungstudy rooms, recreation areas, special
and an apartment for the residence director.
es,

projects facilities

Montour Residence Hall
Montour Residence

Hall, a four-story struc-

men. It includes
recreation and lounge facilities, study rooms,
a guest suite and an apartment for the resiture built in 1964, houses 250

dence

director.

Montgomery Place Apartments
Montgomery Place Apartments, located on
the upper campus, provides living accommodations for 380 upperclass students. Constructed in 1989, the two and three-bedroom apartments are clustered in six buildings. Occupants of the individual apartments must be of
the same gender.

Northumberland Residence Hall

Schuylkill Residence Hall
is

building was remodeled and
campus store where students

now
may

purchase textbooks, sundry supplies and clothing. The building also houses the office of
university police

and the campus post

office.

Marguerite W. Kehr Union
Marguerite W. Kehr Union, built in 1974,
was renovated and expanded in 1992, and rededicated in 1993. It houses a new ballroom,
the Student Health Center, computer facilities,
a career development area, student activities,
the Multicultural Center, recreational rooms,
meeting rooms, a television room, lounge,
multipurpose rooms and the Community Government Association and snack bar
Named for Marguerite W. Kehr, dean of
women from 1928 to 1953, the building was
designated a student and social center and is
surrounded by residence halls and the William
S.

Scranton Commons. Dr. Kehr worked close-

with student government and was noted for
her keen interest in students and their activily

ties.

Northumberland Residence Hall, completed in 1960, accommodates 250 men. It includes lounge and recreation areas, study
rooms and apartments for residence hall staff.

Schuylkill Residence Hall

The

serves as the

and Facilities

a four-story

Student Recreation Center

The

$5.6 million Student Recreation Cenfunded by university students
through a special recreation fee, opened in
February, 1995. The 56,000 square foot facility includes exercise and fitness rooms, racquetball and basketball courts and a jogging track.
The building is entirely air conditioned.
ter,

entirely

and houses 250 women. It includes recreadon and lounge facilities, study rooms, a guest suite and an apartment for the residence director.

Administrative

WiUiam W. Scranton Commons

Service Buildings

structure built in 1964

and

William W. Scranton Commons, completed in 1970, is an air-conditioned dining facility with 1,175 seats and a serving capacity of
3,000 persons. A pizza shop and convenience
store are located in the lobbies of the building. Additions to the facility were completed

Buckalew Place, originally the home of
Charles R. Buckalew, a U.S. Senator from 1863
to 1869 and a trustee of the Normal School,
was acquired by the commonwealth for use as

in 1992.

the president's

Scranton Commons is named for William
S. Scranton, governor of Pennsylvania from
1963 to 1967. Scranton came from an old
northeastern Pennsylvania family, after which
the City of Scranton is named. Scranton Commons is only one of two buildings named for
individuals without an institutional, county or
Town of Bloomsburg connection.

University Store

Completed

in 1956, the university store

originally used as the college

from 1970

to

was

commons, and

1973 as a temporary student

Buckalew Place

home

in 1926.

Buckalew's heirs sold the house with 14
acres to the Bloomsburg Literary Institute and
State Normal School for $6,000 in 1903. In

1916 the state took over complete ownership
of the school and, with it, Buckalew Place.
A native of Columbia County, Buckalew
served as a deputy district attorney, state senator, minister to Ecuador, U.S. Senator and U.S.
Representative. From 1874 to 1890 he served
as a Bloomsburg State Normal School trustee.

Buildings

Boyd

F.

77

and Facilities

Buckingham Campus

Maintenance Center
Boyd F. Buckingham Campus Maintenance
Center houses offices, storage areas, vehicles
and workshops. The building was named for
Boyd F. Buckingham in 1986.
Buckingham, a 1943 graduate of Bloomsburg State Teachers College, returned to his
alma mater in 1953. He served as director of
public relations from 1970 to 1974 and vice
president for administration from 1974 to
1981. During those years he was instrumental
in campus development that constituted the
greatest expansion in the university's history.

Carver Hall
Carver Hall, built in 1867, is the oldest
building on campus and is included in the
National Register of Historic Places. In addition to the Kenneth S. Gross Auditorium, Carver houses the office of the president, Alumni
Room, and the offices of university advance-

ment and

social equity.

Carver Hall was

first

name

called Institute Hall

Bloomsburg Literary Institute. The building in its early
days housed classrooms for institute students
after the school's

at the time,

and community children and a chapel/auditorium. Over the years, interior and exterior
alterations have changed the building. Most
replacement of the original
cupola in 1900 with the current one to give
the building an Independence Hall look. In
1939 a north wing and fire tower were added.

significant was

In 1927, at the request of the Alumni Association, the name was changed to Carver Hall
to honor Henry Carver, architect and general
contractor for the building, as well as the institute's first principal.

Gross Auditorium is named afwho donated funds for the
renovation of the auditorium, completed in

Kenneth

S.

ter the benefactor

1993, as well as a scholarship fund for non-traGross is a graduate of the

ditional students.
university.

Fenstemaker Alimini House
Purchased by the Bloomsburg University
in 1985 from the estate of
Dorothy Dillon, a 1924 graduate, Fenstemak-

Fenstemaker, a 1912 graudate, a who taught
French, Latin, Spanish and German as well as
history for 37 years. He was also director of
both the band and orchestra, editor of the
Alumni Quarterly for 45 years and president
of the Alumni Association for a decade.
The Veterans Memorial Garden on the
front lawn was dedicated in 1989 to honor all
Bloomsburg graduates and former students
who served in the armed forces since 1839.

Harvey A. Andruss Library
Harvey A. Andruss Library, built in 1966,
houses the university's collection of bound
volumes, microtexts and other source and reference materials for study and research. The
prominent feature of the building is the group
of stained glass windows from the famous Tiffany Studios in New York City. Depicting the
general theme of truth and virtue, the three
windows at the back of the building were designed in 1919 and originally placed in Old
Waller Hall (demolished in 1974) in 1920 in
an effort to provide "an ecclesiastical atmosphere" to encourage students toward a more
hushed demeanor. The four rectangular windows from the George W. Spence Company of
Boston were placed in the adjoining Noetling
Hall (demolished in 1967) about the same time
for the
Dr.

same reason.
Andruss served the university

as orga-

and director of the business education
department from 1930 to 1937, dean of instruction from 1937 to 1939 and president from
nizer

to 1969. His 30-year service as president
the longest term in Bloomsburg's history and
included the institution's greatest growth and

1939

is

change.

New Andruss Library Since 1992, fund raising and planning for a new library have been
under way. To be located near Waller Administration Building, the proposed facility will
double the space presendy available in Andruss
Library, and serve as a regional public resource,
using the latest information technology to
serve people and businesses in surrounding
communities. It will serve as a focal point for
resources, exhibits and programs that wll attract regional attention.

Alumni Association
er

Alumni House includes nearly four acres of

The purchase was

the culmination of
hope engendered as early as the turn of the
century when plans to build Alumni Hall were
proposed and then abandoned. In 1986, the

land.

Alumni House was named

to

honor Howard

F.

Magee Center
Magee

Center, donated to the university in

1988 by the Magee Foundation, houses offices
of the School of Extended Programs and functions as the school's Center for Regional Development.
The two-story stone structure at 700 W.

78

Buildings

and Facilities

Main St.was built in 1946-47 on a large tract of
land 1.5 miles west of lower campus. It is used
for conferences, training .seminars and other
programs.
Once the home of Bloomsburg industrialist Harry L. Magee, the property features a
large central courtyard, black-marble fireplaces, a spiral staircase leading to the second floor
and an indoor swimming pool complete with

Tri-Level Parking Garage

Italian Uling.

Five of the roadways on campus
four on
the lower campus and one on the upper cam-

Waller Administration Building

and communicadon; human resources; planning, instituUonal research and information
management; and the department of developmental instruction. There are conference
rooms and a central receiving area for university supplies and equipment.

The building
a

is

Bloomsburg

named

native

for David J. Waller

and one of the most

important figures in the institution's history.
He was the son of D.J.Waller Sr., who founded
Bloomsburg Academy in 1839 (the academy
out of which Bloomsburg University ultimately developed). D.J. Waller Jr. graduated from
Bloomsburg Literary Institute in 1869 and returned in 1877 to serve as principal of the state
normal school until 1890. He served in the
post again from 1906 to 1920, making his 27
years the second longest leadership term in
Bloomsburg's history. Between 1890 and 1906,
Waller served as Pennsylvania State Superintendent of Public Instruction and principal of
what is now Indiana University of Pennsylvania.

Wilson House
Wilson House, at 720 E. Second
private residence adjacent to the

St.,

was a

campus

before the university acquired the property in

1988.

It

now

hosts

Upward Bound and

guest

facilities.

Formerly known as the Centennial House,
was named in 1991 for Samuel L. Wilson, a
professor of English for 24 years and chairperson of the department from 1927-51. The Wilson House was built by and was the home of
the Wilsons for many years.
it

Tri-Level Parking Garage

is

on Second

a concrete structure completed in

1972 and accommodates approximately 200
vehicles.

Roadways and Walks



pus

Waller Administration Building, completed in 1972, contains offices of the provost and
vice president for academic affairs, the dean
of the College of Arts and Sciences, and the
office of graduate studies and research. The
site of the university's Visitor's Center, this
building and offices for budget and administrative ser\Tices; purchasing; university reladons

Jr.,

The
Street

—and one walkway on
named

are

Bloomsburg

for

the lower

individuals

campus

important

to

University.

Laubach Drive
Dr.

Frank C. Laubach was known as the man

who

taught millions to read. His "each one
teach one" technique among the Moro people in the Philippines grew to a worldwide literacy campaign that is carried on today in 200
countries and over 300 languages through the

Laubach Literacy International. Norman Vincent Peale called Laubach one of the worlds's
five greatest men. Laubach was a native of
Columbia County and a 1901 Bloomsburg
graduate. Dr. Laubach is the only alumnus to
have a U.S. postage stamp (30 cent) issued in
his honor. The stamp issued in 1984 was part
of the great American Series. Laubach Drive
begins at East Second Street, runs past Benjamin Franklin Hall and Navy Hall and ends at
Haas Center for the Arts.

Osuna Drive
Juan Jose Osuna came to the United States
from Puerto Rico at age 16 and subsequently
attended Bloomsburg State Normal School
along with the many Spanish-speaking students who enrolled after the Spanish-American War. A member of the class 1906, Dr. Osuna eventually went back to Puerto Rico to become a missionary, then an educator. He
served as dean of the College of Education at
the University of Puerto Rico from 1928 to
1945. He subsequently traveled throughout
Central America where he was instrumental in
modernizing the school systems. His book, A
History ofEducation in Puerto Rico, was published
in 1949. Reflective of his love for the Bloomsburg area, upon his death in 1950, Osuna was
buried in Orangeville. Osuna Drive runs behind McCormick Center for Human Services,
past Haas Center for the Arts, around Columbia Hall
Street.

and

past

Old Science Hall

to

Penn

Building and Facilities

79

he

chuyler Drive

Mary Freas

Bloomsburg native
ind a 1933 graduate of Bloomsburg State
Teachers College was the only alumnus to die
n the service of her county in World War II.
"^or

Schuyler, a

the ten years prior to joining the

Women's

\rmy Auxiliary Corps. (WAAC)

in 1943,
Schuyler was a teacher in Morristown, Pa. Afer basic training and while serving at Ft. Riey, Kansas, she volunteered for overseas duty
was sent to England where she was a postI locator helping get mail to the troops at the
Front. In mid-November 1944 she wrote home
telling of her exhaustion from handling Christnas mail. Corporal Schuyler died of meningi-

md

England on November 24,
1 944 at the age of 32. Schuyler Drive runs from
East Second Street past the University Booktore, between Kehr Union and Luzerne Hall
and ends near the carpentry shop.
tis

in Litchfield,

Swisher Circle
Charles Clinton Swisher was one of the earattending classes when the

iest students,

Bloomsburg Literacy Institute was housed in a
building on the corner of West Third andjef"erson Street. He went on to receive a law degree from Columbia University, and studied at
universities in Europe as well. Swisher was an
attorney in
alifornia

New York City, a land developer in
and an

agriculturalist before turn-

academic world. He founded and
chaired the history department at George
Washington University where he taught medi-

ng

to the

and always met his classes attired
morning coat. He taught from 1896 until
1927.
Swisher was a friend of Theodore

eval history
in a

Roosevelt,

Woodrow

Wilson,

Queen

Victoria

and poets Browning and Tennyson. Swisher
Circle runs from Lightstreet Road past the
McCormick Human Services Center, left past
Waller Administration Building and the tennis courts out to Lightstreet Road at Bucking-

ham Maintenance

Building.

Chuck Daly Way
In August 1993 the walkway alongside Centennial

Gymnasium was named for Chuck Daly,

former basketball player (1949-1952) at
Bloomsburg State Teachers College. Although
he was the leading scorer for his last two years,

is

much

better

known

tion accomplishments.

for his after gradua-

He

held a series of
basketball coaching jobs at the high school,
college and professional levels He then

coached the Detroit Pistons to back-to-back
NBA Championships in the late 1980's and
the 1992 U. S. "dream team" to a gold medal
in the Olympics at Barcelona.

Welsh Circle
The major road around

the upper campus
complex, Welsh Circle is
named for Dr. Judson P. Welsh who served as
Bloomsburg's sixth principal (president) from

and the

athletic

1890-1906. Upon his resignation to become
vice-president at Pennsylvania State College
(now Penn State University), the trustees noted that under Welsh's sixteen years the school
had "been elevated in moral tone, advanced

and financially and increased in
numbers in as great a ratio as under any former
principalship." A Bloomsburg area native,
Welch was responsible for having the first gymnasium built on campus.
intellectually

Worid War I Memorial (1919)
Originally entitled the

War Hero Memori-

Pinery of the Class of 1919, the memorial
lies on the front lawn, north of Carver Hall.
Pine trees honoring each of fifteen Bloomsburg State Normal School students who died
in World War I were planted in 1919; on Decal

oration Day (now more commonly called Memorial Day), May 30, 1922, a boulder marker
with a bronze plaque naming the fallen was
placed and dedicated. With the construction
of Schuykill Residence Hall in the early 1960's
some pine trees were necessarily removed, leaving only ten.

Pergola (1916)

A dictionary definition of pergola is "a tunnel-shaped structure of latticework upon which
climbing plants are grown." Given to the university by the class of 1916, the pergola situated just north of Montour Hall served as the
locale for outdoor pageants (including May
Day and Ivy Day celebrations) and plays. This
was at a time when a grove and lagoon embraced the structure and plenty of space existed for rows of spectator seating.

80

University Services

I

University Services
University Archives

Harvey A. Andriiss Library

The

General Information
The Harvey A. Andruss Library houses
more than 350,000 bound volumes, 1.8 million
microtexts,

and 1,700 current periodical

scriptions.

The Library

also contains exten-

collections of Pennsylvania Commonwealth documents, phonograph records, com-

pact discs, juvenile and young adult books, and
art exhibition catalogs.
Online access to more than 500 information databases is available through a CD-ROM
local area network, the online FirstSearch, and
librarian-mediated DLALOG searching.
Andruss Library provides 450 study stations
on three levels. The third level has been designated the "Quiet Level" and is furnished with
individual carrels and study tables. Students
are requested to assist in maintaining this floor
as a quiet study area.
Library faculty at the Reference Desk are

most

library

hours to answer

questions, assist students searching for infor-

mation and resources, and advise regarding
research projects. Library orientation through
interactive video

The charge

is

the depository
other materials relating to the

and
Bloomsburg

for archival

history of

tions include re.sources

the

alumnus known

is

University.

on Frank

C.

Laubach,—

for his literacy programs.

available.

for photocopying

is 6 cents using a magnetic card and 10 cents using cash.
The charge for microform copying is 10 cents
for a paper copy and 25 cents for a microfiche

Public Access Online Catalog (PALS)

The PALS catalog includes all books and
phonorecords in the General, Juvenile/Young
Adult, and Reference collections and many of
the microform resources.
Items can be
searched by term, subject, author, title, and
other strategies.

The circulation status of materials is available online. Catalogs of other libraries can be
searched through the Internet.

Database Searching

CD-ROM bibliographical, abstract, and full
through the li(LAN) which is connected to the campus-wade LAN. Current databases include ABI/Inform, Business Index,
ERIC, CINAHL, Periodical Abstracts, and Psytext databases are available

brary's local area network

cLit.

More than 40

,

additional information

databases can be searched on FirstSearch. The
databases are helpful to students in locating
resources and information for research
projects.

Online access to more than 500 additional
information databases through DIALOG is

copy.

available through skilled faculty librarians.

General Collection
The Harvey A. Andruss

Charges for this service are usually nominal.
Requests can be made at the Reference Desk.
Library houses the

university's collections of books, periodicals,

phonodiscs, and some audiovisual resources.
Other resources are located in the Curriculum
Materials Center and Audio-Visual Resources
in the McCormick Center for Human Services
and the University Archives in the Bakeless
Center for the Humanities. The Circulation
Desk maintains the Reserves Collection and the
Current Periodicals Collection. Printjoumals
dating before 1985 are in accessible storage
and are retrieved on request Monday through
Friday by the Circulation Desk.

Reference and Instruction Services
Faculty librarians at the Reference Desk are
available 83 hours each semester

to assist

sources.

Interlibrary

Loan

Materials not available in the library's col-

These collections contain unusual and rare
editions, autographed books, and illustrat-

first

ed books. Specific interests are
catalogs and covered bridges.

week

students with research methodology and the
use of information resources. An interactive
video program and topical research guides are
available to assist students in learning to use
the library's resources. Library faculty provide
course-related bibliographic instruction and
offer open classes on using the various online

Special CoUections

art exhibition

lections
ies,

ed

may be borrowed from other

librar-

usually without cost. Requests are acceptat the

Reference Desk.

J
B
"

Its collec-

sub-

sive

available during

University Archives

I

81

University Services

Academic Computing
Facilities
Bloomsburg University has a strong commitment to information technology. Academic Computing provides support for students
and faculty computer needs while Computer
Services provides services relating to administrative computing needs. The departments
work together to provide campus networking,
end-user support and access to network infor-

mation.

Student computing facilities are located
throughout the campus. There are over 450
computers, nearly 140 printers, including over
27 laser printers, in

labs,

classrooms and gen-

eral access work areas. Nearly all

computers are

on the campus ethemet network which

is

con-

nected to the Internet. Internet addresses and
access will be provided to students at no cost.
Central clusters of general access computer labs

The computers in labs and classrooms are
networked to file servers and laser printers.
Computer labs consist of PC and Macintosh
computers having access to word processing,
spreadsheet and other programs. By using networked PCs and Macs, students have access to
the mini and mainframe host computers as
terminal users.

Computer classrooms are availwhen they are not

able for general student use
being used for class.

Work areas are monitored by student conwho are available to help students with

sultants

problems using the equipment and basic software. Manuals are available in the general ac-

and for checkout at the reserve desk
Andruss Library. Most general lab areas
are open seven days a week during the fall and
cess areas
in the

spring semesters.

The schedules of current

open hours for labs and classrooms are posted
at

each location.

Other Sendees

and work areas are located in Ben Fran-

McCormick Center for Human SerHardine Science Center, Sudiff Hall and

klin Hall,

University Writing Center

vices,

The one-on-one tutorial services of the
University Writing Center are available to all
students. The Center provides conversation,
advice, and ongoing support for writers at any

Kehr Union Building. Computer classrooms
and specialized labs are located in Sutliff Hall,
Bakeless Center for the Humanities, Navy Hall,
Old Science Hall, Hardine Science Center and
the

McCormick Center for Human

Services.

There are several host computers used by
students and faculty for network access. These
systems use the Unix operating system. All students can request an account on one of these
computers. From these host computers, students can send and receive e-mail from others
on campus and from off campus using the SSHEnet and Internet, access the World Wide Web
and gopher sites. It is accessible from the net-

worked PCs and Macs and through more than
40 dial-in modems which can be accessed from
dorms and off-campus locations. About half of
all

the students

now have

active Internet ac-

counts.

The student computer

lab in

McCormick

Center for Human Services room 1 148 houses
an IBM RISC 6000/G30 minicomputer. This
system has FORTRAN, COBOL, Pascal, Ada,
C, C++, Minitab, and the IBM Database 2. A
cluster of Sun workstations for specialized use

located in 5 Ben Franklin Hall.
The Unisys 2200 is the administrative computer used by students for statistical analysis
using SPSS, FORTRAN programming, PALS
online library catalog and the student regisis

tration process. This computer can be accessed by networked PCs and dial-in modems.

on a writing project. Tutoring in
reading, researching, note-taking, drafting,
rewriting, editing, and proofreading is provided. The service is offered on a drop-in basis;
no registration, referral, or appointment is
stage of work

necessary.

The Center also works with

teachers to de-

programs tailored to particular classes.
Small group meetings, class demonstrations,
and check-in points during a writing project
sign

can all be arranged with the Center's director.
Located in Room 206, Bakeless Center for
the Humanities, the Center is open 30 to 40
hours each week, including some evening
hours. The Writing Center's staff readers are

who work under the
supervision of Director Ter ranee Riley. Interested students and faculty should contact the
English Department for more information:
(717) 389-4427.
successful student writers

Bloomsburg University Foundation
The Bloomsburg
Inc.,

University Foundation,
was established in 1970 as a nonprofit

educational corporation to assist the institution. The foundation, which was reactivated in
January 1986, has the responsibility of securing private funds to maintain and enhance
quality and excellence in all areas of the uni-

82

University Sermces

The Bloomsburg University Foundation
conducts an active program of information,
cultivation, and solicitation among alumni,

versity.

corporations, foundations,
uals.

and

private individ-

The foundation membership includes

outstanding business, professional, and
leaders from throughout the

Institute for

civic

Management Studies

The Institute for Comparative and InternaManagement Studies (ICIMS) has been

created to fulfill Bloomsburg University's mission and goals through sponsorship and initiation of activities aimed at increased understanding of cross-cultural and comparative

management issues.
The institute initiates, coordinates, and
administers joint degree programs with overseas universities in business administration;
sponsors management research projects within the United States and at overseas sites; provides consulting services and workshops in all
areas of management; and develops and administers quality executive development and
training programs as required by a particular
country.

Curriculiun Materials Center
basic objective of the

terials

Center is

make

accessible curricular

The

to locate, acquire, catalog,

and

instructional

materials to preservice and inservice teachers.
resources housed in the center include

The

elementary and secondary textbooks, a multicultural curriculum materials collection, curriculum guides, games, instructional materials
kits, tests, and computer software. A cluster of
Macintosh microcomputers and a laser printer are also available.

Reading Clinic
The Reading Clinic offers free diagnostic
evaluation of reading skills of school-age children and adults. Free remedial tutoring is also
provided (Saturday mornings) on a space-available basis. Consultation with the parents of
school-age children is included in the evaluation process. The services of the clinic are
able September through August.

and entrepreneurial assistance to solve training and operational problems that occur in
education and industry through the application of various interactive technologies. The
IIT designs, develops, and produces interactive

avail-

interactive video training

and opportunities for

assistantships for graduate students in the Master of Science

program

in Instructional Tech-

nology.

Television and Radio Services

The Office of Television and Radio Programs and Services provides assistance with the
production of instructional and other campusoriented television production. While priority is given to academic endeavors, the office
service through

commitment to community
program production and oth-

The office is also administratively
responsible for WBUQ^FM, the student-operated campus radio station.
The facility houses three television studios,
ranging from a sophisticated multi-camera studio for broadcast-level production, to a singlecamera VHS studio where faculty and students
can easily videotape projects in support of classroom assignments or evaluations. Also available are portable equipment, several video
editing rooms, an audio recording studio, a
video copystand, and a video paintbox device.
The office is the university's resource center for satellite videoconferencing, provides onlocation taping of lectures, presentations and
er services.

other academic activities, and can record informational programs off-air and off-satellite.
Videotapes can be copied through the office
(copyright permitting) and tapes recorded in
incompatible overseas formats can be convert-

ed

Speech, Hearing, and Language Clinic
ic

technology-based applications that include

computer-based interactive videodisc and digital technologies such as CD-I and QuickTime
movies. The IIT also provides workshops for

also has a strong

Curriculum Ma-

and

Institute for Interactive Technologies

(IIT) provides research, training, education,

tional

The

Institute for Interactive Technologies

Commonwealth.

Comparative and

International

tory training for the hearing impaired and
parent counseling. Audiological assessment
includes special site of lesion testing, hearing
aid evaluations, and fitting.

The Speech, Hearing, and Language

Clin-

provides services to students, faculty,

staff,

and the community. Available services include
evaluation and therapy for speech, voice, language, and fluency; speech reading and audi-

to the

The

American

television system.

office also operates the

campus video

message center providing constandy updated
information to television monitors located in
several public areas on campus, as well as over

BUTV,
nel,

the university's cable television chan-

which can be seen throughout the Blooms-

83

University Services

The message center

as well as delivery of other audio-visual equip-

suitable for the posting of class schedule

)urg

and Berwick

areas.

equipment includes

ment. There is also a repair center for university-owned audio-visual equipment.
The facility houses an auto-tutorial lab
where faculty may deposit audio-visual materials for independent study by students. The lab
accommodates the viewing of films, videos,
slides, audio cassettes, and records. There is
also a photo copystand area where materials
can be photographed for the creation of slides.
Additional resources include: transparen-

16mm film playback, audio equipnent, 35mm and Polaroid cameras, flashes and

cy machines, dry presses, posterboard mounting materials, and lamination services. The

overhead and

area houses a sign and poster-making unit that
can instandy generate poster-size displays from
letter-sized originals. If needed, the AVR staff
can assist in the creation of the original docu-

s

hanges, campus events, non-profit group aci\1ties, and general announcements and can
De accessed by calling 389-BUTV.

^udio Visual Resources
Audio Visual Resources (AVR) provides
51oomsburg University faculty and staff with
m array of audio-visual equipment, materials,

md

services.

Available

ddeo and

iccessories, slide projectors,

)paque projectors, screens,

easels,

and many

)ther useful items.

The AVR staff can arrange for film delivery
ind set-up in classrooms for faculty members

ment.

3LOOMSBURG UNIVERSITY

^^^
'/

2
3
1

Academic Programs

86

Codes and Academic Programs

Interdisciplinary Studies

•56
•59
•60

10

French

•61

Educational Foundations
Military Science

1

German

•62

Early Childhood

01

05
09

1
1

14
16
18

20
25
26
27
28
30
31

32
35
40
41

42
44
45
46
48
50
51

52
53
54
55

Developmental Studies
Health and Physical Education

Spanish
Russian
Italian

Languages and Cultures
Latin
English

•63
•65
•67
•70
• 71

Communication Studies

•72

Theater Arts
Mass Communications
Philosophy
Art
Art History
Art Studio
Music



Economics
Geography

•91

History

Science
Sociology &: Social Welfare
Political

Anthropology
Psychology
Biological

and Allied Health Sciences

Earth and Space Science
Chemistry

Mathematics
Physics

Marine Science



74
79

•80
•82
•86
•89
•90
•92
•93
•94
•96
•97
•98
•99

Computer Science
Natural Science and Mathematics

and Elementary
Education
Reading
Secondary Education
Military Science-Army
Special Education
Teach Mentally Retarded
Speech Pathology and Audiology

Communication Disorders
Professional Studies

Health Sciences
Nursing
Medical Technology
General Transfer
Business, General
Business, Accounting
Computer and Information Systems
Business

Management

Business, Office Procedures

Finance
Marketing
Law and Legal Elements

— Bus. Law

Administrative

Note: Courses designated with ** are included

on the approved list of diversity-focused courses. Students must select two courses (3 semester hours) to
fulfill the diversity-focused requirement.

87

Accounting

Department of Accounting

Faculty
Richard



Chairperson, Professor
B.S., M.B.A., Bloomsburg State College;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University;
C.P.A., C.M.A., C.I.A.
Martin Billet, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.B.A., Bloomsburg University; C.P.A.,
C.M.A.
Michael C. Blue, Associate Professor
B.S.,
University Of Wisconsin; M.S.B.A., Boston
University; M.S., University Of Wisconsin;
Ph.D., University of Idaho, C.P.A.
Nancy Coulmas, Associate Professor
B.S.,
New York Institute of Technology; M.B.A.,
St. Bonaventure University; Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State University
L. Baker,







Lester J. Dietterick, Associate Professor



B.S.,

M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; M.S.B.A.,
Bucknell University
Alf Eastergard, Associate Professor
B.S., Bob
Jones University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University
of Nebraska; C.P.A., C.M.A.
E. Burel Gum, Professor
B.S., Bloomsburg
State College; M.S.B.A., Bucknell University; Ed.D., University Of Pittsburgh
Dennis B. K. Hwrang, Professor
B.A., Chengchi University; M.A., Ph.D., University Of
Oklahoma; C.PA., C.M.A.
Richard E. McClellan, Assistant Professor
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College;
M.S.B.A., Bucknell University; C.RA.
Richard Schrader, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
Michigan State College; M.S., Central Michigan University; C.P.A., C.I.A.











Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

A total of 63 semester hours is required for
a major in accounting under the business administration degree program.
Goals and Objectives
The accounting curriculum provides specialized knowledge and skills to prepare graduates for entry-level acccounting positions in
public accounting, private industry, banking,

government, higher education, and health
care. It also provides the necessary academic

preparation to
countant.

become

a certified public ac-

Required Courses
Required courses include:
Accounting 91.221, 91.222, 91.223, 91.321,
91.322, 91.323, 91.324, 91.342, 91.348; Business
Law 98.331, 98.332; Computer and Information Systems 92.150; Management 93.344,
93.445, and 93.446; Finance 96.313; Marketing 97.310; and Economics 40.346.

Elective Courses
Select 9 semester hours from courses in
business and economics as electives. Accounting courses which may serve as business electives include:
91.320, 91.430, 91.431,91.448, 91.424, and
91.449. Six semester hours in an internship
experience (91.432) also may be applied to-

ward

this elective

requirement.

Free Electives
Select 11 semester hours in free elective
courses.

dents

It is

highly

satisfy this

recommended

that stu-

requirement with accounting

courses.
Note: Graduation requires successful completion

of a total of 128 semester hours. Forty percent (52
semester hours) must be earned in courses at the 300
level

or above.

General Education Courses
Required general education courses inand 20.201; Communication Studies 25.103; Economics 40.246 (or
Mathematics 53.123), 40.211, 40.212; Matheclude: English 20.101

matics 53.118. Also required are 3 semester
hours in Values and Ethics; 3 semester hours
in Fitness and Recreational Skills; 12 semester
hours in Humanities and the Arts; 12 semester hours in Social and Behavioral Sciences,
and 1 2 semester hours in Natural Sciences and

Mathematics.

Accounting (Code 91)



Familiariz91.220 Financial Accounting (3)
es students with a basic understanding of generally accepted accounting principles and their

88

Accounting

applications. Includes sole proprietorship,

and corporate accounting. General ledger and/or spreadsheet computerized
accounting required. For non-accounting mapartnership,

jors only. Prerequisite: 92. 150



Pre91.221 Principles of Accounting I (3)
sents the accounting cycle covering both service and merchandising activities of a sole proprietorship; special journals and special ledgers, accrued and deferred items and receivables and inventories. General ledger and/or
spreadsheet computerized accounting is required. Prerequisite: 92.150



Fur91.222 Principles of Accounting II (3)
ther develops the accounting cycle; recording,
summarizing, interpreting financial data for
partnerships and corporations. Includes cash
flow, long-term liabilities, plant assets, and payroll accounting. A practice set and general ledger and/or spreadsheet computerized accounting are required. Prerequisite: 91.220 or
91.221

91.223 Managerial Accounting (3)

— Presents

volume-cost-profit analysis, special decisions,
operational and financial budgeting, control

and performance evaluation, job-order and
process costing, variance analysis, cost allocation, quantitative decision-making techniques,
and analysis of financial statements. Students
are expected to be proficient in the general
use of Lotus 1-2-3 or Lotus 1-2-3 compatible
electronic spreadsheets. Students are required
to retrieve, modify, complete, save, and print
electronic spreadsheets dealing with many of
the topics. Prerequisites: 91.220 or 91.222 and
92.150



91.320 International Accounting (3)
Addresses needs of accounting and finance students wishing to become more qualified in
accounting on a global perspective. Provides
an international accounting component for
students who have completed foundation
courses. Prerequisites: 91.220 or 91.222. Meets
cultural diversity requirement.



91.321 Intermediate Accounting I (3)
Presents the conceptual framework of accounting,
accounting environment and information processing system, financial statements and the
accounting standards regarding present and
future value concepts, cash and receivables,

temporary investments, inventories, and shortterm liabilities. Requires the use of Lotus 1-2-3
to solve computer problems in each chapter.
Prerequisite:

91.222



91.322 Intermediate Accounting II (3)
Presents accounting standards for property, plant,

and equipment, intangible

assets,

income

rec-

ognition, long-term debts by borrower and
lender, formation of corporations and stockholders' equity, retained earnings, stock rights
and options, and investments in securities and
consolidated financial statements. Requires
student to use an approved word processing
software package to produce a research paper
that analyzes one FASB, reviewing the related
accounting literature. Prerequisite: 91.321

m

91.323 Intermediate Accounting
(3) —Presents accounting standards pertaining to statement of cash flows, pension plans, leases, earnings per share, income taxes, accounting
changes and error corrections, and financial
reporting and changing prices. Use of Lotus
1-2-3 to solve computer problems in each chapter

is

required.



91.324 Federal Tax Accounting (3)
Introduces basic tax laws pertaining to preparation
of individual federal tax returns and supporting schedules. Emphasis on tax law research
using federal tax services and contemporary
professional literature. Prerequisite: 91.321



91.342 Auditing Theory and Procedure (3)
Outlines principles, standards, procedures,
and techniques applicable to internal and public auditing; consideration of the audit report
and development of working papers for preparation of the report. Use of commercial computer packages to generate audit programs.
Use of Lotus templates to work problems and
use of word processing package to prepare a
research paper. Prerequisites: 91.322, Economics
40.346



In-depth study
91.348 Cost Accounting (3)
of the three major production costs - raw material, factory overhead, and labor - for a job
order cost system. Prerequisite: 91.321

91.424 Advanced Federal Tax Accounting

— Assigns group and individual projects

(3)

select-

ed from the following areas of advanced tax
accounting; partnerships and corporations,
Pennsylvania corporate taxes, estates and
trusts, reporting to governmental agencies.
Includes lectures, discussion of issues, and
practice in the solution of problems. Prerequisite: 91.324



Applies
91.430 Advanced Accounting I (3)
accounting principles to special problems in
the consolidation and merger of business enterprises. Includes consideration of the basis

AccounHng

89

for such combinations, consolidated statements on date of acquisition as well as at sub-

fession.

sequent dates with special emphasis on design,
construction, and utilization of integrated
microcomputer-generated worksheets and financial statements. Prerequisite: 91.322

performed.



91.431 Advanced Accounting II (3)
Focuses
Oil accounting principles and practices of governments and non-profit institutions. Includes
partnerships, estates, trusts, and bankruptcy
accounting. Prerequisite: 91.322 or consent of the
instructor



Pro91.432 Internship in Accounting (6)
vides work experience in the accounting pro-

Prerequisite:

and adequate

80

semester hours completed

course preparation for the tasks to be



91.448 Advanced Cost Accounting (3)
Continuation of 91.348, concentrating on process
cost, standard cost, and budgets. Emphasis on
methods used to analyze and interpret cost
data. Prerequisite: 91.348



CPA Problems (3)
Addresses the
application of procedures for the solving of a
cross section of complex accounting problems
and the discussion of theory and practice. Pre91.449

requisites: 91.324, 91.342, and 91.348; senior
standing or consent of the instructor

90

Allied Health

Allied Health Preparatory Programs
Pre-Phystcal Therapy, Pre-Occupational Therapy, Pre-Cytotechnology, Pre-Pharmacy

Program Coordinator
James E. Cole, professor, Department of
logical and Allied Health Sciences
Advisers

Department of Biand Allied Health Sciences
Cynthia A. Surmacz, professor, Department of
Biological and Allied Health Sciences

Lynne

C. Miller, professor.

ological

Margaret

L. Till, associate professor.

ment of

Biological

Depart-

and Allied Health

Sci-

ences

Goals and Objectives
The programs in allied

health sciences en-

compass those health areas in which individuals support, aid and increase the efficiency and
effectiveness of other health professionals by

becoming a contributing member of a health
care team. Programs in this area combine natural science and liberal arts education with clinical instruction. In general, students who complete any of the programs may enter their professions immediately. Others

may

select post-

graduate education in health care. Central to
most allied health programs, especially the clinical portion, is satisfactory completion of the
clinicail

standards, often referred to as the Es-

sentials.

These standards establish requirements

related to curriculum, personnel, financing,

resources,

and records.

Program Description
At Bloomsburg University the preparatory
programs in physical therapy, occupational
therapy, pharmacy, and cytotechnology usualspan two to four years. Student then transfer to another institution for their clinical training and, upon completion of the program,
earn a baccalaureate or master's degree.
Bloomsburg University does not award specific degrees in these areas.
Students who select these preparatory programs follow a course of study that not only
prepares them for entry into a variety of programs at other schools, but provides the option of pursuing a bachelor's degree in biology if they should decide to complete a degree
ly

program

at

Bloomsburg

programs at other institutions;
however, the school boasts a high rate of success in matching students with clinical programs and the variety of placement sites is conin allied health

Bio-

University.

The university cem not guarantee placement

siderable.

The opportunity to obtain degrees in

phys-

occupational therapy, or cytotechnology is enhanced by an affiliation with Thomas Jefferson University's College of Allied
Health Sciences. This agreement facilitates the
transfer of students who have completed a
minimum of two years preparatory work at
Bloomsburg into upper-division baccalaureate
and master's programs at Thomas Jefferson
University. This "2 plus 2" or "2 plus 3" arrangement couples an educational experience at a
rural university with advanced clinical training
at a major medical center in Philadelphia. Although the "2 plus 2" arrangement remains in
place for most allied health programs, the arrangement for physical therapy is "2 plus 3"
and culminates in a master's degree from Thomas Jefferson University.
It is important to note that many physical
therapy programs are entered after the student
has received a baccalaureate degree, and the
postbaccalaureate program leads to a master's
degree.
ical therapy,

Bloomsburg University is an active participant in the PACE (Plan A College Education)
program sponsored by Thomas Jefferson University's College of Allied Health Sciences.
PACE is an advanced early admission program
for academically talented secondary school
seniors who wish to matriculate to Thomas Jefferson University after attending an accredited university for, at least, the first two years.
All colleges of pharmacy in the United
States offering the Bachelor of Science in pharmacy require five years of college education
for the completion of degree requirements.
The five year curriculum is usually divided into
two years of pre-pharmacy education and three
years of professional pharmacy education.
Thus it is a "2 plus 3"program. Students who
present course credits for pre-pharmacy work

done

at

Bloomsburg

University,

and

for

which

they have received a grade of C or better, have
been given credit for courses which correspond

Allied Hecdth

91

in length and content with those prescribed
by the curricula in most colleges of pharmacy
accredited by the American Council of Phar-

maceutical Education.

Curriculum Requirements
The curricula for these preparatory

;

45.315 (not required for physical therapy);
Psychology 48.101, 48.210 or 48.211, 48.335
(required for occupational therapy only) Biological and Allied Health Sciences 50.110,
;

pro-

grams vary. Students are encouraged to design
a program that satisfies the requirements of
the school to which they intend to transfer. For
example, the courses cited below under "Professional Courses" are required by Thomas Jef-

ferson University's physical
therapy programs.

20.101, 20.201; Sociology 45.211 (not required
for physical therapy) ^Anthropology 45.200 or

and occupational

Professional Courses

The following courses are required: English

50.120, 50.173, and 50.174; Mathematics
53.112 or 53.123 or 53.125.
Chemistry and physics courses are required
for the physical therapy program at Thomas
Jefferson University. These include: Chemistry
52.115 and 52.131; and Physics 54.111 and
54.112. Students must select additional elective courses to complete 55 semester hours in
occupational therapy or 65 semester hours in
physical therapy.

92

Anthropology

Department of Anthropology

and

Faculty Credentials
Robert

R. Reeder, Associate Professor, Depart-



The Pennsylvania State University; M.A., University Of
ment Chairperson

B.A., M.S.,

Colorado

Thomas

Required Courses
The following courses are required: 46.200,





Elective Courses

New York at Albany
David J. Minderhout, Professor
B.A., M.A.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Georgetown University





B.A.,
Dee Anne Wymer, Associate Professor
M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University

Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology
A total of 36 semester hours is required for
a major in anthropology.

Goals and Objectives
Anthropology, the study of humankind, attempts to establish useful information and generalizations about people, their behavior, and

and

academic careers.

46.210, 46.220, 46.405, 46.470, and either
46.301, 46.466, 46.475 or 46.497; Sociology
45.260 or Psychology 48.160 or Mathematics
53.141.

F. Aleto, Associate Professor
B.A.,
University Of Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D.,
University Of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign
Susan R. Dauria, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
State University of New York College at
Geneseo; M.A., Ph.D., State University of

their cultural

in preparation for

biological origins, to arrive

understanding of human
Anthropology promotes global cultural awareness through classroom studies of
cultures everywhere. Anthropology, in common with other sciences, is concerned with the

Students may choose five courses, totaling
more semester hours. At least 6 semester
hours must come from each of the two subdis15 or

- 46.300, 46.301, 46.310,
46.311, 46.340; Cultural Anthropology - 46.102,
ciplines: Archaeology

46.260, 46.290, 46.320, 46.350, 46.380, 46.390,
46.410, 46.440, 46.450, 46.466, 46.475, 46.480,
46.495, 46,497. Students contemplating graduate school are advised to take an introductory course in

computer

science.

General Education Courses
The anthropology department lists suggested courses in other disciplines for majors in
the department booklet Anthropology at Bloomsburg. With the exception of a needed proficiency in

statistics,

there are

education courses

no

specific general

recommended

for this

ma-

jor.

at the fullest possible
diversity.

formulation and testing of hypotheses or tentative explanations of observed human phenomenon. Anthropology also has an important
humanistic tradition.
At Bloomsburg University, anthropology is
divided into three study areas: cultural anthropology which studies ways of life in societies
across the world; physical anthropology which

human origins and biological variabiliand archaeology which seeks to explain

traces
ty;

human behavior by studying material remains
from past cultures. The Department of Anthropology's principle mission is to provide a liberal education for all students. Graduates in
this discipline have been very successful in gaining employment in business and government

Minor in Antiu-opology

A minor constitutes 18 semester hours in
anthropology. This includes three required
courses, 46.200, 46.210, and 46.220, and 9 semester hours from department electives.
Program Emphasis in Prehistoric
Archaeology
The Anthropology Department features a
program emphasis in prehistoric archaeology. Students can enroll in multiple archaeology courses in order to gain a professional understanding of academic archaeology and archaeological method and theory. The
department offers summer field schools where
methods and techniques in archaeological
analysis are refined. During summers and upon
graduation, students have many opportunities
special

to find

temporary or permanent employment
archaeology both in the United

in the field of

A

93

Anthropology

States and abroad. The program has provided
fieldwork and study in North America, Mesoamerica, and South America.

tal

theories of sex role behavior. Prerequisite: 3

semester hours of anthropology

46.290 **Race and Racism

from

Anthropology (Code 46)

holistic

and

(3)

— Studies race

cross-cultural perspectives.

Explores biological nature of race through inhuman evolution. Considers socio-cultural aspect through a comparative study
of racial categories in cultures and societies
worldwide.
vestigation of

**Indicates course approved as diversity-focused.



46.101 Introduction to Anthropology (3)
beginning course for students with no background in anthropology'. Provides an overview
of peoples and cultures of the world today and
of the past as well as the fossil evidence for
human evolution. Topics may include living
primates, magic and religion, and kinship,
marriage, and sex roles. Notfor students who have
taken 46.200, 46.210 or 46.220.

46.102 **Antliropology and World Problems
Explores the origins of global problems
(3)
and evaluates the variet}' of cultural solutions
to those problems. Investigates cultural values and solutions of tribal peoples holistically
and compares them to those of industrialized
nations in terms of their consequences and im-



46.300 Archaeological Method and Theory (3)
theoretical foundations of archaeology. Students read and discuss original contributions to the field and
learn methods in preparation for actual fieldwork. Prerequisite: 46.210 or consent of the in-

— Explores the modern

structor



46.301 Field Archaeology (3-6)
Provides
field investigation of various prehistoric cultures in northeastern United States. Students
learn excavation and recording techniques,
visit important sites during field trips, and become part of a unique community that studies

our

past.

plications.

46.200 **Principles of Cultural Anthropology
Examines a cross-cultural study of all
(3)
human behaviors in contemporary cultures.
Topics surveyed include socialization; language; sex, age, and kinship roles; religion and
magic; marriage and the family; political and
economic behavior; cultural change; and the
arts. Anthropological methodology and the
concept of culture also are stressed.





46.210 Prehistoric Archaeology (3)
Provides
a worldwide examination of human prehistory from the origins of humankind to the development of early WTiting. Focuses on regional differences and similarities in key evolutionary transitions including sedentary lifeways,
urban origins, and the rise of states.
46.220 Human Origins

(3)

— Studies the emer-

gence and development of humans, the biological basis of human culture

and society, and

the origin of the social units of fossil humans.

46.260 **Men and
cal Perspective (3)

Women: An Anthropologi-

— A cross-cultural and evo-

on sex role behavior in
and contemporary cultures. Examines sex
roles are examined in nonhuman primates as
well as in humans. Examines sex roles in hunting and gathering, horticultural, pastoralist,
peasant, and other preindustrial societies are
lutionary perspective
past

described as well as sex roles in modem industrial societies. Covers genetic and en\'ironmen-



46.310 **Aztecs and Mayans (3)
Surveys the
prehistoric cultures of Mexico and Central
America. Emphasis on the development of
Aztec and Mayan ci\dlizations.

46.311 Archaeology of Northeastern North
America (3)
Surveys the prehistoric cultures
of the area from arrival of the first inhabitants
through early historic times. Provides a labo-



ratory for the study of broader issues of sociocultural processes. Prerequisite: 46.210 or consent of the instructor

46.312 ** South American Archaeology

(3)



A survey of prehistoric cultures of South AmerEmphasizes the civilizations of the Andean zone and the role played by the Amazonian region in the development of Andean Culica.

tures.

Prerequisites:

46.101 or 46.200 or 46.210

or consent of the instructor



46.320 **Contemporary World Cultures (3)
Presents a comparative analysis of selected non-

European

societies in contrasting cultural and
natural areas. Indicates stresses on the natural

and

social

religion

environment; national character;

and world

view;

and

literary, artistic,

and musical expression.



46.340 Native North America (3)
Surveys
native cultures of North America in prehistoric

and

early historic periods.

— Stud-

46.350 **Medical Anthropology (3)
ies of cross-cultural concepts of health,

illness,

94

Anthropology

and curing

as well as health care delivery in

patterns

and

effects of

modernization on

tra-

industrialized cultures. Includes the topics of

ditional culture. Prerequisite: 46.200 or consent

divination and diagnosis, sorcery and witchcraft in healing, public health and preventive

of the instructor

medicine, alcoholism and drug use, and the
medical knowledge of tribal and peasant societies.

46.380 Culture Change and Culture Contact
Examines the modern world with em(3)
phasis on emerging new patterns of Western
and international culture. Studies the impact
of mass society and technology on the environment and humans, and prospects for the future. Prerequisite: 46. 200 or 46. 21





Ex46.390 **Socialization of the Child (3)
amines life experience and adjustment of the
individual through infancy, middle childhood,
and youth. Reviews contrasting methods of
introducing children to adult economic, social,
and religious activities. Prerequisite: 46.200

46.466 Independent Study in Anthropology (3)
Independent study by a student with faculty guidance of a particular research problem
in anthropology. The research problem either
extends current course content or deals with
an area not covered in the current course offerings in anthropology. A problem is chosen
by the faculty member and the student working together. See section on Independent Study.



46.470 History of Anthropological Thought
and Theory (3)
Surveys the leading methods and theories of anthropological and eth-



nological interpretation with special emphasis on the concept of culture and its practical
application to modern problems.

46.475 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropolo-



— Studies the various

Provides class discussion and field
gy (3)
experience in participatory observation. Expe-

affecting primate behavior; ecol-

rience in interviewing, surveying, kinship chart-

and socio-cultural adaption,
with emphasis on the development of socio-

ing, mapping, studying complex organizations,
and writing ethnographic field reports.

46.405 Primates

phenomena
ogy, social

(3)

life,

biological traits relating to human origins.
Prerequisite: 9 semester hours of anthropology or

46.220 or any

biology course



46.410 **Anthropology of Art (3)
Studies
the graphic arts, music, dance, performance,
and literature of prehistoric and modern cultures that lie outside the Great Traditions of
art from an anthropological perspective. Prerequisite:

Minimum of 55 semester hours or consent

of the instructor



46.440 **Language and Cultiu-e (3)
Studies the place of oral and non-oraNanguage in

human

evolution and contemporary cultures.
Discusses dialectal variation, discourse analysis, multilingualism, language and cognition,
and the role of language in education.

46.450 """"Peoples and Cultures of South America (3)
Presents a survey introduction to the
aboriginal, non-literate cultures of South America including ecological background, cultural





46.480 **Religion and Magic (3)
A comparative analysis of the origins, forms, elements,
and symbolism of religious beliefs and behavior; the role of religion in society with particular reference to nonliterate societies. Anthropological theories and methods of religion,
historical and contemporary.



46.495 Special Topics in Anthropology (3)
Provides for instruction and student research
within selected areas of interest not available
in other courses.
Prerequisite: 18 semester hours
of anthropology or consent of the instructor



46.497 Internship in Anthropology (3-15)
An on-site training and learning experience in
anthropology that provides opportunities to
apply theoretical and descriptive knowledge of
archaeology, cultural anthropology, and physical anthropology in private and government
institutional settings.

95

Art

Department of Art

Kenneth T. Wilson Jr., Chairperson, Professor,
Department Chairperson
B.S., Edinboro



State College; M.S.,

The Pennsylvania State

University
Karl A. Beamer, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Kutztown State College; M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University
B.S., The
Carol Bums, Associate Professor
Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Univer-





Of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy Of Art
Gary F. Clark, Associate Professor
B.F.A.,
Maryland Institute College Of Art; M.A.,
West Virginia University
sity



Stewart L. Nagel, Professor



B.F.A.,

Union; M.F.A., Pratt Institute
Andrea G. Pearson, Adjunct Faculty

Cooper



B.A.,

Augustana College; M.A., University of
Iowa; Ph.D., University of California, Santa

Barbara



Christine M. Sperling, Associate Professor
B.A., M.A., University Of Oregon; Ph.D.,

Browm
Barbara
B.S.,

University



J. Strohman, Associate Professor
University Of Maryland; M.F.A., Mary-

land Institute College Of Art
Charles Thomas Walters, Associate Professor
B.M., Depauw University; M.F.A., University Of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University Of



Michigan
Vera Viditz-Ward, Associate Professor
Hartford Art School/University
ford; M.F.A., Indiana University



B.F.A.,

Of

Hart-

Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Art
A total of 39 semester hours is required for
a major in either art history or art studio.

Goals and Objectives
The study of art requires both an inner desire

of expertise.
Since art is a reflection of society, a study of
the history of art is needed to place art of the
past and present in the context of our lives.
This program addresses the commonality of
visual expression among diverse cultures and
field

Faculty

and a firm technical

basis to support the

growth throughout life. The art department is dedicated to providing an ideal environment for the nurturing of this development

artist's

within the confines of a liberal arts education.
Art professors are committed to excellence in
teaching as well as actively involved in their own

nationalities.

The studio is used as a means of giving the
student a chance to develop skills through
mediums of visual expression that will lead to
statements of personal worth. Competency is
expected within the electronic media as well
means for students to fully
explore their expressive desires. Through explorations in the various arts, the student
should understand the richness of the working process as a framework for the end product. In addition to traditional academic study,
interaction with the faculty and use of facilities on campus are important to the student's
development.
as the traditional

Required Courses for Art History
Required courses include: 24 semester
hours in art history courses; 6 semester hours
in art studio courses; 3 semester hours in either art education, art history or art studio
courses; and 6 semester hours in a foreign language, namely, French, German, Italian, or a
language approved by the department chairperson.

Reqviired Courses for Art Studio
Required courses include: 32.151, 32.152,
32.111, 32.212, 32.231, and 32.241; two courses in art history courses; 9 semester hours in
either ceramics, fabric design, graphics, paint-

photography, sculpture, or weaving plus 6
semester hours in elective courses in art, or 6
additional semester hours in drawing plus 9
semester hours in elective courses in art.
ing,

Minor

in Art History

A minor in art history requires 15 semester
hours in art history courses plus Art 30.101 for
a total of 18 semester hours. A course in art
studio also

is

recommended.

Minor

in Art Studio
The minor in art studio

requires 15 semes-

96

Art

in art studio courses, including three
of a studio specialization, plus Art 30.101
for a total of 18 semester hours. A course in
ter

hours

levels

art history also

is

recommended.

sance up to and including French painting of
the 19th century.



Near East ( 3)
Studthe history of the visual arts of the Islamic
and the Mesopotamian worlds.
3 1 .345 Art History of the
ies

Art (Code 30)





Reviews great
30.101 Introduction to Art (3)
works of art, past and present, with an emphasis on the structure of art as determined by civilization, communication, and expression.



30.205 Children's Art (3)
Provides encounters with the art of children and ways to promote attitudes of discovery and invention, with
emphasis on growth of expression.



Pre30.303 Crafts in Special Education (3)
sents a workshop course designed to involve
students in a variety of craft experiences for
different types of special learners.

30.306 Visual Arts for the Exceptional Child
Stresses the importance of art activity,
(3)
theory, and practice as a means of enriching
and stimulating special children's awareness of
themselves and their work. Emphasizes those



positive aspects for creative activity that the

handicapped child possesses. Recommended for
special education and psychology majors with jun-

31.346 Art History of the Far East (3)
Studies the history of the visual arts of India, China, Japan, and Southeast Asia.

ines

movement

France to



Modern Art

Exam(3)
from mid-19th century
the contemporary United States.

31.355 History of

in art

31.365 Italian Renaissance Art (3)
es the painting, sculpture,

— Address-

and architecture of

the Renaissance in Italy with a view toward historical and social context, patronage, and theory.

31.375 Independent Study in Art History (3)
and scholarship on a selected,

— Research

approved topic

in art history

vision of a faculty

member,

under the super-

resulting in a pub-

lishable paper. See the section

on Independent

Study.



31.395 Visual Aesthetics (3)
A seminar emphasizing artistic concern with environmental
relationships and theories of aesthetics and art
criticism.

ior standing.



30.350 Art Education in the Elementary School
Reviews theories and techniques basic
(3)
to the use of art in the elementary school.



30.385 Philosophy and Psychology of Art

(3)

— Studies major philosophical points of view
governing an understanding and criticism of
the arts, past and present, together with 20th
century readings in the psychology of art and
content and biology of artistic form.

Art History (Code 31)
3 1.2 15 American Art History (3)
history of visual arts in America.

— Studies the


31.225 History of Architecture (3)
Presents
a study-survey of great architectural works of
the past and the present including examples
of both East and West.



31.235 Ancient and Medieval Art (3)
Studies the history of the visual arts on the European continent from the prehistoric era up to
and including the Late Gothic.
31.236 Art from the Renaissance Through Impressionism (3)
Studies the history of the
visual arts beginning with the Italian Renais-



31.415 Primitive Arts (3)
Studies the graphic arts, music, dance performance and literature of prehistoric and modern cultures that
lie outside the Great Traditions of art from an
anthropological perspective.

Art Studio (Code 32)
Level I courses are open

to all students.

32.111 Drawing

— Examines various ap-

I (3)

proaches toward drawing and explores the use
of a variety of drawing materials. Studio practice and class critiques address each person's
power of observation, craftsmanship, self-expression, and growth.



In32.151 Three-Dimensional Design (3)
troduction to the basic elements and principles of design such as the organization of visual elements and color, wdth emphasis on three-

dimensional design.



An in32.152 Two-Dimensional Design (3)
troduction to the basic elements and principles of design such as the organization of visual elements and color, with an emphasis on twodimensional design.
32.195 Computer Art Graphics (3)

— An

in-

97

Art

txoductory course exploring the potential of
the computer as a tool to create fine

art. Stress-

images based on current computer technoland use of softweard and computers to
create new kinds of image. Emphasis on new
technologies as an important tool for an artist
to become sensitive to his or her culture. Emes

ogies

ph?.sis

on using technologies with a

fine arts



Requires a loom-con32.252 Weaving II (3)
trolled sampler plus continued experience in
weaving techniques and artistic decision dealing with fibers. Prerequisite: 32.251



Intro32.261 Graphics I: Printanaking (3)
duction to the methods, materials, and concepts of graphic art through exploration of
basic printmaking techniques.

approach.



Introduces the pro32.201 Ceramics I (3)
cesses of making and firing ceramic objects.

— Affords students the

32.202 Ceramics n (3)
opportunity to become
lecting their
site:

more involved by seown methods of work. Prerequi-

32.201



Continues explora32.212 Drawing n (3)
tion of attitudes and materials stressing composition and form. Includes work from the

human

skeleton
32.111

and

linear perspective.

Pre-

requisite:



Introduc32.221 Fabric Design I {Fall) (3)
tion to a variety of methods, approaches, tools,
materials, and visual concepts in designing with
fibers.



Continu32.222 Fabric Design H {Fall) (3)
ation of 32.221 with limited areas of concentration selected by each student. Professional
methods, approaches, and attitudes discussed.
Prerequisite: 32.221
32.231 Painting I (3)

— Introduction

to the

methods, materials, and concepts of painting.
Provides exploration of and increased sensitivity to one's environment through color.



II (3)
Devotes attention to
the development of the technical skill inherent in the formation of images. Includes the
study of the landscape as a concept in paint-

32.232 Painting

ing. Prerequisite: 32.231

mensional
sis

al



Explores three-di(3)
expression with an emphaon introducing a student to basic sculptur-

32.241 Sculpture

I

artistic

materials.

— Promotes contin-

32.242 Sculpture

II (3)

ued development

in the use of materials

and

processes; strives for unique individual expression. Prerequisite: 32.241



32.251 Weaving I {Spring) (3)
Provides an
introduction to weaving including foot-powered looms and off-loom techniques. Weaves,
fibers, spinning, and looms will be part of the
studio experience. Prerequisite: 32. 152 or consent of instructor



Empha32.262 Graphics II: Printmaking (3)
sis on color printmaking and color registration
procedures. Provides a concentration in serigraphy and intaglio techniques. Prerequisite:
32.261

m

32.273 Design
(3) —Advanced design problems undertaken stressing individualized productions, involvement,
sion through design.

and individual expresPrerequisites: 32.151,

32.152



Introduction to a varied
32.275 Crafts I (3)
array of crafts, methods, tools, materials, techniques,

and

artistic

concepts.



Provides a continued
32.276 Crafts n (3)
exploration of selected in-depth crafts processes and concepts on a more professional basis.
Prerequisite: 32.275



32.281 Photography I (3)
Introduction to
black and white photography as a medium of
visual expression. Technical emphasis on fundamental camera and exposure controls and
introduction to darkroom printing techniques.
Photographic style, composition, and theory
discussed. Students must have a 35mm camera and provide their own film and paper.

32.282 Photography n (3) —Continues exploration of black and white fine art photography.
Emphasis on refining exposure and printing
skills. Introduces zone system metering, medium format photography, and alternative photographic processes. Students must have a camera and provide their own film and paper. Prerequisite: 32.281



32.303 Ceramics III (3)
Provides student
an opportunity to specialize through the pursuit of making an art object. Prerequisite: 32. 202



32.304 Ceramics IV (3)
Requires students
to be responsible for making, firing, and showing their own wares. Prerequisite: 32.303



32.313 Drawing HI (3)
Entails studio practice, outside assignments, and critiques in pursuit of self-discovery and personal expression.
Each student completes an individual project.
Prerequisite: 32.212

98

Art



Continues studio
32.314 Drawing IV (3)
practice and outside assignments Critiques
stress individuality and deep involvement of
personal expression. Each student pursues an
individual project. Prerequisite: 32.313



Provides
32.323 Fabric Design III {Fall) (3)
a continuation of Fabric Design II with concentration in one area selected by the student.
Focus is on refining one's craft, visual percef>tion,

and professional

attitude.

Prerequisite:

32.222



Presents
32.324 Fabric Design IV (Fall) (3)
a continuation of Fabric Design III with each
student functioning in a highly independent

and professional manner
uisite:

in

one

area.

Prereq-

32.323



Provides develop32.333 Painting III (3)
ment toward maturity of study and statement.
Includes study of the figure as a concept in
painting. Prerequisite: 32.232

32.334 Painting IV

work planned

(3)

— Provides advanced

for individual needs. Paintings

are structured from experiences based on previous development. Prerequisite: 32.333



32.343 Sculpture III (3)
Focuses on the expansion of expression and its relationship to
sculptural processes. Prerequisite: 32.242



32.344 Sculpture IV (3)
Enables advanced,
independent work toward a maturing, personal expression in sculpture. Prerequisite: 32.343

— Provides

32.353 Weaving III (Spring) (3)
continued experience in weaving techniques
with emphasis on in-depth production, twodimensional or three-dimensional. Prerequisite:
32.252
32.354 Weaving IV
individualistic

phasis

(S/?nng-) (3)

approach

to

— Develops an

weaving with em-

on in-depth production.

Prerequisite:



32.383 Photography III (3)
Requires students to develop personal photographic
projects to produce during the semester. Emphasizes individual exploration of black and
white photographic materials and processes.
Students must provide a35
camera, film,
and paper. Prerequisite: 32.282

mm

— Requires

32.384 Photography IV (3)
dents to produce personal

stu-

photographic
projects resulting in final portfolios and an
exhibition of fine art photographic prints. Students must provide a 35mm camera, film, and
paper. Prerequisite: 32.383



32.395 Art and Culture of France (3)
Provides a study-tour of France with specific attention to French art seen in relation to its social

and cultural environment. Features a new
theme and visits to related areas each time
course is offered. Past themes include 'The ;^e
of Francis I," "The Art of Provence," and "The

Normandy Influence."

32.475 Independent Study in Studio Arts I (1Allows individualized independent study
3)
in a selected studio area. Amount of course
credit awarded is determined by the instruc-j
tor on the basis of the substance and depth of
the project to be undertaken. See the section



|

on

Independent Study. Prerequisite: Satisfactory com-

pletion offour levels of a studio area or

its

equiva-

lent

32.476 Independent Study in Studio Arts II ( 1Extension of 32.475 Independent Study
3)
in Studio Arts I.





Provides up32.480 Internship in Art (3-6)
per-level art majors with an opportunity to acquire meaningful experiences in practical work
situations outside the regular courses prescribed by art curriculum (e.g., museum curator,

designers, merchandising operations, art-

ists).

32.353



32.363 Graphics lU: Printmaking (3)
Exploration of mixed media printmaking methods
and concepts. Emphasizes photographic and
lithographic techniques. Prerequisite: 32.262



32.364 Graphics IV: Printmaking (3)
Exploration of experimental printmaking. Emphasis on personal expression. Prerequisite: 32.363





Provides involvement
32.490 Art Gallery (3)
with the collection, preservation, and exhibition of art work. Experience concludes with
planning and hanging an exhibition in Haas
Gallery of Art. Visits to museums and art galleries familiarize students with the varied nature and philosophy of exhibition today.

32.495 Independent Study in Art Media

32.380 Jewelry Making (3)
Studies jewelry
forms, past and present, from the standpoint
of both utility and design. Problems in wood

and in-depth

and metals, ceramics, glass, and plastics, exploring contemporary jewelry forms and process-

section

(3)



Stresses individual projects in the plastic arts

not covered by other studio course offerings
explorations, innovative uses, and
applications of selected art media. See catalog

on Independent

Study.

I

99

tiology

department of Biological and
\llied

Health Sciences

>ouis V.

Mingrone, Chairperson, Professor



Slippery Rock State College; M.S.,
University; Ph.D., Washington State

B.S.,

Ohio

Chamuris, Assistant Chairperson,
A.A.S., Dutchess
Associate Professor
P.



Community

College; B.S., State University
of New York at Albany; M.S., James Madison University; Ph.D., State University of

New

York, College of Environmental Science and Forestry

oseph

P.

Ardizzi, Associate Professor

St. Joseph's



B.S.,

University; Ph.D., Cornell Uni-

versity

ames

E. Cole, Professor



State University



Downing, Professor
B.S., Bowling
Green State University; M.A., Ph.D., State
University of New York at Buffalo
P.

Phillip A. Farber, Professor



B.S., King's Col-

Boston College; Ph.D., Catholic
University of America
B.S.,
John R. Fletcher, Assistant Professor
lege; M.S.,

M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College
George J. Cellos, Associate Professor

Muhlenberg College;
ty;

Ph.D.,

The Ohio

M.S.,

The Pennsylvania

ty

Ohio




B.S.,

Universi-

State Universi-



Frederick C. Hill, Professor
B.S., M.S., Illinois State University; Ph.D., University of
Louisville



Judith Kipe-Nolt, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
Messiah College; M.S., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Thomas S. Klinger, Associate Professor A.A.,
Bradford College; B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of South Florida
Jeanne W. Lawless, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Ph.D, Cornell University
Mark S. Melnychuk, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Moravian College; Ph.D., Kent State Uni-






versity

Lynne



C. Miller, Profesor
B.S., College of
Pharmacy, University of Rhode Island; M.S.,
University of Texas; Ph.D., New Mexico
State University

B.S.,

State University

Slippery Rock University; M.S., Ph.D., Uniof Illinois at Champaign-Urbana
Cynthia A. Surmacz, Professor
B.S., The
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Milton
S. Hershey Medical Center, The Pennsylvania State University
Margaret L. Till, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University
Marianna Deeney Wood, Assistant Professor
B.S., Northland College, Ph.D., University
of Kansas







Degree Programs
B.A., M.A., West-

ern Michigan University; Ph.D., Illinois
udith

E. Parsons, Associate Professor

M.S., Ph.D.,

versity

University

ieorge


Casey A. Shonis, Assistant Professor — B.A.,

James

acuity

Bachelor of Science in Biology, Bachelor of
Arts in Biology

A total of 38 semester hours
a major in biology.

is

required for

Goals and Objectives
The Bachelor of Science program

in biolo-

gy provides a rigorous background in biology,
chemistry, physics, and mathematics. The program meets the needs of students who plan to
enter graduate studies, the medical field, or
professions that require in-depth preparation
in the natural sciences.
In contrast, the Bachelor of Arts program
allows more freedom in choosing courses and
enables students to gain a broad-based background in the natural sciences. This flexibility
gives students the opportunity to tailor a pro-

gram to their specific
and career objectives.

interests,

backgrounds,

Students pursuing either degree program
elect an option in microbiology. The required courses in microbiology specified under the option are identical for both programs
of study.

may

The marine

science option, which is also
both bachelor's programs,
provides students with the opportunity to specialize in marine biology while obtaining a general background in the biological sciences. At
least four courses, totaling 12 semester hours,
must be taken at the Marine Science Center in

open

to majors in

Virginia.

Graduates in biology have entered medical.

100

Biology

veterinary, dental, graduate,

and paramedical

They are employed

in federal, state,

schools.

and

and
They have found employment in

local agencies as biologists, ecologists,

naturalists.

laboratories operated by universities, pharma-

and government agencies. Others have gone on to earn
advanced degrees in the biological or health
ceutical companies, private industry,

sciences.

Recommended General Education
Courses
Non-biology majors may select any biology
courses designated with the 50 or 55 code in
General Education Group C, Natural Sciences
and Mathematics, providing they have met the
prerequisites. Exceptions include those courses specifically reserved for biology/allied
health students and the following: 50.205,
50.254, and 50.281-89. Suggested courses include: 50.101, 50.102, 50.110, 50.111, 50.120,
50.231, and 50.240.

Required Courses for Bachelor of
Science in Biology
Biology 50.110, 50.120, 50.242, 50.271,
50.332, 50.351, 50.380; 50.371 or 50.372 or
50.475 and additional biology courses for a
minimum of 38 semester hours. Chemistry
52.115, 52.131; 52.216, 52.232, and 52.341.
Physics 54.111 and 54.112, or 54.211 and
54.212; Mathematics 53.141 or Psychology
48.160 and 53.123; or 53.141 or Psychology
48.160 and 53.125; or 53.125 and 53.126. Languages and Cultures at least one semester of
any foreign language at the 102 level or above.
In this degree program, students may
choose an option in microbiology or marine
biology.

Required Courses for Bachelor of Arts
in Biology
Biology 50.110, 50.120, 50,242, 50.271,
50.332, 50.351, and 50.380; 50.371 or 50.372
or 50.475; and additional biology courses for a
minimum of 38 semester hours. Chemistry
52.115, 52.131; 52.216 and 52.341. Mathematics (6 hours); two of the following: Mathematics 53.141 or Psychology 48.160; Mathematics
53.123 or 53.125; Computer Science 56.100.
Languages and Cultures at least one semester
of a foreign language at the 102 level or above.
In this degree program, students may
choose an option in microbiology or marine
biology.

Microbiology Option

The option provides a biology major the
opportunity to specialize in microbiology while
obtaining a general background in biology.
The option is also open to medical technology
majors; see the section on Medical Technology.
The requirements for this option are the same
for the Bachelor of Science program as they
are for the Bachelor of Arts program.
Biology 50.110, 50.120, 50.271, 50.332,1
50.351, 50.380; 50.371 or 50.372 or 50.475.
Microbiology 50.242, 50.342, and 50.343.
Electives (9 semester hours) Choose from:
50.350, 50.432, 50.442, 50.450, 50.455, or

j

50.470.

Marine Biology Option
This option provides the biology major with
the opportunity to specialize in marine biology while obtaining a foundation in the fundamental principles of biological science. Pro-

gram

specific courses in marine biology are
offered at the Marine Science Center, Wallops
Island, Va., a field station supported by the
department. See Marine Science, code 55, for
course descriptions.
Biology: 50.110, 50.120, 50.242, 50.271,
50.332, 50.380, 50.371 or 50.372 or 50.472.
Marine Biology: 55.221, 55.241, 55.260
Electives (3 to 9 semester hours): 55.250,
55.298, 55.300, 55.320, 55.330, 55.334, 55.342,
55.343, 55.344, 55.345, 55.431, 455.441, 55.491,
55.492

Minor in Biology
The minor

in biology consists of 22 semesRequired courses are: 50.1 10, 50.120,
50.242, 50.271, and at least two courses (6 semester hours) at the 300-level or above that
are chosen from departmental offerings acceptable to the major. These may not include:
50.279, 50.380, 50.390/50.391 Independent
Study in Biology I and II, 50.479 50.490, 50.493
ter hours.

and 50.494.
Allied Healdi
Curricula for medical technology, radiologtechnology, pre-physical therapy, pre-occupational therapy, pre-cytotechnology, and
health services associate are detailed in the
sections on Medical Technology, Radiological Technology, Allied Health and Health Services.
ical

Cooperative Education/Internship/

Independent Study
The department provides opportunities fofj
students to engage in cooperative education,
internships, and independent study. Only 6|

101

Biology

semester hours can be applied as biology electives from the following courses: 50.279,
50.390, 50..H91, 50.479, 50.490, 50.493 and
50.494.

and Allied Health

Sciences (Code 50)

Human

at the end;



Introduces
50.110 Biology of Animals (4)
fundamental principles of zoology as applied
to representative groups of animals. Laboratory work emphasizes comparative development,

anatomy, physiology, and behavior of representative animals. Three hours lecture/3 hours labora-

— Explores the

Prerequisite: 50.101, 50.110, or

50.120 or

consent of the instructor



In50.242 Biology of Microorganisms (4)
troduces the fundamental principles of nomenclature, classification, microscopy, cytology and
anatomy, cultivation, growth, metabolism, and
genetics of the microbial world. Microbial in-

terrelationships

and control are integrated into

a systematic approach to classical microbiology as it relates to humans and the environment.
Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week.

per week

50. 120 Biology of Plants (4)

— Introduces fun-

damental principles of taxonomy, anatomy,
morphology, physiology, and genetics as applied to the plant kingdom. Three hours of lecture/3 hours laboratory per week



Studies the
50.21 1 Invertebrate Zoology (3)
principal phyla of invertebrate animals in re-

and behaviors in the ecosystems in which they participate. Field trip component at Marine Science

lation to their anatomy, classification,

Consortium, Wallops Island,

Va., includes ad-

ditional student costs. Three hours lecture/2 hours
laboratory per week. Prerequisite

:

50.

110



50.212 Vertebrate Zoology {Fall) (3)
Studies the biology of vertebrate animals, emphasizing natural history, physiology,

morphology,

and behavior. Reviews evolutionary and ecological aspects of

Genetics (3)

human

genetics and their applicaUon to problems in anthropology, biology,
medicine, psychology, sociology, and special
education. Three hours of lecture/discussion per
week.

Courses described at the top of this group are for
biology majors; courses for non-biology majors are

tory

50.233

120

principles of

Biological

shown

hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.

each

tory work with living

cla.'^s.

Includes labora-

and preserved specimens

to familiarize students with representative in-

dividuals of the major classes of this group.

component at the Marine Science
Consortium, Wallops Island, Va., includes additional student costs. Two hours of lecture/3
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50. 110
Field trip

50.221 Comparative Biology of Nonvascular
Plants (3)
Provides a phylogenetic study of



major nonvascular plants with an emphasis on
development, structure, reproduction, and
selected ecological aspects. Two hours lecture/3
hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50. 120
50.222 Comparative Biology of Vascular Plants
Provides a phylogenetic study of major
(3)
vascular plants with emphasis on their devel-



opment, structure, reproducdon, and selected ecological and paleobotanical aspects. Two

50.252 Field Zoology {Summer/odd-numbered
years) (3)

— Studies common vertebrates

(ex-

cluding birds) of North America with emphasis on observation, collection, and recognition
of local fauna. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.

110 or consent of

the instructor



50.253 Freshwater Biology {Summer) (3)
Emphasizes the chemical, physical, and biological aspects of freshwater environments. Two
hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 50.110 and 50. 120 or consent of the instructor

50.263 Field Botany {Summer/even-numbered
Addresses identification and classification of seed plants represented in local
flora. Two hours of lecture/3 hours laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: 50. 120 or consent of the instruc-

years) (3)



tor



50.271 Cell Biology (4)
Examines the structure and function of the cell and its organelles.
Emphasis on general principles and processes
by which all cells function. Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisites:

50.110 or 50.120 and 52.115 or 52.118.
50.279 Cooperative Education in Biology and



Allied Health Sciences (3-6)
A work-study
program open to students majoring in the bi-

minimum of 32 semeshours earned. Differs from internship
50.490 in that Cooperative Education must be
ological sciences with a
ter

paid and is a two-opportunity experience, with
the first experience generally undertaken soon
after 32 credits are earned. The two experiences may total from 9 to 12 hours since one of
the two must be fuUtime (equivalent to 6 se-

102

Biology

mester hours) and the second may be part
time (3 semester hours) or full time. No more
than 15 semester hours in cooperative education and/or internship may be taken. Refer
to the section on cooperative education, internship and independent study. Prerequisite:
Open only to students majoring in the biological sciences ivho have earned at least 32 semester hours



Provides ex50.290 Writing in Biology (3)
perience in types of communication useful in
a natural science with a basis in experimentally acquired information. Emphasizes types of
written communication; includes oral presentations. Prerequisites: English 20.101 or 20.104

and completion of two biology courses (50. 110,
120 or 30. 242) Word processing skills are high-

50.
ly

.

recommended

50.331 Embryology {Spring/even-numbered years)
Reviews the patterns, processes, and
(3)
principles of animal development. Laboratory
studies emphasize descriptive embryology of a
number of representative vertebrates with



emphasis on amphibian, avian, and mammalian development. Field trip component at Marine Science Consortium, Wallops Island, Va.,
includes additional student costs. Two hours of
lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:

50.110 or consent of the

instructor



50.332 Genetics (3)
Addresses mechanisms
of heredity in animals and plants; Mendelian
inheritance, linkage, probability, crossing over,

chromosomal modifications, nucleic acids, and
gene action. Three hours of lecture/2 hours of laboratory per week. Laboratory hours will vary.
requisite:

Pre-

50.271



50.342 Medical Bacteriology (4)
Provides a
study of bacteria capable of causing disease in
humans. Emphasizes laboratory aspects of bacterial disease but includes pathogenicity, identification, diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisites: 50. 242 and 50.271

50.343 Immunology

(3)

— Introduction

to

components and functions of human immune
system; application of immunology to infectious disease,

plantation,

blood transfusion, organ

trans-

and cancer; consideration of con-

ditions involving the

immune

immunodeficiencies (AIDS),

autoimmune diseases.

system such as
allergies,

Prerequisites:

and

50.271; and

a background in genetics, organic/biochemistry,
and/or infectious diseases recommended



50.350 Plant Pathology (3)
Examines the
nature of vascular plant diseases, the biology

of plant pathogens, and the impact of diseases
on human affairs. Lecture stresses principles
of plant pathology: disease and pathogen classification, modes of pathogenesis, host response to disease, and disease control. Laboratory stresses identification of plant pathogens
and disease symptoms, histology of diseased
tissues, and research techniques. Three hours of
lecture/2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:

50.242 and 50.271; or consent of the

instructor



50.351 General Ecology (3)
Introduces principles and concepts pertaining to energy flow,
limiting factors, habitat studies, succession
patterns, and population studies at the species,
interspecies, and community level. Field trip
component at the Marine Science Consortium,
Wallops Island, Va., may incur additional student costs for food and lodging. Two hours lec-

ture/3 hours laboratory per week.

50.110 or 50. 120 or consent of the
50.361

Prerequisite:

instructor

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy



{Spring/odd-numbered years) (3)
Presents a
comparative study of the chordates emphasizing the vertebrate classes. Attention given to
structure, morphogenesis, functional adaptations, and evolutionary trends. Laboratory
emphasis is placed on the lamprey, shark, and
cat. Field trip component at Marine Science

Consortium, Wallops Island,
ditional student costs.

Va., includes ad-

Two hours of

lecture/3

hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50. 110
or consent of the instructor



50.364 Vertebrate Histology (3)
Studies the
structure and function of vertebrate cells and
tissues from various body systems. Laboratory
studies include the use of prepared microscope
slides and color photomicrographs. Two hours
lecture/3 hours laboratory per week.

Prerequisite:

50.271 or consent of instructor

50.365 Histological and Histochemical Techniques (3)
Provides theory and practice in
the use of histological and histochemical techniques in a laboratory format. Fixation, preparation embedding, sectioning, and staining of
various animal tissues. One hour lecture/4 hours
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 50.364 or Chemistry 52. 131 recommended or consent of the instruc-



tor

50.371 Principles of
(4)

Mammalian Physiology

— Studies principles of

cell

physiology that

are basic to the function of the following mammalian tissue and systems; blood, metabolic,
neuromuscular, cardiovascular, and urinary.
Neural and chemical processes of the afore-

mentioned are emphasized. Three hours

of

lee-

103

Biology

ture/3 hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisites:

50.271 and Chemistry 52.131, and 52.216, or
consent of the instructor. A background in organic
chemistry and algebra and, at least. Sophomore



standing recommended.

50.372 Plant Physiology (Spring) (3)— An introduction to plant function including discussions of water relations, carbohydrate metabolism and translocation, photosynthesis, mineral nutrition, plant growth hormones, and
growth and development. Three hours lecture
per week. Prerequisites: 50. 120 and 50. 2 71; Chemistry 52. 131 or 52.216 or consent of the instructor

50.380 Biology Seminar

mids, transposons, and recombinant DNA. Two
hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor or two courses from 50.242, 50.332, and Chemistry 52.341

(1)

— Emphasizes

Examines structure
50.441 Cytogenetics (3)
and behavior of chromosomes and their effects
on development. Describes human genetic
syndromes and the effects of chromosome abnormalities. Explores relationships between

chromosomes, oncogenes, and cancer. Laboratory studies include cell culture methods,
microscopic techniques, and karyotype preparation. Two hours of lecture/2 hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisites: 50.233 or 50.332 and
50.271; or consent of the instructor

preparation and presentation of biological topics in both oral and written formats. Prerequisite: Junior standing or minimum of 64 semester

50.442 Virology of Manunals

hours completed

genetics,

50.390 Independent Study in Biology I (1-3)
Acquaints students with techniques of scientific research, data collection, and analysis
by engaging in a program of research with the
aid of a faculty member. Research culminates
in a scholarly paper written by the student that
presents findings of the laboratory or field investigation in a form suitable for publication.
Refer to section on cooperative education, internship and independent study Prerequisite:
Junior standing



50.391 Independent Study in Biology

I (1-3)

— Acquaints students with techniques of
entific research, data collection,

and

by engaging in a program of scientific research
with the aid of a faculty member. See section
on Independent Study. Prerequisite: 50.390

ics

54.

Prerequisites:

52.216, and Phys-

112 or 54. 212 or consent of the

instructor



50.430 Evolution (3)
Studies the major concerns of the theory of evolution and contributions toward their solutions made by genetics,
paleontology, systematics, and ecology. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: 50. 110 or
50.120; 50.332 recommended



and pathogenesis. Studies entail the
and treatment of viral
infection, and families of viruses that cause
disease in humans and other mammals. Includes such current topics as AIDS and tumor
Prerequisites; At least one course from
50.332, 50.342, 50.343, Chemistry 52.341; back-

virology.

ground in microbiology recommended



50.450 Mycology (3)
A critical survey of the
kingdom Fungi, with emphasis on the Ascomycota, Basidio-mycota, and Deuteromycota. Lectures cover the topics of morphology, physiology, biochemistry, cytology, genetics, systemat-

and evolution. Laboratory stressmorphology of higher fungi,
laboratory techniques, and field mycology. Two
ecology,

es comparative

hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 50.271; one course in genetics recommended; or consent of the instructor



50.411 Radiation Biology (3)
Studies the
effects of radiation on living organisms; nuclear structure; fundamental properties of radiation; physical, chemical, and genetic effect on
plants and animals from cells to whole organisms; the application of radiochemicals in biological studies.

— Introduc-

diagnosis, prevention,

ics,

sci-

analysis

(3)

es viral structure, classification, replication,

50.432 Microbial Genetics (3)
A genetic
analysis of microbes to provide insights into
the molecular basis of gene action using viruses, bacteria, and lower eukaryotes. Topics include DNA and genetic recombination, plas-



50.455 Environmental Microbiology (3)
Aspects of applied microbiology as related to
some fundmentals of public health, food contamination, water pollution, and sanitation.
Emphasis on related laboratory testing procedures. Four hours per week. Additional time may be
required. Prerequisite: 50. 242



Studies the
50.457 Entomology (Summer) (3)
physiology, morphology, behavior, classification, and general biology of the insects. A collecting period will provide an opportunity for
students to collect, mount, and properly display insects for study. Taxonomic emphasis limited to order and family. Equivalent to a mini-

mum of 5 hours per week including laboratory.
requisite:

Pre-

50.110



A broad treat50.458 Fungal Ecology (3)
ment of the ecology of fungi, examination of

U,

104

Biology

such topics as fungal decomposition of wood
and bark, fungal decomposition of forest litter, ecology of aquatic fungi, community structure of soil and/or dung fungi, ecology of predaceous fungi, and aspects of mycorrhizal symbioses. Topics vary with each semester. Laboratory includes field

component and

stresses

demonstration of basic principles, testing existing and formulating new hypotheses, and
research techniques. Two hours of lectures/3 hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.351 or concurrent enrollment or consent of the instructor

— Studies the biology

50.459 Ornithology (3)
of birds including bird identification in the
field by song and sight. Studies birds of this
region in relation to migration, time of arrival, and nesting. Two hours of lecture/3 hours
of laboratory per week. Some study off-campus

may be

required. The field trip component at
Marine Science Consortium, Wallops Island,
Va., includes additional student costs. Prerequisite: 50.

110

or consent of the instructor



50.461 Animal Behavior (3)
In depth introduction to modern ethology. Emphasizes current models of animal behavior and theoretical foundations of ethology. Research and
project oriented. Students may incur additional
cost due to the field trip component at Marine
Science Consortium, Wallops Island, Va. Three
hours of lecture/2 hours of laboratory per week



50.462 Plant Anatomy (3)
Oudines recent
concepts of plant anatomy and historical consideration of classical researchers. Reviews the
structure, function, growth, and morphogenesis of the vascular plants. Addresses composition and growth of meristems and the phenomena of subsequent tissue differentiation. Describes anatomical organization by developn
mental and comparative methods in order to
explain important cell, tissue, and organ relationships.

Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laborato120

ry per week. Prerequisite: 50.

50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques (3)

phology of parasites of medical importance

humankind. Special attention given

to

to clinical

aspects such as pathology, symptomology, diand treatment. Laborato-

agnosis, prevention,

ry

work

stresses identification of parasitic dis-

and preserved material, the
proper handling of specimens, and methods
of professional patient interviewing. Five hours
per week.
Prerequisite: 50.110 and Chemistry
ease through living

52.131 or 52.216, or consent of the instructor. Completion of additional coursework in biology recom-

mended
50.473 Systemic Physiology

(3)

— Examines

how normal body function is maintained by the
and integration of the specialized activities of the various organ systems.
Three hours of lecture/ 2 hours of laboratory
precise control

per week. Prerequisite: 50.371 and Chemistry
52.216 or 52.232 or consent of the instructor A
background in algebra recommended.



50.475 Cell Physiology (3)
Applies physical
and chemical principles to cellular processes,
biochemistry or cellular constituents, physiochemical environment, bioenergetics, and intermediate metabolism. Three hours lecture
and discussion per week. Prerequisites: 50.271
and 6 semester hours of biology; Chemistry 52.216
or 52.232 or consent of the instructor
50.479 Cooperative Education in Biology and



Allied Health Sciences (3-6)
A work-study
program open to biological science majors who
have completed 50.279. Diffecs from Intern-

ship 50.490 in that Cooperative Education
must be paid and is at least a two-opportunity
experience. The two cooperative education
experiences may total from 9 to 12 semester
hours since one of the two must be full-time
(equivalent to 6 semester hours) and the second may be part-time (3 semester hours) or
full-time (6 semester hours). No more than 15
semester hours in Cooperative Education and/
or internship may be taken. Refer to section
on cooperative Education, internship, inde,

— Presents theory and practice of photogra-

pendent

phy as applied to biology including negative
and printmaking, gross specimen photography,

50.481-.489 Advanced Special Topics, Biology/
Presents an area
AUied Health Sciences (3)

copying, transparencies, film strips, autoradiography, nature work in close-ups, photomicrog-

of biology or allied health which requires the
student to have some background in biology.
Three semester hours may be applied to a biology major. Prerequisite: Determined by the in-

raphy, thesis illustration,

and other special

tech-

niques. Two hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Additional laboratory hours may be
required.

Prerequisite:

Open

only to majors in biol-

ogy or allied health zvitk at least Junior standing

50.470 Medical Parasitology
life history,

(3)

— Presents

physiology, taxonomy,

and mor-

study. Prerequisite:

50.279



structor

50.490 Internship in Biology and Biology Research (3-15)
A work-study program open
only to juniors and seniors majoring in biology and allied health sciences. No more than



105

Biology

15 semester hours in Cooperative Education

system, metabolism, nutrition, urinary system,

and/or internship may be taken. Refer to section on cooperative Education, internship, independent study.

fluid

50.493 Honors Independent Study I BiologiConsists of a laboratory or
cal Research (3)
field investigation of a particular problem or
topic in biology. The study will be conducted
under the supervision of a biology faculty member. The course is open to students enrolled
in the B.A. and B.S. in biology degree programs. Refer to section on cooperative educauisite:

and independent study.

50.380 and admission

to the Honors

Prereq-

Program

50.494 Honors Independent Study n - BiologConsists of a laboratory
Research (3)
or field investigation of a selected problem or
topic in biology. The study will be conducted
under the supervision of a biology faculty member. This course completes the requirements
for Biology Honors research. Refer to the section on cooperative education, internship and
independent study. Prerequisite: 50.493



ical

Courses not applicable to



50.102 General Biology II (3)

— Studies

biol-

ogy from the ecological, evolutionary, and behavioral perspective with emphasis on humanPrerequisite: 50. 1 01



50.107 Medical Terminology (1)
Studies
roots, prefixes, and suffixes of medical terms
via programmed instruction. Recommended for
students in the health sciences. Pass/fail credit only



50.111 General Biology Laboratory (1)
Offers "hands-on" experience emphasizing biological concepts. Two hours laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: 50. 101 or concurrent



50.173 Anatomy and Physiology I (4)
An
introductory course integrating the structure
and function of the human body. Covers fundamental principles of anatomy and physiology, the chemical basis of life, cell structure and
function, tissues, integumentary system, skeletal

system, muscular system, nervous system,

and

ture/3 hours laboratory per week.

lec-

Prerequisite:

50.173 or consent of the instructor



A foun50.205 Introduction to Nutrition (3)
dation of nutritional concepts and practices
that can be applied to personal lives and incorporated into careers. Concepts include
nutritional requirements for optimal health
and performance throughout the life span,
making food choices in the niarketplace, analyzing nutritional information in the media,
and controversial issues in nutrition and
health.



The biological
50.231 Biology of Aging (3)
mechanisms of the aging process are discussed
with special emphasis on these processes in
humans. Discussions include studies of aging
at the molecular, cellular, systems, and organism levels of organizations. Three hours lecture
per week.



biology major

Presents ma50.101 General Biology I (3)
jor concepts and principles of biology relating
to humans. Lecture and discussion.

kind.

opment, and human genetics. Three hours

-



tion, internship

and electrolyte balance, endocrine system, reproductive system, growth and devel-

special senses. Three hours of lecture/3 hours

of laboratory per week.



50.174 Anatomy and Physiology II (4)
Introductory course integrating the structure and
function of the human body. Covers blood and
defense mechanisms, cardiovascular system,
lymphatic system, respiratory system, digestive

50.240 Introductory Microbiology (3)
Presents elementary aspects of morphology, metabolism, and cultivation of bacteria, viruses,
and other microorganisms with consideration
of their relationship to public health and various industrial processes. Two hours lecture and

2 hours

laboratory per week



50.254 Social Implications of Biology (3)
Explores the societal implications of current
thought in biology. Addresses values, ethics,
and responsible decision making. Three hours
of lecture

and

discussion per week.

50.366 Anatomy and Physiology: Head, Neck,
Focuses on the anatand Thorax (Spring) (3)
omy, physiology, and development of the head,
neck, and thorax. Emphasizes the organ systems that relate to the hearing and speech



mechanisms. Three hours
tory

lecture/2 hours labora-

per week. Preference given

to

students in com-

munication disorders

Marine Science
Marine science courses are offered in the
at the Marine Science Center near
Wallops Island, Va. Courses in biology are offered by the Marine Science Center to satisfy
requirements for the marine biology option
and are acceptable as elective credit for biology majors. For more information, contact the
adviser to the marine biology option. For related marine science courses, see the listing

summer

106

Biology

under the catalog section on Earth

Science/Ge-

ology.

environment, enrichment culturing, and methods of enumeration and identification with

emphasis on marine bacteria.

Marine Science (Code 55)



A study of
55.221 Marine Invertebrates (3)
the life, history, habits, origin, development,
physiology, anatomy, and taxonomy of the main
phyla of invertebrates. A phylogenetic sequence is followed to show interrelationships
among the phyla. Special emphasis is given to
the Adantic marine invertebrates. Laboratory
and field work deal with collection, preservaPretion, and identification of local species.
requisite: 50.110, 50.120 or consent of the instructor



A study of plant
55.241 Marine Biology (3)
and animal life in the marine environment.
Emphasis on physical and chemical environmental factors affecting the biota in the intertidal, open water, and benthic habitats. Common biota characteristics of each habitat will
be investigated in terms of their natural history,

morphology, and ecological relationships.
50.120 or consent of the in-

Prerequisite: 50.110,



55.250 Wetland Ecology (3)
Structure and
function of wetland ecosystems with special
emphasis on coastal wetlands. Considers the
impact of humans on wetiands and ecological
approach toward their management. Laboratory consists of field exercises in the study of
wetiands.
Prerequisites: 50.110, 50.120

among animals,

— Interrelation-

and physical and
chemical aspects of the environment studied,
with stress on adaptations for survival that are
unique to the marine environment
ships



55.330 Tropical Invertebrates (3)
Introduction to tropical invertebrates, using a variety
of collection and observation methods to sample nearshore and reef areas. Emphasis on
systematics and ecology using the communities approach. One week at Wallops Island, Va.,
for intensive review of general systematics and
ecology of marine invertebrates; then two
weeks in Florida sampling and identif^ng species and describing ecological communities.
Course is a sequel to marine invertebrates or a
landlocked invertebrate zoology course or a
thorough landlocked zoology course. Prerequisites: 55.221 or 50.211



Principles
55,334 Marine Embryology (3)
of development and differentiation in marine
organisms at the molecular and supramolecular levels of organization. Laboratory includes
both descriptive and experimental embryoloPrerequisite: 50.110, 50.120
gy.

plants,

55.298 Physiology of Marine Invertebrates

(3)

— Mechanisms and regulation of organ function in marine invertebrates with emphasis on
homeostasis. Invertebrate examples of fundamental principles and unique mechanisms.
Prerequisites: 50. 110, 50.

120



55.300 Behavior of Marine Ot^;anisnis (3)
Concepts of ethology; discussion and observation of the influence of external and internal
factors on the regulation; and control of behavior of organisms living in the marine coastal environment.
Prerequisite: 50.110



55.320 Marine Microbiology (3)
A survey of
methods and concepts of marine microbiology. Focus on the technical aspects of sample
collection, microbial ecology of the marine

iology, ecology,



Taxonomy, physand economic importance of

55.342 Marine Botany (3)

structor

55.260 Marine Ecology (3)

Prerequisite:

50.110, 50.120

marine and coastal plants as exemplified by
those found on the Delmarva Peninsula. Laboratory techniques include collecting, preserving, identifying, and analyzing plants and plant
materials, appropriate instrumentation to be
used. Emphasis on in-the-field studies and laboratory analyses. Prerequisites: 50. 110, 50. 120



A study of
the internal and external structure of fishes,
their systematic and ecological relationships,

55.343 Marine Ichthyology (3)

and

their distribution in time

requisite: 50. 110, 50.

and

space. Pre-

120

55.344 Anatomy of Marine Chordates

(3)



Familiarization with qualitative aspects of speciation. Establishment of

basic

and

understanding of

specialized structure

and develop-

ment of marine

chordates. Tracing of important trends (and their functional significance)
in the evolution of this structure in various
vertebrate lines in which there was radiation
to or

from a marine environment. Laboratory

work

involves dissection of freshly collected
(and preserved) representative marine vertebrates. Prerequisites: 50.110, 50.120



Introduces avian
55.345 Ornithology (3)
fauna of the sea coast and enables comparison
with inland species. Field work provides visual
and vocal identification; lecture material in-

107

Biology

and

eludes information on distribution, behavior,
physiology, and anatomy of birds. Prerequisites:

coral reef structure, foimation, types

50.110,50.120

ment. Emphasis on species diversity, identification, symbioses and effects of temperature,



55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton (3)
Study of the phytoplankton and zooplankton
in marine and brackish environments. Qualitative

and

quantitative comparisons

made

be-

tween planktonic populations of various types
of habitats in relation to primary and secondary productivity. Prerequisites: 50.110, 50.120

— An evolu-

55.441 Biology of Molluscs (3)
tionary, functional and ecologic approach to
studying the second largest group of animals
and perhaps the most diverse in terms of morphological, ecological and behavioral variations. Prerequisites: 50. 1 10, 50.221 recommended
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology (3)

— A study of

rela-

tionships of reef organisms to their environ-

salinity, light,

tion

nutrient concentration, preda-

and competition on the abundance and

the distribution of coral reef organisms. Prerequisites: 50.110, 50. 120 and SCUBA and/or snorkeling experience



55.492 Marine Mammals (3)
Study of the
distribution, population, ecology, behavior,
physiology and adaptations of marine mammals. Students collect physiological and behavioral data at field sites and facilities studying marine mammals. Prerequisites: 50.110,
50.120, 50.212 or 50.361 recommended; preferences

given

to

senior students in registering

108

Business Administration-Economics

Department of Finance and Business Law

Faculty Credentials
David G. Heskel, Chairperson, Associate Professor
M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Business, Vienna, Austria
Barbara E. Behr, Professor
A.B., Cornell





University'; M.A.,

gers

Karen

Hunter College; J. D., Rut-

Law School



Elwell, Associate Professor
A.B.,
A.M., J.D., University of Illinois at UrbanaJ.

Champaign



David G. Martin, Associate Professor
B.A.,
C. W. Post College; M.B.A., Western Illinois
University; Ph.D., University of Alabama
Bruce L. Rockwood, Professor
B.A., Swarthmore College; J. D., University of Chicago Law School
W. Steven Smith, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., The
Ohio State University; Ph.D., University of





Alabama

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Business AdminisA total of 63 semester hours is required
for a major in business administration-economics. Other majors in this degree program include accounting, finance, management information systems, management, and marketing.
tration

Goals and Objectives
The major in business

administration-eco-

a major in business administration-economics.
Required courses include: Economics 40.311,
40.312, 40.313, and 40.422 or 40.423; economics elective and business elective.
Courses required for the degree program
in business administration include: Economics 40.211, 40.212, 40.246, and 40.346, Mathematics 53.118; Accounting 91.220 and 91.223;
Computer and Information Systems 92.150;
Management 93.344, 93.445, and 93.446; Finance 96.313; Marketing 97.310; and Business
Law 98.331.

Elective Courses
Students

may select courses in

to

90.241, 90.431, and 90.432.
Note: 90. 1 01 will not be allowed as a business
elective once a student has completed 6 semester hours
in business administration courses.

In selecting an elective, the student must
have the proper prerequisites and avoid elected courses below that level for which the student has already been prepared in that sub-

nomics provides a perspective of the domestic

ject field.

and international economic system on the
Macro and Micro levels and the influence it
exerts on the decision-making process of financial markets and institutions. This major pro-

General Education Coiu^es

vides students vnth educational opportunities
that prepare

them

English 20.101 and 20.201 are required as
general education courses.

Free Electives

for careers in the domestic

and international economic

fields.

Required Coiu^es

A total of 18 semester hours is required for

business and

complete a minimum of 63 semester hour., Courses designated with a 91,
92, 93, 96, 97, or 98 prefix are business courses and those wdth a 40 prefix are economics
courses. Additional courses permitted as electives include: Speech Communication 25.307;
History 42.223 (a substitute for 42.224 and
40.423), 42.472; and General Business 90.101,

economics

Select free electives to satisfy the 128 semester

hours required for graduation.

109

Business Educatsion

Department of Business Education and
Office Administration

Faculty
Roger W.

Ellis,

sor

B.S.,

Chairperson, Associate ProfesM.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Arizona State University
B.S.,
Ellen M. Clemens, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; D.Ed.,
The Pennsylvania State University
A.A.S., DutchDonnaJ. Cochrane, Professor







Community

College; B.S., M.S., State
University of New York at Albany; Ed.D.,
Temple University
B.S.,
Nancy A. Dittman, Associate Professor
ess



Florida State University; M.Ed., University
of Florida; Ed.D., University of Colorado
B.S.,
Dennis O. Gehris, Associate Professor
M.A., Rider College; Ed.D., Temple Univer-



sity

Janice C. Keil, Assistant Professor B.S., M.Ed.,
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Temple
University
B.S., Davis and
John J. Olivo Jr., Professor
Elkins College; M.Ed., Trenton State University; Ph.D., Michigan State University



Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Education
A total of 74 semester hours is required for
a major in business education.

Goals and Objectives
The business education curriculum
vides specialized knowledge and skills to

propre-

pare graduates for certification for secondary
teaching, positions as training managers for
business and government, and advanced study
in business education and related fields.

Systems 94.221, 94.302, 94.401, 94.403
94.405; Business Law 98.331.

and

Elective Courses
Students must choose at least 3 semester
hours from General Business 90.234, General
Business 90.341 and Office Systems 94.330.

General Education Courses
The following general education

courses

are required with a grade of C or better: English 20.101 and 20.201; Speech Communication 25.103;

Economics 40.211 and 40.212;

Mathematics 53.141 or Psychology 48.101 and
48.160; and Special Education 70.101. Other
required general education courses include 3
semester hours in values, 3 semester hours in
fitness and recreation, 12 semester hours in
natural sciences and mathematics and 12 semester hours in humanities and the arts.

Professional Education Courses

The student must have completed the followdng courses with a grade of C or better to
be considered for certification as a teacher of
business subjects:
Educational Foundations 60.201, 60.251 or

Psychology 48.251, 60.393 or 60.394
7 semester hours
Secondary Education 65.374
3 semester hours
General Business 90.402, 90.403, 90.404,
19 semester hours
90.406

Areas of Certification

Upon completion
ceipt of a

of the curriculum, re-

recommendation from the

universi-

Admission to Teacher Education
Students who are admitted as business

and successfully passing the National Teachers Examination, the graduate will be issued

Required Courses

an Instructional Level I Certificate by the Pennsylvania Department of Education. Every certification indicates at least two subject areas of
which Office Technologies is always one.
Students must complete each course in the
certification area with a grade of C or better.
Areas of certification in business education

education majors must apply for acceptance into
teacher education upon completion of 65 or
more semester hours. For information about
admission to teacher education, contact one
of the department faculty.

General Business 90.101 and 90.333; Accounting 91.221; Computer and Information
Systems 92.150; Management 93.344; Office

ty,

include:

Accounting

— Accounting 91.222, 91.223,

and 91.321

no

Business Education

Data Processing

— Computer and Informa-

and 92.254.
General Business 90.341 and
Marketing
Marketing 97.310 and 97.430
tion Systems 92.177, 92.251,



Office Technologies
94.302. 94.401,

— Office Systems,

and 94.403

This certification area

is

required for

all

business education majors.

General Business (Code 90)



90.101 Introduction to Business (3)
Provides
a study of business and its environment, organization, operation, and interrelationships with
government and society. Business majors develop a broad base for further study in a specific area in business, while other majors become familiar with the American enterprise
system and the functions and issues facing business today. Prerequisite: Not open to business administration degree students u/ith 6 or more semester
hours in business



90.234 Business Mathematics (3)
Covers
concepts and principles of basic business operations and mathematics as it relates to accounting, retailing, and finance. Prerequisite:
Not open to business administration degree students
with 6 or more semester hours in business

90.333 Business Communications and Report
Writing (3)
Applies theories and principles
of effecdve communication to the solving of
common business problems. Psychological and
organizational strategies are used in the writing of business reports and other documents.
Use of microcomputer software encouraged.
Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing





90.341 Principles of Selling (3)
Includes a
study of selling as a profession, preparation for

and procedures assoand special sellStudents apply sales principles and

successful selling, steps

ciated with the sales process,

ing topics.

techniques while conducting sales presentations.

90.402 Methods of Teaching Business Education (3)
Emphasizes a variety of methods
and materials for teaching certification areas
of business education. Must be scheduled the
semester prior to student teaching and concurrentiy with 90.403. Classroom discussions
closely correlate with the experiences of



90.403.

Prerequisite:

Admission

to

teacher educa-

tion

90.403 Business Education Field Experience
Initiates an awareness of the teaching
(1)
and learning atmosphere of the professional
teacher in the classroom. Students provided
opportunities to undertake the responsibilities
assigned to a classroom teacher, including assuming some of the teaching role competencies. Must be scheduled the semester prior to
student teaching. Prerequisite: Admission to teach-



er education

90.404 Professional Semester in Business Education (12)
Includes orientation experiences to observe the operation of a school and
specific classes as well as 16 weeks of participatory teaching experiences correlated with class-



room studies under full-time supervision. Must
be scheduled concurrentiy with 90.406
cal Studies in

Clini-

Business Education.

90.406 Clinical Studies in Business Education
Presents seminars on principles of edu(3)
cation for business teachers, methods of teaching business subjects, strategies, and problems
of classroom teaching. Classroom discussions
closely correlated with the experiences of



90.404.



90.431 Independent Study in Business (1-3)
Topic and oudine of project must be approved
by the department chairperson and dean of
the college. Prerequisite: Open to seniors only



Provides
90.432 Internship in Business (1-6)
students with opportunities to acquire practical experiences in work situations in office systems. Prerequisites: Approval by department chairperson; QPA of 2.50 and 80 semester hours earned



90.460 Business and Office Workshop (1-3)
Students acquire an awareness and understanding of the knowledge pertaining to the
professional development and improvement of
business skills, the enhancement of business
and office education as a professional responsibility, and their role in the business world.

90.498 Special Topics in Business Education
A study of the as( 1-3)
pects of business education or office systems.
Not available as a regular course offering.

and Office Systems



111

Chemistry/Clinical Chemistry

Department of Chemistry

Degree Programs

Faculty



Lawrence L. Mack, Chairperson, Professor
A.B., Middlebury College; Ph.D., Northwestern University



Wayne

A.A.S.,
P. Anderson, Professor
Jamestown Community College; B.A., Harpur College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illi-

nois
Barrett W. Benson, Professor
A.B., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Vermont
B.S.,
Michael A.G. Berg, Assistant Professor





Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, BacheChemistry
The Bachelor of Science program requires
57 semester hours for a major in chemistry.
The Bachelor of Science program requires
56 semester hours plus a clinical year (30 semester hours) for a major in clinical chemislor of Science in Clinical

try.

Goals and Objectives

The Bachelor of Science program in chem-

Washington and Lee University; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Uni-

istry

versity

ground in chemistry with ample time



is

designed

to give students a strong back-

available

Harold N. Fonda, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
University of Nottingham (England); Ph.D.,
Michigan State University

for taking courses in other disciplines. Often

Christopher

la.

P.

Hallen, Associate Professor



Assumption College; Ph.D., Universiof New Hampshire

B.A.,
ty



Roy D.

Pointer, Professor
B.S., University of
Kansas; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan
Michael E. Pugh, Associate Professor
B.S.,
University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Arizona State University
Emeric Schultz, Associate Professor
B.A.,
University of California; Ph.D., University
of Illinois
Bruce E. Wilcox, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.S., State University of New York at Oswego; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati







Adjunct Faculty in Clinical Chemistry
Geisinger Medical Center, Div. of Laboratory,
Danville, Pa.

John

P.

Anhalt, Ph.D., M.D., Chairperson ofLab-

oratory Medicine

Paul Bourbeau, Ph.D., Director of Microbiology
Jay Burton Jones, Ph.D., Director of Chemistry/
Toxicology

Mildred Louise Kaiser Fleetwood, Ph.D.,
tor of Immunology

Archimedes D. Garbes, M.D.,

Direc-

Associate Patholo-

gist

Stephen Meschter, M.D.,

Associate Pathologist

Alvin Swartzentruber, B.S., Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology
AloysiousJ. Schulski, B.A., Supervisor of Clinical Chemistry Laboratory

students in this program carry a double major,
and many follow a pre-law or pre-med curricu-

Students who intend to pursue advanced
degrees in chemistry, biochemistry, or related
disciplines or who anticipate a career in the
chemical industry are encouraged to take the
Bachelor of Science program that is approved
by the Committee on Professional Training of
the

American Chemical

Society.

Advanced

chemistry courses and an independent research project are required as part of this program.
The Bachelor of Science program in clinical chemistry is designed to prepare students
for careers in a hospital setting or a pharmaceutical clinical laboratory.

The Bachelor of Science in Education program is designed for students who wish to enter the field of education and teach chemistry
on the secondary school level. Degree requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Education are listed under Secondary Education.

Required Courses for Bachelor of
Science in Chemistry
Required

courses

include:

Chemistry

52.115, 52.131, 52.216, 52.232, 52.233, 52.321,
52.452, 52.361, 52.362, 52.322; Mathematics
53.125, 53.126, 53.225; Physics 54.211, 54.212;

Computer Science 56.1 10 or 56.121 or 56.210.
Students who want American Chemical
Society certification upon graduation must
complete the following additional requirements: Chemistry 52.281, 52.492, 52.493 plus

Oiemistry /Clinical Chemistry

112

a restricted elective selected from any 300 and
400 level course in chemistry (except Independent Study) or any approved 300 or 400 level
course in mathematics or physics.

Required Courses for Bachelor of
Science in Clinical Chemistry
Required

courses

Chemistry

include:

52.115, 52.131, 52.216, 52.232, 52.233, 52.321,
52.341, 52.361; Biological and Allied Health

Sciences 50.271, 50.343; Mathematics 53.125,
53.126, 53.225; Physics 54.211, 54.212; Computer Science 56.210; clinical year (30 semester hours) at Geisinger Medical Center in Danville,

Sequence of courses required to receive
Honors in Chemistry includes: the regular
American Chemical Society-approved Bachelor of Science

sequence of courses including:

52.281, 52.492, 52.493, 52.494,

be

minimum QPA

eligible to receive

of 3.25

honors

and 09.495. An
is

necessary to

in chemistry.

Minor in Chemistry
The minor in chemistry consists of 19 to 21
semester hours. Required courses are 52.115,
52.131, 52.216 plus one of the following combinations of restricted electives: 52.232, 52.233,
52.321 or 52.232, 52.361 or 52.321, 52.361.
CertiHcation of Program

The Department of Chemistry is recognized
by the Committee on Professional Training of
the American Chemical Society (ACS) as one
which meets its nationally recognized standards for undergraduate education in chemistry. This recognitK>n is significant for students
considering professional employment in the
chemical industry and/or those seeking admission to postgraduate education programs in
the sciences and medicine.
Students meeting the requirements for the
ACS-approved Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, with the department's assistance, are certified by the American Chemical Society and
become



52.100 Chemistry and the Citizen (3)
Discussion of chemical principles, the importance
of chc mistry, the use of chemicals and their
impact on society and the environment. Three
hours of class per week.



52.101 Introductory Chemistry (3)
Presents
an introduction to chemistry for students with
little or no background in chemistry. Surveys
the principles of chemistry with emphasis on
the fundamentals of chemical and physical

measurements and
class

Pa.

overall

Chemistry (Code 52)

eligible for

membership

in the soci-

ety without the usual two-year waiting period.

Cooperative Program in Engineering
Students interested in chemical engineering can earn a bachelor's degree in chemistry
and a Bachelor of Science in chemical engineering through a cooperative program with
The Pennsylvania State University. Three years
of study at Bloomsburg and two years at Penn
State are required for this program. (See details listed under Engineering and Liberal Arts.)

calculations. Three hours of
per week. Not intended as a be^nning course

for science majors.



52.108 Physiological Chemistry (Spring) (4)
Surveys the essentials of organic and biochemistry. Includes bonding, structure, nomenclature, organic functional group reactions, and
metabolism of biomolecules. Three hours class,
two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 52. 101

52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
Introduces descriptive inorganic chem(4)
istry and the chemical principles necessary to
understand the descriptive material. First half
of two-semester sequence for natural science
or mathematics majors. Partially fuli^lls core
requirement in inorganic chemistry for American Chemical Society. Three hours of lecture/3
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: High school
chemistry or equivalent recommended



52.131 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry



Emphasizes structure, stereochemistry,
(4)
functional group organization, physical properties and clcissical reactivity of organic compounds. Three hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 52. 1 15
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements
Second semester of introductory chem(4)



istry for natural science

and mathematics ma-

Surveys principles of chemical stoichiometiy, intermolecular forces, kinetics, and thermodynamics as they apply to phase, electrochemical, and acid-base phenomena. Laboratory work illustrates chemical principles and
emphasizes common chemical measurements.
Three hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: 52. 1 15 plus high school Algebra

jors.

II or equivalent



52.232 Intermediate Organic Chemistry (4)
A continuation of organic topics, building on
52.131. Introduces spectroscopy and the application toward structure determination. Emphasizes reaction mechanisms, stereo-chemis-

113

Chemistry/Clinical Chemistry

y,

syntheses,

and analyses of representative

ompounds.

Three hours of lecture and 4 hours of
aboratory per week. Prerequisite: 52. 131



2.233 Organic Spectroscopy (2)
Introducspectroscopy to complement physical proprty characterization of organic compounds.
Recommended for biology and allied health
najors. Includes laboratory attainment of speces

xa and interpretation. Two hours of lecture-prob52.232

lem solving per week. Prerequisites: 52. 131,

completed or concurrent



2.321 Analytical Chemistry 1(3)
Introducfundamental principles of chemical analy-

s

is

utilizing classical

wet chemistry and mod-

m instrumental techniques. Stresses laboraskills in the analysis of common commeror environmental materials. Two hours of
lecture and 4 hours of laboratory per week. Prereq-

ory
ial

uisite:

52.216

54.212



52.362 Physical Chemistry n {Spring) (4)
Continuation of 52.361; Schrodinger quantum
mechanics, solid state, molecular orbital theospectroscopy. Three hours of lecture and 4 hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 52.361

ry;



52.482 Advanced Topics in Chemistry (3)
Advanced course dealing with specialized top-

of interest to students in ACS degree track.
Subject matter varies. Course may be taken more
than once provided subject matter is not repeated.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor
ics

52.452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry ( Spring)
Theories and principles of inorganic
(4)
chemistry; coordination chemistry, organometallic chemistry, systematic analysis of periodic
relationships and properties of important elements. Three hours of lecture and 4 hours of labo-



ratory per week. Prerequisites: 52. 1 15; 52. 362 con-



52.322 Analytical Chemistry II (4)
Presents
the theory and laboratory applications of common methods of instrumental analysis. Topics
include spectrophotometry, chromatography,
mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance, and electrochemistry. A laboratory centered course. Three hours of lecture and 4 hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 52.321, 52.362
completed or concurrent

current

52.491 Independent Study I: Special Topics in
Chemistry (1-3)
Entails a directed laboratory or library oriented investigation of one or
more topics of mutual interest to student and
instructor. (See Independent Study)



52.492 Independent Study II: Introduction to
Research (1-3)
Requires a search of chemi-



cal literature

52.281 Introduction to ScientiHc Literature
{Fall) ( 1 )
Stresses the use of the library and
scientific journals to facilitate the formulation
of scientific research proposals and presentations. Experience gained in using the literature to design a senior research project and to
make presentations to an audience of faculty
and peers. One hour class per week. Prerequisite:
Advanced standing as a natural science major





search.

and a written survey report of the

A detailed plan

plemented

in 52.493)

is

of research (to be imdeveloped in a second

written report. (See Independent Study) Prerequisite:

Approval of Chemistry Department

52.493 Independent Study HI: Chemical Research (3)
Investigations of selected chem-



problems for advanced students. Approximately 120 hours per semester. (See Independent

ical

Study) Prerequisites: 52.492, approval of Chemis-

52.341 Biochemistry (4)
Emphasizes structure, reactivity, and metabolic reactions of the
naturally occurring biomolecules. Discusses
selected topics from the various metabolic
pathways (both anabolic and catabolic) Introduces biochemical techniques encountered by
the modern biochemist. Three hours of lecture
and 4 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:

52.494 Honors Independent Study IV: Chemical Research (3)
The third semester of a
laboratory investigation of selected problems
under the supervision of a chemistry faculty

52.131,52.216

ors

Program) Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Hon-

ors

Program

.

52.361 Physical Chemistry I

{Fall)

(4)— Stud-

thermodynamics; Gibbs free energy and
equilibrium; kinetic theory of gases and solutions; chemical kinetics. Three hours of lecture
and 4 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
52.115, 52.216; Mathematics 53.225; Physics
ies

try

Department



member. Approximately 120 hours per
(See Independent Study the Arts

and

semester.

Sciences

Hon-



52.498 Internship in Chemistry (3-15)
A
work-study program, this course is not applicable toward a major or minor in chemistry.
Prerequisites: Approval of Chemistry Department;
junior or senior s,

Computer and Information Systems

114

Department of Computer and Information Systems

Faculty

James
sor

S.

Dutt, Chairperson, Associate Profes-



B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania

State University



M. Boyne, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
LadycUff College; M.S., The Pennsylvania

Patricia

State University;

CDP



Frank S. Davis Jr., Professor
B.S., M.Ed.,
Shippensburg University; Ph.D., University
of Pittsburgh
Carl J. Chimi, Associate Professor
B.A.,
M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
Harold K. Frey, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Lock Haven University; M.A., Iowa State
University; M.S., Elmira College
Gene M. Gordon, Associate Professor
B.A.,
Southampton College; M.A., Antioch University; Ed.D., University of Massachusetts
Charles J. Hoppel, Associate Professor
B.S.,
University of Scranton; M.E.E., Ph.D., Syracuse University








Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Computer and Information Science
A total of 57 semester hours is required for
a major in computer and information science.

Goals and Objectives
The Department of Computer and

Infor-

mation Systems

in the College of Business oftwo baccalaureate degree programs: Computer and Information Science (CIS) and Management Information Systems (MIS). While
both programs involve learning how to develop information systems for the business environment, they differ significantly in emphasis.
(For informadon on the Management Information Systems program, see the section on

CIS has a strong technical emphasis. While
students are required to take courses in economics, accounting, and other areas of business, the majority of the required coursework
is in computer and information science. Students work in a variety of environments including networked micro-computers and workstations, multiuser minicomputers, and mainframes. The program prepares business students for positions such as: application programmer, programmer-analyst, systems analyst,
data base administrator, and information spe-

cialist.

Admission
Students enrolled in other colleges within

Bloomsburg University who wish to transfer
into the CIS curriculum must have completed
a

minimum

Required Courses
The following courses

are required: two
courses from Mathematics 53.118, 53.123,
53.125, 53.126 (the combination of 53.123 and
53.125 does not satisfy this requirement), and
eitiier 53.141 or 53.241; Economics 40.21 1 and
40.212; Accounting 91.221 and 91.222; Computer and Information Systems 92. 1 77, 92.252,
92.256, 92.350, 92.351, 92.352, 92.354 and
92.452.

Elective Courses

fers

Management Information Systems.)
The CIS curriculum prepares students in
the development, operation and maintenance
of computer-based information systems for the
business environment. The program's focus
centers on commercial software and hardware
with an emphasis on problem solving, system
analysis and design, data management, data
communications and software development
within a commercial context.

of 15 semester hours.

A total of 15

semester hours

restricted elective courses.

is

required

in

These are drawn

from computer and information system courses. An additional 12 semester hours must be
selected from courses in accounting, business
law, finance, management, and marketing.

Free Electives
Free elective courses account for the reto 20 semester hours required for
graduation. Students may elect to focus these
credits on obtaining a minor in business.

maining 1 7

General Education Courses
ics,

In addition to mathematics and economCIS majors are required to take English

20.101 and 20.201 as general education selections.

'Computer

and Irrformation Systems

115

ronment.

[ntemship
Students are strongly encouraged to take
an internship (92.432), although it is not a
degree requirement. The course is counted
as a free elective and can be taken for a maximum of 6 semester hours.

Prerequisite:

92.177 or Computer

Sci-

ence 56.121

92.254 Management Information Systems

(3)

— A study of how computer-based information
systems provide information for effective decision making. Includes: structured analysis, design techniques, database concepts, person-

Computer and Information

machine

Systems (Code 92)

communications. Focuses on the use of information technology in the modern business.
Prerequisites: 92.150 or Computer Science 56.110

92.150 Introduction to Computer and Infor-

or equivalent



mation Science (3)
Introduces computerbased systems and their use in problem solving and information processing. Includes a
study of hardware and software concepts, data
management, data communications, and system development. Involves hands-on experience with word processing, spreadsheet and
file management software using networked
microcomputers.
92. 177 Structured
(3)

Programming Methodology

— Introduces structured problem solving

and programming, encompassing data representation, data structures, and control structures. Develops skills and knowledge needed
to solve business problems with a computer;
used with CIS curriculum. Examines data representation, data
structures, control structures, structured programming, algorithm development and computer concepts. Involves programming exercises using a high-level language on a UNIX platform. Prerequisite: 92. 150 or Computer Science
investigates software/ tools

56.

110

or equivalent

92.251 Mini/Micro Programming Systems (3)

— Surveys minicomputer

capabilities available

to the small business. Focuses

plications

on business

ap-

and system design considerations for

micro-based systems. Students work with a variety of software systems including: operating
systems, a database management system, network software, and other emerging tools using networked microcomputers. Prerequisite:
92. 150 or Computer Science 56. 110 or equivalent



92.252 Business Oriented Programming (3)
Detailed study of structured problem solving
in a business environment. Explores logical
and physical structures, data representation,

modular design, structured programming, and
documentaiton. Presents processing techniques for one and two-level tables, data validation, control break logic and sequential file
processing. Students develop increasingly complex programs using COBOL in a UNIX envi-

interaction, data retrieval,

and

tele-

92.256 Data and Information Structures (3)

— Studies standard data and

file

structures

and

algorithms for creation and manipulation of
these structures. Explores rationale for use of
structures under varying circumstances from
both a practical and theoretical perspective.
Involves

computer exercises implementing se-

lected algorithms in a suitable high-level language on a UNIX platform. Prerequisite: 92. 1 77

and 92.252



92.350 Analytic Computing Concepts (3)
Presents a detailed examination of the C programming language and programming techniques appropriate to the UNIX environment.
Data representation, code generation, and
programming considerations related to file
maintenance with UNIX and C explored and
developed through actual programming experiences.
Prerequisite: 92.256 or Computer Science 56.210



92.351 Systems Analysis and Design (3)
Provides an opportunity to bring together experiences in CIS courses, other business courses,

and

life

to create usable business information

systems. Helps develop skills required for successful business system
sites:

development.

Prerequi-

92.256



92.352 Advanced Programming (3)
Presents
advanced concepts of programming in COBOL with major emphasis on indexed sequential files, interactive programming, subroutine
linkage, random files, and SQL RDBMS
gramming concepts. Prerequisites: 92.256

pro-



92.354 Data Base Processing Systems (3)
Details and examines data base terminology,
organization, and models. Analysis, design, and
administration of a relational compatible data
base explored through applicable programming experiences. Prerequisite: 92.256 or Computer Science 56.355



92.356 Operating Systems (3)
Presents an
overview of operating systems including real

Computer and Information Systems

116

operating systems and communiand techniques. Includes diagnostic facilities, utility routines, and system
commands. Provides a detailed look at UNIX.
Prerequisite: 92.350

and

virtual

cations software

92.358 Data Communication Systems (Spring)
Data communications terminology, tech(3)
nology, and the functional characteristics of



communications hardware and software detailed and explored. Emphasizes systems and

programming considerations
commercial environment.
or Computer Science

as related to a

Prerequisite:

92.256

56.355

92.432 Internship in Computer and InformaAn educational arrangetion Systems (-6)
ment between the student and an approved
industrial, business, or government agency that
provides a supervised work experience in a
professional area of computer and information
science. The experience relates to the academ-



|

tions and illustrations from the business environment. Prerequisite: 92.256 or Computer Science 56.355

92.452 Advanced Software Development {Fall)
A formal approach to modern tech(3)
niques of software design and development
and provides for hands-on experience for students to apply the techniques. Students workj
in teams in the organization, management, and!
development of a large software project. Em-I
phasizes the use of CASE tools. Prerequisite:
92.351
I



92.456 Managerial Computer Applications

— Provides practical experience

(3)

in analysis

of

and 80 semester hours

business problems. Features advanced techniques and concepts of systems analysis and
design along with software engineering with
major emphasis on management information
systems and decision support systems. Uses
team approach to analyze, design, and document realistic systems. Uses project manage
ment methods, project scheduling and control
techniques, formal presentations, and group
dynamics. Prerequisite: 92.351

92.450 Expert Systems and Artificial Intelligence {FaU) (3)
A survey of basic concepts
and techniques of expert systems and artificial
intelligence applied to commercial informa-

92.498 Special Topics (3)
Examines current
or advanced issues in the field of computer and
information systems not normally examined in
depth in other courses.

ic

principles

and theories upon which the Com-

puter and Information Systems curriculum is
based. Prerequisites: Grade point average of 2.5



tion systems.

Examines knowledge acquisition,
and inferencing meth-

representation, storage,

ods used

I

I



I
I

in expert systems. Stresses applica-

I

I
I

I
I

Computer Science

117

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science



Faculty
Charles M. Brennan, Chairperson, Professor

— B.S.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; M.A.,

The Penn-

Montclair State College; Ph.D.,
sylvania State University

Harold

J. Bailey, Professor



Albright
Pennsylvania

B.S.,

College; M.Ed., Ph.D., The
State University
B.S., Tufts UniStephen D. Beck, Professor
versity; M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D.,
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Paul C. Cochrane, Professor
B.S., M.S.,
Ph.D., State University of New York
Helmut Doll, Assistant Professor
B.A., University of Stuttgart; M.S., Oregon State University; Ph.D., University of California
B.S., WestminJoAnne S. Grown ey. Professor
ster College; M.A.,Temple University; Ph.D.,
University of Oklahoma
Paul G. Hartung, Professor
B.A., Montclair
State College; M.A., University of Colorado;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
E. Dennis Huthnance Jr., Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of












Technology
Scott Inch, Assistant Professor

— A.

Tech

A.,



Curt Jones, Assistant Professor - B.S., Lock
Haven; M.S., University of Iov«i; Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State University
Zahira S. Kahn, Associate Professor
B.A.,
Punjab University; M.Sc., Islamabad University; B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.A.,



Temple University
Stephen Kokoska, Professor



lege; Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania State Univer-

sity

James



C. Pomfret, Professor

lege; M.S.,

New Mexico

B.S.,

Bates Col-

State University;

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Medhi Razzaghi, Professor
G.C.E., Lewes



Technical College; B.S., Sussex University;
Ph.D., University of London
B.A., Lehigh
John H. Riley, Jr. Professor
University; M.S., Ph.D., The University of
Connecticut
Yixun Shi, Assistant Professor
B.S., Anhui
Normal University at Chuzhon, China; M.S.,
Shanghai Teachers University, China; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa
B.S., BloomsJune L. Trudnak, Professor
burg State College; M.S., Bucknell University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State Univer-







sity



Erik Wynters, Associate Professor
B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University

Degree Program

Williamsport Area Community College; B.S.,
Bloomsburg University; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia

Timothy Phillips, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
Kutztown University; M.S., Longwood Col-

B.A.,

Boston

College; M.S., Ph.D., University of

Hampshire
Robert Montante, Assistant Professor



New
B.S.,

Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.,
Ph.D., Indiana University
Reza Noubary, Professor
B.S., M.S., Tehran
University, M.Sc, Ph.D., University of
Manchester, England
Clinton J. Oxenrider, Associate Professor
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.A., The
Pennsylvania State University; D.A., Idaho
State University





Bachelor of Science in Computer and Information Science
A total of 54 semester hours is required for
a major in computer science.

Goals and Objectives
The Computer and Information Science
program of the Department of Mathematics
and Computer Science gives students a thoroi:^h grounding in the design, production, and
analysis of software. Both the practical and theoretical issues involved in software and its development are emphasized. Students also obtain a basic understanding of hardware and its
principles, particularly as

it

influences software.

Mathematics is an essential tool in the curriculum. Students work in a variety of computing
environments, ranging from single-user personal computers to multiple-user minicomputers and mainframes. Graduates are prepared
for either further study in

computer science

or employment in the software industry.

Computer Science

118

Required Courses
The following courses are required: Speech
Communication 25.103; Mathematics 53.125,
53.126, 53.185, and 53.241; Computer Science
56.121, 56.122, 56.240, 56.330, 56.350, 56.355,
56.386; and Computer and Information Systems 92.350. Courses designated with a code

number of 92 are offered through the College
of Business. See Computer and Information Scienceon page 152 for these course descriptions.

Select five courses totaling 15 semester

Mathematics

list:

53.381 and 53.492; Computer Science 56.215,
56.320, 56.356, 56.361, 56.373, 56.374, 56.410,
56.471, 56.472, and 56.491; Computer and Information Systems 92.352, 92.354, 92.356, and
92.358.

Computer Science (Code 56)
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science (3)

— Presents an introduction computers and
how they
data processing — what they
to

are,

function, how they are controlled, and how
they are used in problem solving. Basic concepts include hardware, I/O systems, data communication and storage, flow charting, and

programming in BASIC on a microcomputer.
Hands on experience with word processing,
spreadsheets, and data base software is required. Not appropriate and credit for 56.110 will
not be given toa student who has taken Computer

and Information Systems

92. 150.



56.121 Computer Science I (3)
An introduction to computer science vsdth an emphasis on programming. Involves the use of a highlevel language and the development of good

programming

style

Programming experience or consent of the

in-

56.215 Programming in LISP (Fall/odd-numberedyears) (3)
Introduces the LISP programming language with an emphasis on those features of LISP (e.g. functional style, emphasis
on recursion, the list as the principle data structure, interactive programming environment)
that distinguish it from other languages. Prerequisite: 56. 122 or consent of the instructor





Specialized Requirements
hours from the following

uisite:

structor

and fundamental

tech-

56.240 Microcomputer Concepts (Fall) (3)
Advanced topics in programming with a mi-

crocomputer, introductory concepts of microcomputer architecture, operating systems, and
machine and assembly language for microprocessors. Prerequisite: 56.122
56.305 Computer Applications in Secondary
School Mathematics (Spring/odd-numbered years)
Studies the theory, design, and usage of
(3)
a computer as an instructional or training tool.
Uses microcomputer to demonstrate and develop software applications. Prerequisite: 56. 121



56.320 Introduction to Logic Programming
(Spring/odd-numbered years) (3)
Use of logic



programming, logic interpreters, recursive
programming, nondeter-ministic and nonprocedural programming. Program verification and
correctness and applications included. Prerequisites: 56.122 or Computer and Information Systems 92.256 and Mathematics 53. 185 or consent of

for

the instructor.



56.330 Computer Organization (Spring) (3)
Design of combinational and sequential circuits. Coding, various instruction formats and
representation of data. Memory, central processors, input-output devices. Introduction to

computer architecture.
tures of some existing
requisites: 56. 122,

Characteristics

computer

and fea-

systems. Pre-

Mathematics 53.185

niques. Prerequisite: 56. 110 or the equivalent



The design
56.122 Computer Science II (3)
and execution of applications software using
the Pascal language; utilizes the principles of
modularization, top-down design, and the fundamental algorithms of searching, sorting,
stacks, queues, linked lists, trees, and recursion.
Prerequisite: 56. 121
56. 11 6 Algorithmic Processes for
(3)

Computers

— Emphasizes concepts of FORTRAN

77;

input and output, program documentation
and control, structured programming, extended modes of arithmetic, character strings, and

program development and execution. May
be used toward the

Computer Science

not

major. Prereq-

56.350 Organization of Programming Languag(Fall) (3)
An introduction to the issues of
programming languages: syntax, semantics,

es



and analysis.
Emphasis on the run-time behavior of proparsing, language specification,

gramming language

constructs.

Prerequisite:

56.240
56.355 Analysis of Algorithms and Data StrucA detailed analysis of altures (Spring) (3)
gorithms and data structures. Examination of
theoretical and experimental performance of
algorithms and data structures. Particular attention to algorithms for searching and sorting and techniques for implementing and
manipulating various data structures: tacks.



119

Computer Science

queues, trees, graphs, and
56.122

files.

Prerequisite:

56.410 Computer Graphics (Spring/even-numbered years) (3)

56.356 Object Oriented Programming with
Applications (Fall/even-numbered years) (3)
Introduces object oriented programming including the concepts of objects, windows environment, inheritance, encapsulation, polymorphism, and event driven programming. Participation in the development of a large scale
application project is required. Prerequisite:
56.122 or Computer and Information Systems
92.256



— Presents the basic principles

and understanding of graphHardware and software components of graphics systems examined with a
major emphasis on creating and manipulating

for design, use,
ics systems.

graphics displays using a software graphics
package; the package includes standard computer graphics algorithms. Two and three dimensional graphics, animation, color, hidden
line, and hidden surface algorithms studied in
depth. Prerequisites: 56.122, Mathematics 53.225
or consent of the instructor

56.361 Coding and Signal Processing

— A mathematical approach

(Fall) (3)

to codes

and

ci-

phers. Includes security codes, error-correcting codes, coding for efficiency in computer
storage. Signal processing, including the Fou-

transform and digital filters. Individual
projects required.
Prerequisites: 56.116 or
56.122, and Mathematics 53. 126
rier

56.373 Numerical Methods in Computing {Fall)
An analysis and application of various
(3)
methods of numerically solving problems in
the areas of nonlinear equations; systems of
equations, interpolation, and polynomial approximation; numerical integration; approxi-



mation theory; and differential equations. Students use a computer to design and execute
algorithms for specific numerical procedures.
Prerequisites: 56.121 or 56.116, Mathematics

56.471 Numerical Analysis (Alternate years) (3)
Provides a computer-oriented analysis of
algorithms of numerical analysis. Topics include nonlinear equations, interpolation and



approximation, differentiation and integra-

and differential equations. Pre56.373, Mathematics 53.322

tion, matrices
requisites:

56.472 Matrix Computation (Spring/Odd-numbered years{3)
Presents a computer-oriented
analysis of matrices. Includes Gaussian reduction, LDU factorization, special reduction techniques for tridiagonal matrices, iterative methods, and a study of the matrix eigenvalue problem. Prerequisites: 56.373, Mathematics 53.118



or 53.225, or consent of instructor



56.374 Introduction to Discrete Systems Sim-

56.491 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)
Presents an area of computer science which is
not available as a regular course offering. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor

ulation (Spring/Odd-numbered years) (3)
Studies the ways in which systems can be moduled

— Provides computer science majors with an

53.126



for

computer

solution.

Emphasizes stochastic

behavior by discrete random processes and the
simulation tools for their solution. Prerequisites: A calculus course, a statistics course, and
a programming course

56.386 Concurrent Programming and Foundations of Operating Systems (Spring) (3)
Studies the foundation of modern operating systems and concurrent programming problems
associated with these systems. Students write
and test their solutions to problems. Covers



problems and possible solutions encountered
in the development of all modern systems.
Prerequisite: 56. 122 or 92.256

56.497 Internship in Computer Science (2-12)

opportunity to acquire meaningful and profiessional on-site training and learning in computer science at an industrial, private or business
workplace. Note: a student may, with departmental approval, apply a maximum of 3 credits of internship toward the fulfuUment of the
computer science major. Each 1 academic
credit requires 40 hours of supervised work and
the limit is 12 total credit hours for internships.
Prerequisites: students must establish adequate course
preparation for the proposed internship. Internship
applications must be submitted one

internshp be^ns

and must

partment chairperson.

month

before the

be approved by the de-

120

Developmental Instruction

Department of Developmental Instruction

who wish

Faculty



A.B.,
Jesse A. Bryan, Chairperson, Professor
Johnson C. Smith University; M.Ed., Tem-

ple University; Ph.D., Toledo University
Harold C. Ackerman, Assistant Professor
B.S. Ed., Bloomsburg State College; M.A.,



University of Kansas

Virgie Bryan, Assistant Professor
etteville State College;



B.S., Fay-

M.Ed., Bloomsburg

State College

Wayne George,

Assistant Professor



B.S.,

Bloomsburg State College; M.S., The Ohio
State University; M.S., Lehigh University
B.S.,
James F. Mullen, Assistant Professor



The Pennsylvania
Bloomsburg
Carol

J.

State University; M.Ed.,

State College

Venuto, Assistant Professor

Houghton

— B.A.,

College; M.S., Syracuse Univer-

sity



B.A, M.A., BloomsJanice Walters, Instructor
burg University
B.S.,
John Wardigo, Assistant Professor
Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed., Kutztown
University
Irvin Wright, Assistant Professor
A.A., Dodge
City Junior College; B.Ed., State University
of New York at Buffalo; M.Ed., University
of Toledo





Goals and Objectives
The Department of Developmental Instruction provides developmental, study skills cours-

and other supportive

services that are instudents in making the transition from high school to college. These courses and services help students to improve basic
skills (reading, writing, mathematics) All students, regardless of their current academic
program or prior academic performance, may
enroll in any courses offered by the departes

tended to

assist

.

ment.

The goals of developmental
to assist in the successful

students

and

their

instruction are

performance of

all

smooth integration into the

higher education process. The philosophy of
Developmental Instruction is based on the
principles of prevention of problems and ded-

meeting individual needs. The department offers a full range of academic, advi-

ication to
sory,

and counseling services to students. Seropen to non-program students

vices also are

to take advantage of developmental
reading, writing, or mathematics courses/labs

conducted by faculty members and student
tutors. The department has also established
an experimental course in English as a second
language.

The Reading Lab, located in Room 310 of
Bakeless Center, offers individualized instruction in understanding textbooks and learning
strategies for most courses on campus. Group
instruction also is provided for selected courses based on student enrollment in the program. Workshops on test-taking strategies and
mini-courses on speed reading are scheduled
periodically.

to

A developmental writing course is available
any university student as a primer to enter-

ing the required English courses. Students who
do not need a full semester of instruction may

an individualized instruction program
through the Act 101/EOP Writing Center in
Bakeless Center for the Humanities, Room 309.
The purpose of developmental mathematics is to improve mathematical skills necessary
for the successful completion of college-level
courses. The mathematics lab, located in 309
Bakeless Center for the Humanities, also offers workshops on topics such as Building SelfConfidence in Mathematics and tutorial assisestablish

tance for math classes offered at the university, especially College Algebra and Math Thinking. Students may use a variety of instructional materials including individualized learning

programs, supplementary texts, audio tapes,
microcomputers, and computer software (for
computational skills, geometry, and algebra)
Based upon incoming academic credentials,
students may be required to take diagnostic
examinations for possible placement in devel-

opmental courses.

Developmental Instruction

(Code 01)
OLOll Reading I (Summer)



Designed to
(3)
improve a student's reading ability to a level
where he/she can compete at the next level.
Instruction given in a laboratory and lecture
format. Weekly contacts provide individualized
prescriptions. Two semester hours toward full-load
status; grade counted in QPA. Does not apply to-

121

Developmental Instruction

ward graduation



Reading II (3)
Course presents
major components of the reading process and
01.025

emphasizes basic reading

skills.

Three semester

hours towards full-load status; grade counted in
QPA. Does not apply toward graduation. A prerequisite for College

Reading and Study

Skills for stu-

dents scoring below the established cutoffs on the

Nelson Denny Reading Test



Fundamen01.041 Writing I (Summer) (5)
tals of standard written English for students
who test extremely low on SAT-V and whose
writing samples confirm need. Emphasis on
language activities such as conferencing, revising and editing of papers and reading response
journals to improve basic skills in context and
reduce anxiety about writing. Numerous and
varied short writing assignments. Grade counted in the QPA. Does not apply toward graduation
01.060 Writingn (3) —Required of students
whose SAT-V scores fall below a standard set
by the university and whose writing samples

confirm need. Students refine basic writing
skills in context of varied writing assignments
that address given rhetorical situations. Assign-

ments

call for specific

ble generalization

evidence and responsi-

from

that evidence.

work may include conferencing,

Class-

collaborative

work, student presentations, reading and discussion as well as writing. Grade counted in QPA.
Does not apply toward graduation



Geared for
01.071 Pre Algebra (Summer) (3)
students with inadequate arithmetic skills.
Study skill techniques and problem-solving
strategies explored. Emphasizes basic computer literacy and uses comput^^r-assisted instruction. Three semester hours toward full-load status;
grade counted in QPA. Does not apply toward graduation



Recom01.080 Introductory Algebra (3)
mended for students with minimal algebraic
skills as evidenced by student preparation and
results obtained in diagnostic tests. A program
designed for each student may include operations of rational numbers, ratio, proportion,
percent, geometric concepts, basic algebraic
concepts and skills. Concepts may include beginning linear equations. Three semester hours
toward full-load status; grade counted in QPA. Does
not apply toward graduation



01.090 Intermediate Algebra (3)
Emphasizes intermediate algebraic skills necessary if

success is to be obtained in College Algebra.
Topics include linear equations and functions,
exponents and polynomials, factoring, rational expressions, and quadratic equations. Provides concepts and skills necessary for collegelevel math courses that build on a limited algebraic background. Three semester hours toward
full-load status; grade counted in QPA. Does not
apply toward graduation



01.095 Introductory Science (Summer) (3)
Acquaints the student with scientific terminology and methodology; familiarizes the student
with the study skills unique to the mastery of
science; prepares the student for subsequent
courses in science; and makes the student more
comfortable voth the nature and characteristics of science. Three semester hours toward fullload status; grade counted in QPA. Does not apply
toward graduation

01.009 Intensive English Seminar (Summer)

— Designed for entering international

(6)

stu-

dents who score at least at the ACTFL level 1+
on a departmentally-administered oral placement test, but who have low TOEFL scores or
who wrish to improve English skills prepatory
to enrollment in other classes. Provides 90
hours of conversation and acculturation in the
company of native English speakers, together
with

some practice, writing and grammar.

Credit

does not apply toward graduation

01.100 College Study Skills (1) —Designed to
provide, formulate, and apply the methods and
models of learning strategies. Principle focus
on content area reading and study skills. Outside readings and discussion focus on the nature of learning and the individual's responsibility to learning. Product and process discussed and compared to various approaches
to learning. Applies toward graduation. Usually
restricted to the

upon

summerfreshmen program or offered

special request

01.120 College Reading and Study

Skills (3)

— Develops the complex reading and study
for college learning. Focuses on
content area reading and study strategies, reading flexibility, and critical reading skills. Outside readings focus on the nature of learning
skills essential

and the

individual's responsibility to learning.

Students

may be required

to use the reading

lab for computerized vocabulary lessons and
speed reading exercises. Student may not take
both College Study Skills

Study

Skills.

and

College

Reading and

Applies toward graduation

Earth Science/Geology

122

Department of Geography and Earth Science

Faculty Credentials

James

R. Lauffer, Chairperson, Professor



Allegheny College; M.S., University of
Hawaii; Ph.D., University of Delaware
B.S., New York
Duane D. Braun, Professor
at Fredonia; M.A., Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University
B.A.,
Norman M. Gillmeister, Professor
Harvard College; M.A., Indiana University;
M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University
B.S.,
Joseph R. Pifer, Associate Professor
Clarion State College; M.A., Arizona State
University
Michael K. Shepard, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Vanderbilt University; Ph.D., Washington
University
Dale A. Springer, Associate Professor
A.B.,
Lafayette College; M.S., University of Rochester; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
and State University
Lawrence Tanner, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
Williams College; M.S., University of Tulsa;
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
B.S.,













Degree Programs
Bachelor of Science in Earth Science, Bachelor of Science in Geology

A total of 56 semester hours is required for
a major in earth science, 68 semester hours is
required for a major in geology, and a total of
20 semester hours is required for a minor in
geology.

Goals and Objectives
The primary goal of the

faculty of the geology-earth science program is to provide students with a solid foundation in geology and/
or the earth sciences. This is accomplished by
balancing classroom studies, laboratory exercises, and field experience with ancillary courses in chemistry, physics, and mathematics. The

departmental program also supports the university's aim of providing a strong liberal arts
background for our students. This integration
of science and liberal arts successfully prepares
graduates for entry-level employment in the
earth science profession or for acceptance into
highly competitive graduate programs in the
geological sciences.

Bachelor of Science in Eartii Science
The degree program in earth science requires the following courses: Earth Science
51.101, 51.102, 51.111, 51.112, 51.255, and
51.259, plus four courses elected from 51.261,
51.262, 51.320, 51.355, 51.360, 51.365, 51.369,
51.370, 51.468, 51.470, and 51.475, 51.493 and

and approved courses offered by the
Marine Science Consortium; Computer Science 56.110 or Computer and Information
51.496,

Systems 92.150 or a higher level course in programming, plus two courses selected from

Mathematics 53.113, 53.123, 53.124, 53.125,
53.126, and 53.141; Chemistry 52.115, 52.216
or 52.131; Physics 54.110, 54.111, and 54.112.
A maximum of 9 semester hours from the
Marine Science Consortium may be applied
toward this bachelor's degree. A listing of acceptable marine science course numbers follows the Code 55 course descriptions. See the
section of the catalog on biology.

Bachelor of Science in Geology

The degree program

in

geology requires

the foUowdng courses: Earth Science 51.101,

51.102,51.111,51.112,51.261,51.262,51.360,
51.365, 51.369, 51.468, 51.493, and 51.451 or
equivalent 4 to 6 semester hours field course;
Computer Science 56.110 or Computer and
Information Systems 92.150 or a higher level
course in programming; Mathematics 53.123
and 53.124 and 53.141 or 53.125 and 53.126;
Chemistry 52.115 and 52.216 or 52.131; Physics 54.111 and 54.112 or 54.211 and 54.212.
A minor program in geology requires the
following: 51.101, 51.102, 51.111, 51.112 plus
12 hours selected from 51.261, 51.262, 51.320,
51.355, 51.360, 51.365, 51.369, 51.370, 51.468,

51.470 and 51.475.

Earth Science and Geology
(Code 51)



Studies the
51.101 Physical Geology (3)
landscape in relation to the structure of the
earth's crust; agents at work to change landforms; classification and interpretation of
rocks. One semester hour optional lab; an afternoon

123

Earth Science/Geology

field trip is required



51.102 Historical Geology (3)
Examines the
evolution of earth and Hfe on earth as interpreted from rock and fossil evidence; particular emphasis is on the geologic history of North
America. One semester hour optional lab; afternoon
field trip is required



51.105 Environmental Geology (3)
Application of geologic knowledge to environmental concerns. Emphasizes energy, soil, mineral, and water resources along with Earth processes that are hazardous to humans. An afternoon field trip with a nominal fee is required



51.111 Physical Geology Laboratory (1)
Presents an introduction to the practice of fundamental geology laboratory techniques including qualitative and quantitative analysis.
Two hours of laboratory per week. It is recommended
that course be taken concurrently with 51.101



51.112 Historical Geology Laboratory (1)
Provides an interpretation of Earth's history
through the identification and evolution of the
rock and fossil record and through the interpretation of geologic maps. Two laboratory hours
per week. It is recommended that course be taken concurrently with 51.102



51.255 Meteorology (3)
Studies the atmosphere via the use of gas laws and the underlying principles of atmospheric change. Thefield
trip component incurs an additional cost to students
of approximately

natural resources. Two hours of class, 2 hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 53.112 or higher
or consent of the instructor



Presents
51.355 Synoptic Meteorology (3)
observation and analysis of data for understanding and predicting the complexities of the
atmosphere. Prerequisite: 51.255 or consent of
instructor



51.360 Introduction to Paleontology (4)
Introduces students to modern concepts and
methods in paleobiology using examples from
various groups of organisms important in the
record. Field trips and laboratory work are
an integralpart of this course. Prerequisite: 51J02,
51. 112 or Biology 50. 211 or consent of the instruc-

fossil

tor



51.365 Geomorphology (Fall) (4)
Study of
the origin of landforms wdth emphasis on the
geologic processes and structures that generate the landforms and applications of landform
analysis.

Two-day weekend field

trip

is

required.

Three hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: 51.101 and 51.111 or consent of instructor



51.369 Structural Geology (Spring) (4)
Analyzes rock deformation based upon the
principles of rock mechanics and the utilization of data from field investigations. Three
hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 51.101 and 51.111 or permission of the
instructor

$20 for airfare



51.259 Oceanography (3)
Provides an introduction to the geologic, chemical, and physical aspects of the ocean basins. Emphasizes
wave motion, topographic features, ocean basin structure, current circulation, and methods of investigation. A weekend field trip is encouraged

— Reviews the

51.261 Mineralogy (Fall) (4)
origin, occurrence, and identifying characteristics of common minerals. Stresses megascopic and microscopic techniques. Three hours of
class, 2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
51.101 and 51.111 or permission of the instructor



51.262 Petrology (Spring) (4)
Presents
megascopic and petrographic analysis and
identification of rocks with emphasis on field
occurrences and associations. Three hours of
class, 2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
51.261



51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth (3)
Studies the use of remote sensing technology
to explore for, monitor, and manage Earth's

51.370 Hydrology



Study of water
within the Earth with
emphasis on calculations used in flood forecasting, surface water supply, and groundwa(Fall) (3)

movement upon and

ter supply.

Two hours of class, 2 hours

ry per week. Prerequisite:

of laborato-

51.101 or 51.105

51.451 Field Techniques in Earth Science
(Summer) (6)
Provides intensive field and
laboratory training in the use of equipment
and techniques in geology, hydrology, and car-



tography. Field

trips are integral, vital parts

course. Prerequisite:

of the

15 semester hours in earth

sci-

ence courses or consent of the instructor

51.468 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation (Fall)
Studies processes and agents which
(4)
erode, transport, and deposit sediments and
the geologic interpretation of the resulting



rocks. Three hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: 51.101, 51.111, 51.102,
51.112 or permission of the instructor

51.470 Groundwater Hydrology (Spring)

(3)

— Covers well hydraulics exploration techniques, groundwater flow theory, development

Earth Science/Geology

124

of groundwater supplies, and prevention or
correction of groundwater pollution. A oneor two-day field trip required. Two hours of class,
2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 31.101,
51.111 and 51.365
5 1 .475 Independent Study in Earth Science ( 1 Provides an opportunity for student re3)
search in various areas of earth science. Research is conducted under the supervision of
a faculty member. See subsection of the catalog on
Independent Study. Prerequisite: 21 semester hours



in earth science

Marine Science Consortium
Courses in marine science are offered during the summer by the Marine Science Consortium. The consortium is a joint program
sponsored by several Pennsylvania state universities. The following are acceptable as elective
courses for majors in earth science.

Marine Science (Code 55)
(Offered at Wallops Island, Va.)
Introduction to Oceanography

55.110
55.211

vides for library

55.212
55.331
55.364

sent of the instructor

55.420
55.458



Pro51.493 Bibliography and Research (3)
and/or field research in geology. Prerequisites: 51.261, 51.262, 5 1.468 or con-



51.496 Internship in Earth Science (3-15)
Provides for a work-study program available
only to juniors and seniors majoring in earth
science. Not applicable toward a major or a minor
in earth science

55.459

Field

Methods

Navigation

Chemical Oceanography
Marine Geology
Marine Micropaleontology
Exploration Methods in Marine
Geology
Coastal

Geomorphology

55.498/55.598 T pics in Marine Science
55.500
Problems in Marine Science
Coastal Sedimentation
55.530
55.570
Research Cruise-Biology, Geology,
Pollution

125

Economics/Business Economics/Political Economics

Department of Economics

level, the department has
economic majors, two lead
a Bachelor of Arts and one to a Bachelor of

undergraduate

Faculty Credentials

at the

Woo Bong Lee, Chairperson, Professor — B.S.,

three tracks

Delaware Valley College; M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers University



Sukhwinder Bagi, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
M.Ed., M.A., Punjab Universtiy; Ph.D.,
Vanderbilt University
B.A., M.A., PunUjagar S. Bawa, Professor
jab University; A.M., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Cornell University
B.A., Miami
Peter H. Bohling, Professor
University; M.A., The University of Iowa;
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
B.A., National
Mehdi Haririan, Professor
University; M.A., Iowa State University;
Ph.D., New School for Social Research







Saleem M. Khan, Professor
lege,



B.A., S.E., Col-

Bahawalpur; M.A., Government ColPunjab University; Ph.D., J.

lege, Lahore,

Gutenberg University
Rajesh K. Mohindru, Professor



to

open

to

The three tracks are: a general study
of economics in preparation for graduate
school or a career in the public or private sector; business economics, the student is interested in analytical economics and intends to
pursue graduate work or career in business or
government; and political economics, if the
prospect of a career dealing with political and
inter-national problems in the public arena is
appealing or the student intends to pursue
advanced study in the field.
Science.

Required Courses
The following five

courses are required:

Economics 40.211, 40.212, 40.311, 40.312,
40.346; plus a track in either economics, business economics, or political economics.

B.A., M.A.,
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
Robert S. Obutelewicz, Assistant Professor
B.A., B.S., Carson-Newman College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
Elizabeth P. Patch, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University
Robert P. Ross, Associate Professor
B.A.,
M.A., Washington University

Required Elective Courses

Degree Programs

Business Economics

Bachelor of Arts in Economics, Bachelor
of Science in Business Economics, Bachelor of

This track includes the following courses:
Business 91.221 and 91.222 or 91.220 and
91.223, Business 93.345, 96.313, 97.310; Computer Science 56.110 or equivalent; 15 semester hours in elective courses in economics, including Economics 40.446.

DAV






Arts in Political

Economics

A total of 45 semester hours is required for
a major in economics.
A total of 48 semester hours is required for
a major in business economics.
A total of 45 semester hours is required for
a major in political economics.

Goals and Objectives
The Department of Economics

Electives in economics, business,
ical science in

and

polit-

any of the options require the

adviser's approval.

General Economics
Select one course from Economics 40.246
or Mathematics 53.125; and 27 semester hours
in elective courses in economics, including
Economics 40.400 or 40.446.

Political

Economics

Courses in the

political

economics track

include: Political Science 44.120, 44.336; Eco-

nomics 40.315, 40.422, 40.460, 6 semester

Bloomsburg University offers a systematic study of the
economic activities of government, business,
and consumers. The core of the curriculum
enables the student to master basic principles
of economics, to develop analytical skills, and
at

economic phenomena.
To accommodate the diversity of

to interpret

interests

hours of elective courses in economics; 9 semester hours of elective courses in political
science.

Minor

in

Economics

The minor

provides a basic competence in
economics for non-economics majors and constitutes 18 semester hours. Courses required

Economics/Business Economics/Political Economics

126

for a

minor

in

economics include: Economics

40.212, 40.311, and 40.312; 6 semester
hours of elective courses in economics chosen
40.21

1,

from General Economics Theory (Economics
40.313, 40.315, 40.316, 40.410, 40.413, 40.415
and 40.433), Statistical Analysis (Economics

and 40.446), and Economic
History and Systems (Economics 40.422,

40.346, 40.400,

40.423, 40.424, 40.434,

and 40.460).

icy. Prerequisites:



1 Principles of Economics 1(3)
Studmacroeconomics: nature of the economic
problem; economic concepts; institutional
framework; supply, demand, and the price sys-

ies

tem; national income accounting; determinaand employment levels; consumption, saving, and investment behavior;
inflation and unemployment; business cycles;
monetary and fiscal institutions and theory;
economic growth.
tion of output



40.212 Principles of Economics II (3)
Studies microeconomics: supply, demand, the price
system; cost and productions analysis, theory
of consumer behavior and the firm; output and
price determination, resource allocation, and
determination of factor incomes under perfect
and imperfect markets; current economic
problems, and international economics. Prerequisite: 40.211
40.246 Business and Economic Mathematics
Presents an introduction to basic math(3)
ematical tools most frequently employed in
economics and business, e.g., systems of linear equations, inequalities, elements of linear
programming, matrix algebra, logarithms,
mathematics of finance, and differential and



integral calculus.

40.31 1 Intermediate Micro-Theory and Managerial Economics (3)
Reviews the theory of
consumer behavior and the firm; output and
price determination under different market
systems; pure competition, pure monopoly,
oligopoly and monopolistic competition; production and cost analysis; allocation of resource and distribution of income; comparison of behaviors of competitive, monopolistic,
and oligopolistic product and resource markets; constrained and nonconstrained optimization techniques and their applications to
business decisions and business practices; wel-



fare economics. Prerequisites:

40.211, 40.212,

— Stresses the national income

40.313 Labor Economics (3)
Presents the
ecomics of the labor market, the supply of and
demand for labor, the nature of theory and
wages, productivity and inflation, unionism,
theories of the labor movement, collective bargaining and public policy. A major focus is the
relationship between labor markets and gender and racial issues, for each of the economic issues,

the implications with respect to gen-

will be examined. The economic
and empirical data presented in the

der and race
analysis

course will emphasize differences by race and
gender. Prerequisite: 40.212.

40.315 Business and Government

analysis;

(3)

— Sur-

veys government policies for maintaining competition, for substitution regulation in place

of competition and for substituting public for
private enterprise; tests of various government
policies in light of economic theory and historical experience. Prerequisite: 40.212



40.316 Urban Economics (3)
Applies economic theory and recent empirical findings to
urban resource use. Analyzes problems of unemployment, housing, education, transportation, pollution, and equal opportunity. Prerequisite: 40.212
40.317 Population and Resource Problems (3)
classical theories of population
growth; recent economic models of population

— Reviews

correlating natural resources; capital accumulation and technological change; and population

problems

in

North America, European,

and developing countries. Analyzes recent
trends in birth and death rates as factors in
population growth. Studies measures of population and labor force, their dis-tribution by
age, sex, occupation, regions; techniques for
projecting population levels. Course is not offered on a regular basis. Prerequisite: 40.212

40.346 Business and Economics Statistics I

(3)

— Organizing and presenting data, descriptive
statistics,

elements of probability and probasampling and sampling dis-

bility distributions,

and hypothesis testing,
and Chi-square, introduction to regression and correlation as applied
to business and economic problems. Prerequitributions, estimation

40.246
40.312 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory
(3)

40.211, 40.212, 40.246



Economics (Code 40)
40.21

theory of income determination, employment,
and price levels; monetary and fiscal institutions; theory and policy; investment, interest,
and demand for money; business cycles; inflation and unemployment; national debt; macroeconomic equilibrium; prices, wages, and
aggregate supply, economic growth, foreign
trade and balance of payments; economic pol-

analysis of variance

Economics/Business Economics/Political Economics

iite:

40.212



10.400 Introduction to Econometrics (3)
\pplies modern statistical methods to econom-

problems; time series and cross-sectional
malysis of measurements of demand and costs;
nacroeconomics models; income distribution
ind growth model. Prerequisites: 40.212, 40.346
c

t0.410 Public Finance (3)

— Analyzes revenues

md expenditures of local,

and national
and macrotheoand models of government servic-

government

state,

in light of micro

•y;

criteria

es;

subsidies, etc., the principles of taxation,

and public debt managenent; impact of fiscal and budgetary policy on
resource and income allocation, internal price
ind employment stability; the rate of growth
jublic borrowing,

and world economy.
tO.413

Prerequisite:

Money and Banking

(3)

40.212

— Reviews the

background and the development of
monetary practices and principles of banking;
special attention given to commercial banking
and credit regulations and current monetary
and banking development. Prerequisite: 40.212
liistorical



10.415 Environmental Economics (3)
A
study of the economics of environmental quality.

Examines environmental

facts

and

social

circumstances with particular emphasis on
market emd non-market solutions to the environmental problems. Topics include the private

market and

its

efficiency, externalities,

environmental quality as a public good, income
distribution effects of government environmental quality as a public good, income distribution effects of government environmental
programs; water resources and water quality,
problem of air quality, and quality of life and
other environmental problems; prohibitions
on and regulation of polluting activities, taxes, subsidies, and effluent charges; population,
economic growth, and environmental quality.
Prerequisite: 40.212



40.422 Contrasting Economics (3)
Outiines
theories of capitalism and socialism with a special

emphasis on Marxian theory. Compares
and actual performance of capital-

theoretical

ism, socialism,

and communism.

40.212

Prerequisite:



40.423 History of Economic Thought (3)
Surveys economic theories propounded in the
past and their effect on present-day thinking

about economic, business, and

political sys-

The

surplus value theory;
economic
planning as part of government responsibility; relation of family budgets to Engel's Law;
tems.

government responsibility for employment and

127

rent control. Prerequisite: 40.212

40.424 Economic History of the Western World
Presents a comparative analysis of the
(3)
economic theory of the United States and Europe with particular attention to the interplay
of changes in business, financial, and labor
institutions, products and production, adaptations to resource differences, and conflicting
economic doctrines. Prerequisite: 40.212





40.433 International Economics (3)
Addresses the pure theory of international trade.
Outlines the gains from trade; free trade and
protection; balance of payments; foreign ex-

change and

capital movements; the dollar and
the international monetary system and inter-

national liquidity shortage. Prerequisite: 40.212

40.434 Economic Growth of Underdeveloped
Areas (3)
Presents studies of stagnating
economies; theories of underdevelopment;
operative resistances to economic growth; the
role of capital, labor, population growth, and
technological advance; development planning



and trade

in

development settings.

Prerequisite:

40.212
40.446 Business and Economic Statistics II (3)
Probability distributions; regression and
correlation analysis; analysis of variance and
designs of experiments; time series analysis and
index numbers, non-parametric methods;
modern decision theory and Bayesian statistics;



computer application.

Prerequisites:

40.212,

40.346



40.460 Advanced Political Economy (3)
Applies economic and political models of social decision making to historical problems

from

local

through international

levels. Pre-

and
from the

sents an evaluation of market; political

mixed techniques

in particular areas

18th through the 20th centuries. Prerequisite:

40.212



40.470 Senior Seminar (3)
Discusses the
current literature on economic theory and
economic policy. Students read one journal
article a week on which they write a report and
make a seminar presentation. Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of the instructor

40.490 Independent Study in Economics (1-3)
Provides students with an opportunity to
receive individualized instruction as they pursue indepth inquiries into previously specified
subject matter of special interest within the
field of economics. Topic and outline must be de-



and approved by the
department during the preceding semester of residence. See section on Independent Study.
veloped with a faculty sponsor

128

Education

Department of Curriculum and Foundations

Faculty



O'Bruba, Chairperson, Professor
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Duquesne University; Ed.D., Indiana Univer-

William

sity

S.

of Pennsylvania

Donald

L. Pratt, Assistant Chairperson, Asso-



Utica College of Syracuse University; M.Ed., St. Lawrence University; Ph.D., University of South Florida
B.A.,
C. Meade Beers, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Neil L. Brown, Assistant Professor
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.Ed., Lehigh University; Ed.D., Temple University
Chris A. Cherrington, Associate Professor
B.S., University of Oklahoma; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Virginia
Robert L. Clarke, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
King's College; M.A., Seton Hall University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Henry D. Dobson, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Bloomsburg University; M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State Uniciate Professor

B.S.,











versity

GaryJ. Doby, Associate Professor —

B.S., M.S.,

Ph.D., State University of New York College
at Buffalo



M. Hussein Fereshteh, Assistant Professor
B.A., Teacher University of Tehran; M.P.A.,

The Univerof Connecticut
Bonita B. Franks, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.S., Central Connecticut State University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State UniversiUniversity of Hartford; Ph.D.,
sity



ty



Robert E. Gates, Assistant Professor
B.S.
University of Main at Farmington; M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Louisville
Nancy G. Gilgannon, Professor
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.S., Marywood College; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State Univer-



sity

Mary G.

Harris, Associate Professor



B.A.,

Macalester College; M.A., California Lutheran College; Ed.D., University of Southern
California

John



R. Hranitz, Professor
B.S., M.Ed.,
Ed.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
B.A.,
Jane McPherson, Assistant Professor



Western Washington State College; M.Ed.,
Western Washington University; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of

Gorman

Oregon

L. Miller, Professor



B.A.,

LaVerne

College; M.S., Indiana University; Ed.D.,
Ball State University
Frank Misiti, Associate Professor
B.S., Mansfield State College; M.Ed., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Gilda M. Oran, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
University of Toronto; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Miami
Egerton O. Osunde, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Ahmadu Bello University; M.A., Case Western Reserve University; M.A., Ph.D., The
Ohio State University
Edward J. Poostay, Professor
B.S., Temple
University; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State
University; Ph.D., University of Georgia
Rosemary T. Radzievich, Assistant Professor
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University;
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University; Ed.D., Lehigh University
B.S.,
Shelly C. Randall, Assistant Professor
University of Michigan; M.A., Wayne State
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
B.S., M.Ed.,
Lorraine A. Shanoski, Professor
Northeastern University; Ed.D., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
B.S.,
Viola C. Supon, Assistant Professor
Bloomsburg State Teachers College; M.A.,
Trenton State University; Ed.D., Temple
University
B.A., M.Ed.,
David E. Washburn, Professor
Ph.D., University of Arizona; Postdoctoral
Certificate in Multicultural Education, Uni-



















versity of Miami
B.A.,
Mary Alice Wheeler, Assistant Professor
University of Denver; M.S., Georgetown



University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylva-

nia

Bonnie



B.S.,
L. Williams, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University; Ed.D., Temple University
B.A.,
Patricia K. Wolf, Assistant Professor
Morehead University; M.A., Duquesne University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh



129

Education

science; 12 semester hours in social sciences

Degree Programs
Bachelor of Science in Education-Early
Childhood Education, Bachelor of Science in
Education-Elementary Education, Bachelor of
Science in Education-Secondary Education
A major in early childhood education (NK-3) requires a minimum of 128 semester
hours.

elementary education (K-6) requires a minimum of 128 semester hours.
A major in secondary education (7-12) may
require from 128 to 134 semester hours.

Goals and Objectives
Four curricula in education are offered
through the School of Education's Department
of Curriculum and Foundations in the College
of Professional Studies: one leading to certification for kindergarten through grade 6 (K6); one in early childhood education which
leads to certification for nursery, daycare, preschool, kindergarten, and grades 1-3 (N-K-3);

program

that

combines the

K-6 and the N-K-3 programs; and a curriculum
secondary education.
Secondary Education is a major planned to
offer academic, cultural, and professional experience significant to the personal and professional competence of a beginning teacher
of a specialized subject area in the secondary
in

schools.

The curriculum requirements com-

prise general education, professional education,

the section on General Education Requirements, including at least 6 semester hours in
composition and 3 semester hours in literature.

Required Courses
The following courses in Educational Foundations (Code 60) Early Childhood and Elementary Education (Code 62), and Special
Education (Code 70) develop knowledge of the
nature of the child, the nature of the school,
the learning process, general methods of teaching, and methods of teaching particular subjects, and to provide student teaching experience. A total of 65 semester hours is taken in
required courses. None may be taken on a
pass/ fail basis.
,

A major in

a dual certification

elected from three of the groupings listed in

and a subject area concentration.

Early Childhood Education
(N-K-3)

Recommended General Education
Courses

A total of 54 semester hours in General
Education Courses is prescribed for the early
childhood education major inclusive of 6 semester hours in mathematics, 3 semester hours
in biology, 3 semester hours in physical science,
and 12 semester hours in social science elected from three of the groupings listed in the
section on General Education requirements.
This should include at least 6 semester hours
in composition and 3 semester hours in literature.

Academic Background Courses
Academic background courses include: 6
semester hours in mathematics; 3 semester
hours in biology; 3 semester hours in physical

60.201 Field Studies in Education

I

60.204 Educational Computing and

Technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of

Education
60.291 Principles of Teaching

60.301 Field Studies in Education II
60.311 Educational Measurements and

Evaluation
60.375 Teaching the Reluctant Reader
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or
60.394 Education in an Urban
Society

60.497 Teaching in Education: First
Experience
60.498 Teaching in Education: Second
Experience
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood
Education
62.302 Teaching Science in the Elementary
School
62.310 Teaching Fine Arts in the Elementary
School
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences
with Young Children
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary
School
62.373 Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the
Elementary School
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the
Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the
Elementary School
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education I

130

Education

62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education II
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individu-

60.204 Educational Computing and

Technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of

als

Elective Courses

A minimum of 9 semester hours is taken in
None of these courses may be
taken on a pass/fail basis.
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary
School Physical Education
05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary
School
20.384 Literature for Children
30.205 Children's Art
60.302 Research Literacy
60.427 Classroom Management and Effective
elective courses.

Discipline

62.304 Environmental Education in the Elementary School
62.376 Language Experiences for Children
62.389 Individualized Instruction Activities in
the Elementary School
62.450 Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary School
79.312 Internship in Education (1 to 3 semester hours only in this area)
An area of concentration is optional.

No

free electives are available for this pro-

gram.

Elementary Education (K-6)

Education
60.291 Principles of Teaching
60.301 Field Studies in Education

II

60.311 Educational Measurements and
Evaluation

60.375 Teaching the Reluctant Reader
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or
60.394 Education in an Urban
Society

60.497 Teaching in Education: First

Experience
60.498 Teaching in Education: Second

Experience
62.302 Teaching Science in the Elementary
School
62.310 Teaching Fine Arts in the Elementary
School
or 35.311 Music in the Elementary School
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary

School
62.373 Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the
Elementary School

Teaching Language Arts in the
Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the
Elementary School
62.391

Elective Courses

Recommended General Education
Courses

A

of 54 semester hours in General
Education courses is prescribed for the elementary education major inclusive of 6 semester
hours in mathematics, 3 semester hours in biology, 3 semester hours in physical science, and
12 semester hours in social science elected
from three of the groupings listed in the section on General Education Requirements. This
should include at least 6 semester hours in
composition and 3 semester hours in literature.
total

Required Courses
These courses are intended to develop
knowledge of the nature of the child, the nature of the school, the learning process, gen-

methods of teaching, and methods of
teaching particular subjects, and to provide
student teaching experience. A total of 53 semester hours is taken in required courses.
None may be taken on a pass/fail basis.
60.201 Field Studies in Education I
eral

No elective courses may be taken on a pass/
Students select a minimum of 9 semester hours from the following courses:
05.31 1 Methods and Materials in Elementary
School Physical Education
05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary
School
20.384 Literature for Children
30.205 Children's Art
60.302 Research Literacy
60.427 Classroom Management and

fail basis.

Effective Discipline

62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood

Education
62.304 Environmental Education for the
Elementary School Teacher
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences
with Young Children
62.376 Language Experiences for Children
62.389 Individualized Instruction Activities
in the Elementary School
62.400 Workshop in Teaching Mathematics
in Early

Childhood and Elementary

131

iducation

60.497 Teaching in Education: First

Education

and Materials in Early
Childhood Education I
2.420 Methods and Materials in Early
Childhood Education II
2.450 Methods of Teaching Foreign
Languages in the Elementary School
2.410 Methods

2.480

A Study of Discipline

in the

Elemen-

tary School

79.312 Internship in Education (1 to 3

semester hours only in this area)
\n area of concentration is optional.
Internship or free electives if necessary to
complete graduation requirements.

Dual

Certification in Early

Childhood and Elementary
Education
Recommended General Education
Courses

A

of 54 semester hours in General
Education courses is prescribed for this dual
certification program inclusive of 6 semester
hours in mathematics, 3 semester hours in biology, 3 semester hours in physical science, and
12 semester hours in social science elected
from three of the groupings listed in the section on General Education Requirements. This
should include at least 6 semester hours in
composition and 3 semester hours in literature.
total

Experience
60.498 Teaching in Education: Second

Experience
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood

Education
62.302 Teaching Science in the Elementary
School
62.310 Teaching Fine Arts in the Elementary

School
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences
with Young Children
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary

School
62.373 Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the
Elementary School
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the
Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the
Elementary School
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early

Childhood Education I
62.420 Methods and Materials in Early
Childhood Education
Elective Courses

A minimum of 9 semester hours is taken in
None of these courses may be
taken on a pass/fail basis.
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary
School Physical Education
05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary
elective courses.

School

Required Courses
These courses develop knowledge of the
nature of the child, the nature of the school,
the learning process, general methods of teaching, methods of teaching particular subjects,
and to provide student teaching experience.
A total of 65 semester hours in required courses is taken. None may be taken on a pass/fail
basis.

60.201 Field Studies in Education

I

60.204 Educational Computing and

Technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of

Education
60.291 Principles of Teaching
60.301 Field Studies in Education

II

Educational Measurements and
Evaluation
60.375 Teaching the Reluctant Reader
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or
60.394 Education in an Urban

60.31

1

Society

II

20.384
30.205
60.302
60.427

Literature for Children

Children's Art

Research Literacy
Classroom Management and
Effective Discipline

62.304 Environmental Education for the
Elementary School Teacher
62.376 Language Experiences for Children
62.389 Individualized Instruction Activities
in the Elementary School
62.400 Workshop in Teaching Mathematics

Childhood and Elementary
Education
62.450 Methods of Teaching Foreign
Languages in the Elementary School
70.256 The Gifted Child
79.312 Internship in Education (1 to 3
semester hours only in this area)
An area of concentration is optional.
in Early

No
gram.

free electives are available for this pro-

132

Education

Secondary Education (7-12)
General Education Courses
Some courses which satisfy General Education requirements are included in the course
listings for the individual areas

tion

of specializa-

under secondary education.

Required Courses

A

of 35 semester hours in required
courses is taken for this major.
60.201
Field Studies in Education I
Education Computing and
60.204
total

Chemistry
Chemistry 52.115, 52.131, 52.216, 52.232,
52.321, 52.341, 52.361, 52.362 and 52.281;
Physics: 54.211, 54.212; Mathematics: 53.125,
53.126, 53.225; Computer Science 53.175; Biological and Allied Health Sciences 50.1 10 or
50.120; Earth Science/Geology 51.101 and
51.111 or51.102and51.112.

Communications/Media
English 20.302, 20.31 Land 20.312; Theater
one course

Group

Technology
60.251

Psychological Foundations of

Group

2

Two

courses from 27.110, 27.275,

27.230, 27.251, 27.261;

60.291

Principles of Teaching

60.301

Field Studies in Education

60.311

Educational Measurements and
Evaluation
Social Foundations of Education or
60.394 Education in an Urban

Group
II

Society

Teaching in Education: First
Experience
60.498
Teaching in Education: Second
Experience
65.351 to 65.358 an appropriate subject
60.497

65.374

1

in

27.360, 27.420;

Education

60.393

Communications 27.315; and
World Literature:
Mass Communications 27.310,

Arts 26.102; Mass

3

Three courses from 27.271, 27.334,

27.352, 27.371, 27.482, 27.485

Communication/Speech
in

English 20.302, 20.311, 20.312; one course
World Literature; one course in Mass

Communications; Speech Communication
25.104, 25.206 or 25.241, 25.205 or 25.215 or
25.315; Theater Arts 26.102 and one course

from 26.211, 26.215, 26.316, 26.416; and four
courses selected from the Code 25 course listing.

Note: 25.103 Public Speaking

required

for secondary education majors

Subjects

among the General Education courses for communication. One semester of 25.108 Forensic

Free Electives
complete the minimum graduation requirements of 128 semester hours.
If necessary to

Each area of specialization develops scholarship basic to teaching the content subject.

Communication/Theater

the area of specialization.

Biology
Biological

is

English 20.302, 20.311, 20.312; one course
Literature; one course in Mass Communications; Speech Communication 25.206
or 25.241; Theater Arts 26.102, 26.21 1 26.215
or 26.316 or 26.416; plus four courses from the
Code 26 course listing. Note: 25.103 Public
Speaking is required for secondary education
majors and is listed among the General Education courses for communication. One semester of 26.108 Theater Practicum also is required
and; therefore, it may not be applied toward
this requirement. Theater/Communication
majors must participate in the Bloomsburg
University Players for a minimum of one semester under 26.108. A grade of .pass/ fail is
in

World

,

and Allied Health Sciences

50.110, 50.120, 50.233, 50.242, 50.271, 50.332,
50.351, 50.380; Chemistry 52.115, 52.131,

52.216 and 52.341; Earth and Space Science
51.101 or 51.255 or 51.259; Physics 54.103 or
54.105, or 54.106 or 54.110; 9 semester hours
of elective courses in biology including 3 semester hours in a field course; plus Mathematics 53.113 or 53.123, 53.141 or Psychology

listed

pate in the Bloomsburg University Forensic
minimum of one semester under
25.108. A grade of pass/fail is issued.

Society for a

Course requirements are enumerated under

and

Practicum also is required and; therefore, it
may not be applied toward this requirement.
Speech Communication majors must partici-

Areas of Specialization in Secondary
Education

48.160.

is

matter methods course
Teaching of Reading in Academic

issued.

133

Education

Earth and Space Science

Physics

Earth Science/Geology 50.101, 51.101,
51.102, 51.105, 51.111, 51.112, 51.255, 51.259;
Chemistry 52.115, 52.131 or 52.216; Physics

Computer Science 53. 1 75; one

54. Ill, 54. 112;

course from Mathematics 53.112, 53.113,
53.123, 53.125, 53.126; three courses from
Earth Science/Geology 51.105, 51.261, 51.262,
51.355, 51.360, 51.365, 51.369, 51.370, 51.451,
51.453, 51.461, 51.462, 51.468, 51.470; and a

maximum

of 3 semester hours in marine science courses offered by the Marine Science
Consortium and listed under Code 55 in the
Biology section.

Physics 54.211, 54.212, 54.302, 54.310,
54.314, 54.315, 54.318, 54.400; Biology 51.101;

Chemistry 52.115, 52.216; Earth Science/Geology 51.102; Mathematics 53.125, 53.126,
53.225, 53.322. Select an elective course in
physics totaling 3 semester hours.

Spanish
Spanish 12.203, 12.204, 12.205, 12.206,
12.207, 12.211, 12.214, 12.325, 12.331, 12.402,
12.421;

stitute the course
ish.

English

and English 20.311 or

A

with

an advanced elective in Span-

Students also should include a course in child

psychology

English 20.203 is required in place of
20.200, 20.201 and also is required of those
students who have taken 20.104. Required
courses, totaling 30 semester hours, are: English 20.226, 20.236 or 20.237, 20.246 or
20.247, 20.256 or 20.257; and 20.302 or 20.306;
20.311, 20.312, 20.352 and 20.363. Elective
courses account for 12 semester hours and are
drawn from 300 or 400 level English courses;
only one may be from 20.300 or 20.301 or

20.411. Note:

student exempted from a required course must sub-

and anthropology

in their curriculum.

Comprehensive Social Studies
Anthropology
Anthropology 46.200, 46.210, 46.220,
46.340, 46.390, and 46.440; Sociology 45.211;
Economics 40.211, 40.212; History 42.112,
42.113, 42.121, 42.122,

and 42.222; Geography

41.101, 41.102; Political Science 44.101, 44.120.

Economics

20.303.

Anthropology 46.200; Sociology 45.211;

French

Economic 40.211; 40.212, 40.311, 40.312,

French 10.203, 10.204, 10.205, 10.206,

40.313, 40.422 or 40.423; plus 9 semester hours

10.207, 10.211, 10.325, 10.402, 10.422, 10.423;

from 40.315, 40.316, 40.410, 40.413, 40.415,
40.424, 40.433, and 40.434; History 42.112,
42.113, 42.121, 42.122 or 42.222; Geography

and English 20.311 or 20.411.

Electives: 10.281,

10.290, 10.295, 10.309, 10.331, 10.401, 10.409,
10.490. Note:

A

student exempted from a required

course must substitute the course in child psychology

and anthropology

Geography

in this curriculum.

General Science
Biological

41.101, 41.102; Political Science 44.101, 44.120

and .Mlied Health Sciences

50.110, 50.120; Chemistry 52.115 and 52.131
or 52.216; Physics 54.1 11 or 54.21 1,54.1 12 or
54.212; Earth Science/Geology 51.101, 51.102,

Mathematics 53.123, 53.141 or 53.241;
Philosophy 28.303; History 42.250; one additional science course. Physics 54.1 10 or any 200
level or above science course; 16 semester
hours of additional science courses.
51.1 11;

Mathematics
Mathematics 53.125, 53.126, 53.185, 53.225,
53.226, 53.231, 53.241, 53.310, 53.314, 53.360;
Computer Science 56.121; and 9 semester
hours in courses which must include at least

one computer science course numbered
56.122 or higher and at least one mathematics
course numbered 53.271 or higher.

Anthropology 46.200; Sociology 45.211;
Economics 40.211, 40.212; History 42.112,
42.113, 42.121, 42.122 or 42.222; Political Science 44.101, 44.120; Psychology 48.101; Geography 41.101, 41.102, 41.105; plus 18 semester

hours in geography; and 3 semester hours taken from economics, sociology, political science
or history, or Psychology 48.210.

History
Anthropology 46.200; Economics 40.211,
40.212; Geography 41.101, 41.102; Political
Science 44.101, 44.120; History 42.1 12, 42.113,
42.121, 42.122, 42.398; plus 9 semester hours
from 42.141, 42.142, 42.143 or 42.228, 42.144,
42.452; 3 semester hours in history selected
from 42.372, 42.379, 42.381, 42.383, 42.385,
42.392; and 3 semester hours in history select-

ed from 42.133, 42.319, 42.320, 42.326, 42.327,
42.328.

134

Education

Philosophy

41.102; Pohtical Science 44.101, 44.120; Phi-

losophy 28.111, 28.212, 28.220 or 28.290,
28.224 or 28.351 plus one elective course from
the Code 28 listing.
;

Pohtical Science

Anthropology 46.200; Sociology 45.211;
Economics 40.211, 40.212; History 42.112,
42.113, 42.121 or 42.122; Geography 41.101,
41.102; Political Science 44.101, 44.120, 44.160,
44.210, 44.280,

and three courses selected from

44.207, 44.363, 44.366, 44.376, 44.440, 44.448,
44.452,

and 44.487.

satisfy the values

Note: 44.207 can be used to

requirement in General Education.

Psychology
Anthropology 46.200; Sociology 45.211;
Economics 40.211, 40.212; History 42.112,
42.113, 42.121, 42.122, 42.222; Geography
41.101, 41.102; Political Science 44.101, 44.120;

Psychology 48.101, 48.160, 48.251, 48.281,
48.451, 48.476, plus additional courses in psychology totaling 6 semester hours.

Sociology
40.212; History 42. 11 2, 42.113, 42.121, 42.122,

Geography 41.101, 41.102;

Political

Science 44.101, 44.120; Sociology 45.211,
45.213, 45.133 or 45.236, 45.216 or 45.462,
45.231 or 45.318; and 6 semester hours taken
from the preceding sociology courses not previously taken.

(Code 60)
60.201 Field Studies in Education 1(1)— Field
trips to observe various teaching-learning situations. Students required to develop competence in operating all audiovisual equipment.
On-campus seminars by arrangement with the

30 semester hours

60.204 Educational Computing and TechnoloIntroduction to computer technology (3)
gy and the school setting that utilizes computers. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours



60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education (3)
Reviews psychological foundations
of edu-cation, individual differences, learning
theories applied to a classroom situation, phys-



60.301 Field Studies in Education

II (1)



Active involvement in a school setting two to
three hours per week for approximately 10
weeks. Remaining time spent in campus class

seminars by arrangement with instructor.
requisite: 60 semester hours

Pre-



60.302 Research Literacy (3)
Provides an
introduction to research methods and techniques. Gives the student the basic understanding to be a better consumer of research, to be
more aware of the value of research, and to be
able to carry out beginning-level research
60.311 Classroom Measurement and Evaluation (3)
Reviews principles of evaluation;
grading; representative standardized tests; vocabulary of measurement, test construction,
and interpretation; informal and formal measurement in the cognitive, effective, and psy-



chomotor

areas. Prerequisite:

45

semester hours



Educational Foundations

instructor. Prerequisite:



60.291 Principles of Teaching (3)
Designed
as a competency-based course enabling the student to develop an awareness of the teaching
process as it sequentially develops. Various instructional techniques, methodologies, and
approaches explored. Topics include: specifying instructional/behavioral objectives, sequencing learning activities, applying the various taxonomies, conducting micro-teaching,
discipline strategies, questioning techniques,
and mastery teaching. Class term project includes unit lesson plan, and evaluative instrument construction. Prerequisites: 60.201, 60.251

projects.

Anthropology 46.200; Economics 40.211,
42.222;

and mental growth, mental hygiene, and
personality development. Prerequisite: 48.101

ical

Anthropology 46.200; Sociology 45.211;
Economics 40.211, 40.212; History 42.112,
42.113; 42.121, 42.122; Geography 41.101,

60.375 Teaching the Reluctant Reader (3)
Addresses methods and materials for the instruction of the disadvantaged child (K-12).
Presents techniques and theories as they may
be applied to help the socially disadvantaged
child function more adequately in the school
environment. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours
60.393 **Social Foundations of Education (3)
social processes underlying education, current social forces, the place of the
school in American culture, impact of social
stratification, and role of the teacher in a period of rapid social change. Prerequisite: 45 se-

— Reviews

mester hours

60.394 **Education in an Urban Society (3)
Studies the formal educational settings that
serve areas in the United States with high pop-



ulation densities and the social factors that influence education in these settings.. Fulfills the

135

Education

social

foundations requirements for

tion. Prerequisite:

43

60.427 Classroom

Effective

strategies for effec-

and classroom mianagement.

Methods of planning for the beginning of the
year and for establishing an effective classroom
organization to promote appropriate behavior
throughout the year are reviewed. Current
models and major theories of discipline are
reviewed and evaluated. Prerequisites: 60.231,
60.291, 60.201, 60.301



Requires
60.431 Independent Study (1-3)
consent of the department chairperson to
schedule.
60.441, 60.442, 60.443 Workshop in Education
Studies selected areas of education
(1-6)
including research by individual students in a



special teaching field.

60.451 Pupil Personnel Services in the Public
A comprehensive view of pupil
School (3)
personnel services in the elementary and secondary schools; school attendance, school
health programs, pupil transportation, psycho-



logical services,

and guidance

services.

60.497 Teaching in Education: First Experience (6)
Provides opportunities for direct
participating experiences. Places students in
classrooms with public or private school teachers. The student's major determines their assignment: K-6 - one experience in a primary
level and one experience in an intermediate
level of a public school; N-K-3 - one experience in a preschool situation and one in a primary level of a public school or two experiences in a primary level of a public school.



60.498 Teaching in Education: Second Experience (6)
The secondary student teaching
assignment is determined by the student's area
of specialization.



**Indicates course approved as diversity-focused.

Early Childhood

School

(3)

— Emphasizes the major methods

and materials used

Management and

— Focus on

Discipline (3)
tive discipline

certifica-

semester hours

and

Elementary Education

(Code 62)
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood Edu-



cation (3)
Examines the historical and philosophical foundations of early childhood edu-

and practices
from birth to age 6.

elementary school

sci-

62.304 Environmental Education for the EleProvides learnmentary School Teacher (3)
ing experiences for the elementary school lev-



el in

environmental education programs.

62.310 Teaching Fine Arts in the Elementary
Provides competencies in the
School (3)
selection and implementation of materials and
procedures for teaching literary, visual, and
performing arts to elementary school children.
Emphasizes comprehension and integration of
fine arts into all areas of the school curriculum. Prerequisite: 43 semester hours



62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences with
Outiines physical, men(3)
tal, emotional, and social levels of children
from birth to age 8, with attention to environmental factors that foster child growth. Examines prenatal, infant-toddler, preschool and
kindergarten programs to meet the needs of
this age child and to provide the background
of experience needed for later ventures into

Young Children



reading, art, arithmetic, science, social studies, music, literature, physical education, and
Prerequisites: Psychology
health and safety.
48.101, 48.211

62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary

School

(3)

— Examines developmental read-

ing from readiness through sixth grade.
requisite: 43 semester hours

Pre-

62.373 Diagnostic and Remedial Reading

(3)

dures emphasizing both standardized and
formal techniques. Prerequisite: 62.371

in-

— Presents diagnostic and remedial proce62.376 Language Experiences for Children (3)

— Explores the language development of

chil-

dren and factors that influence skill in effective communication development from nursery school through sixth grade. Provides a
background for students in language arts and
literature for children. Prerequisite: 43 semester
hours

62.389 Individualized Instruction Activities in
the Elementary School (3)
Emphasizes procedures for helping individuals learn the informal school concept and rearranging the



elementary classroom into an efficient and effective learning area with emphasis on a language arts center, mathematics center, science

cation. Analyzes current trends

centers,

for teaching children

43

62.302 Teaching of Science in the Elementary

in

ence. Prerequisite: 64 semester hours

and social

semester hours

studies centers. Prerequisite:



136

Education

62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the ElemenEmphasizes methods and
tary School (3)
materials appropriate for teaching elementary school social studies in contemporary society. Prerequisite: 64 semester hours



Secondary Education

(Code 65)
65.351 Teaching Commmiication in the Sec-



62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the Elemen-

ondary School

tary School (3)
Emphasizes methods and
materials designed to help elementary school

60.201, 60.251,60.297, 60.301, 60.393; funior
standing in an area of concentration in Secondary
Education



children develop communication skills for tocomplex society. Includes all areas of a
modern language arts curriculum. Prerequisite:

day's

64 semester hours
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the ElemenOutlines mathematical
tary School (3)
methods, materials, understandings, and attitudes essential in the teaching of contemporary programs in the elementary school. Prerequisite: 64 semester hours



62.400 Workshop in Teaching Mathematics in
Early Childhood and Elementary Education
Presents a workshop format to pro(1-6)
vide individual or group study of problems
concerned with teaching mathematics at early
childhood and elementary levels.



62.410 Methods and
hood Education I (3)

Materials in Early Child-

— Provides teachers with

a workshop experience in infant daycare centers and nursery schools. Provides methods and
materials that teachers can use and construct
in their centers and classrooms. Examines theories of Bruner, Piaget, Froebel, and Montessori. Prerequisites: 62.121, 62.322

62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education II (3)
Provides teachers
with a workshop experience in infant daycare
centers and nursery schools. Provides methods
and materials that teachers can use and con-



struct in their centers

and classrooms. Examand

ines theories of Bruner, Piaget, Froebel,

Montessori. Prerequisites: 62.121, 62.322

62.431 Independent Study in Elementary and
Early Childhood Education ( 1-3)
Individual projects in education. Requires consent of the



department chairperson.

62.450 Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary School (3)
Examines
factors influencing second language acquisition and addresses a variety of strategies designed to teach foreign languages in the elementary school. Special focus on integrating
the foreign language syllabus within the elementary school curriculum. Culture, art, music and dance included. Prerequisites: 60.291,
200-level foreign language or equivalent



(Fall)

(3)

Prerequisites:

65.352 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School (Spring) (3)
Prerequisites: 60.201,
60.251, 60.291, 60.301, 60.393; Junior standing
in

an area of concentration

in Secondary Education

65.353 Teaching Science in the Secondary
School (Fall) (3)
Prerequisites: 60.201,



60.251, 60.291, 60.301, 60.393; Junior standing
in an area of concentration in Secondary Education

65.355 Teaching Social Studies in the Secondary School (Fall) (3)
Prerequisites: 60.201,
60.251, 60.291, 60.301, 60.393; Junior standing
in an area of concentration in Secondary Education



65.358 Teaching Foreign Language in the Sec-

ondary School (Spring)

(3)



Prerequisites:

60.201, 60.251,60.291, 60.301, 60.393; Junior
standing in an area of concentration in Secondary

Education

65.374 Teaching Reading in Academic Subjects
Understanding techniques for develop(3)
ing reading skills applicable to the secondary



school. Emphasis

on readiness, comprehenand oral reading through

sion, silent reading,

secondary school academic subjects.
site: 45 semester hours

Prerequi-



65.411 Seminar in Secondary Education (3)
around concerns and problems encountered in secondary education.
The range of activities is determined by individual need and by levels of professional competency including diagnosis, mutual development of objectives, and self evaluation.
Activities center

65.431 Independent Study in Secondary Education (1-3)
Requires consent of department
chairperson.



Professional Studies (Code 79)



A
79.312 Internship in Education (1-15)
in an education-related

work study program

setting applicable to fulfilling free electives in

teacher education degree programs.

Engineering

137

Engineering and Liberal Arts

Program Coordinator
Gunther L. Lange,

ment of

Civil

assistant professor, Depart-

Engineering

Computer Engineering

Advisory Committee
Stephen D. Beck, professor, Department of
Mathematics and Computer Science
Mariana Blackburn, assistant professor. Department of Chemistry
Norman M. Gillmeister, associate professor.
Department of Geography and Earth Science
Gunther L. Lange, assistant professor, Depart-

State

Penn

State

ment of Physics

Required Courses

Degree Program

A 3/2 cooperative dual-degree program:
Bachelor of Arts in Physics or Mathematics
from Bloomsburg University and Bachelor of
Science in an engineering discipline from The
Pennsylvania State University or Wilkes Uni-

All students in this program must complete
the following 48 semester hours at Bloomsburg

University plus additional courses specific to
their field of interest in engineering.
Physics (11 semester hours)
54.211 Gen-



eral Physics

versity

1,

54.212 General Physics

Modern Atomic
Goals and Objectives

The engineering and

State

Engineering
State
Engineering Management
Wilkes
Engineering Science
Penn State
Environmental Engineering
Wilkes
Industrial Engineering
Penn State
Materials Engineering
Wilkes
Mechanical Engineering Wilkes or Penn State
Metals Science and Engineering
Penn State
Mining Engineering
Penn State
Nuclear Engineering
Penn State
Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering
Electrical

Physics

Penn
Penn
Wilkes or Penn

liberal arts

program

provides the opportunity for students to pursue a rewarding and challenging career in the
high-demand field of engineering without forgoing the broader scope of a Bloomsburg University educational experience. This cooperative program of study leads to two baccalaureate degrees, one in liberal arts and sciences
awarded by Bloomsburg University and one in
an area of engineering from either The Pennsylvania State University or Wilkes University.
Candidates for these degrees spend three years
at Bloomsburg University, where they study
science, mathematics, pre-engineering, and a
broad variety of liberal arts subjects, followed
by two years at the University Park campus of
Penn State or at Wilkes University in WilkesBarre, where they study engineering disciplines.

StTjdents may pursue an engineering education in any of the following areas:

Aerospace Engineering
Agricultural Engineering
Ceramic Science and Engineering
Chemical Engineering

Penn
Penn
Penn
Penn

State
State
State
State

Physics

II,

54.310



Chemistry (8 semester hours)
52.115
Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry and
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements
Mathematics ( 1 8 semester hours
53.125



53.126 Analysis II, 53.225 Analysis
III, 53.226 Analysis IV, 53.322 Differential
Equations, 53.314 Linear Algebra
Computer Science (3 semester hours)
56.210 Algorithmic Processes
Pre-Engineering (8 semester hours)
Only offered alternate years, 54.301 Mechanics: Statics, 54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics,
51.173 Introductory Engineering Graphics,
51.174 Engineering Design Graphics

Analysis

I,




Program-Specific Course

Requirements
Candidates planning to pursue an engineering degree at Wilkes University must take the
following courses: Physics, 54.315 Electronics
(4 semester hours) or 54.400 Advanced Physics Laboratory (2 semester hours), and one of
the following: 09.213 Science, Technology,
Human Values (3 semester hours); 41.105 Environmental Issues and Choices (3 semester
hours) or 44.207 Ethics, Politics, and Public
Policy (3 semester hours)
;



138

Engineering

Candidates planning to pursue an engineering degree at Penn State must take 25.103 Public Speaking (3 semester hours)
Candidates in certain engineering programs also must meet additional course requirements. These course requirements are as
follows:

Aerospace, Electrical or Nuclear Engineer53.491 or 53.492 in Partial Differential
Equations (3 semester hours)
Chemical or Materials Engineering
52.131 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry (4
semester hours); 52.232 Intermediate Organic Chemistry (4 semester hours). Chemical
engineering students are excused from 54.302
Mechanics: Dynamics
Environmental Engineering
52.131 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry (4 semester
hours); 52.232 Intermediate Organic Chemistry (4 semester hours) or 50. 1 73 Anatomy and
Physiology I (4 semester hours); 50.174 Anatomy and Physiology II (4 semester hours)
Engineering Management
53.141 Introduction to Statistics (3 semester hours) or
53.241 Probability and Statistics (3 semester
hours); 40.211 Principles of Economics I (3
semester hours); 40.212 Principle of Economics II (3 semester hours)
Mining Engineering
51.101 Physical
Geology (3 semester hours); 51.261 Mineralogy (4 semester hours)
Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering
51.101 Physical Geology (3 semester hours);
51.102 Historical Geology (3 semester hours)
ing











Additional Course Requirements
In addition to the above requirements, all
candidates must satisfy the General Education
requirements of Bloomsburg University and
the specific requirements for the B.A. degree
in either physic or mathematics. Students
should consult the program coordinator each
semester as they plan their schedules. With
careful planning, it is possible to satisfy all of
the requirements indicated during the student's three-year residence at Bloomsburg

University

To enter the program, individuals need only
apply and be accepted for admission to
Bloomsburg University. However, applicants
should be aware that any engineering program
requires the application of strong mathematical and problem-solving skills. It is expected
that the student's high school mathematics
background

is

sufficient for

Students wishing to complete their studies
State University must
maintain a quality point average (QPA) of 3.0
overall and a 2.75 in required core courses. In
a few majors, a 2.5 overall average may be suf-

and these are subject

change from year to year.
For transfer to Wilkes

enrollment in

53.125, the initial course in the required cal-

culus sequence, during the

first

semester of

study.

Applicants for admission who previously
were registered as degree candidates and established an academic record as degree candi-

The Pennsylvania State University prior to entering this cooperative program at
Bloomsburg University will be considered readmission candidates and must meet additional enrollment criteria for readmission to The
Pennsylvania State University.
Students should indicate a desire to follow
this program of study at the time of admission
to Bloomsburg University in order to insure
sufficient time to complete all of the required
courses. Notification should be made to the
director of academic advisement who, in turn,
will notify the coordinator of the Engineering
and Liberal Arts Program. The coordinator will
assign each student an academic adviser who
is a member of the Pre-Engineering Advisory
Committee. Students should consult both their
advisers and the coordinator for assistance in
schedule planning. At the end of the second
year of study, students become candidates for
transfer if they have maintained a sufficientiy
high QPA.
dates at

The Pennsylvania

State University

The Pennsylvania

ficient for transfer,

Admission Procedures

Transferring to

Required Academic Performance
at

QPA of 2.5 overall. Transfer
candidates to the environmental engineering,
materials engineering, and engineering management programs are required to have a 2.65
QPA in science, mathematics, and pre-engineering courses, while candidates to the electrical engineering program must maintain a
2.75 average in these technical courses.
must maintain a

to

University, students

In September of the third year of study, students should apply for transfer to The Pennsylvania State University. All

correspondence

and the application should clearly indicate that
the transfer is requested under a cooperative
3/2 program. Nov. 30 is the application deadline. Successful applicants will be offered provisional admission to Penn State for the fol-

Er^neering

lowing

fall

139

semester.



An



of the applicant's grades including all
grades earned during the first two years;
A schedule of all courses to be taken during

Completed applications should be supported by the following documentation:






An

official transcript

of the applicant's final

secondary school grades;
Two official transcripts of the applicant's
Bloomsburg University academic record
including all grades earned;
A schedule of all courses to be taken in the

A

Bloomsburg University

transcript

the third year.

The Pre-Engineering Advisory Committee
reviews these credentials and submits a recommendation to the dean of admissions of Wilkes
University. Successful applicants will be offered
provisional admission to Wilkes University for

third year;

of recommendation from the PreEngineering Advisory Committee.
At the end of the third year of study, two
copies of the student's official Bloomsburg


official

letter

University transcript should be forwarded to

the Admissions Office of

The Pennsylvania

State University. Students who have maintained

the required quality point average, who have
all required courses, and who are
recommended by the Pre-Engineering Adviso-

completed

ry Committee, will be offered permanent admission to Penn State.

the following summer.

At the end of the third
student's official

year, a

copy of the

Bloomsburg University

tran-

should be submitted to the coordinator.
Students who have maintained the required
quality point average, who have completed all
the required courses, and who are recommended by the Pre-Engineering Advisory Committee, will be offered permanent admission to
Wilkes University.
script

Receiving a Bloomsburg University

Degree
Transferring to Wilkes University
At the beginning of the third year of study,
students should apply for transfer to Wilkes
University through the coordinator of the pro-

gram

at

Bloomsburg

University. Applications

are available in the coordinator's office.

Completed applications should be supported by the follov^ng credentials:


An

official transcript of the applicant's
secondary school grades;

final

In January of the student's final year in engineering college, the student should send an
official transcript of all courses taken to the
registrar at

Bloomsburg

University.

A

letter

indicating intent to graduate should be sent
to the coordinator of the Engineering and Liberal Arts Program so that course evaluations
can be made. The registrar, upon evaluation
of the transcript, will arrange for a diploma to
be awarded at the university's May graduation.

140

En^ish

Department of English

State University of

Faculty
William M.

Baillie,

Chairperson, Professor —

Teachers College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University Of Chicago
S. Ekema Agbaw, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
University of Yaounde; M.A., University of
Leeds; Ph.D., University of Connecticut
M. Dale Anderson, Associate Professor
B.S.L., Nebraska Christian College; M.A.,
Fort Hays Kansas State College; Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
B.A., WestMary-Jo Arn, Associate Professor
B.A., Ball State







minster College; Ph.D., State University of

New York at Binghamton




Mary G. Bernath, Associate Professor

B.A.,

M.A., Ph.D., University Of Pittsburgh
B.A.,
Janice Broder, Assistant Professor
Mount Holyoke College, M.A., University
of Michigan; M.A.., Ph.D., Brandeis University



William D. Eisenberg, Associate Professor
B.A., University Of Delaware; M.A., Lehigh
University



Ronald A. Ferdock, Associate Professor
A.B.,
St. Vincent College; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Lawrence B. Fuller, Professor



A.B., DartCollege; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University;
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Nancy E. Gill, Associate Professor
B.A., M.A.,

mouth



Washington State University; Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State University
F. GuUey, Professor
A.B., Bucknell
University; M.A., Ph.D., Lehigh University
Michael McCully, Associate Professor
B.A.,
Hendrix College; M.A., Western Illinois



Ervene
S.



University; Ph.D., University

Edwin

Of Iowa

Moses, Assistant Professor — B.A.,

P.

Kansas State University; Ph.D., State University Of New York At Binghamton
Francis

J.

Peters, Professor

— B.A., Belmont

Abbey College; M.A., Seton Hall
ty;

Ph.D.,

Marion

Universi-

New York University

B. Petrillo, Assistant Professor

— B.A.,

Wilkes College; M.A., Duquesne University; Ph.D., State University Of New York At

Binghamton
David

S.

Randall, Assistant Professor



B.A.,

New

York at Potsdam;
New York

M.A., Ph.D., State University of
at

Binghamton

Terrance J.

Riley, Associate Professor, Director,
University Writing Center
B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University Of Michigan
Danny L. Robinson, Associate Professor
B.A., Northern Arizona University; M.A.,
Purdue University; Ph.D., Duke University
Glenn E. Sadler, Professor
A.B., Wheaton
College; M.A., University Of California At
Los Angeles; Ph.D., University Of Aber-







deen, Scodand

Sabah A.

Salih, Assistant Professor

— B.A.,

University of Baghdad, M.A., Ph.D., South-

ern

Illinois University

— B.A.,
Louise M. Stone, Assistant Professor —
M.A., University Of Michigan
Julie Vandivere, Assistant Professor — B.A.,
Riley B. Smith, Associate Professor
Ph.D.,

The

University

Of Texas, Austin

B.A.,

University of Utah; M.A.,

Brigham Young

University; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University

Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in English

A total of 48 semester hours is required for
a major in English.

Goals and Objectives
The department offers

a

program leading

Bachelor of Arts in English and provides
the English courses for Bachelor of Science
in Education in two areas of concentration,
English and Communication, which culminate
in certification for teaching in secondary
to a

schools.

The department also

offers a

minor

in En-

glish.

The

discipline of English provides training

in intensive reading, critical thinking, creative

writing

and language

study.

Required Courses
Required courses include: 20.203, 20.226,
20.236, 20.237, 20.246, 20.247 and 20.363;
20.256 or 20.257; 20.386 or 20.387; 20.488 or
20.489; 20.492 or 20.493; 20.311, 20.312,
20.411, or 20.413; 20.334, 20.335, 20.431,
20.432, 20.433, 20.434, 20.436.

141

En^ish

Also,

choose one course from 20.341,

folksong, folktale,

and

in terms of origin, transmission,

20.370, or 20.375; 20.301, 20.302, 20.303,
20.306, 20.370, 20.372, 20.373, 20.374, 20.375,

on

20.377 or 20.379; and two other 300-400 level
literature courses. No course may be used to
atisfy more than one requirement.
Minor in English
20.226 European Literature 1, 20.237 American Literature II, 20.247
British Literature II, 20.363 Shakespeare, and
two English courses at the 300-400 level, excluding 20.384 and 20.385.



English (Code 20)
When 20.203

is listed

as a prerequisite, any 100-

level or 200-level literature course

may

be substitut-

ed as the prerequisite.



Study and prac20.101 Composition I (3)
tice of the principles of composition to improve
proficiency in writing skills.



Similar to
20.104 Honors Composition (3)
20.101 but offered only to freshmen exempted from 20.101 on the basis of admission criteria. Study and practice in short and long essays and in research-supported writing. Students
who successfully complete 20.104 are exempt a second writing course requirement.
20. Ill

Language and Social Interaction

(3)



A study of varieties of language, verbal and nonverbal,

and

their

communicative and

social

functions.





Exami20.131 The Bible as Uterature (3)
nation of literary types found in the Old and
New Testaments and their profound influence
on Western culture. Not applicable toward a major in English.



Ex20.151 Introduction to Literature (3)
ploration of literature as experience and the
techniques by which it communicates in short
story, novel,

literature.



A
20.154 Folklore of the American West (3)
study of folklore genres, including legends, tall
tales, ballads, and customs of Native Americans,
English, French, and Spanish of the Trans-Mississippi West.



Study of one
20.156 Popular Literature (3)
type of popular literature (such as detective
fiction, science fiction, literature of terror, or
popular drama) and examination of its forms,
conventions, and ideas. Course content varies
with each presentation of the course.
20.200 Writing Proficiency Examination (3)

nation conditions on topics provided by the
staff. Faculty consultations and a writing laboratory are available for students in the course.
Not for English majors. Prerequisite: 20.101



Intermediate-lev20.201 Composition n (3)
el study and practice in composition, reinforcing and expanding basic writing skills. Instruction in short and long essays and in researchsupported writing. Prerequisite: 20. 101 or consent
of department chairperson



An
20.203 Approaches to Literary Study (3)
introduction to writing about literature; a consideration of research techniques and types of
literary analysis. Satisfies requirement for Composition





A survey of such tradi20.153 Folklore (3)
tional forms of oral literature as epic, ballad.

II.

Required for all English majors. Prerequi-

20.101 or 20. 104; open

to all

students



Major
20.226 European Literature I (3)
Continental literary works in translation from
the classical Greek period through the Renaissance, including Biblical backgrounds.



Major
20.227 European Literature II (3)
Continental literary works in translation from
the 17th century to the present.



Survey of
20.236 American Literature I (3)
American literature from its colonial beginnings through the Civil War.



20.237 American Literature II (3)
Survey of
American literature from the Civil War through
the

drama, and poetry.

Readings
20.152 Literature and Society (3)
selected for consideration of purposes, characteristics, issues, and values of specific areas
(such as business, psychology, or science) from
a humanistic perspective.



A series of compositions written under exami-

site:

20.112 Practical Grammar and Usage (3)
study of grammatical forms, rules, and accepted usage of current written standard English,
with practical application to improve diction,
sentence structure, and style.

examined
and influence

superstitions

20.342, 20.344, 20.345, 20.346, 20.347, 20.364,

modern

era.



British Literature I (3)
Survey of
British literature from Beowulf through Sam-

20.246

uel Johnson.



20.247 British Literature U (3)
Survey of
from the Romantics through

British literature

the

modern

era.



20.256 Non-Western Literature I (3)
Study
of a literature or literatures outside the tradi-

142

English

tions of

European-American

of the Old and Middle English periods (the

cultures.



20.257 Non-Western Literature II (3)
Study
of a literature or literatures outside the traditions of European-American cultures, differing
from 20.256 by either the literature (s) or the

former in translation) that relate to a common
theme, period, or genre (such as drama or
metrical romance), generally excluding the
works of Chaucer. Prerequisite: 20.203

works studied.

20.342 The Renaissance (3)
The poetry and
nondramatic prose of the 16th and 17th centuries (to 1660), excluding the works of Milton. Prerequisite: 20.203



Exploration of the nature
20.280 Poetry (3)
of poetry in terms of its aims, forms, and substance.

20.300 Writing Children's Literature (3)



Approaches to and practice in writing children's books for publication. Consideration of
various literary types and techniques with discussion of field research in writing nonfiction,
and poetry for children. Prerequisite:
20.351 or 20.352 or consent of the instructor

ficdon,



20.301 Creative Writing: Fiction (3)
Original creative work in fiction; critical analysis by
the instructor and the class in group discussion.



Ad20.302 Advanced Composition (3)
vanced study of writing nonfiction prose: form,
style, audience, editing, evaluation. Prerequisite:
60 semester hours
20.303 Creative Writing: Poetry

(3)

— Lecture

and discussion concerning the fundamental
theory and techniques of poetry writing together wdth writing and evaluation of poems in a
workshop situation. Prerequisite: 20.280 or
20.379 or consent of the

instructor



20.306 Theory and Practice of Writing (3)
Introduction to new theories of writing and the
teaching of writing including both study of and

methods the theories

practice in the

Recommended

for secondary education stu-

dents in English, but open to
terested in advanced

45

site:

require.

work

all

students in-

in writing. Prerequi-

semester hours

20.311 Structure of English (3)

—Study of the

sound patterns, morphology, word formation
processes, semantics, and syntax of modern
English, and of children's acquisition of their
first

language.

Prerequisite:

45

semester hours



20.312 History of the English Language (3)
Survey of the major developments in the English language from its Anglo-Saxon origins to
the present. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours or consent of the instructor

20.334, 20.335 Studies in American Literature
Major American writers instrumental in
(3)
shaping and interpreting the American experience. Writers vary with each presentation of
the course. Prerequisite: 20.203



20.341 Medieval Literature (3)

— Major works

j

i



20.344
poetry,

'



The Neoclassical Age (3)
The prose,
and drama of the period from 1660

through the end of the 18th century.

j

20.345 Romantic and Victorian Literature (3)
The poetry and prose of the late 18th and
19th centuries.



|
"

m British Uterature (3)

20.346, 20.347 Studies

— Major writers instrumental

|

shaping and
interpreting the British experience. Writers
vary with each presentation of the course. Prerequisite: 20.203
in

1
'



I

20.363 Shakespeare (3)
Study of Shakes'
peare's plays with emphasis on Shakespeare as
poet and playwright and attention to conditions of the Elizabethan theater and history of
the Shakespearean text. Prerequisite: 20.203
I

20.364 Chaucer

(3)

— Chaucer's major poet-

ry (with practice in speaking

and reading Mid-

dle English) including consideration of the

.

medieval social and intellectual contexts of his
work. Prerequisite: 20.203

i

\



20.365 Milton (3)
The poetry and prose of
John Milton considered in the contexts of his
age, his puritanism, and his learning. Prerequisite: 20.203

.

1

|



20.370 The English Novel (3)
History and
development of the novel in England from its
inception to the end of the 19th century. Pre-l
requisite: 20.203
\

20.372

Modem



Novel (3)
Major modern
on developments in fie-

novels, with emphasis

tional art. Writers vary v«th each presentation I

of the course.

Prerequisite:

20.203

|



The history, charac20.374 Short Story (3)
teristics, and techniques of the modern short
story. Prerequisite: 20. 203

I



The plays of |
20.375 Renaissance Drama (3)
Shakespeare's predecessors and contemporaries and those of later Jacobean and Caroline
dramatists. Prerequisite: 20.203
20.377
tal,

Modem Drama (3) — Major Continen-

English,

and American

attitudes, themes,

20.379

and

from Ibsen to
on contemporary

plays

the present wdth emphasis

style. Prerequisite:

Modern Poetry

(3)

20.203^

— A survey of con-

143

Mglish

emporary poetry and poetic movements.
equisite:

Pre-

20.203



50.384 Literature for Children (3)
Studies
he development of literature for children,

ncluding consideration of criteria for selectng literature for the classroom and library and
nethods for presenting literary works in an
;Iementary classroom. Not applicable toward a
najor in English. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours



50.385 Literature for Young Adults (3)
cal discussion of literature aimed at

Crit-

young

dull readers or popular with them, by such

Hinton, Robert Cormier, Judy
Slume, and Paul Zindel. Consideration of litrary works for the secondary classroom with
ittention to the subject of censorship. Not applicable toward a major in English. Prerequisite: 60
vriters as S.E.

20.386, 20.387 Studies in
(3)

Contemporary

— Study of a

Lit-

topic, author, or

movement significant in post-World War II
ratures.



period. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours, including

20.203



A
20.436 African-American Literature (3)
detailed study of one of the three major areas
in African-American literature: the AfricanAmerican novel, the Harlem Renaissance or
African-American Writers. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours, including 20.203
20.481 Special Topics (3)

— Study of a topic

in literature; topic varies with

each presenta-

tion of the course.



semester hours

erature

hours, including 20. 203

20.434 Contemporary American Literature (3)
Consideration of significant fiction, drama
and poetry since World War II, with emphasis
on writers and texts reflecting the social, political, intellectual and artistic diversity of the

Course content will

lit-

vary. Prerequisite:



20.203



Modem

Seminar (3)
An opportu20.488, 20.489
nity to explore, at an advanced level, a literary
or linguistic subject not offered in regularly
scheduled courses. Content determined by the
instructor. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours

20.41 1
Linguistic Theory (3)
A survey of modern developments in linguistics, in-

cluding transformational-generative grammar;
applications of theory to patterns of language
acquisition; current adaptations of theory for
presentation as grammar in schools. Prerequi-

20.492 Literary Theory and Criticism (3)
Study of traditional literary criticism from Aristode to the present, as well as of contemporary trends in literary theory, at an advanced
level. Prerequisite:

60 semester hours

Review of

20.413 Language in American Society (3)
social, political, and philosophical

20.493 Bibliography and Literary Research (3)
Investigation of methods of literary scholarship and study of book history and production with practice in preparing specialized bibliographies and planning scholarly projects.

perspectives on the historical development and

Prerequisite:

site:

60

semester hours



current status of English and other languages
in American society. Prerequisite:

60 semester hours

20.431 American RomanticisTi (1820-1865) (3)
An advanced course in the significant literary and cultural movements and writers of the
period 1820-1865. Special emphasis given to
the works of Irving, Cooper, Emerson, Hawthorne, Poe, Thoreau, Melville, Douglass,
Whitman and Dickinson. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours, including 20. 203





20.432 American Realism (1865-1914) (3)
iStudy of American literature between the Civil War and 1914. Content varies, but will include Twain, Howells, James, Wharton, Crane

and

Dreiser.

E-'^iding

Prerequisite:

45

semester hours, in-

20.203

Modernism (1914-1945) (3)
Consideration of significant fiction, drama
and poetry written between 1914 and 1945,
.with emphasis on writers and texts reflecting
Ithe social, political, intellectual and artistic
.433 American

diversity of the period. Prerequisite: 45 semester



60 semester hours



20.494 Rhetoric of Literature (3)
Study of
major rhetorical devices, the nature and range
of rhetorical designs; identification of these
language devices in drama, prose, and poetry;
and discussion of their effects on the reading
audience. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours
20.495 Independent Study in English (3-6)
Prerequisite:



60 semester hours



20.496 Literary Study Abroad (3)
A travelstudy course for English majors and non-majors, concentrating on a writer or literary problem in the perspective of the relevant disciplines. Includes meetings with writers and
scholars and the use of on-site resources. Area
of emphasis determined by the instructor



20.497 English Internship (1-12)
A workstudy program. Not applicable toward major or
minor in English. Open to English majors; others by
departmental consent. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours
completed

144

Finance

Department of Finance and Business Law

Faculty Credentials
David G. Heskel, Chairperson, Associate Professor
ness,

Barbara

— M.B.A., Ph.D., University of BusiBehr, Professor — A.B., Cornell

91.220 and 91.223; Computer and Information
Systems 92.150; Management 93.344, 93.445,
and 93.446; Finance 96.313; Marketing 97.310;
and Business Law 98.331.

Vienna, Austria
E.

University; M.A.,

gers

I

Hunter College; J. D., Rut-

Law School

Associate Professor
A.B.,
J. Elvy^ell,
A.M., J.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-

Champaign



David G. Martin, Associate Professor
C. W. Post College; M.B.A., Western

Select courses in business and economics
complete a minimum of 63 semester hours
Courses designated with a 91 92, 93, 96, 97, or
98 prefix are business courses and those with
a 40 prefix are economics courses. Additional
courses permitted as electives include: SpeechB
Communication 25.307; History 42.223 (asub-|
stitute for 42.224 and 40.423), 42.472; and
General Business 90.101, 90.241, 90.431, and
to



Karen

Elective Courses

B.A.,

Illinois

University; Ph.D., University of Alabama



B.A., SwarBruce L. Rockwood, Professor
thmore College; J. D., University of Chicago Law School



B.S.,
W. Steven Smith, Associate Professor
M.B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., The
Ohio State University; Ph.D., University of

,

90.432.

I

Note: 90.101 will not be allowed for credit!
as a business elective once a student has completed 6 semester hours in business administration courses.

In selecting an elective, the student musti
have the proper prerequisites and avoid choos-"

Alabama

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

ing courses below the level for which the student has already been prepared in the subjects
field.

A total of 63 semester hours is required for
a major in finance in the business administration degree program. Other majors include
accounting, business administration-economics, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing.

I

General Education Courses
Enghsh 20.101 and 20.201 are required

1

Free Electives

'

Select free elective courses as needed to
meet the 1 28 semester hours required for grad-lj

Goals and Objectives
The major in finance

provides a perspecof the finance environment such as the
functioning of major stocks and bonds martive

kets, the banking system, and international financial markets. It will provide students with
educational opportunities that will prepare
them to pursue careers in the domestic as well

as international financial fields.

I

uation.

Specialization in Business

CoursesB
Economics 40.311, 40.312, 40.313, andf
40.422 or 40.423, plus one additional economics course (3 semester hours) and one course
specialization in business economics.

include:

A total of 15 semester hours is required for
a major in finance. Required courses include:

Finance (Code 96)

Finance 96.323, 96.343, 96.454, and 6 semester hours from 96.333, 96.413, 96.423, 96.440,

96.313 Business Finance (3)

Courses required for the degree program

Econom-

40.211, 40.212, 40.246 or 53.123, and
40.346; Mathematics 53.118; Accounting
ics

cial

management

tion, risk,

and 96.473.

in business administration include:

Economics

A total of 18 semester hours is required for—

(3 semester hours) in business.

Required Courses

96.463,

as

General Education courses.

working

— Studies finan-

in the areas

capital

g

of asset

valua-j

management,

capi-l

budgeting, cost of capital, financial structure, financing sources, and dividend policy.,
tal

Prerequisites:

Accounting 91.220, Economics!

40.211 and 40.212

145

'tnance

6.323 Money, Capital Markets, and Financial
Studies short-term money
(3)
narket and long-term capital market instrunents, major financial institutions, the relationhip between interest rates and security prices,
md the role of the consumer and government
n financial markets. Prerequisite: 96.313
nstitutions

)6.333



Commercial Bank Operations (Manage-



nent) (3)
Covers fiindamental principles of
sank operations. Includes a survey of various
sank functions such as accounting, trust desartment, international financial services, lendng operations, public service, and liability
nanagement. Prerequisite: 96.313



96.343 Investment Management (3)
Outines principles of security investments: decriptions of investments instruments, investment planning, security valuation, portfolio
heory and strategy, and security markets. Prerequisite: 96.313

96.413 International finance (3)

— Studies the

and practices relevant to understanding the nature of international finance, its problems, and its institutions. Discussion centers
on sources and instruments of international
export and import financing, balance-of-payments, exchange rates, governmental regulaprinciples

tions

and

policies, financial

management,

96.313

96.423 Security Analysis and Portfolio Theory
Detailed analysis of major elements re(3)
lated to determining the earnings and risk potential of securities and study of the underlying principles inherent to portfolio construction. Prerequisite: 96.343





96.432 Internship in Finance (1-6)
Prerequisites: 96.313, Junior or Senior standing, and QPA
of2.50

%.440 Introduction to Options and Futures

— Detailed analysis of major elements

(3)

affect-

ing market prices of options and futures contracts and analysis of optimal investment stretegies involving these derivative instruments.
Prerequisite: 96-343



96.454 Financial Management Decisions (3)
Studies business financial problems and the
development of financial decision-making tools
and practices as used in the decision-making
role of the financial manager. Prerequisite:
96.313



96.463 Seminar in Finance (3)
Explores a
wide range of topics in finance, primarily focused in the area of financial management.
Designed primarily for senior finance majors.

96.313 and 96.343



96.473 Seminar in Investments (3)
Examines a wide variety of topics in the field of investment management and portfolio theory.
Designed primarily for Seniors majoring in finance. Prerequisites: 96.313 and 96.343

Business

Law

(Code 98)



98.331 Business Law I (3)
Introduces the
nature and sources of law, the judicial system,
principles of law applicable to business transactions including contracts, torts, sales, property, and criminal law.



Presents basic
98.332 Business Law n (3)
principles of commercial law (UCC), agency,
and such topics as debtor/creditor relations,
business organizations,

and ethics.

Prerequisite:

98.331

98.340

Law and Literatoire

(3)

— An introduc-

and literature, both as an approach
to the reading of legal texts and as a means of
addressing issues in law, justice and morality
as portrayed in works of fiction and other narratives. Modules include slavery, abortion, the
death penalty. Native American law and literature and international law and literature. Pretion to law

requisite:

as

well as accounting for international transactions. Prerequisite:

Prerequisites:

98.331 or consent of the instructor

98.407 International Legal Environment of
Business (3)
Introduction to public and
private international law as applied to the increasingly globalized business environment.
Cases include: trade law; extraterritorial application of U.S. law; treaty law; U.S.-Japan structural impediments talks; the GATT; the Euro-



pean Community: multinational corporations;
and environmental regulation. Prerequisite:
98.331 or consent of the instructor



98.450 Legal Environment of Business (3)
Advanced coverage of topics in government
regulation of business through administrative
law, legislation,

and judicial intervention. May

include issues in the law of corporate securities, antitrust, environmental regulations, and
other aspects of legal regulation of the competitive process. Prerequisites: 98.331 and Economics 40.212

98.460 Employment Discrimination and Affirmative Action (3)
A survey of major federal
laws that address equal opportunity in employment and focuses on types of job discrimination ouUawed by Tide VII of the 1964 Civil
Rights Act. Legal emd ethical issues relating to



programs are discussed, as
are state and local laws addressing employment
discrimination.
affirmative action

146

Geography

Department of Geography and Earth Science

Requires 21 semester hours in planning

Faculty

James

R. Lauffer, Chairperson,

Professor —

Allegheny College; M.S., University of
Hawaii; Ph.D., University of Delaware
Brian A. Johnson, Professor
B.S., M.Ed.,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania; D.Ed.,
The Pennsylvania State University
Sandra Kehoe-Forutan, Assistant Professor
B.A., Queen's University; MCRP, The Ohio
State University; Ph.D., The University of
B.S.,



Geography 41.250, 41.350,
and 41.498; 15 semester hours from
including:

41.497,

41.101,

41.221, 41.258, 41.302, 41.310, 41.315, 41.363,

and Earth Science/Geology 51.105; 16 semester hours from 41 .242, 41 .264, 41 .342 or Earth



Science/Geology 51.320; 12 semester hours
from Interdisciplinary Studies 09.231, Speech
Communication 25.103, Mathematics 53.141

Queensland
A.B., State UniJames T. Lorelli, Professor
versity of New York at Binghamton; M.A.,

and Computer Science 56.110; Political Science 44.101 and 44.452 (for 6 semester hours);
3 semester hours from Economics 40.211,
40.212, 40.316, and 40.410; and 3 semester
hours from Sociology 45.211, 45.213, 45.316,
45.457, and 45.468.



Syracuse University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University
B.S.,
Joseph R. Pifer, Associate Professor
Clarion State College; M.A., Arizona State
University
Karen M. Trifonoff, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
M.S., University of Akron, Ph.D., University of Kansas





Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Geography
total of 30 to 60 semester hours
quired for a major in geography.

A

is

re-

Goals and Objectives
The programs in Urban/Regional Planning
and Environmental Planning are aimed at providing majors with a broad based background
in the planning field that will qualify them to
obtain entry-level positions in the public and
private sectors or prepare them for entry into
graduate programs in planning. These programs include the incorporation of interdisciplinary courses that are vital to this broad based
preparation. In addition the academic program plays a major role in preparing the stu-

dents for a required internship that provides
practical experience in dealing with diverse
planning activities. This internship further
enhances the employment potential of the
graduate.
Option I
Requires Geography 41.101 and 41 1 02 plus
24 additional semester hours in geography
.

courses.

n

Option
ning

-

Emphasis on Urban and Re^onal Plan-

m

- Emphasis on Environmental Manning
Requires 33 semester hours in planning

Option

including: 41.105, 41.250, 41.258, 41.301,
41.302, 41.350, 41.497, 41.498; 9 semester
hours from 41.303, 41.315, Earth Science/Geology 5 1 1 05 and 5 1 .370; 6 semester hours from
41.242, 41.264, 41.342 or 51.320; 18 semester
hours from Interdisciplinary Studies 09.231,
Speech Communication 25.103, Political Science 44.120, 44.452, Mathematics 53.141, and
Computer Science 56.110.
.

Minor in Geography
The minor in geography constitutes 18 semester hours and must include the following
courses 41.105, 41.250, 41.258, 41.301, and
41.302; and 3 semester hours from 44.315,
41.242 or 41.264.

Geography (Code 41)



Stud41.101 World Physical Geography (3)
ies Earth-sun relationships, land masses,
oceans, landforms, weather and climate, and
natural resources as elements and controls related to the adjustments humans make to their
environment.



Dem41.102 World Cultural Geography (3)
onstrates the relationship of humankind, land,
culture,

and economic

activities.

41.105 Environmeiital Issues and Choices (3)
Examines contemporary environmental resource issues within a values, ethics, and decision-making framework.



41.125 Weather and Climate

(3)

— Studies die

147

Geography

interrelationships between the elements of
weather and climate; elaborates on the functional application of these elements through
a study of climatic realms.

41.200 Geography of United States and CanaPresents a spatial analysis of the Unitda (3)
ed States and Canada emphasizing such concepts as environmental perception and sequent
occupancy; considers salient problems within
geographic regions in terms of genesis and



potential for solution.

problems with the objective of identifying appropriate

management

techniques.

41.303 Biogeography and Soil Resources (4)
Examines biogeographical and edaphic
phenomena and the ways in which humans
have modified vegetative communities and soil
cover; characteristics of soil and processes involved in their formation, and significance of



soils to
soil

mankind. Emphasizes sound biotic and

resource

management

strategies.
(3)

— Analyzes

human, and economic

factors that

41.310 Population Geography



Studies
41.201 Geography of Europe (3)
Europe's physical characteristics, topography,
transportation systems, resources, populations,

physical,

and

41.315 Outdoor Recreation Resources Management (3)
Explores the array of contemporary issues involving land, leisure, and recreational planning.

trade.



41.202 Geography of Latin America (3)
Examines Latin America as a major geographic region in terms of those economic, racial,
and cultural forms that have provided region-

and diversity.
Reviews
41.221 Economic Geography (3)
major economic activities; focuses on significant characteristics, location theory, and spaunity

al



tial

patterns.

41.242
lished

Map Skills

(3)

— Uses a variety of pub-

maps for interpreting and

past and present physical

interrelating

and cultural phenom-

ena with a view toward the future.



Acquaints
41.250 Elements of Planning (3)
students with the philosophy of planning, the
roles of the planner, and planning objectives.



Analyzes climate
41.256 Climatology (3)
(temperature, moisture, pressure, wind, air
masses, and storms) and the worldwide distribution of climates.



41.258 Environmental Conservation (3)
Identifies resource management and environmental problems and offers possible alternative solutions for these problems.



Studies
41.264 Applied Cartography (4)
fundamental principles, use of graphic media,
methods of construction, use and interpretation of maps, models, charts, and diagrams,
utilized in geography and in urban and regional

planning.

41.281-289 Special Topics in Geography (3)
Presents areas of geographic interest to a
general audience.





41.301 Water Resources Management (3)
of contemporary water resource issues related to environmental plan-

An examination

ning and management.



41.302 Land Resources Management (3)
An
examination of selected land-related issues and

influence the changing pattern of the political map of the world.





41.342 Geographic Information Systems (3)
Presents an introduction to computer-assisted
analysis of geographic data. Emphasizes CIS
applications in management of natural resources, environmental assessment, and urban
and regional planning. Laboratory projects
provide opportunities to develop computer
expertise. Prerequisite: 41.242 or 41.264 or consent of the instructor



Presents the
41.350 Advanced Planning (3)
development of skills and techniques used in
analysis, plan preparation, goal setting, and
implementation of urban and regional planning processes and activities. Prerequisite: 41.250
or consent of instructor



Provides a
41.363 Urban Geography (3)
conceptual and methodological framework in
which to view the process of urbanization.

41.475 Independent Study in Geography

(1-3)

— Provides independent,investigative research
oriented to studies of specific geographical
problems. Prerequisite: Open toJuniors and Seniors
majoring in geography.



Involves
41.497 Internship in Planning (12)
the placement of a student who is enrolled in
the course of study in urban/regional planning
or environmental planning into a planning
office for one semester, during which time the
student is actively involved in the functions and
activities of that planning office.



Pro41.498 Applied Planning Seminar (3)
vides an opportunity for reporting and analyzing experiences in internship. Integrates and
utilizes practice in the development of land use
from an urban or environmental perspective.
Taken in coordination vnth the internship in urban/
re^onal planning (41.497).

148

Health, Physical Education and Athletics

Department of Health, Physical
Education and Athletics

Roger B. Sanders, Professor

Faculty
Jerry K. Medlock, Chairperson, Professor —

Samford University; M.A., Ed.D., University of Alabama
A.B.,

Ellen J. Blamick, Instructor



B.S., California

West Virginia University
Tamra Cash, Assistant Professor
B.S., Elon
University; M.S.,



College; M.S. University of Tennessee; M.S.,

Eastern Kentucky University
Charles W. Chronister, Associate Professor
B.S., M.Ed., East Stroudsburg State College
Mary T. Gardner, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
M.Ed., East Stroudsburg State College
Joseph B. Hazzard, Jr., Assistant Professor
B.S., Salem College; M.S., Shippensburg







University



Susan J. Hibbs, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Western Kentucky University; M.Ed., East
Stroudsburg State College; Ed.D., Temple
University
Carl M. Hinkle, Assistant Professor



Montana

State University; M.S., Ithaca
College
Roch A. King, Instructor
B.A., California
State University at Fresno; M.S., Temple



University

Linda M. LeMura, Professor



B.S.,

Niagara

University; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University




B.A., William
Paterson College
Thomas F. Martucci, Instructor
B.S., Trenton State College; M.A., University of North
Carolina
Swapan Mookerjee, Assistant Professor
B.RE., M.P.E., Lakshmibaj National College
of Physical Education, Gwalior, India; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, Madison
Sharon L. O'Keefe, Instructor
B.S., Trenton State College; M.Ed., East Stroudsburg
State College
Ronald E. Puhl, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Lock Haven State College; M.S., West Chester State College
Burton T. Reese, Associate Professor
B.A.,
M.Ed., East Stroudsburg State College
David R. Rider, Assistant Professor
B.A., The
University of Chicago; M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Sheila A. Martucci, Instructor











B.S.,

West Ches-

ty

Leon Szmedra, Associate Professor
State University of



B.S.,

New York at Brockport;

M.A., University of Northern Colorado;
Ph.D., Syracuse University
Henry C. Turbervillejn, Associate Professor
B.S., M.A., University of Alabama



Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Adult Health
of 44 semester hours are
quired for a major in adult health.

A minimum

Goals and Objectives
The Department of Health,
cation,

and

re-

Physical Edu-

Athletics serves the student com-

munity by providing academic credit to fulfill
the university's General Education requirements. Credit

B.S.,



ter State College; M.A., Ball State Universi-

is

granted for participation

in

physical activities courses designed to be of life-

long benefit to the individual in the areas of
fitness

and

recreation.

An interdisciplinary bachelor's degree program

is available in adult health; an area of
concentration is provided in elementary education. The graduate program in Exercise Science and Adult Fitness has its home in this
department. The department cooperates in
several career concentrations including community recreation leader and outdoor leader-

ship

and program administration.

Students over 29 years of age must have
medical clearance before participating in vigorous physical activity courses.

Required Courses
Required interdisciplinary courses are: Psychology 48.101; Sociology 45.211; Biology
50.173, 50.174, 50.205 and 50.231; Philosophy
28.290 or 28.292 or Biology 50.254; Health
05.298; Interdisciplinary Studies 09.230;
05.321, 05.411, 05.476, 05.477; and Management 93.344 or Accounting 91.498.
Select

one course from Health 05.250,

05.305, or 05.350
Select one course

from Psychology 48.253,

48.311, 48.380 or 48.476

Health, Physical Education

and Athletics

Select one course from Health 05.430, Philosophy 28.290 or Biology 50.254
Internship: 59.498-Natural Science and
Mathematics.
Students are required to complete a minor
or area concentration.

Health, Physical Education

and Athletics (Code 05)
05.149 Aquatics (1)

— Provides an opportu-

nonswimmers to make a proper physiand mental adjustment to water. Introduces basic skills as provided by the American Red
Cross with specific emphasis on becoming safe
in, on, or about a body of water.
nity for
cal



05.150 Aquatics (1)
Contains same content
as 05.149 but adapted for beginning skills.



Reviews
05.151 Intermediate Aquatics (1)
basic aquatic skills; introduces advanced skills
and swimming strokes with emphasis on form
and efficiency, elementary rescue, and aquatic

games.



05.155 Swimnastics (1)
Assists students to
attain and maintain physical fitness through
water activities.





05.214 Fencing (1)
Lecture aspect covers a
study of the history of fencing, the weapons
and equipment involved, rules of the sport, and
safety procedures. Emphasis on learning and
practicing the skills, and practice bouts; includes a tournament.



05.217 Bicycling (1)
An introductory course
for novice cyclists who have access to a variable speed bicycle. Local touring is part of the
course. Local bicycle rentals are available.



A beginning course that
05.219 Tennis (1)
teaches basic stroke execution, strategy, and
court etiquette.

— Develops fundamen-

05.222 Creative Dance (1)

— Develops the

dividual's capability for

communication of

in-

thoughts, feelings and ideas through the medium of dance. Acquaints students with the
basic elements of dance and guides them toward technique mastery with emphasis on expressive or creative

movement.



Attempts to pro05.224 Fitness Dance (i)
method of cardiovascular endurance in

vide a

a particular interest area.



Develops the
05.225 Beginning Ballet (1)
fundamentals of beginning ballet dancing.
Elements, skills and the language of ballet will
be introduced. This history and popularity of
this art form along with the personal and creative benefits from ballet are included.



05.226 Jogging AValking (1)
Explores the
relationship of physical activity (jogging/ walking) to the components of wellness and healthy
lifestyles. Also provides sound exericise principles for successful, personalized fitness programs.



05.228 Gymnastics (1)
A co-ed introductory course that works primarily on floor exercise and includes instruction on a variety of
apparatus including: the balance beam, pom-

mel horse,

parallel bars.



Develops tiie skills,
05.229 Water Polo (1)
understanding and appreciation of water polo
as recreational aquatic sport. Provides activity
and instruction in individual fundamentals and
their incorporation into a team concept. Rec-

ommended for students with

basic

swimming

abili-

ty.

Designed for
05.200 CPR and Safety (1)
completion of Red Cross CPR certification and
to develop a safety awareness expertise for accident prevention. Fee may be required.

05.221 Jazz Dance (1)
tals of jazz dance.

149



05.230 Weight Training and Fitness ( 1 )
Develops knowledge and skill in and appreciation
of weight training and conditioning programs.



Course develops knowledge of, skill in, and appreciation of target archery as a recreational requirement.
05.231 Archery (1)



05.232 Bowling (1)
Students learn the mechanics of bowling in this beginner's course
that meets off-campus. Students begin with
appropriate ball selection, learn acceptable
styles, practice proper etiquette, and bowl under the instructor's close supervision. Fee required.

05.233 Badminton (1)
strokes, strategies,



Deals with the

and game of badminton

from a beginner's viewpoint. Also valuable

to

the intermediate player.

05.234 Golf (1)
develops basic
quette,

— An introductory course that
skills.

Rules, techniques, etiskill practice are

and an emphasis on

stressed. Fee

may

be required.



05.235 Riflery (1)
Develops die skills, safety, understanding, and appreciation of riflery
as a recreational pursuit.

05.236 Volleyball (1)

— Develops the

skills.

150

Health, Physical Education and Athletics

understanding, and appreciation of volleyball
as a recreational activity as well as a vigorous,
competitive sport.

05.237 Modified Physical Education (1)



Independent and small group instruction

for

students

who

are unable to take part in other

activities

due

to physical handicaps. Not offered

on a regular

basis.

—An

intro05.238 Racquetball-HandbaU (1)
ductory course that teaches history, etiquette,
strokes, serves, and strategy in singles and dou-

— Provides basic instruction

in the use of snormask, fins, and scuba units and an understanding of the physics of diving with a great
emphasis on safety.
kel,



05.247 Rock Climbing (1)
Provides rock
climbing experiences for the beginning rock
climbing enthusiast. Introduces basic knowledge, skills, and practical application of climbing. Serves as a foundation for further experiences in this area of recreation.
05.248 Basic Sailing

(

1

)

— A beginning course

maneuvering under
normal and severe weather conditions, seamanship, boating, and safety. Suiimming ability
that includes terminology,

bles.



Develops skill
05.239 Square Dancing (1)
in square and folk dances. Covers the socio-

and psychological values
of square dancing. Students acquire a repertoire of western square dance moves and dance
techniques.
logical, physiological,



Devel05.240 Slimnastics and Fitness (1)
ops an awareness and understanding of physical self and capabilities; teaches students how
to improve their physical condition. Includes
exercise and body mechanics.



05.241 Judo Self-Defense (1)
Provides a
better understanding of the sport and a competency of judo and self-defense techniques.
Should be used as an elective within the physical
education service program requirements.

required.

05.249 Synchronized Swimming

background

movement

in

fundamental

(

1

skills,

— Provides

)

strokes,

and

progressions involved in develop-

ing a basic routine.

05.250 Lifeguarding (2)
tunity to attain an

— Provides an oppor-

American Red Cross

guarding Certificate. CPR required

Life-

(prerequisite

or concurrent).

05.251 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Baseball (3)
Classroom-laboratory provides an overview of baseball administration,
organization, fundamental skills, drills, and
techniques of umpiring.



05.242 Physiological and Medical Aspects of

05.252 Techniques of Coaching and Officiat-

Athletic Coaching (3)
Presents basic anatomical and physiological factors affecting

ing Basketball (3)
Instruction in techniques
of coaching, player-coach relationship, team
strategy, program organization, and officiating.



strength, and conditioning in sports; studies equipment, training,

movement, endurance,

treatment of injuries, safety problems, and
medical research relating to athletics.



05.243 Backpacking (1)
Reviews backpacking equipment and first aid procedures; includes how to select trails, menus, and cooking methods; teaches safety procedures; discusses

how

to adjust to the seasons,

to protect the

and how

environment.



05.244 Orienteering (1)
Practical application of the knowledge and skills needed to satisfactorily follow a designated course through
the wilderness with use of a watch, a compass,
and a map.



05.245 Canoeing (1)
Offers instruction in
the basics of canoeing, including skills that can
be used recreationally in one's lifetime. Lake
and river canoeing will be taught and experienced.
05.246 Beginning Skin and Scuba Diving

(1)



05.253 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Football (3)
Instruction in techniques
of coaching, player-coach relationship, program organization and administration, and



officiating.

05.254 Techniques of Coaching and Officiat-



Instruction in teching Field Hockey (3)
niques of coaching and officiating all the phases of field hockey.

05.256 Techniques of Coaching and OfficiatAnaling Cross Country, Track and Field (3)
ysis of technique and the development of personal skills. Knowledge provided for development of a track program. Discusses rules, start-



ing, officiating, scoring,

and

facility use.

05.257 Techniques of Coaching and OfficiatGives prospective coaches
ing Wrestling (3)



an insight into problems and situations that
may be encountered; prepares the individual
to teach as well as coach wrestiing.

Health, Physical Education

and Athletics

05.260 Techniques of Coaching and OfHciating Swimming (3)
Presents techniques of
coaching, swimming, diving; covers rule interpretations and duties of officials.



05.265 Basketball (1)

— Provides

activity

and

development of individual
offensive and defensive fundamentals and their
incorporation into a team concept. Reviews
basic strategy and current trends at all compeinstruction in the

tition levels.



05.270 Exercise and You (2)
Studies appropriate physiological functions, exercise
physiology, mechanical implications, and fitness measurement. Reviews procedures and
practical application through programmed
exercise. (3 contact hours)



05.271 Intermediate Archery (1)
Provides
the opportunity for the student to develop
shooting skills.



05.272 Intermediate Bowling (1)
Attempts
to develop advanced skill and knowledge of
bowling. Fee required.



05.273 Intermediate Golf (1)
Provides instruction in the techniques and strategy involved in improving the individual skills of the
student. Fee may be required.

05.274 Intermediate Tennis (1)

improving tennis

— Focuses on

skills.

and

strategy

through participation.



05.276 Intermediate Judo ( 1 )
Provides an
opportunity to develop higher levels of skill
competencies in judo.



05.277 Advanced Sailing (1)
Intended for
students who have sailing experience. Includes

maneuvering, race tactics, sail tune, severe
weather conditions, docking, and anchoring.
Prerequisites: Sailing and swimming ability



05.290 Special Topics (1-3)
Topics announced in the scheduling bulletin prior to
each semester.



05.298 Fitness and Wellness (3)
Provides
learners with the tools for lifelong healthful
living. Personal health profiles, mental health,
personal fitness programs, stress management,
nutritional, and environmental health topics
are explored. Successful completion of course fulfills

in

an aquatic

setting; covers physiological prin-

swimming, and
No prior swimming experi-

ciples of exercise applied to

other water

activities.

ence necessary.



Aims to fa05.306 Psychology of Sport (3)
miliarize the student with psychological components of human performance related to
sport and exercise. Focuses on sport participation and includes psychological assessment,
intervention techniques and a brief introduction to the predominant research methods
used in sport psychology. Course has particular value to coaches, teachers, psychologists
and exercise specialists and other sport-siffiliated professions.

~

05.308 Exercise and Mental Health (3)
Provides a strong base of knowledge of theory,
research and practice in exercise and mental
health. Also provides prospective fitness and
exercise professionals (adult health majors)
with essential information and suggestions of
practical value in leadership roles in exercise,
wellness, health promotion, corporate fitness,
cardiac rehabilitation, commercial fitness and
other areas.



05.309 Decisions for Healthy Behavior (3)
Survey of a variety of health topics including
human sexuality, mental health, substance
abuse, fitness, nutrition, cancer, death, and
dying.



05.275 Intermediate Volleyball (1)
Studies
the development and history of volleyball. Attempts to improve fundamental skills, team
play,

151

one credit of the physical education requirement.



05.305 Aquatic Fitness Programming (2)
Develops fitness management leadership skills

05.311 Methods, Materials in Elementary
School Physical Education (3)
Provides principles and procedures to meet the needs and
interests of elementary-age children in the area
of physical education.



05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary
School (3)
Covers health knowledge, training, and health appraisal techniques for teaching elementary school health; the elementary
school health program; and safety education
in the elementary school.





05.321 First Aid Safety (3)
Provides training in first aid and safety. Red Cross standard,
advanced, and cardiopulmonary resuscitation
certifications may be earned.



05.330 Introduction to Coaching (3)
An
overview of basic theories and coaching applications in sport philosophy, sport psychology,
sport pedagogy, first aid and sport manage-

ment

resulting in

tiveness

Program

American Coaching

Effec-

Certificate.



05.331 Recreation Education (3)
Presents
discussion of, and practice in, recreation ac-

7

152

Health, Physical Education

tivities

tions.

used in school and playground situaEmphasizes techniques of leadership,

recreation planning, legal
in recreation

liability,

and trends

programming.





Reviews
05.350 Water Safety Instructor (2)
the nine basic swimming strokes and advanced
lifesaving skills; provides opportunity to analyze stroke mechanics, teaching methods, and
provisions. An American Red Cross Water SafeInstructor Certificate

is

awarded

after satis-

A

valid Amer-

factory completion. Prerequisites:
ican

Red

Cross Advanced Lifesaving Certificate; 1

years old prior to start of course, sound physical condition, and a Red Cross Sxvimmer's Certificate or
ability to

perform swimmer course

components. Includes
knowledge tests, grading,
physical performance tests and tests of sport
testing

discriptive statistics,

skills. Prerequisite:

05.333 School Camping and Outdoor Education (3)
Acquaints students with the scope
of organized camping and the acquisition of
and practices in the basic skills required of individuals involved in camping and outdoor
education training. Requires field experiences

ty

and exercise

skills



05.354 Women in Sport (3)
Surveys aspects
of the historical and contemporary role of
women in sport. Encourages an awareness in
students regarding the differences betrween
sport for men and women in various contexts,
including social, psychological and biophysical. By examining the past and current practices and cultural norms in light of evolving
research findings, students are expected to
increase their understanding of issues germane

53. 1 14 College Alegebra or con-

sent of the instructor

05.397 Adult Health Development Program (3)
An intergenerational and multicultural
health program that trains students to work
one-on-one with older adults to promote
health and well-being.





05.41 1 Adapted Physical Education (3)
Reviews the study and practice in techniques used

by teachers to recognize and meet problems
of persons with special needs.
05.420 Techniques in Health and Physical Education for Special Education Teachers (3)
Presents principles and procedures for meeting physical, emotional, and social needs of the
mentally disabled.



05.430 Current Issues in Health Education (3)
concern

— Assesses major problems which

communities today: drugs, sexually transmitted diseaises, pollution, alcohol, and suicide.
05.476 Exercise Physiology (4)

05.370 Measurement and Evaluation in Human
Performance (3)
Acquaints future adult
health majors with techniques of evaluating
and measuring the progress of physical fitness





Study of
adult physiological functions under stress and
the adjustment and regulatory activities of the
body during exercise; development of a working knowledge of assessments, motor characteristics,

and

physical performance.

05.477 Methods and Materials in Adult Physical Education (3)
Emphasizes the academic and technical knowledge necessary to conduct health and fitness programs in public and
private agencies. Students are prepared to assume leadership and management positions
within the health and fitness industries.



to sport.

and Athletics

153

Health Sendees

Health Services

James

E. Cole, professor,

Biological

Department of

and Allied Health Sciences

Degree Program
Goals and Objectives
in allied health sciences en-

compass those health areas in which individusupport, aid and increase the efficiency and

als

effectiveness of other health professionals by

becoming a contributing member of a health
care team. Programs in this area combine natural science and Uberal arts education with clinical instruction. In general, students who complete any of the programs may enter their professions immediately. Others

may

select post-

graduate education in health care. Central to
most allied health programs, especially the clinical portion, is satisfactory completion of the
clinical standards, often referred to as the Essentials.

one year's clinical education.
Most students in the program take courses
on a part-time basis and require more than two

lent of

Associate of Science in Health Services

The programs

medical laboratory technicians, licensed practical nurses, histologic technicians,
and laboratory assistants, i.e., those workers
who have satisfactorily completed the equivaattracts

Program Coordinator

These standards establish require-

ments related to curriculum, personnel, financing, resources, and records.

Program of Study

years to complete the curriculum.
Candidates for the associate degree

must

have satisfactorily completed 22 semester hours
of coursework, maintained a minimum QPA
of 2.0, and have proof of satisfactory completion of a clinical program. Awarding of this
associate degree is contingent upon the student being accepted for candidacy and completion of the program while maintaining good
academic standing. Transfer credits from accredited institutions are accepted, but at least
15 semester hours must be taken at Blooms-

burg University.

Reqviired Courses

The following courses are reqviired: English
and 20.201; Biological and Alhed

20.101

Health Sciences (for non-biology majors)
50.107, 50.173, 50.174, 50.205, 50.240, 50.282
(Special Topics: Health Care Leadership) or

This advanced entry degree program is
who have obtained
a clinical education from en accredited health
agency and who desire additional education

Management 93.346

communicative and interpersonal skills. Its
was encouraged by the fact that many
certified health workers are now being strongly encouraged to continue their education in

48.311; Sociolog>' 45.211; and Speech
Communication 25.103; Computer Science

available to health workers

in

initiation

a collegiate setting. The role of the health worker has expanded to include greater responsibility in the hospital and nursing home setting
as well as a more substantial commitment to

improving community health. The program

52.101,
53.101,
53.141;
48.251,

52.103;

or 93.445; Chemistry
one course from Mathematics

53.111, 53.113, 53.114, 53.118, 53.123,
Psychology 48.101, 48.210 or 48.211,

56.110.

Professional Clinical Courses
Proof of certification or licensure as a
health worker 1 2 semester hours for this cer-



tification.

154

History

Department of History

work and professional

Faculty

James

R. Sperry, Chairperson,

Professor —

B.A., Bridgewater College; M.A., Ph.D.,

University of Arizona



Richard G. Anderson, Associate Professor
B.A., Western Kentucky State College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Texas Christian University

Nancy Gentile-Ford,
B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,

Assistant Professor

Temple



University




Michael C. Hickey, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University
Walter Howard, Associate Professor
B.A.,
M.A., University of West Florida; Ph.D., Florida State University

William V. Hudon, Professor

— B.A., Fordam

University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chi-

cago
B.A.,
Jeanette Keith, Associate Professor
Tennessee Technological University; Ph.D.,
Vanderbilt University
Arthur W. Lysiak, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.A., Ph.D., Loyola University
H. Benjamin Powell, Professor
A.B., Drew
University; M.A., Ph.D., Lehigh University
Theodore M. Shanoski, Professor
B.S., East
Stroudsburg State College; M.A., Ohio Uni-








versity;

Ed.D.,

Temple

University

— B.A., Brooklyn ColM.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University
George A. Turner, Professor —
M.S.,
Ralph Smiley, Professor
lege;

B.S.,

ern

East-

Illinois University

training, especially in

the field of law.

Introductory history courses provide the
basic factual information

which places nation-

and international events in their proper setting. Advanced courses develop interpretive
and analytical abilities as well as those oral and
written skills applied to historical inquiry and
al

the day-to-day problem-solving situations confronted by the educated student. The ability
to complete research and work independentiy
on specialized research projects and the maturity associated with independent inquiry are
essential ingredients of advanced study. Cur-

and social issues are handled withacademic program which features
traditional topical and/or time periods as well
as issue-oriented courses which deal with current political
in a flexible

rent events. Diverse course offerings allow students the opportunity to study nations whose

and political goals differ from
own. The examination of earlier cultures,

culture, values,
their

time periods, and emerging nations allow the
student to place the evolution of civilization
in a proper historical context.
Lastly, history is among the humanities.
Like a great painting, a piece of music or a
gorgeous sunset, history is viewed as something
that enriches one's life and has an existence
separate from the practical skills and professional preparation associated with the discipline.

Degree Program

Required Courses

Bachelor of Arts in History

A total of 36 semester hours is required for
a major in history with at least 15 semester

hours drawn from 300 and 400

level courses.

Goals and Objectives
The History Department fosters both broad
based and specific objectives. Achievement of
these goals enhances the university's academic climate and the department's professional
effectiveness. The degree program prepares
majors for the practical skills needed for employment as well as the knowledge and cultural understanding that is the mark of an informed citizen in a democratic society. The
program also prepares students for graduate

Six history courses are required for the
major: 42.112, 42.113, 42.121, 42.122, 42.133
and 42.398. It is strongly recommended that
student take 42.398 Research and Writing Skills
in their junior year.
One course, 3 semester hours, is selected
from the following regional history courses:
42.141, 42.142, 42.143 and 44.144.
Any course, 3 semester hours, is selected
from an upper division (300-400 level) course
in

American

history.

Any

course, 3 semester hours, is selected
from an upper division course (300-400 level)
course in Western civilization or European history covering the period through 1815.

155

History

Any

course, 3 semester hours,

is

selected

from an upper division (300-400 level) course
in European history covering the period since

el

300 or 400

lev-

history courses.

Minor

in History

This program requires 18 semester hours
of history courses with at least 6 semester hours
in 300 or 400 level courses. The minor includes: 6 semester hours, any two 100 level history courses; 6 semester hours, any two 200 or
300 level history courses; 3 semester hours, any
of the 300 or 400 level history courses; and
42.398 Research and Writing Skills.
The program for the history minor provides
the following features: at least one directed
exercise in independent historical research
(42.398); a minimal background in those
courses at the 100 level that are basic to and
required of history majors; flexibility in framing a minor pertinent to the student's academic interest; and at least one course in addition
to 42.398 at an advanced requirement level.

Prerequisites are subject to modification by the
instructor.

42.100 Transatlantic World in the 20th Century (3)
Represents an analysis comparing and
contrasting the experiences of Americans and
Western Europeans in the 20th century. Focuses on the decay of Western traditions, the dilemma of the individual in an increasingly complex society, and the rise of "technocratic" civilization. Provides insight iato roots of current
events, promotes sense of historic awareness



and enhances appreciation of basic similarities and differences
among Americans and Western Europeans.
level,



42.112 Origins of the Modern World (3)
Describes the political, economic, social, intellectual military forces,

and events

that

shaped

the story of mankind from the early Renaissance to the early 19th century.



Reviews the
42.113 The Modern World (3)
political, economic, social, intellectual, and
technological elements of 19th and 20th century history, showing the progress of the Western tradition and the growing importance of
the non-Western world.
42.121 United States History Survey: Colonial
Period to 1877 (3)
Presents a chronological history to 1877 with emphasis on foreign



social,

42.122 United States History Survey: 1877 to
Presents political, social,
the Present (3)
cultural, intellectual, economic, and foreign
affairs developments of the United States from
Reconstruction to the present.
42.133

The Ancient and Medieval Worlds

— Surveys from the Ancient Near East

(3)
to the

Roman Empire

in the West, emphaRome, and the rise of Christianity; a study of the people and countries of the
West that emerged after the fall of the Roman
Empire, with emphasis on feudalism, manorialism, and ihe medieval church. Not offered evfall

of the

sizing Greece,

ery semester

42.141 **The

Modem Far East

(3)

on modern China and Japan and

— Focuses

closely stud-

ies

the value system of these peoples as reflect-

ed

in their politics, arts,

in the 19th

and 20th

and communications

centuries. Particular at-

tention paid to the interaction between the old
models provided by Confucianism and Buddhism with the models provided by the West

during modernization. Not

History (Code 42)

beyond the national

ic,



1789.
Electives in history: any two

and the evolution of political, economand cultural aspects.

affairs

offered every semester

42.142 **Latin America: From European ColA concise inonization to the Present (3)
troductory survey of Latin American history
from 1492 to the present, stressing the significant economic and social factors in its evolution. Not offered every semester





Presents a survey
42.143 **Black Africa (3)
of the transformation of the societies of SubSahara Africa from colonialism to national in-

dependence.

and Hindu Worlds: Middle East,
Introductory course
and Malaysia (3)
surveying the religious, cultural, economic,
and political history of the Middle East, North

42. 144 Islamic
India,



Africa, the Indian subcontinent, the

Malay Ar-

and their bearing on contemporary
Third World problems. Not offered every sechipelago,
mester.

42.208 Contemporary Issues in U.S. History
Examines selected issues of social, po(3)
litical, or foreign affairs within a historical context, describing the origin, evolution, current



significance,
ciety.

The

and importance in American
may vary each semester

so-

issues

42.210 **Values in Conflict in 20th Century
History (3)
Presents select American conflicts in the 1960s involving values of the individual and the civilization; resolutions achieved



156

History

are reviewed
flicts varies

and evaluated. The selection

of con-

each semester

42.215 Global Issues in History: A Conflict of
Introduces the historical and gloValues (3)
bal nature of many of today's critical issues that
have far reaching consequences. Population
explosion, famine in the underdeveloped
world, energy crisis, terrorism, and the spread
of nuclear weapons are illustrative of some of
the issues that will be examined. Attention will
be given to defining values as related to these



42.222 Business History of the United States
Focuses on the evolution of business
(3)
from 1600 to the present, entrepreneurial leadership of major businessmen and the history
of major modern industries.



42.223 Economic History of the United States
Focuses on the changing nature of the
(3)
American economy, this course covers three
time periods: the commercial-agricultural age,
the industrial age, and the modern managerial age. Examines agriculture, banking, business
administration, commerce, labor, manufactur-



mining and transportation,

political factors that

social

and

contributed to changing

economic relationships

in the

United

States.



42.224 **The Immigrant Experience (3)
Provides an overview of cultural diversity in
American society by focusing on the history of
immigration from the colonial period to the
present. Students examine ethnicity in America through the study of political, economic,
religious

and

social history.

42.229

Modern World Leaders

(3)

— Studies

significant world leaders in religion, politics,

and culture and their impact on world
Focuses on different leaders each time
offered and covers a selected period from the

war,

history.

Renaissance to the present. Analyzes the con-

which helped produce these leaders
and ends by discussing reasons for their sucditions

who have
a significant contribution outside their
national boundaries.
cess or failure. Includes only leaders

issues.

ing,

Reviews black creative expressions in the visual arts, music, literature, philosophic thought,

and social issues;

industrialization

and

urbanization; attitudes of nativism, discrimination and racism; and powerful influences of
immigrant kinship networks, ethnic community associations, cultural traditions, religious
institutions

and ethnic group identity. Lectures

new historical interpretations of crosscultural relationships and new assimilation
include

theories. Not offered every semester.



42.226 Popular Culture in America (3)
Review of major forms of popular culture in America from colonial beginnings to the present,
telescoped to permit fullest presentation of the
period since 1920. Course blends continuity
of values and ideas in American culture with
dynamics of change to which the culture constantiy adjusts. Not offered every semester



42.228 **African-American History (3)
Examines the nature and meaning of the African-American experience in the United States
surveyed from its beginnings to the present.

made



42.250 History of Science (3)
Studies historical development of the sciences and the
nature of scientific thought and method; provides insight and understanding of the characteristics of the sciences as well as their significance to human progress from antiquity to
the present. Not offered every semester
42.255 Health Issues and Health Professionals in History (3)
Delineates major issues
and personalities in rise of modem health care
as well as ideas and attitudes prevalent in the
histories of health professions. Compares and
contrasts American, Western European, and
Canadian health services. Explains relevance
of cultural values for the theory and organization of health care. Not offered every semester





42.260 Sport and Society in America (3)
Presents a cultural approach to organized sport
in the United States; proceeds from the
premise that sport mirrors the values, states of
technology, and the conditions of society. Emphasizes the rise of the institution of sport and
its impact on business, commercialism, leisure,
affluence, urbanism, nationalism, and the
problems of governance and law. Not offered
every semester.



Studies orga42.281 Military History I (3)
nized warfare from its origins to the last campaign of Napoleon I, concentrating on strategy and tactics. Examines moral and social problems raised by warfare. Not offered every semester



Studies orga42.282 Military History II (3)
nized warfare and the theory of war from the
Napoleonic age to the present, concentrating

on

and tactics. Examines the sociobackground, especially of the two

strategy

political

world wars and the age of guerrilla warfare.
Not offered every semester.
42.315 Origins of Civilization: The Ancient
Surveys known origins of civNear East (3)



157

history

lization in the Neolithic, Bronze and Iron ages
n Mesopotamia, Egypt, Anatolia and Syria-

some attention to India and
Not offered every semester. Prerequisite:

alestine, with
:hina.
t2.

133, or consent of the instructor

The

2.316
uad

Rome

Classical World: Ancient

(3)

Greece

— Covers ancient Greek and

loman history and culture. Greece: emphasis
)n Aegean civilizations, the age of Pericles and
he Hellenistic age after Alexander the Great,
lome: emphasis on early monarchy and repubic, imperial expansion, the Pax Romana, and
he decline and fall of the empire; concluding
vith the

Barbarian age and the

ium. Not
i2.

rise

of Byzan-

Prerequisite:

offered every semester.

133, or consent of the instructor

12.3 18 Early England:

The Making of an Island

>tate (3)

political,

ial,

and

— Reviews

cultural life in

)us Revolution.

12.319

Not

economic, soEngland to the Glori-

offered every semester

Modern England: The

ijnpire (3)

— Examines

First Industrial

political, social, eco-

nomic, and cultural development in England
From the Glorious Revolution to the present
with emphasis on the development of democracy, the Industrial Revolution, and the growth
md decline of the British Empire. Not offered
every semester

42.320 French Revolution and Nap leon (3)
Analyzes 1789-1815 era in France and assesses its significance for the history of France
and the world. Not offered every semester.
Prerequisite: 42.112 or consent of the instructor



42.324 Revolutionary Europe and the Rise of

Modem Traditions,
es the rise of the

IGOO-nSQ

modern

intellectual, social,

(3)

state;

— Discuss-

the political,

economic, and cultural

as-

pects of the eras of the Scientific Revolution
and Enlightenment; the establishment of Eu-

ropean world hegemony and a world economy; the diplomatic and military interaction of
the European states. Not offered every semester.

42.326 Europe 1789-1914
ical
ic,

and

(3)

— Studies

polit-

economand artistic

military events within their

social, intellectual, religious,

from the French Revolution through
the Industrial Revolution. Examines the unification of Italy and Germany to the diplomatic
crises that led to the first world war. Not offered every semester.

settings



War I and the Dictators (3)
Examines origins of World War I and alliance
systems that fought it, diplomacy and military

42.327 World

and tactics of the war and the peace
of 1918-1920. The rise of Mussolini,
Stalin, Hitler, and the lesser dictators along
with the international crises that finally culminated in the outbreak of World War II. Course
stresses idealogical and global patterns of
which European events formed a part. Not ofstrategy
treaties

fered every semester



42.328 World War II and Its Aftermath (3)
Surveys European powers in the late 1930s with
emphasis on the forces leading to war; military and diplomatic developments of World
War II and the causes of the East-West rift; the
reconstruction of democratic Europe and formation of the Soviet bloc; European integration and political trends in both power systems.
Not offered every semester
42.329 **The American Woman (3) —Studies
the history of women in America from colonial times to the present; topics include women's work, family life, politics, sexuality, education,

the

feminism and reactions against

it,

and

many facets of women's public and private

roles in the nation's history.



42.335 History of Christianity (3)
Promotes
student analysis of the ancient, medieval and
modern roots of contemporary Christian de-

nominations and movements. Primary and
secondary historical sources are discussed seminar-style in order to critically examine important ideas, personalities
tions of Christianity.

and

historical condi-

Prerequisite:

Any

course in

history or consent of the instructor



42.336 Medieval Europe (3)
An analysis of
European history from 300 to 1400, focusing

on

political, social, religious,

and

intellectual

trends during the period. Feudalism, church
history, and commercial relations receive particular emphasis. Examines the status of wom-

en

in

medieval

society. Prerequisite:

42.112

42.337 Europe in the Renaissance and Reformation (3)
A detailed analysis of European
history from 1300 to 1650, focusing upon the



intellectual

and

artistic

movement known

as

the Renaissance and the religious upheaval
associated with the terms "Reformation" and
"Counter-reformation." Political, social, intellectual, and religious trends are highlighted.
Prerequisite:

42.346



42.112

Modern European Intellectual History

Relates changes in currents of thought
(3)
during the period to political, economic, and
social developments. Special attention given to
interpretations of major intellectual move-

158

History

ments. Not

offered every semester.

42.347 History of the Holocaust (3)
es

upon

— Focus-

the major theme-the genesis

and im-

plementation of the planned destruction of
Europeanjewry from 1933 to 1945; briefly traces the history of anti-Semitism and evaluates
scope of prejudice, discrimination, and genocide in contemporary civilization. Includes an
analysis of literature of the Holocaust and evaluation of the Holocaust's impact on modernday Israel and world Jewish community. Not
offered every semester

42.356 Russia to 1917

(3)

— Analysis of Rus-

and social history from the ninth
century to 1917, with emphasis on the 18th and
19th centuries. Not offered every semester

42.385 Recent American History: 1941 to the
Present (3)
Examines the major political,
economic, social-cultural, and intellectual developments in the United States from 1941 to
the present. Cold War, Korea and Vietnam,
turmoil of the 1960s, nuclear concerns, and
the role of the individual in an increasingly
complex, technological society are some of the
major themes examined. Not offered every semes-



ter



42.388 Pennsylvania (3)
Examines major
contributions of Pennsylvania to national life,
relations

ment. Not

sian political

42.372 Colonial America and the War of Independence (3)
Reviews European colonization in North America with major attention to
the establishment and development of England's colonies, an emerging American society, and problems which created conflict between the Americans and the British resulting
in the American War of Independence. Not of-



fered every semester



42.374 U.S. Social History (3)
Focuses on
everyday life in the past and how ordinary people made history and were affected by historical change. Emphasis on family life, as a way
of exploring issues of race, gender, and ethnicity. Prerequisites: 42.121 and/or 42.122
42.379 The New Nation: United States, 17811845 (3)
Reviews the impact of the democratic experiment on government, the econo-



my, culture, and society. Among subjects studied are political parties, railroads, popular
music, and anti-slavery. Not offered every semester

42.381 Civil War, Reconstruction and Industrialization: United States, 1845-1896 (3)
Surveys the causes of the Civil War, the war itself, reconstruction, and industrialization. Topics include politics, ideology, military technology and tactics, race and gender issues, the
economy, labor, immigration, and popular
culture. Prerequisite: 42. 121



42.383 Shaping of Contemporary America,
1896-1941 (3)
Examins during these yearsmajor changes: imperialistic adventures, reluctant but expectant involvement in World War



the "flaming '20s," and the nation's greatest
depression. Out of these emerges the modern
mass-centered welfare state. Not offered every
semester.
I,

between

state

and national move-

offered every semester

42.39 1 Diplomatic History of the United States
Presents a critical analysis of
to 1898 (3)
United States foreign relations from the Colonial Period to the 1898 war with Spain. Not of-



fered every semester

42.392 Diplomatic History of the United States
Since 1898 (3)
Presents a critical analysis of
United States foreign relations from the war
vn\h Spain in 1898 to present. Not offered every



semester.

42.395 **African-American Radicalism in the
20th Century (3)
Examines the major black
radicals and their philosophies amd movements in 20th Century America. Special emphasis will be be placed on the following figures: W.E.B.DuBois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm
X, Stokely Carmichael (Kwame Toure), Angela Davis, Amiri Baraka, the Black Panther Party and Louis Farahkhan of the Nation of Is-



lam.



m

History (1-4)
42.397 Independent Study
The topic selected must be approved by a committee appointed by the chairperson. Independent reading and/or research related to some
aspect of history is supervised by an appropriate member of the department. A student may
registerfor this course no more than twice, and cred-

may not exceed 4 semester hours. See the section
on Independent Study. Prerequisite: 60 semester
its

hours



Fo42.398 Research and Writing Skills (3)
cuses on the development of proficient research and writing skills. Students learn to fully
utilize library and research facilities; develop
skills in

analyzing and interpreting original/

primary research documents; and produce a
clear, consise and well-written lengthy formal
paper. In addition, students develop an understanding of how and why history is written

and

revised.

159

listory



SemJ.404 Topics in American History (3)
ar allows students to focus on a specific topor related topics in American history for inepth study and analysis. Includes historiogphy of the chosen topic, discuss problems
sociated with the topic and produce a rearch paper. Topics vary from semester to
;mester.



Analysis of 20th
2.452 Soviet Russia (3)
entury Russian and Soviet political and social
istory.

Not

offered every semester.

Prerequisite:

2.113
2.453 Problems of Contemporary Latin AmerAnalyzes recent events or movements
(3)
lat may indicate recurrence of historical probms or major developments of international
gnificance in selected countries of Latin



imerica. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite:
semester hours in history

European History (3)
topics in European his-

2.460, 42.461 Topics in

- Investigates

select

ory. Seminar-style course studies variety of

European history, in the medieval,
arly-modern, and modern periods. In-class
iscussion and analysis of secondary materials
n the history, philosophy, politics, science and
rt of a chosen period. Seminar aims toward
lie production of a research paper in an area
roblems

)f

in

the student's

own

choosing. Topics vary from

semester to semester. Prerequisites: 42.

12.469

112 or 42. 133

**Women and Gender in European In-



History 1(3)
Investigates the condition of women, of female views concerning
that condition, and the view of males concerning women, over the course of western history.
tellectual

Woijien and Gender I covers the ancient, medieval and early-modern periods (c.650 BC
1650 AD). Prerequisite: two 100-level courses in



history or consent of the instructor

42.470

**Women and Gender in European In-

tellectual History II (3)

— Investigates the con-

dition of women, of female views concerning
that condition, and the view of males concerning women, over the course of western history.
Women and Gender II covers the Scientific
Revolution to the present (c. 1550-1995). Prerequisite: two 100-level courses in history or consent

of the instructor.

42.472 History of Labor in the United States
Surveys the emergence and develop(3)
ment of organized labor from the post-Civil
War period to the present. A third of the course
is an analysis of contemporary labor-manage-



ment problems and labor's changing role in
an increasingly technological society. Prerequisite: 3 semester hours in history



Provides
42.497 Internship in History (3-12)
a work-study experience joindy administered
by an academic faculty member and a sponsoring employer, with about 40 hours of supervised work generating each semester hour.
Prerequisite: For history majors, 15 semester hours
of history including 42.398. Other majors may enroll with consent of advisers. Note: A student may
not apply more than 3 semester hours of internship

toward the fulfillment of the history major, although
a student may enroll for more than 3 semester hours
of 42.497

**Indicates course approved as diversity-focused.

160

Interdisciplinary Studies

Interdisciplinary Studies

Interdisciplinary courses listed in this sec-

planned and often staffed by members of more than one department. The content of these courses subsequendy spans two
or more academic disciplines.
tion are

Broad Area Programs for Bachelor of
Arts and Bachelor of Science
These programs offer opportunities for students to follow a less conventional curriculum
according to their preferences.

A student ful-

54 semester hours of General Education
requirements and then chooses to complete
fills

the prescribed core courses in the humanities,
the social sciences, or the natural sciences and
mathematics. He or she completes a total of
48 semester hours in the area of his or her core
curriculum, with free electives sufficient to
meet the 128 semester hour requirement for
graduation. Students interested in the Broad
Area Program should contact the program's
adviser. Dr. Michael Poliakoff, in the College
of Arts and Sciences.
The broad area interdisciplinary programs are
currently under curriculum review.
Contact Dr.
Poliakofffor additional information.

Reqiurements for the Bachelor of Arts
the Humanities

m

20.302
20.363
26.102
25.321
28.211
28.212

Advanced Composition

(3)

Shakespeare

(3)

Introduction to Theater Arts

(3)

Argumentation

(3)

Introduction to Philosophy
Logic
Art history elective
Music history/literature/theory
History
choose two courses
Languages and Cultures option:
Choose from:
Intermediate foreign language course
Foreign literature course (in original or



translation)

Foreign culture and civilization course

Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
in the Social Sciences
40.21

Principles of Economics

40.212
41.101
41.102
44.101
44.161
45.211

Economics II
World Physical Geography
World Cultural Geography
Elements of Political Science
U.S. Government

(3)

Principles of Sociology

(3)

I

Principles of

(3)

(3)
(3)
(3)

(3)

Sociology elective
(3)
46.101 Introduction to Anthropology
(3)
or 46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropolo-

gy
48.101 General Psychology
Psychology elective

(3)
(3)

Total Core

(33)

Social Sciences electives

(15)

Total Broad Area Social Sciences Requirements(48)

Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
in Natural Sciences and Mathematics
and 53. 1 26 Analysis I and II
(6)
Subject to the discretion of the Department
of Mathematics emd Computer Science and
the adviser, student will take 53.113 PreCalculus before 53.125 Analysis I.
53.175 Intro to Computer Science
(3)
54.21 1 and 54.212 General Physics I and II
53. 1 25

(8)

(3)

(3)
(3)
(3)

(6)
(3)

(1)

Or

54.111 and 54.112 Introductory Physics I
and II, subject to the discretion of the instructor and the adviser, considering that
54.211 and 54.212 General Physics I and II
have as prerequisites (or concurrent registration) 53.125 and 53.126 Analysis I and
II, respectively, and are requirements for
certain advanced courses in physics and
chemistry.
50. 1 1
Biology of Animals, General Zoology
(4)

(1)
(

50.120 Biology of Plants, General Botany (4)
52.1 15 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry

1

(4)

Total Core

(33)

Humanities electives
Total Broad Area Humanities Requirements

(15)
(48)

52.1 31

Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

51.101
51.111

Physical

(4)

Geology
Physical Geology Laboratory

(3)
(

1

)

and

jnguages

161

Cultures

.102 Historical Geology

(3)

.112 Historical Geology Laboratory

(

tal

38-41 semester hours

Core

typroved electives to complete
tal

1

(9-11)

Broad Area Natural Science and

(50)

[athematics Requirements
Electives within the

ents are to be chosen
y

Broad Area requirefrom a list compiled

the adviser for the program.

[arrisburg Internship Semester

The Harrisburg

ternship Semester Program (THIS), sponjred by the State System of Higher Educadon.
tudents selected are placed with policy makoffices and agencies.
intern earns 15 semester hours: 9
mester hours for the internship program, 3
mester hours for a research project, and 3

rs in state

lach

government

THIS

emester hours for participating in an academc

seminar.

To be
lours.

must have
45 semester

eligible to apply, a student

naintained a 3.0

THIS

QPA

in at least

interns are selected

from

all

ma-

Contact the Cooperative Education and
Academic Internships Office in Ben Franklin
ors.



Presents an
09-230 Human Sexuality (3)
overview of the role of sexuality in the life of
humans. Considers anthropological, biological, psychological, and sociological aspects of
sexuality. Addresses values, ethics, and responsible decision making. Additional cost for field
components and student projects. Two hours

and one and one-half hours

discussion per

week



Presents the
09.231 Technical Writing (3)
principles of technical writing in the physical, natural,

and

social sciences

and

in tech-

nology and industry. Promotes effectiveness
in communicating technical information to
specialized and general audiences. Uses seminar approach involving class participation and
individualized instruction.



09.311 Seminar in American Studies I (3)
Provides a thorough appreciation of our varied heritage and research materials and resources available for deepening the knowledge
of this growing area of inquiry.

09.312 Seminar in American Studies
continuation of 09.311.

U

(3)




for application information.

rlall

social values.

lecture

During each semester of the academic year,
loomsburg University selects an undergradate student to participate in

and technology with human values. Studies
past, present, and future technological developments and their impact on personal and

09.401 History and PoUcies of USSR (3)
Combines the study of the history of the USSR
with the approaches of political science. Usually offered during summer session. Involves
students in a tour of areas of the USSR.

Interdisciplinary Studies

(Code 09)





Promotes a
09.100 University Seminar (1)
successful transition to college life for new
freshmen through the presentation of critical
information about the university's academic

09.431 Socialism: Theory and History (3)
Provides an historical and theoretical study of
the socialist idea and its various attempted realizations from biblical times to present.

program.

In09.487 THIS Internship Experience (9)
ternship provides outstanding students with
enriching academic experience as an intern in
the executive or legislative branches of state
government or with state boards, agencies, or
commissions.



of the Third
World (3)
Examines the peoples of the Far
and Middle East, Africa, and Latin America;
their art, literature, philosophy, cultural geography, and history, sketching their importance
09. 1 1 1 Introduction to the Peoples





in the world.

09.211 History of Natural Scientific Thought
Reviews the historical development of
(3)
the natural sciences and mathematics, the nature of scientific and mathematical thought
and methods, characteristics of these disci-



plines and
progress.

their

significance

to

human

09.213 Science, Technology, and Human ValCompares the interaction of science
ues (3)



09.488 THIS Research Project (3)
The student intern completes an individualized direct-

ed project involving substantial
research.

The

project

is

analysis

and

related to the intern-

ship experience.

09.489 THIS Academic Seminar

(3)

— Student

interns participate in a seminar coordinated
by the resident director. The seminar is struc-

tured to integrate the student's work experi-

ence with a rigorous academic component and

162

an exposure
ment.

Interdisciplinary Studies

to multiple facets

of state govern-

to

pursue an honors course of study in their
two years. Usually taken in the junior year.

last

09.491 Honors Independent Study in HumanAn independent study course
in which, under the guidance of a faculty mentor, the student completes the initial project(s)
in the first stage of his/her proposed honors
work.

09.497 Honors Seminar in the Social Sciences
Allows for continued in-depth study of
(3)
a particular research project and provides honor students the opportunity to discuss with
peers and interested faculty concepts in the

09.492 Honors Seminar in the Humanities (3)

project

ities I (1-3)



— Allows for continued in-depth study of a



which relate to the research
and the student's major field. Focus of

social sciences

the seminar

is

interdisciplinary.

particular research project of the student's

09.498 Honors Independent Study in Scienc-

choice and provides honor students the opportunity to discuss with peers and interested faculty concepts in the humanities related to the
project and to the student's major field. Seminars organized around general themes selected by the humanities honors committee and
announced in advance.

es II (3)
Provides for an on-site work expe
rience and training program designed to give

09.493 Honors Independent Study in the Humanities n (1-3)
Independent study in an
area previously approved as part of the student's overall honors program.



09.495 Honors Seminar in the Natural Scienc-



and Mathematics ( 1 )
Offers a cross-disciplinary perspective to students in the honors
program with emphasis on student presentation and discussion of important topics in a
student's area of expertise.

es

09.496 Honors Independent Study in the Social Sciences I (1-3)
Involves the student's
selection of an honors adviser and project, initial exploratory reading, and a proposal for a



major Honors Independent Study Project.
Reserved for students who qualify for and wish



selected interns an opportunity to apply theoretical and descriptive knowledge acquired in

multiple humanities disciplines. Requires approval of the internship coordinator and the
dean of Arts and Sciences.



47.498 Social Sciences Internship (1-9)
Prowork experience and training program designed to give selected interns
an opportunity to apply theoretical and descriptive knowledge acquired in multiple social sciences disciplines. Requires approval of
the internship coordinator and the dean of

vides for an on-site

Arts

and

Sciences.

59.498 Natural Sciences and Mathematics Internship (1-9)
Internship provides on-site
work experience and training program to give
selected intern an opportunity to apply the



theoretical

and

descriptive

knowledge

ac-

quired in multiple natural sciences and mathematics disciplines. Requires approval of the
internship coordinator and the dean of Arts

and

Sciences.

.

Mnguages and Cultures

163

department of Languages and Cultures

acuity
irenda Keiser, Chairperson, associate professor; B.A., Kutztown State College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
irigitte L. Callay, professor; B.A., M.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of
Louvain, Belgium
atricia Dorame-Holoviak, associate professor;
Lie. in Spanish Lit., University of Veracruz,
Mexico; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin

Darbouze, associate professor; B.A.,
M.A., City College of New York; Ph.D., Graduate School and University Center-CUNY

liilbert

\marilis Hidalgo-Dejesus, assistant professor;
B.A., University of Puerto Rico; M.A.,

Tem-

ple University; Ph.D., University of Colo-

rado
ing Luo, assistant professor; M.A., Beijing
University, China; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania
State University
Ramonita Marcano; instructor; B.A., M.A.,
Rutgers University

Luke Springman,

assistant professor; B.A., In-

diana University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State

leading to a Bachelor of Science in Education.
Courses in culture, civilization, oral expression,
literature, and phonetics are included in the
area of concentration. Students wishing to
combine proficiency in languages and cultures
with another major may elect a minor in either French or Spanish, as well as basic and
intermediate courses in the other languages
offered. Area concentrations in French, German, and Spanish are offered for students in
early childhood education, elementary education, and secondary education.
As part of the department's mission in general education, the languages and cultures
curriculum serves to enhance the quality of the
students' liberal arts education with an international and multicultural perspective. In addition to developing proficiency for communication with speakers of other languages, the
program also offers courses in culture and civilization taught in English to support the goals
of global/cultural awareness and international education.

Required Courses for Bachelor of Arts
in French
Required courses

University

Jorge A. Topete, assistant professor; A.M.,
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania



Bachelor of Arts in French, Bachelor of Arts
in Spanish
A total of 36 semester hours is required for a
major in French.
A total of 36 semester hours is required for a
in

10.204,

Choose One: 20.311 or 20.411.
Electives should be chosen from French

German, Bachelor of Arts

major

10.203,

10.423

Degree Programs
in

are:

10.205, 10.206, 10.207, 10.211, 10.402, 10.422,

German.

A total of 36 semester hours is required for a
major

in Spanish.
Students should inquire in the department
about possible changes in requirements.

courses

numbered above 10.204 with

advise-

ment.

Required Courses for Bachelor of Arts
in

German

The bachelor's degree program in German
currently undergoing revision. Students
should inquire in the department about new
requirements.
is

Cul-

Required Courses for Bachelor of Arts
in Spanish
The following courses are required: 12.203,

tures offers language instruction in eight lan-

12.204, 12.205, 12.206, 12.207, 12.211, 12.214,

guages: Chinese, French, German, Italian,Japanese, Latin, Russian, and Spanish. A student
interested in a teaching career may elect
French or Spanish as an area of specialization

12.331, 12.402, 12.421, and English
Choose one: 20.31 1 or 20.41 1

Goals and Objectives
The Department of Languages and

Electives should be

courses

chosen from Spanish

numbered above 12.204

with advise-

164

ment.

General Education Courses
Other than the General Education distribution requirements, the department does not
restrict the choice of courses in this area, however, students are encouraged to choose general education courses in consultation with

their advisers.

Placement
Students who have studied a language else-

where should consult the department chairperson for appropriate placement. Generally, the
student should schedule courses as follows:
• With no previous language study, schedule
special sections of FL (Foreign Language)
100 for beginners in French, German and
Spanish, if schedule allows.
• With one year of high school study or equivalent, schedule FL 101.
• With two years of high school study or equivalent, schedule FL 102.
• With three years of high school study or
equivalent, schedule FL 203.
• With four years of high school study or equivalent, schedule FL 204.

Individual Oral Practice
Tapes for language courses are available for
individual practice in the language laboratory, located in Old Science Hall, Room 238.

Programs Abroad
All language students are urged to seek
opportunities to study abroad. An exchange
and internship program with the University of
Nancy's Faculte des Lettres and the Commercial Institute in Nancy, France, brings French
students to Bloomsburg University. It affords
Bloomsburg University students in French,
regardless of their major, to study at Nancy.
French majors and/or business majors wdth a
strong concentration in French, are especially
encouraged to take part in this program.
Students in Spanish, regardless of their
majors, may participate in summer internships
in Puerto Rico. Students are also encouraged
to participate in the summer study abroad program at the University of Salamance, Salamanica, Spain. An exchange program for students
in Spanish is also planned between Bloomsburg University and the University of Puerto

Rico.

Students also are encouraged to participate
summer study abroad programs organized by the department and in accredited
programs sponsored by other State System in-

in other

Languages and Cultures

and by other colleges and universiThe department chairperson should be

stitutions
ties.

consulted regarding study abroad plans.

Minors in French and Spanish

A

minor is available in French and SpanStudents should consult the chairperson.
It is recommended that students who major
and/or minor in French and Spanish also elect
a curriculum in related fields such as a second
foreign language, business, English, fine arts,
ish.

history, philosophy, sociology, speech,
ater.

A minor in German

is

and

the-

planned.

Early Childhood Education,

Elementary Education, Secondary
Education
Students majoring in early childhood education and elementary education may elect an
area of concentration in French, German or
Spanish. Students should consult their advisers in the Department of Languages and Cultures about course selection. It is recommended that courses in culture and civilization, oral
expression, literature, phonetics, and FL in
elementary school be taken to complete the
area of concentration.
The area of concentration for students in

and elementary
education is under revision, and students
should inquire about new requirements.
Requirements for a major leading to the
Bachelor of Science in Education are found
in the section on Secondary Education. Students in this program should also include a
course in child psychology and a course in
anthropology. Students should inquire in the
department about changes in the requirements.
early childhood education

Language Awards
is



This
presented to any graduating senior

Outstanding Academic Achievement

award
who:

minimum QPA of 3.8 for all courses in
the major (A student majoring in more than
one language may be considered for an

a.

has a

b.

has a

award

in

each language.);

minimum QPA

versity of 3.5;
c. is

recommended by

ulty of the

in all

work

at the uni-

and
the majority of the fac

major language.



Chairperson 's Award
This award is pre
sented to a senior majoring in a foreign Ian

guage who:

165

Languages and Cultures

a.

b.
c.

has completed a minimum of 21 semester
hours in the language;
excels in the language;
has rendered language-related service to the

department and the
d.

is

recommended by

ulty

university;

the majority of the fac-

majors.

10.212 France Today (3)

projects for French majors. Not offered every

10.281

10.100 Foundations of French Language and
Culture (3)
Seeks to develop novice proficiency v«th emphasis on intercultural communication in the context of the Francophone
world. Language laboratory activities required.





Seeks to develop the
10.101 French I (3)
four language skills and acquaint students with
elements of francophone culture. For students
with no more than two years of French. Practice in
language laboratory required

10.102 Frenchn (3) —Continuation of 10.101.
10.101 or equivalent

Prerequisite:



Continuation of de10.203 French III (3)
velopment of the four language skills. Emphasis on reading. Study of francophone culture.
Practice in the language laboratory. Prerequisite:
10.102 or equivalent



Continuation
10.204 French IV {Fait) (3)
of 10.203. Emphasis on culture and oral communication skills. Practice in the language laboratory. Prerequisite: 10.203 or equivalent
10.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation
Analyzes French sound system. Drills on
(3)
pronunciation and intonation. Selections of
prose, poetry, and songs ibr imitation. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.102 or equiva-



10.206 Sti-ucture of die French Language (3)
Thorough study of grammar and syntax and
use of idioms through applied exercises. Introduction to French morphology. Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite: 10.204 or equivalent



10.207 Conversation:

10.289 Special Topics ( 1-3)

-

— Provides

knowledge and training in fields usually not
covered in regular courses. Content determined by instructor and varies each time
course is offered. Topics may include French
for travelers, French gastronomy, Quebec culture.

Not

offered every semester



Prereq10.290 French Studies Abroad (1-6)
uisite: Minimum two semesters of French or equivalent or consent of the chairperson

10.295 Art and Culture of France (3)

— Pro-

vides a study-tour of France with attention to
French art as seen in relation to its social and
cultural environment. Visits to places of artistic and cultural interest in and around Paris
and the provinces. Not offered every semester. Pre-

requisite:

Consent of the instructor



Acquisition
10.309 Commercial French (3)
of French business language and terminology
in reading, writing, and speaking. Includes
cultural content of francophone culture. Provides an introduction to business correspon-

dence. Not offered every
10.204 or equivalent

semester.

Prerequisite:

10.331 Selected 20th Century Writers

(Fall) (3)

— Students study French for reading and
knowledge; selected modern works.
requisite: 10.204 or equivalent

tural

10.401 Advanced French Langui^e (3)

culPre-

— Pre-

French Daily Life and

phology, syntax, and semantics. Practical application in advanced speaking including activities with development of cultural proficiency. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.206
or consent of the chairperson

10.402 Contemporary Issues in Francophone
Presents further development of
(3)
language fluency through discussion of current

— Prepared and free speaking

Media

about everyday life and customs in
francophone countries. Not offered every semes-

topics

Customs

(3)

activities

10.204 or equivalent or concurrently
10.204 with consent of the chairperson

Prerequisite:

xvith

se-

sents a thorough review of phonology, mor-

lent

ter.

as-

mester

of the major language.

French (Code 10)

the

— Presents major

pects of life in France today. Taught in English;
knowledge of French unnecessary. Special

10.211 Foundations of French Culture and
Civilization (Fall) (3)
Reviews major developments of French culture from an historical
point of view. Taught in English; knowledge of
French unnecessary. Special projects for French





and issues selected from francophone
newspapers and magazines. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.207 or equivalent
10.409 Commercial French
French business life aiming

II (3)

— Studies

at preparing stu-

dents for internships in business in France,
Quebec or a branch of a French company in
the U.S. Reviews business correspondence and
cultural content. Not offered every semester. Pre-

Languages and Cultures

166

requisite:



10.309

10.422 Masterpieces of French Literature (3)
Studies the most significant writers and playwrights of France. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.206 or consent of the chairperson



10.423 Black Francophone Writers and Culture
Presents major aspects of Hfe in Black
(3)
francophone countries and major writers in
those countries. Taught in French. Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite: 10.204 or consent of the



chairperson



10.490 Independent Study in French (1-9)
Provides for individual study of a particular
aspect of French civilization, language or literature under faculty supervision. Prerequisites:
Consent of the instructor and the chairperson





Develops the four lan11.101 German I (3)
guage skills and acquaints students with elements of German-speaking cultures. For students with no more than two years of German. Requires practice in the language laboratory

11.102

German

11.101.

Reading and writing given additional

emphasis.

(3)

Prerequisite:

Continuation of

11.101 or equivalent

German Authors of the

20th Century I

thors such as Hesse, Brecht,

Mann, Kafka,

11.121
(3)

— Examines works of major German au-

Durenmatt, and Boll. Taught in English; knowledge of German unnecessary. Readings in German and special projects for German majors. Not
offered every semester

11.122

n

(3)

German Authors of

the 20th Century

— Continuation of 11.121. Taught

English; knowledge of

German

in

unnecessary.

Readings in German and special projects for Ger-

man

majors.

Not

offered every semester



11.203 German HI (3)
Development of the
four language skills. Basic grammar reviewed
and new grammatical concepts presented.
Reading and study of the culture given additional emphasis. Not offered every semester Prerequisite: 11.102 or equivalent

11.204

German IV

(3)



11.203. Emphasizes culture
tion.

Not offered every semester.

or equivalent

and free written composition. Not offered

every semester. Prerequisite: 1 1

.

204

or equivalent

1.207 Conversation: Daily Life and Customs
in German-Speaking Countries (3)
Emphasizes student participation in prepared and
free-speaking activities on daily life in Germanspeaking cultures. Outside readings and oral
reports assigned. Grammar reviewed when
necessary. Not offered every semester Prerequisite:
11.204 or equivalent or concurrently with 11.204
1



with consent of the chairperson

11.211

German

Culture and Civilization

I (3)

— Provides an understanding of the geography, government, customs, education, arts,

and

well as a vivid sense of the current scenes in

1 1.100 Foundations in German Language and
Culture (3)
Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on intercultural communication in the context of the German-speaking world. Language laboratory activities required



trolled

history of the German-speaking countries, as

German (Code 11)

II

11.206 Grammar and Composition (3)
Indepth study of German grammar. Stresses application of grammatical principles in con-

Continuation of

and communicaPrerequisite:

11.203

these countries. Taught in English; knowledge of
German not required. Special projects for German
majors.
1

1.212

Not

offered every semester

German Culture and Civilization II

— Continuation of 11

(3)

Taught in English;
knowledge of German not required. Not offered every
.21

1

.

semester

11.290



PreGerman Studies Abroad (1-6)
Minimum of two semesters of German or

requisite:

consent of the chairperson



Acquisition
11.309 Commercial German (3)
of German commercial language and terminology in reading, writing, and speaking. Background of business life in Germany today, in
German culture and society. Not offered every
semester. Prerequisite: 11.206 or equ,ivalent



11.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (3)
Current German writers for reading and cultural knowledge. Development of the four skills
continues. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite:
1 1 204 or equivalent
.

1

1.402

(3)

Contempoary Issues in German Media

— Further language development, espe-

of conversation, through discussion of
current topics and issues selected from German language newspapers and magazines. Not
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 11.207 or equivcially

alent
1

1.403, 1 1.503 Workshop (3)

ed materials for practical

mand

only.

Prerequisite:

— Presents

select-

Offered on deor 11.207 or con-

use.

11.206

sent of the instructor

11.420 Seminar: Mass Culture and
ture (3)
al issues

Hi^ Cul-

— Readings and discussion of
from 1870

to 1933.

cultur-

Background

in

Languages and Cultures

culture, society, zind
tique.
level

167

methods of

Not offered every semester

German

cultural cri-

Prerequisite:

or consent of the instructor

300

Not
12.204 or equiv-

other interested persons.

12.211 Spanish Culture and Civilization (Fall)
Provides an understanding of Spain
(3)
through geography, education, customs, fine



arts,

and history. Taught in

English; knowledge

of Spanish not required. Special projects for Spanish majors

berson

Spanish (Code 12)





12.101 Spanish 1(3)
Develops the four language skills; acquaints students with elements
of Hispanic culture. For students with no more
than two years of Spanish. Requires practice in
language lab



Continuation of

12.102 Spanish

II

12.101. Reading

and writing given additional

(3)

Prerequisite:

12.101 or equivalent





The Hispanic World Today (3)
Pro
an understanding and appreciation of the
present Spanish-speaking world, in both Spain,
Spanish-American countries, and Spanishspeaking groups in the U.S. through geography, history, economics, politics, education,
12.214

vides

customs, and fine arts.
Spanish majors and other
fered every semester.



12.203 Spanish III (3)
Continued development of skills and culture. Increased emphasis
on reading and writing.



12.204 Spanish IV (3)
Continuation of
12.203. Prerequisite: 12.203 or equivalent



12.205 Phonetics: Theory and Practice (3)
Seeks to improve student's ability to communicate effectively in spoken Spanish. Provides
a detailed study of Spanish sound and intonation patterns through

12.212 Spanish-American Culture and CivilizaProvides an understanding
and appreciation of the present and past life
of the Spanish-American Republics. Studies
Aztec, Maya, and Inca cultures using films and
outside readings. Taught in English; knowledge
of Spanish language not required
tion (Spring) (3)

12.100 Foundations in Spanish Language and
Culture (3)
Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on intercultural communication in the context of the Spanish-speaking world. Language laboratory activities required.

emphasis.

and

offered every semester. Prerequisite:

alent



1.490 Independent Study in German (1-9)
Provides for individual study of a particular
aspect of German civilization, language, or literature under supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and the
1

services students

group and individual

Taught in Spanish for
Not ofPrerequisite: 12.204 or consent
interested people.

of instructor

12.281-12.289 Special Topics (1-3) —Provides
in fields not usually
covered in regular courses. Content is determined by instructor and varies. Topics may include Spanish for Travelers and Women in Spanish

knowledge and training

Literature.

Not

offered every semester.

Prerequisite:

Varies according to the nature of the topic



12.290 Spanish Studies Abroad (1-6)
PrereqMinimum two semesters of Spanish or con-

uisite:

practice. Attends to individual pronunciation

sent of the chairperson

problems. Not offered every
12.102 or equivalent

12.306 Structure and Composition (3)
Review of syntax and structure with application
in composition. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.206 or consent of instructor

semester. Prerequisite:

12.206 Structure of the Spanish Language (3)
Study of Spanish grammar and syntax
through applied exercises and introduction to
Spanish morphology. Not offered every semester.
Prerequisite: 12.204 or equivalent



12.207 Conversation: Hispanic Daily Life and
Emphasizes student participa(3)
tion in prepared and free-speaking activities
about everyday life and customs in Spanish-

Customs



elementary knowledge of commercial life
and methods. For business students and others who
es

desire to

enhance

their

offered every semester.

12.204 or equivalent or concurrently

equivalent proficiency

with 12.204 with consent of the chairperson

12.208 Conversation for Health Professionals
Emphasizes development of speaking
(3)
and comprehension for communication with
Spanish-speaking health care clients. For health





12.309 Commercial Spanish (3)
Acquaints
students with basic skills in Spanish trade correspondence and commercial reading. Emphasizes vocabulary and commercial idioms. Stress-

offered every semester

speaking countries. Not
Prerequisite:



knowledge of Spanish. Not
12.204 or an

Prerequisite:



12.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (3)
Reading and discussion of selected modern

works. Not offered every semester.
12.207 or an equivalent proficiency

Prerequisite:

12.402 Issues in the Hispanic Media (3)



168

Languages and Cultures

Provides for further development of language
fluency through discussion of a variety of tof)ics and current issues in Hispanic media. Practice in advanced conversation emphasized. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12. 207 or an equiv-

Italian (Code 14)
14.101 Italian

guage

Stres'jcs

alent proficiency

offered every semester.

Prerequisite:

12.207 or

an equivalent proficiency



12.422 Hispanic Theater and Poetry (3)
Reading and discussion of plays and poetry by
selected Spanish and Spanish American writ-

concentrating on 20th century authors.
Taught in Spanish. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an equivalent proficiency

ers,



12.430 Short Story (3)
Acquaints students
with the short story as an expression of culture
by Spanish, Spanish American, Chicano, and
Puerto Rican authors and sensitizes students
to cultural values in the Hispanic world. Not
offered every semester.

Prerequisite:

12.207 or an

equivalent proficiency



12.490 Independent Study in Spanish (1-9)
Provides for individual study of a particular
aspect of Hispanic civilization, language, or literature under the supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and the
chairperson

Russian (Code 13)
13.101 Russian I

language skills and studies elements of Russian
culture. Requires practice in the language laboratory. Also offered in spring on demand.



13.102 Russian n (Spring) (3)
Continuation
of 1 3. 1 1 Prerequisite: 13.101 or equivalent
.



13.103 Russian III (3)
Continued development of four skills. Emphasis on reading and
culture. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite:
13.102

13.104 Russian IV (3)
13.103. Not offered every
13.103



Prerequisite:

13.290 Independent Study in Russian (1-9)



Individual study of a particular aspect of Russian civilization, language, or literature
faculty supervision.
instructor

and

Prerequisite:

the chairperson.

every semester

General (Code 16)
The sequence of courses

under

Consent of the

in Japanese

fered every semester. Students

is Not ofshould inquire in

the Department of Languages

and Cultures.

16.101, 16.102, 16.103, 16.104 Self-Instruction-

Learning Program in Japanese I (3) Japanese II (3), Japanese III (3) and Japanese IV
al

(3)



self instructional learning.



16.105 Chinese I (3)
Basic elements of Mandarin Chinese, with emphasis on spoken language. Introduces the Chinese culture. Requires
practice sessions in language lab.



16.106 Chinese II (3)
Continuation of
16.105. Begin study of the Chinese characters.
Requires practice sessions in language laboratory.

16.105 or equivalent

Prerequisite:



Practice
16.109 Language for Singing (1)
and acquisition of correct pronunciation in
French, German, and Italian for voice majors
and students singing in choirs. Spanish upon
demand. Not offered every semester.

(3)

and Civilization I

— Chinese culture and

(Fall)

civilization in his-

torical perspective, with emphasis on art and
philosophy. Taught in English

16.212 Chinese Culture and Civilization II
(Spring) (3)
Chinese culture and civilization
today, with focus on art, political philosophy,
customs, and new directions. Taught in English



16.400 Study Abroad (1-8)

—By consent of the

chairperson

Latin (Code 18)

Continuation of

semester.

lan-

14. 102 ItaUanD (3) —Continuation of 14.101.
Emphasizes reading and writing. Not offered

16.21 1 Chinese Culture

— Develops die four

(Fall) (3)

— Develops the four

ter



12.421 Hispanic Prose (3)
Reading and
discussion of prose works by selected Spanish
and Spanish American writers, concentrating
on 20th century authors. Taught in Spanish.

Not

I (3)

and studies the Italian culture.
basic grammar. Not offered every semes-

skills



Develops reading and
18.101 Latin I (3)
writing skills; emphasizes correct classical pronunciation. Introduction to Roman culture

and

civilization.

Not

offered every semester

18.102 Latin n (3) —Continuation of 18.101.
Develops reading and translation skills; teaches classical references through selected readings. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 18.101
or equivalent

169

Management

Department of Management

Goals and Objectives

Faculty

Mark D. Larson, Chairperson,

Associate Professor
B.S., University of Iowa; M.A.,
Ph.D., The Ohio State University
B.
Mainuddin Afza, Associate Professor





Com., University of Rajshahi; M. Com.,
University of Rajshahi; M.B.A., Youngstown

Academy

State University; Ph.D., Nationjil

of Science, Yerevan, Armenia

— B.A., M.A., The

M. Ruhul Amin, Professor
University of Dhaka; M.A.,
University; M.A., Ph.D.,

D.P.A., Carleton

The

University of

Akron
Charles M. Chapman, Associate Professor
B.A., University of Northern Colorado;



M.A., New York University
Francis J. Gallagher, Professor

— A.B., StoneCollege; M.B.A., Temple University
Howard
Kinslinger, Associate Professor —
hill

J.

A.B., Brandeis University; M.B.A.,

College of

New

The

versity

Stephen J. Markell, Associate Professor

SUNY at Albany;

City

York; Ph.D., Purdue Uni-



B.A.,

M.A., Ph.D., University of

North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Irem Ozkarahan, Associate Professor
B.Sc,
Middle East Technical University, Turkey;
M.A.Sc, University of Toronto, Canada;
Ph.D., Arizona State University



Minoo Tehrani,

Associate Professor

gan Technological University;

— Michi-

B.S., Pahlavi

University, Shiraz, Iran; M.S., Ph.D.,Arizona

State University

The curriculum in the Department of Management helps students develop analytical
thinking and to apply those analytical abilities
to business problem solving. To achieve these
aims, faculty go beyond the confines of textbooks

to the realities of the business world.
Students gain a broad based understanding of
the role, place, and purpose of the business

organization.

The management major is espe-

appropriate for those who combine leadership abilities with an interest in business. The
cially

and knowledge gained by management
majors enables them to succeed in a changing
and competitive business environment.
skills

Required Courses

A total of 15 semester hours is required
from the following courses: Computer and InSystems 92.254; Management
93.345, 93.348, 93.449, and 93.457; and 3 semester hours of a business elective.

formation

Required courses for the core curriculum
of the business administration degree include
Economics 40.346; Accounting 91.220, 91.223
Computer and Information Systems 92.150

Management

93.344, 93.445, and 93.446; Finance 96.313; Marketing 97.310; and Business

Law 98.331.
Elective Courses
Select courses in business and economics
complete a minimum of 63 semester hours.
Courses designated v«th a 91 92, 93, 96, 97, or
98 prefix are business courses and those with
a prefix of 40 are economics courses. Additional courses permitted as electives include:
Speech Communication 25.307; History 42.223
to



Peter B. Venuto, Professoer
B.A., Syracuse
University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Santa Clara
Pamela M. Wynn, Professor
B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington



Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

A total of 63 semester hours is required for
a major in management under the business
administration degree program. Majors also
offered in accounting, computer and information systems, business administration economics, finance, management information systems,
and marketing.

,

(a substitute for 42.224 and 40.423), 42.472;
and General Business 90.101, 90.241, 90.431,
and 90.432.

not be allowed for credit
once a student has completed 6 semester hours in business adminisNote: 90.101

will

as a business elective

tration courses.

Free Electives
Select free elective courses as needed to
meet the 128 semester hours required for grad-

170

Management

uation.

General Education Courses
Required general education courses

in-

and 20.201; Communication Studies 25.103; Economics 40.246 (or
clude: English 20.101

nance, accounting, personnel, risk management, inventory, advertising and marketing,
and production processes. Special emphasis
is given to incentives and legal requirements
of Pennsylvania with regard to small businesses.

Mathematics 53.123), 40.211, 40.212; Mathematics 53.118. Also required are 3 semester
in Values and Ethics; 3 semester hours
in Fitness and Recreational Skills; 12 semester
hours in Humanities and the Arts; 12 semester hours in Social and Behavioral Sciences,
and 12 semester hours in Natural Sciences and

hours

Mathematics.

Management (Code 93)



93.432 Internship in Management (3-6)
Integrates classroom experience and practical
work experience in industrial, business, or government work situations. Allows students to
translate academic theories and principles into
action, to test career interests, and to develop
skills and abilities through carefully planned
and supervised problems related to the field
of management. Prerequisites: 93.344 or approval of internship supervisor,

93.344 Principles of Management

(3)

— Ad-

and behavioral
and functions of management, contributing to the effective and efficient accomministrative, organizational,

theories

plishment of organizational objectives.
uisite: 40.212

Prereq-



150 or equivalent



93.346 Labor and Industrial Relations (3)
Describes administration of the relationship
between management and the labor force,
both where that relationship is governed by a
collective bargaining agreement and where it
is not. Includes development of the social and
legal status of trade unions, organizing, negotiations, strikes, grievance procedure, and

union

QPA

of 2.50,

80 semes-

hours

93.440

SmaU Business Institute Seminar

— Teams of students work with

(1-3)

local business-

es in a consultancy capacity to aid small busi-

nesses while applying business principles.
determination of alternative solutions, recommendation of the optimum course of action by means
of an oral presentation to business owners.
Prerequisite: 93.344 or consent of instructor

Work includes analysis of a problem,

93.345 Human Resource Management (3)
Provides an understanding of current corporate human resource practices. Discusses common human resource management problems,
tools and procedures for dealing with such
problems, EEO guidelines emd their implications. Examines topics such as performance
evaluation, human resource planning, compensation, and work motivation. Prerequisites:
Junior standing, Computer and Information Sj^stems
92.

ter

security.



93.348 Operations Management (3)
Identiand integration of major components
of operations and logistics management and
their impact on organizational productivity
and performance. Prerequisites: 93.344, Economics 40.246 or Mathematics 53. 123

fication



93.391 Small Business Management (3)
Introduces environment of small business in the
United States. Describes types of small business and problems associated with each type.
Covers ownership, start up, franchising, fi-



93.445 Managerial Communications (3)
Studies the process and structure of communication in the business organization and factors affecting the flow of information. Emphasizes verbal, nonverbal, and written communi-

number of models to understand
miscommunication and conflict, and develops
appropriate communication strategies. Provides insight into networking, groupthink, and
cation, uses a

lobbying in organizations. Prerequisites: 93.344,
Marketing 97.310, and Junior standing



93.446 Business Policies and Strategies (3)
Provides a view of business problems from the
perspective of the CEO. Strategic formulation
and administration of the total organization
including integrative analysis and strategic
planning. Comprehensive case studies enabling students to deal with wide-ranging and
complex issues are the primary tools by which
integration is accomplished. This course is to
be taken after all other business administration core requirements. Prerequisites: 93.344,
Finance 96.313, Marketing 97.310, and Senior
standing

93.449 Organizational Behavior (3)
es

— Focus-

on personal, interpersonal, and group pro-

cesses in organizations.

behavior as

it is

Understanding human

in organizations, finding the

Management

171

hidden aspects of groups and organizations,
and leadership are among the major themes.
Prerequisite:

93.344



Con93.456 International Man^ement (3)
cepts and practices of multinational firms.
Objectives, strategies, policies, and organizational structures for operating in various environments. Analysis of comparative management practices, problems, and issues. Impact
of national and cultural environments.



93.457 Business and Society (3)
Relates the
business system to the social, technological,
political, and economic sectors. Examines the
power and responsibilities of business as a
major institution in the context of social responsiveness and ethics. Provides techniques

and

strategies for

managing



social issues.



93.498 Special Topics
Management (3)
Examines current or advanced issues in the
field of management not normally examined
in depth in other courses.

Management Irrformation Systems

172

Department of Computer and Information Systems

of management, accounting, marketing, and

Faculty

James

S.

sor

Dutt, Chairperson, Associate Profes-



B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania

State University



M. Boyne, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
LadycHff College; M.S., The Pennsylvania

Patricia

State University;

CDP



Frank S. Davis Jr., Professor
B.S., M.Ed.,
Shippensburg University; Ph.D., University
of Pittsburgh
Carl J. Chimi, Associate Professor
B.A.,
M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
Harold K. Frey, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Lock Haven University; M.A., Iowa State
University; M.S., Elmira College
Gene M. Gordon, Associate Professor
B.A.,
Southampton College; M.A., Antioch University; Ed.D., University of Massachusetts
Charles J. Hoppel, Associate Professor
B.S.,
University of Scranton; M.E.E., Ph.D., Syracuse University








Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Business Adminis-

A total of 66 semester hours is required for
a major in management information systems
under the business administration degree program. Majors also are offered in accounting,
business administration economics, finance,
management, and marketing.

Goals and Objectives
The Department of Computer and

Infor-

in the College of Business of-

tracks: the Bachelor of Business Administration with a major in Management Information Systems and the Bachelor
of Science in Computer and Information Science. Both programs involve learning how to

develop information systems for the business
environment. They differ in emphasis. For information on the latter program, see Computer

and Information

solving techniques, structured

tems.

The program prepares students for profesemployment in the areas of system development and maintenance, information resource management, management of information systems, and end user computing support.
sional

Admission
Students enrolled in other colleges within

Bloomsburg University who wish to transfer
into the MIS curriculum must have completed a minimum of 15 semester hours at the
university.

Required Coiu^es

tration

mation Systems
fers two degree

on problem
programming,
systems analysis and design, and the process
of developing managerial computer applications. The program stresses the importance of
computer skills. Students learn a variety of programming languages and work on a number
of different hardware platforms, including
networked microcomputers, workstations, and
multiuser minicomputers and mainframe sysfinance. Specialized courses focus

Science.

The Management Information Systems
(MIS) major provides both a broad background in business as well as an in-depth knowledge of the process of system development.
Students gain a familiarity with the functions

A total

of 27 semester hours in Computer
is required
for a major in MIS. Courses include: 92.177,

and Information Systems courses

92.251, 92.252, 92.254, 92.256, 92.351, 92.352,
92.354 and 92.456.
Core courses required for the degree program in business administration total 30 semester hours and include: Economics 40.211,

40.212, 40.246, and 40.346 or Mathematics
53.118; Accounting 91.220 and 91.223; Computer and Information Systems 92.150; Management 93.334, 93.445, and 93.446; Finance
96.313; Marketing 97.310; and Business Law
98.331.

Elective Courses

An additional 9 semester hours are required
and economics courses. Courses
designated with a 40, 91, 92, 93, 96, 97, or 98
prefix are eligible. Additional courses permitin business

ted as electives include: Speech Communication 25.307; History 42.223 and 42.472; and
General Business 90.101, 90.241, 90.431, and
90.432.

Management Irrformation Systems

Note: 90.101 will not be allowed for credit
once a student has completed 6 semester hours in business administradon courses.
as a business elective

r ree rJectlve LjOUrses

An additional 8 to

tions.

^

,

.

P

11

needed

General Education Courses
In addition to mathematics

CIS majors are required

is not required
^ degree, students are strongly encouraged
to take 92.432. This course, which may be taken for a maximum of 6 semester hours, can be
counted only as a free elective.

f^j.

semester hours in free
to meet the 128
semester hours required for graduation.

ics,

20.101 and 20.201 as general education selec-

While an internship in MIS

.

elective courses are

173

and econom-

to take English

174

Marketing

Department of Marketing

Faculty
Stephen

S.

Batory, Chairperson, Associate Pro-

fessor; B.S., King's College; M.B.A.,

Dominion

Old

University; D.B.A., University of

Maryland

Mary K.
Ohio

Ericksen, Professor; B.S., M.S.,

The

State University; Ph.D., Virginia Poly-

technic Institute and State University
Kiran Karande, Assistant Professor, B.E.,
M.B.A., University of Bombay; Ph.D., University of Houston
Salim Qureshi, Associate Professor; B.S., University of Karachi; M.B.A., Adelphi University; Ph.D., The Union Graduate School of

Ohio
Julie Toner Schrader, Assistant Professor;

University;

M.B.A.,

B.S.,

Ohio

University

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

a major in marketing

under the business ad-

ministration degree program. Majors also offered in accounting, business administration
economics, finance, management information

and management.

Goals and Objectives
The marketing curriculum provides specialknowledge and skills to prepare students
entry-level marketing positions in sales,
sales management, retail management, promoized

for

tion, research, distribution

and other

These positions can be obtained

areas.

in either the

profit or non-profit sector. In addition, stu-

dents are prepared for graduate study.

Required Courses

A

tion Systems 92.150; Management 93.344,
93.445, 93.446; Finance 96.313; Marketing
97.310; and Business Law 98.331.

Elective Coiu^es
Select courses in business to complete a

minimum of 63 semester hours. Elective courses in business may be drawn from courses designated with a 91, 92, 93, 96, 97, or 98 prefix.
General Business 90.101, 90.341, and 90.432
also qualify as elective courses.

Note: 90.101 vnW not be allowed for credit
once a student has completed 6 semester hours in business administration courses.

In selecting an elective, the student

minded

is

re-

have the proper prerequisites and
to avoid elected courses below that level for
which the student has already been prepared
to

in that subject field.

Free Electives

A total of 63 semester hours is required for

systems,

Accounting 91.223; Computer and Informa-

as a business elective

M.B.A., Central Missouri State University
Robert N. Watts Jr., Associate Professor; B.S.,

Susquehanna

matics 53. 123, and 40.346; Mathematics 53. 11 8;
Financial Accounting 91.220 and Managerial

total

of 21 semester hours

from the following courses

in

required
marketing:

is

97.360, 97.370, 97.430, 97.440, 97.460, 97.490,
and 3 semester hours of a marketing elective.

Required courses for the core curriculum
of the business administration degree include:
Economics 40.211, 40.212, 40.246 or Mathe-

Select free elective courses as needed to
meet the 1 28 semester hours required for graduation.

General Education Courses
English 20.101 and 20.201, and Speech
Communication 25.103 are required as gener-

education courses. No substitutions are permitted for these courses.
al

Marketing (Code 97)
97.310 Marketing: Principles and Practice
Surveys the fundamental features of
contemporary marketing systems and the planning required to make available satisfying
goods and services to customers at a profit.
Explains the role of marketing in society and
(3)



the institutions which compose the market system. Describes components of the marketing
mix-product planning, distribution, pricing,
and promotion. Prerequisite: Economics 40.211,
40.212
97.320 Marketing for NonproHt Organizations (3)

— Hospitals,

social service agencies,

175

Marketing

universities, clubs, fraternities

and

sororities,

governments, churches,
and libraries are some of the nonprofit organizations which are challenged to effectively
solve their marketing problems. Through understanding and by applying established marketing theory, techniques, and methods, students realize how they can aid organizations
in developing a better product, price, distribution, and promotion decisions for the publics they seek to serve. Prerequisite: 97.310
political candidates,



97.350 Retail Management Concepts (3)
Presents retailing as a dynamic aspect of the
marketing distribution system. Ultimate con-

sumer/marketing analysis, store location, store
promotional
issues, and problems are considered. Prerequi-

layout, merchandising, pricing,

sites:

97.310, Economics 40.212



97.360 Advertising Management (3)
Studies the advertising element of the marketing/

promotional program from a management

Examines advertising's role in
and society. Advertising's use of the
communication process is studied from a theoretical and practitioner's perspective. Development of an ad campaign is highlighted with
emphasis on management decisions involved
in planning and execution. Special attention
given to budgeting, copywriting, media analysis, and choice. Prerequisite: 97.310
perspective.

business



97.370 Sales Management (3)
Studies the
personal selling element of the marketing/

promotional program from a management
perspective. Recruiting, selecting, training,
organizing, motivating, compensating, evalu-

and controlling the sales force are treatmanagement's planning responsibilities which include designing intelligence
systems, forecasting and establishing sales terating,

ed, as well as

consideration is given to sales
management's inputs and integration with
marketing management. Prerequisite: 97.310
ritories. Special

97.410 International Marketing Management
Applies the managerial process to the
(3)
development of international marketing programs. Emphasizes the development and determination of objectives and methods of organization including the execution of research,
advertising, and distribution activities. Considers special problems of adopting marketing
principles to fit conditions in different countries. Prerequisite: 97.310



97.430 Consumer Motivation and Behavior (3)

— Analyzes the role of the consumer as the
ultimate buyer of the product and the strategy
and forces directed at the consumer by the
seller. Topics include models of consumer buying behavior, consumer motivation, impact of
advertising on product, and consumer as decision maker in the market place. Prerequisite:

97.310



97.431 Independent Study in Marketing (3)
Develop research skills in an academic and
experience-based setting through collaborative
research with a faculty member. Apply marketing theory to an employment situation or
research objective. Prerequisite: Nine hours of
marketing class



97.432 Internship in Marketing (1-6)
Prerequisites: 97.310, 2.50 QPA, 80 semester hours, and
Junior or Senior standing



97.440 Marketing Research (3)
Develops the
skills of the scientific marketing research procedure (problem definition, research design,
data collection, analysis, and interpretation).
Applies recent developments in marketing information systems to product planning, advertising research, consumer and competitive
analysis. Prerequisites: 97.310 and Economics
40.346



97.460 Marketing Management (3)
Presents
an advanced study of the marketing programs
from the systems and managerial viewpoint.
Applies analytic, communicative, and problemsolving skills to evaluation and creative planning in the marketing environment. Uses business marketing cases as a vehicle for developing the marketing exec-utive's abilities. Prerequisite: 97.310



97.480 Industrial Marketing Strategy (3)
Strategies for marketing products and services to industrial, commercial, and governmental markets. Changing industry and marketing
structures. Prerequisite: 97.310

97.490 Contemporary Problems/Issues in
Marketing (3)
Explores major issues, trends,
and problems characterizing the current marketing scene. Encourages students to do extensive reading in current marketing and other related literature. Theoretical, environmental research, and trade-off issues in marketing
are assessed. Case study, group projects, and
group dynamics are used. Prerequisites: Senior
standing and 6 semester hours in marketing



Mass Communications

176

Department of Mass Commiinications

Faculty

Dana R, UUoth, Chairperson,

Professor



B.A.,

Southern College; A.M., Ph.D., University
of Missouri
Walter M. Brasch, Professor



A.B., San Diego State University; M.A., Ball State Uni-

versity;

Ph. D.,

Ohio

University



Richard J. Ganahl III, Assistant Professor
BA., University of Missoury at St. Louis; B.J.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Missouri at Columbia
William T. Green, Associate Professor
A. B.,
Heidelberg College, M.A.., Ph.D., University of Toledo



John

Maittlen-Harris, Assistant Professor —

B.Ec, University of Sydney; Litt.B., University of New England; M.A., University of
Florida; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin

Maria Teresita G. Mendoza-Enright, Associate
Professor
B.A., M.A., University of the



Philippines System; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madi-

son

Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Mass Communications
A total of 33 to 41 semester hours is required for a major in mass communications.
For information on the Bachelor of Science
in Education which offers an area of specialization in communications/media, see the section on Secondary Education.

limited to the maximum enrollment each semester that can be reasonably accommodated

by departmental resources. Annual enrollment
is limited to approximately 60 students who
should have achieved a cumulative grade point
average of 2.5 or higher. Acceptance into the
program depends, however, not only on the
QPA, but also on past experience and potential. Students should exhibit strong writing,
visual, and creative qualities and a record of
interest

and participation

in media-related

extracurricular activities. Students are encouraged to make a case for their admission in the
light of previous experience even

their

QPAs may not alone

if

they feel

justify admission.

will be notified of their acceptance
mass communications majors as quickly as
possible. Students are expected to have de-

Students
as

no later than the time they
have accumulated approximately 72 semester
clared their majors

hours.

The major in mass communications consists
required and elective courses in each of the
areas of competence. The elective courses allow students to specialize in one or two media,
depending on the specialties students wish to
study.

The major is structured
competency areas.

in five blocks, or

Department Curriculum
The department's revised curriculum is
designed to ensure better preparation for tochanging communications industry.
Graduates will be more broadly trained for
day's

Goals and Objectives
The mass communications program

is

de-

signed to balance the needs for broad knowledge of the liberal arts and natural sciences,
professional preparation, writing development

and understanding of the

critical

and

theoret-

confronting people employed wdthin the media. To achieve the first of these four
goals, majors are expected to take at least 80
semester hours in the humanities and sciencical issues

es.

careers in public relations, advertising, jour-

nalism and telecommunications.
The curriculum replaces the traditional
medium-specific approach used at most other
colleges.
At Bloomsburg, it is organized
around three competency areas that are portable across a variety of today's and tomorrow's

communication careers.
These competencies include theoretical
knowledge, writing proficiency and professional

Admission Requirements
Admission to the mass communications
program is by application to the chair and is

development.



The introFoundation Course (Required)
ductory course provides a general survey of the
role of the mass media in society and treats

177

Mass Communications

critical issues related to

ciety

and media

the interaction of so-

modem

in a

specific areas of interest

27.482 Mass Communications Seminar
27.497 Internship (3-9 credits)

setting.

27.110 Mass Communications and the

Popular Arts



Almost every position
mass communications related industries requires strong writing abilities. To help develop our students' writing, the Department prescribes 15 credits, of which six are specified.
Required
27.230 Newswriting
Writing Proficiency

in

27.334 Editing
Electives:

Choose Three

Feature Writing
Publicity and Public Relations
Broadcast Journalism
Public Affairs Reporting

27.340
27.352
27.388
27.450
27.485

Professional Skills

— This content area proequipment

an industry, gain creative

skills,

common

to

and develop

and management abilities. The
Department specifies two courses, and requires
the student choose three of the remaining
organizational

courses.

Required

(Code 27)
27.110 Mass Communications and the PopuA comprehensive overview of
mass communications and their relative impacts on society and culture. Covers magazines,
newspapers, motion pictures, radio, television,

lar Arts (3)



—An

picture. Studies film genres, historical figures,

technicians, and performers. Students must
view approximately 15 films during the course
in laboratory showings.

Management

& Video Production
Telecommunications Workshop

Film



27.230 Newswriting (3)
Outiines the "theoand techniques of news reporting; the historical development of reporting, its practices

Practice

ry"

Principles of Advertising

Mass Communications Practicum
Design in Advertising
Public Relations Cases and
Problems
27.466 Ad Media & Campaigns
Theoretical Analysis:

Mass Communications

27.190 History of Film (Spring) (3)
overview of the history and growth of the motion

27.446 Magazine Editing 8c Production
27.371 TV Acting & Directing
27.375 Broadcast Programming &

Courses in

activities.

toward a major in mass communications.

Choose Three
27.435 Journalism Workshop

Electives:

PR Theory &:

campus communications

public relations, advertising, ethical codes, and
media regulations. Not generally applicable

27.241 Media Graphics
27.271 Media Operations

27.390
27.480
27.251
27.261
27.297
27.366
27.455

ships are available on and off campus; some
are paid. Students are urged to take both an
off-campus internship and an on-campus
practicum to be as well prepared technically
as possible. Some practica are available on student productions such as The Voice, Bloom
er

vides the student an opportunity to develop the
capability to operate

Students are required to participate in pracor internships during which they are expected to practice the technical aspects of their
specialties. Semester hours earned are in addition to the core and specialty areas. Interntica

News, Spectrum magazine, and a range of oth-

RTF Authorship Theory and

Practice

Practicums and Internships

Four Required



area provide the philosophical, theoretical, regulatory, and critical knowledge students need regarding mass communications and society.
27.310 Media Law
27.315 Social Foundations of the Mass
this

Media
27.360 Mass Media Processes & Effects
27.420 Audience Analysis
Capstone Course: One Required
The capstone courses should be related to the student's



and principles, and the organizational patterns
of news stories and gathering of news. An elementary outline of defamation and libel is included. Student should be able to type 30 to
40 words per minute before enrolling in this
course.



27.241 Media Graphics (3)
Computer-generated design and layout problems and applications for printed and visual material including newspaper and magazine pages as well as
advertising layouts and visual presentations for
video and television material.



27.251 PR: Theory and Practice (3)
An introduction to the development, principles, theories, and practice of public relations as a social and organizational implement. Looks

Mass Communications

178

communication process, publicicommunity relations, and public affairs prac-

briefly at the
ty,

tice.



Intro27.261 Principles of Advertising (3)
duces students to the basic objectives and procedures of advertising in a modern economy.
Examines the variety of components and methods used to achieve specific objectives in advertising campaigns and the type of instruments used for advertising.



27.271 Media Operations (3)
Concentrates
the knowledge and physical use of technical requirements that operate the growing
range of equipment needed to produce contemporary radio, television, and video programs.

on

27.275 Cinema Appreciation

(Fall) (3)

— Ex-

amines film form, theory, and criticism to bring
about a better understanding and greater appreciation of the motion picture. Enhances the
visual appreciation required in

modern media.

Approximately 1 5 films viewed.
27.297 Mass Communications Practicwn (3)

— Requires participation

in film, television,

radio or print productions in any of the sequences offered in the department or other

departments on campus having similar needs
relevant to mass communications.
27.310 Media

Law

(3)

— Surveys legal

re-

nature and content
of mass media messages and business practices. Covers historical developments, criminal
libel, sedidon, defamation, privacy, copyright,
obscenity, shield law, freedom of information,
free press-free trial, unique broadcast policies,
advertising, and antitrust problems.
straints that influence the

27.315 Social Foundations of Mass



Communi-

cations (3)
An interdisciplinarystudy of the
historical, philosophical, social, economic, and
legal foundations of

American mass media

as

a base for study of contemporary mass media.
Examines media from the perspective of journalists, owners, audience, and govern-ment.



27.334 Editing (3)
Designed to improve
writing for newspapers, magazines, and brochures. Indicates particular types of styles most
used; emphasizes good, tight copy in news stories; offers practice in headline writing, and
some elementary layout and design including
photo editing. Suggests some defenses to possible defamation and libel problems for copy
editors. Prerequisite: 27.230

— Outiines basic

27.340 Feature Writing (3)
requirements for feature-type

eirticles

for news-

papers and magazines. Studies various techniques used to gather information and to develop a range of feature articles. Includes practical work as well as the study and discussion
of published articles and marketing strategies.
Prerequisite: 27.230



27.352 Publicity and Public Relations (3)
Comprehensive study of various publicity techniques used in public relations efforts of business, government, and nonprofit organizations. Students prepare press releases, public
service announcements, speeches, slide programs, or other appropriate communication
vehicles. Prerequisite: 27.251
27.360 Mass Media Processes and Effects (3)
Locates specific issues in mass media exposure,
identifying various ways in which individuals
and the whole body of society depend on information provided by the mass media. Prerequisite: junior

standing



27.366 Design in Advertising (3)
Principles
of advertising layout and design in print and
broadcasting. Includes hands-on experience in
layout, typography, and paste-up in addition
to theory. Prerequisite: 27.261



27.367 Television Acting and Directing (3)
Provides instruction in acting and directing for
television. Includes laboratory hours. Prerequisite: 27.271



Studies
27.371 Broadcast Journalism (3)
technical elements of broadcast writing, script
formats, and nondramatic material; provides
opportunities to study, write, and announce
news, commercials, and other broadcast material. Prerequisite: 27.271 and 27.230

27.375 Broadcast Programming and ManageStudies television and radio manment (3)
agement and programming; examines each
medium as a business and the elements of success or failure. Studies some basic economics
of media and methods of handling this material as well as codes, laws, and community in-



terests.

Prerequisite: Junior

standing



Re27.390 Film and Video Production (3)
views the basic processes of filmmaking in an
introductory but comprehensive manner. Concentrates on making short silent films and requires laboratory hours and field work by arrangement. Students provide their own film

stock for shooting, and pay film processing
costs. Prerequisite: 27.271

27.420 Audience Analysis

(3)

— Explores the

social world
of actual audiences and the discursive con-

theoretical distinction

between the

179

Mass Communications

structs of mass media audiences. Charts the
development of an ethnographic understanding of mass media audiences that focuses on
the diverse, the particular and unpredictable
in everyday life. Stresses design and construction of various research methods on mass media audiences. Prerequisites: 27.380 and junior

standing; 45.260 recommended

27.435 Journalism Seminar: Special Topics (3)
Studies a variety of ethical and practical
problems in journalism. Topics may vary each
semester. May be repeated with different topics to a maximum of three seminars with approvals of adviser and chairperson. Prerequisite: 27.230





approval and approval of the dean, College of
and Sciences. Prerequisite: 27.470

Arts

27.480 Telecommunications Production WorkA practical workshop: Special Topics (3)
shop program in which telecommunications
majors undertake specific instruction on the
technical aspects of their major. Topics may
change from semester to semester, and students may be required to work on specific
projects, such as telethons or television news,
as part of their workshop programs. Workshops
may be repeated provided topics change. Instructor's and department chairperson's approvals required. Prerequisite: 27.415



27.482 Mass Communications Seminar

(3)



An ad27.440 Public Affairs Reporting (4)
vanced reporting course on the role of public
affairs in news reporting in mass media. Concentrates on a number of governmental "beats"
most susceptible to news generation. Students
learn basic abilities consistent with entry-level
professional reporting requirements in public
affairs coverage, including courts, police, and
government. Prerequisite: 27.340

A

27.446 Magazine Editing and Production (4)

tary and dramatic material in terms of telecommunications/film semiotics with an overall
survey of production and business problems.
A project course designed primarily for film,
television, and radio majors moving into mass
communications production seminars. Prereq-

— Acquaints students with principles and techniques of magazine production including
manuscript selection and editing, advertising,
design, production, circulation, promotion,
and various business operations. Study of the
nature of magazines as part of a mass communications system. Each semester students produce a community/ regional consumer magazine. Prerequisites: 27.334, 27.340, or consent of
the instructor

27.455 Public Relations Cases and Problems
A study of the use of publicity as a par(3)
ticular element of public relations. Examines



specific publicity cases

and requires

practical

hands-on production of written material.
requisite: 27.352

Pre-

27.466 Advertising Media and Campaigns (3)

— Study of the use of advertising media, methods of selection, and the skills and background
required for media buying and traffic planning. Basic principles and applications of advertising research and campaign planning,
preparation, and presentation are taught in a
problem-solving format. Prerequisites: 27.364
and 27.366



27.478 Independent Study (1-3)
Provides for
individual work and study in an area of mass
communications concentration. Students find
a faculty sponsor/adviser and prepare a written proposal, which must have departmental

seminar program that studies ethical and
social problems resulting from the pervasiveness of new technologies. Topics may change
from semester to semester. Students may repeat seminars, subject to a change in topic and

with the approvals of the instructor and department chairperson. Prerequisite: 27.415

27.485
(3)

RTF Authorship Theory and

Practice

— Astudy of the construction of documen-

uisite:

27.271

27.497 Mass Communications Internship (3Open to junior and senior majors with a
9)
QPA of 2.75 in the major, although consideration will be given for other practical experience students may have. May include on-campus or off-campus study of a particular project
arranged by the student, adviser, and department chairperson. Interns are expected to have
completed several of their basic specialist
courses prior to applying for internships.
Projects must be submitted in writing at least a
month before the project is expected to begin
and must be approved by the student's adviser
and department chairperson. Course may be
repeated within catalog regulations. Internships will become a compulsory part of the
mass communications program. Credit is based
on 3 semester hours for each 10 hours of work
undertaken per week per semester. Limit is 9
total semester hours for internships. Special



arrangements must be made for summer

in-

ternships. Prerequisite: 27.415
Note: Prerequisites

may

be

waived by an instructor

subject to the concurrence of the departmental chair-

person.

180

Mathematics

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science

B.S.,

Faculty
Charles M. Brennan, Chairperson, Professor



B.S.Ed.,

Bloomsburg State College; M.A,,
The Penn-

Montclair State College; Ph.D.,
sylvania State University

Harold



Professor
B.S., Albright
College; M.Ed., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania
State University
Stephen D. Beck, Professor
B.S., Tufts University; M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D.,
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
B.S., M.S.,
Paul C. Cochrane, Professor
Ph.D., State University of New York at AlbaJ. Bailey,





ny

Helmut



B.A., Uniof Stuttgart; M.S., Oregon State University; Ph.D., University of California at
Santa Barbara
B.S., WestminJoAnne S. Growney, Professor
ster College; M.A.,Temple University; Ph.D.,
University of Oklahoma
Paul G. Hartung, Professor
B.A., Montclair
State College; M.A., University of Colorado;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University

Doll, Assistant Professor

versity





E.

Dennis Huthnance Jr., Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of
Technology



Scott Inch, Assistant Professor

sport Area

— A.A., William-

Community

College; B.S.,
Bloomsburg University; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University



Curt Jones, Assistant Professor
B.S., Lock
Haven; M.S., University of Iowa; Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State University
Zahira S. Kahn, Associate Professor
B.A.,
Punjab University; M.Sc, Islamabad University; B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.A.,



Ph.D.,Temple University
Stephen Kokoska, Professor



B.A.,

Boston

College; M.S., Ph.D., University of

Hampshire
Robert Montante, Assistant Professor



New
B.S.,

Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.,
Ph.D., Indiana University
Reza Noubary, Professor
B.S., M.S., Tehran
University, M.Sc, Ph.D., University of
Manchester, England
Clinton J. Oxenrider, Associate Professor





Bloomsburg

State College; M.A.,

The

Pennsylvania State University; D.A., Idaho
State University



Timothy Phillips, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
Kutztown University; M.S., Longwood College; Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania State Univer-

sity

James C. Pomfret, Professor
lege; M.S., New Mexico



B.S.,

Bates Col-

State University;

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Medhi Razzaghi, Professor
G.C.E., Lewes



Technical College; B.S., Sussex University;
Ph.D., University of London
B.A., Lehigh
John H. Riley, Jr. Professor
University; M.S., Ph.D., The University of
Connecticut
Yixun Shi, Assistant Professor
B.S., Anhui
Normal University at Chuzhon, China; M.S.,
Shanghai Teachers University, China; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa
B.S., BloomsJune L. Trudnak, Professor
burg State College; M.S., Bucknell University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State Univer-







sity



Erik Wynters, Associate Professor
B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University

Degree Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics, Bachelor
of Science in Mathematics
The bachelor of arts program requires 45
semester hours for a major in mathematics.
The bachelor of science program requires
56 semester hours for a major in mathematics.

Goals and Objectives
The primary objective of

the mathematics
thorough background
in both the theoretical and real world applications of mathematics. The curriculum and instructional strategies are designed to encourage and promote critical thinking and problem solving skills and the articulation of math-

program

is

to provide a

ematical ideas.

The Department of Mathematics and Computer Science offers three baccalaureate degree programs: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Science in Mathematics, and Bachelor of Sci-

181

Mathematics

ence in Computer Science (See section on
Computer Science) The department also offers a minor in computer science, one in statistics, and another in mathematics.
The course sequence in all of the degree
programs in mathematics is essentially the
same through the first two years. The bachelor of arts program in mathematics offers a
more flexible curriculum designed to accommodate varied career objectives while the bach.

program is specifically applicamore required courses in
mathematical analysis and science. In the bachelor of science

tions-oriented with

an area
of concentration in their junior year to develop proficiency in an area of applied mathematics. Many students choose a joint program in
mathematics and computer science, mathematics and statistics or mathematics and an area
of business or physical sciences. A student
majoring in education who chooses an area of
concentration in mathematics essentially follows the bachelor of arts program in mathematics. The department strongly supports the
implementation of mathematical and statistical software throughout all the mathematical
programs Students who complete a degree
program in mathematics are prepared to continue their studies of mathematics on the graduate level or to enter industry in an area where
elor of science program, students select

mathematics is used.
For admission to the major in mathematics, a student should hav a thorough preparation in high school mathematics. Students who
complete the Advanced Placement Examination with a score of 3 or higher may earn university credit for the first calculus course,

53.125 Analysis

I.

General Education Courses
Advisement should be considered before
selecting General Education courses in this

major.

Required Courses for Bachelor of Arts
in Mathematics
Mathematics 53.125, 53.126, 53.185, 53.225,
53.226, 53.241, 53.310, 53.314; Computer Science 56.122 and at least one 3-semester-hours

computer science course numbered 56.122 or
above. At leaist three 3-semester-hours mathematics courses at the 300 level including at least
one from the classical core consisting of 53.322,
53.331, 53.341, 53.360, 53.411, 53.421, 53.422,
and 53.451. In addition, at least 6 semester
hours in a discipline to which mathematics is
traditionally applied (as approved by the ad-

Courses 53.311 and 56.305 may not be
counted as requirements for the major.

viser).

Required Courses for Bachelor of
Science in Mathematics
Mathematics 53.125, 53.126, 53.185, 53.225,
53.226, 53.241, 53.310, 53.314; Physics 54.211,
54.212; Computer Science courses 56.122 and
at least one 3-semester-hours computer science
course numbered 56.122 or above.
At least three 3-semester-hours mathematcourses at the 300 level or above including
classical core (see above). A 9semester-hours concentration in a special interest area within mathematics or in a related discipline; areas of concentration available upon
ics

one from the

request.

ed

Courses 53.31 1 and 56.305 may not be countrequirements for the major.

as

Minor in Mathematics
The program requires 21 hours of mathematics courses. Required courses are 53.125,
53.126, 53.185, 53.225 and at least two courses
(6 semester hours) chosen from the following
list: 53.231, 53.225, 53.310, 53.314, 53.322,
53.331, 53.341, 53.360, 53.361, 53.381, 53.421,
53.422 and 53.451. Thje quality point average
of all courses applied to the minor in Mathematics must be at least 2.00 based on a 4.00 system.

Minor

in Statistics

This program requires 18 semester hours of
credit, at least 15 of which must be in the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science. Students within the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science may apply the
following courses toward the minor: 53.341,
53.342, 53.343, 53.461, 53.462, 53.491 and one
course related to applications of statistics from
other departments, with approval of adviser.
Students from departments other than
mathematics and computer science may apply
the following courses to the minor: 53.241 and
courses listed above for students with the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science; or select courses from the following list
{select one of): 53.141, 45.260, 48.160, 40.346,
53.123, or 53.125, 53.342, 53.343, 53.491,
53.492. Courses outside the department recommended for the minor are 40.137, 40.400,
40.446, 48.464, 50.351, 82.306, 45.466.

Mathematics Code 53)
53.101 Mathematical Thinking (3)

— Presents

182

Matiiematics

mathematical topics and applications in a context designed to promote quantitative reasoning and the use of mathematics in solving problems and making decisions. Suitable for ma-

53.123. Course
istry,

is not for mathematics, chemor physics majors. Prerequisite: 53.123 or

consent of the instructor



Presents an
53.111 Finite Mathematics (3)
introductory development of counting tech-

53.125 Analysis I (3)
Designed to meet part
of the major-level mathematics requirement;
first in the sequence of four calculus courses.
Provides the basic tools for differentiation and
the beginnings of integration for functions of
a single variable. Prerequisite: four years of high

niques, probability spaces, and game theory.
Prerequisite: two years of high school algebra

school mathematics including a year of elementary
functions or equivalent of 53. 113. TI-85 graphical

jors in humanities, education,

and others seek-

ing a broad view of mathematics.

No background

in algebra required.



or equivalent

calculator

— Studies elementa-

53.1 12 Trigonometry (3)
ry algebraic funcdons and relations, exponential,

and logarithmic functions, circular funcand inverse functions, and their applica-

tions,

114 or two years of high school
algebra or high school trigonometry or their equiva-

tions. Prerequisite: 53.

lent

53.113 Pre-Calculus
algebraic functions

(3)

— Studies elementary

and relations, exponential,

and logarithmic functions,
and inverse functions, and
Prerequisite: 53.

circular functions
their applications.

114 or two years of high school alge-





53.1 18 Applied Matrix Algebra (3)
Introduces vectors, matrices, linear equations, and lincial

programming v/ith applications to the soand biological sciences and business. Pre-

requisite:

required.

53.126 Analysis

II (3)

— Studies techniques of

integration, functions, infinite series, Taylor's

theorem, some special differential equations,
and polar coordinates. Prerequisite: 53.125. TI-

85 graphical

calculator

is

required



53.141 Introduction to Statistics (3)
Presents
the concepts necessary to use and understand
basic statistical techniques. Topics include:
descriptive statistics, probability,

random

vari-

sampling distributions, hypothesis tests,
confidence intervals, and analysis of variance.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
ables,



bra or the equivalent.

53.114 College Algebra (3)
Studies fundamental algebraic concepts and develops the
mathematical and computation skills necessary
to apply algebraic techniques to problems in
business, economics, the social and natural sciences, and the liberal arts. Prerequisite: 1 1/2
years of high school algebra or the equivalent. Not
open to students with credit for 53.112 or higher

ear

is

two years of high school algebra or equiva-

lent



53.123 Essentials of Calculus (3)
Presents
the basic concepts of elementary calculus in a
nonrigorous approach for students who are not
mathematics majors. Pertinent topics in the
real number system, analytic geometry, functions, and limits prepare the student for the
study of the basic techniques of applications
of differentiation and integration. Course is not
for chemistry, mathematics or physics majors.
Prerequisite: At least two years of high school algebra, or 53.114 or consent of the instructor.



53.124 Essentials of Calculus II (3)
Techniques and applications of integration with an
introduction to infinite series and elementary
differential equations as a continuation of

An intro53.185 Discrete Mathematics (3)
duction to set theory, logic, combinatorics, and
graph theory for those interested in mathematics or computer science. Not usually taken
during the freshman year. Prerequisite; 53. 125
or consent of instructor



Presents
53.201 Theory of Arithmetic (3)
the language of sets, the four elementary op>erations through the real number system, and
the elementary theory of numbers. Course is
open only to majors in elementary education,
special education or communication disorders.

53.202 Geometry and LOGO for Elementary
Teachers (3)
Presents the content of geometry for the elementary curriculum using geometric models, inductive reasoning, and the
LOGO computer language. Course is open
only to majors in elementary education, special education or communication disorders.



Prerequisite:

Sophomore status or above or consent

of the instructor

53.225 Analysis

m

(3)

— Presents

infinite se-

quences and series, power series, Taylor and
Maclaurin series, three dimensional vector
analysis,

and

partial derivatives.

Prerequisite:

53.126
53.226 Analysis IV (3)

— Presents an introduc-

tion to the differentiation

and integration of

real valued functions of several variables. Pre-

183

Mathematics

and parametric equations, surfacand Green's theorems,
functions between Euclidean spaces, and mulsents curves

es, Taylor's, Stoke's,

tiple integrals. Prerequisite:

53.225

53.231 College Geometry (3)

— Presents

ele-

mentary geometry from an advanced standpoint. Discusses incidence in the plane and in
space, congruence, inequality, and similarity
concepts. Studies properties of circles, polygons, and spheres. Prerequisite: High school ge-

53.185

ometry,

53.241 Probability and Statistics (3)
lus-based study of probability and
Topics covered include: descriptive

— Calcustatistics.
statistics,

probability, discrete

and continuous random

common

distributions, sampling

variables,

destributions, estimation procedures,
ferential statistics.

53.141

.

and

in-

A more rigorous course than

Prerequisites: 53.

126

(or concurrent)

and

53.185
53.243 Nonparametrics Statistics (3)
sents standard nonparametric statistical procedures. After a brief review of hypothesis testing fundamentals, topics such as goodness-offit tests, one and two-sample procedures for
location parameter, tests of randomness, and
association analysis are covered. Prerequisites:
53. 123 or 53. 125 and 53. 141 or the equivalent



53.310 Introduction to Abstract Algebra (3)
Provides an introduction to the language and
methods of abstract mathematics. Subjects include sets, relations, rings, functions, groups,
and fields. Prerequisites: 53. 185 and 53.225

53.311 Algebra for Secondary School Teachers (Fall/even-numbered years) (3)
Presents
topics of elementary algebra from an advanced
viewpoint. Considers topics of contemporary
school mathematics programs. Intended for
students in secondary education majoring in
mathematics. Prerequisite: 53.310





53.314 Linear Algebra (3)
Studies abstract
vector spaces, linear transformation, matrices,
determinants, inner product spaces, and related topics. Prerequisites: 53.185 and 53.225



53.322 Differential Equations (3)
Studies
elementary ordinary differential equations,
infinite series

and power

series solution,

some

numerical methods of solution, and LaPlace
transforms. Prerequisite: 53.225

Modem Geometry (Spring/odd-numbered

years) (3)

— Presents non-Euclidean geomet-

and their development from postulate systems and a formal approach to projective ge-

ries

Prerequisite:

53.231

53.341 Statistical Methods (Fall, even-numbered
Presents common statistical techniques with emphasis on applications. Topics
include: confidence intervals, hypothesis test,
regression analysis, and analysis of variance.
Strongly encourages use of statistical software,
especially SAS. Prerequisite: 53.141 or 53.241 or

years) (3)



consent of the instructor

53.342 Design and Analysis of Experiments
(Spring, odd-numbered years) (3)



Basic experincluding methods of estimation and hypothesis testing, analysis-of-variance
procedures, principles of experimental design,
completely randomized and randomized complete block designs, factorial arrangements of
treatments, linear regression and correlation
analysis, covariance analysis and distributionfree methods. Prerequisite: 53.141 or 53.241 or

imental

statistics

consent of the instructor

— Pre-

53.331

ometry.

53.343 Applied Regression Analysis (Fall, oddnumbered years) (3)
A basic course in multiple linear regression methods including
weighted least squares, stepwise regression,



residual analysis,

and applications

to

mathe-

matical models. Treats problems which involve
the use of computing equipment. Prerequisite:
53. 141 or 53.241 or consent of the instructor



53.360 Number Theory (3)
Presents die
theory of numbers. Includes the topics of Euclidean algorithm, congruences, continued
fractions, Gaussian integers, and Diophantine
equations. Prerequisites: 53. 185 and 53.225
53.361 Coding and Signal Processing (Fall) (3)
to codes and ciphers. Includes security codes, coding for efficiency in computer storage, error-correcting
codes. Signal processing, including the Fourier transform and digital filters. Individual
projects required. Prerequisites: 53.126 and
56.116 or 56.122

— A mathematical approach

53.373 Numerical Methods in Computing (Fall)
Analysis and application of various meth(3)
ods of numerically solving problems in the areas of nonlinear equations; systems of equations, interpolation, and polynomial approximation; numerical integration; approximation
theory; and differential equations. Students
design and execute algorithms on the computer for specific numerical procedures. Prerequisites: 56.116 or 56. 121, Mathematics 53. 126



53.374 Introduction to Discrete Systems Sim-



ulation (Spring/odd-numbered years) (3)
Studies the ways that systems can be moduled for

1

184

Mathematics

computer

solution. Emphasizes stochastic behavior by discrete random processes and the
simulation tools for their solution. Prerequisites:
One course each in calculus, programming, and statistics

53.381 Introduction to Operations Research
(Fall/odd-numbered years) (3)
A survey of the
methods and models used in applying mathematics to problems of business. Topics drawn
from decision making, linear, and dynamic
programming, networks, inventory models,



Markov processes, and queuing theory.
uisites:

Prereq-

53.118 and 53. 123 or 53.225

53.41 1 Introduction to
years) (3)

Group Theory {Alternate

— Study of theorems and applica-

tions of group theory begun in abstract algebra continued. Prerequisite: 53.310

53.421 Advanced Calculus (Fall/even-numbered
Presents a rigorous treatment of
the concepts of limit, continuity, derivative, and
integral for functions of a single real variable.
Prerequisites: 53.226, consent of instructor

years) (3)



53.422 Complex Variables (Fall/odd-numbered
Presents a rigorous treatment of
the complex numbers and theory of functions
of a complex variable, limits, continuity, analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations,
contour integrals, conformal mappings, and

years) (3)



applications. Prerequisites: 53.226, consent of instructor

53.451 Introduction to Topology (Alternate
Introduces fundamentals of general topology; elementary set theory, topological spaces, mappings, connectedness, compactness, completeness, product and metric spaces; nets and convergence. Prerequisites: 53.226,

years) (3)



consent of instructor

53.461 Probability Models and Applications
(Spring, even-numbered years) (3)

— An introduc-

tion to elementary stochastic processes
their applications to various

and

phenomena

in

management science, the physiand social sciences, and operations re-

engineering,
cal

search

.

Prerequisite: 53. 24

53.462 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics
(Fall,

even-numbered years) (3)

— An introduc-

tory study of mathematical statistics including
distributions of functions of random variables,
interval estimation, statistical hypotheses, analysis

of variance, and the multivariate normal

distribution. Prerequisite: 53.241

53.471 Numerical Analysis (Spring/even numbered years) (3)
Provides a computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of numerical analysis. Includes the topics of non-linear equations,
interpolation and approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices and differential
equations. Prerequisite: 53.322 and 53.373



53.472 Matrix Computation (Spring/odd numbered years) (3)
Presents a computer-oriented analysis of matrices. Includes Gaussian reduction, LDU factorization, special reduction
techniques for tridiagonal matrices, iterative
methods, and a study of the matrix eigenvalue
problem. Prerequisites: 53.225 and 53.373





53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)
Presents an area of mathematics which is not
available as a regular course offering. Prerequisite:

Consent of the instructor

53.492 Independent Study in Mathematics (1Provides for directed study of a particu3)
lar area of mathematics as mutually agreed
upon by the student and the instructor. Emphasizes individual scholarly activity of the
highly motivated student.



53.493 Honors in Independent Study in MathFor students who have demonematics (3)
strated a high level of interest and ability in
mathematics and have mastered the required
course work. Students investigate research
problems selected under the supervision of a
faculty member of the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science. Prerequisite:
Admission to the Honors Program in natural sci-



ences

and mathematics



53.497 Internship in Mathematics (2-12)
Provides mathematics majors with an opportunity to acquire meaningful and professional
on-site training and learning experiences in
mathematics at an industrial, private or business workplace. Note: a student may, with departmental approval, apply a maximum of 3 credits of
internship toward the fulfillment of the mathematics
major. Each academic redit requires 40 hours of
supervised work and the limit is 12 total semester

hours for internships. Prerequisites: students must
esablish adequate course preparation for the proposed

internship. Internship applications

must be submit-

one month before the internship begins and must
be approved by the deparment chairperson
ted

185

Medical Technology

Medical Technology

Program Coordinator
James
Biological

E. Cole, professor,

and

Department of

Allied Health Sciences

Advisers
Judith P. Downing, professor. Department
of Biological and Allied Health Sciences
Judith A. Kipe-Nolt, assistant professor.
Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences
E. Parsons, associate professor.

De-

partment of Biological and Allied Health

Sci-

James
ences

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science
of 96 semester hours and 32
clinical hours are required for a major in med-

A minimum

technology.

ical

Goals and Objectives
The programs in allied

health sciences en-

compass those health areas in which individuals support, aid, and increase the efficiency and
effectiveness of other health professionals by
becoming a contributing member of a health
care team. Programs in this area combine natural science and liberal arts education with clinical instruction. In general, students who complete any of the programs may enter their professions immediately. Others may select postgraduate education in health care. Central to
most allied health programs, especially the clinical portion, is satisfactory completion of the
clinical standards, often referred to as the Es-

These standards establish requirements related to curriculum, personnel, financsentials.

ing, resources,

Program of Study
of a

applicants to Bloomsburg University. These
requirements may be found under the section
on Admission. Assistance with the admission
application to the clinical year phase is offered
by the university, but admission to that phase,
as well as fees, are determined solely by the
institution

where the clinical work is done. The

university cannot guarantee that a student will

be accepted for the clinical education portion
of the program. In general, students with the
highest academic achievement, who interview
well, and have a history of volunteer work are
given priority.
Students who successfully complete all of
the requirements and the clinical year earn a
Bachelor of Science degree. All clinical year
graduates become eligible to take the two certification examinations for medical technologists. Upon successfully completing one or
both of these examinations, the student is
awarded a certificate of registry and the designation Medical Technologist (M.T.) (ASCP) or
Clinical Laboratory Scientists (C.L.S.)

A student who fails

(NCA).

to gain admission to a

program at the end of the junior year
(3+1 program) or wishes to complete a degree
prior to entering the clinical experience may
remain at the university and complete the requirements for a baccalaureate degree. Ordinarily, a student can complete the degree requirements for a Bachelor of Arts in biology
in one additional year; other curricula may
demand more time. Many students in the med-

clinical

ical technology program select an option in
microbiology. This option is detailed in the

and records.

The medical technology program

Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS)
Students enrolling in the curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science will be admitted under the same policy governing other

section
consists

minimum of 96 semester hours of course-

work prescribed by the university, followed by
one calendar year of clinical education in a
medical technology program accredited nationally by the Committee on Allied Health
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA) of the
American Medical Association (AMA) through
the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical

on

Biology.

Professional Education Courses
Biological and Allied Health Sciences
50.107, 50.110 or 50.120, 50.242, 50.271,
50.342, 50.343, 50.233 or 50.332, 50.371 or
50.472; Chemistry 52.115, 52.131, 52.216 and
52.341 or 52.216 and 52.232; Physics 54.107;
Mathematics 53.141; and Computer Science
56.110.

186

Medical Technology

Clinical Experience

A total of 32 semester hours must be earned
from the Code 86 Usting of courses

in medical
technology (see below) that are given at the

cliniczd site.

Elective Courses
Students must select additional courses to

complete the minimum program requirement
of 96 semester hours. The following courses
are

recommended

as electives: Biological

and

Allied Health Sciences 50.282, 50.364, 50.442,
50.455, 50.471, and 50.483.

Adjunct Faculty

Program Director
Sacred Heart Hospital, Allentown, Pa.
Francis V. Kostelnik, M.D., Medical
Adviser
Deborah Schwab, M.T. (ASCP), C.L.S.

(NCA) Program Director
,

Scranton Medical Technology Consortium,
Scranton, Pa.

Thomas V. DiSilvo, M.D., Medical Adviser
Mary Gene BuUer, M.S., M.T. (ASCP),
Program Director
University of Virginia Medical Center, Charlot-

Abington Memorial Hospital, Abington, Pa.
Paul J. Cherney, M.D., Medical Adviser
Barbara J. Scheelje, M.T. (ASCP),

Program Director

The Bryn Mawr Hospital, Bryn Mawr,

Medical College Hospital, Elkins Park, Pa.
Vivan Anagnoste, M.D., Medical Adviser
Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., M.T. (ASCP),

tesville,

Va.

M.R. Wills, M.D., Medical Adviser
Cheryl V. Leitch, M.T. (ASCP), S.H.
(ASCP) Program Director
,

Pa.

Albert Keshgagian, M.D., Ph.D., Medical
Adviser
Nancy M.G. Calder, M.Ed., M.T. (ASCP),
Program Director
Divine Providence Hospital, Williamsport, Pa.
Galal M. Ahmed, M.D., Medical Adviser
Loretta A. Moffatt, M.T. (ASCP), Program
Director
Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, Pa.
John J. Moran, M.D., Medical Adviser
Alvin Swartzentruber, M.T. (ASCP),
Program Director
Lancaster General Hospital, Lancaster, Pa.
Gerald R. Fahs, M.D., Medical Adviser
Nadine E. Gladfelter, M.T. (ASCP),
Program Director
Nazareth Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa.
William J. Warren, M.D., Medical Adviser
Diane R Bejsiuk, M.Ed., M.T. (ASCP)
.Program Director
Polyclinic Medical Center of Harrisburg, Harrisburg. Pa.

Julian W. Potok, D.O., Medical Adviser
Marcy Anderson, M.S., M.T. (ASCP),
Program Director
The Reading Hospital and Medical Center,

Reading, Pa.

Donald Stuard, M.D., Medical Adviser
Sharon K. Strauss, M.T, (ASCP), CLS
(NCA) Program Director
Robert Packer Hospital, Sayre, Pa.
Joseph J. King, M.D., Medical Adviser
I.

,

Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP),
Program Director

Wilkes-Barre Hospital, Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
C. Warren Koehl Jr., M.D., Medical
Adviser
Helen M. Ruane, M.T. (ASCP), Program
Director
York Hospital, York, Pa.
John P. Whiteley, M.D., Medical Adviser
Brenda L. Kile, M.A., M.T. (ASCP),
Program Director

Medical Technology (Code 86)



A lec86.401 Clinical Microbiology (6-10)
ture and laboratory study of bacteria, fungi,
parasites, and viruses which cause disease in
humans, their clinical pathology, and related
diagnostic laboratory procedures.
86.402 Clinical Hematomology/ Coagulation
(6-10)
A lecture and laboratory study of
hematopoiesis and blood coagulation. Students acquire an understanding of the theory
of hematological tests, skills in the performance of these tests, knowledge of blood disorders, and insight into the significance of test



results.

86.403 Clinical Chemistry for Medical TechLecture and laboratory
nologists (6-10)
study of enzymes, carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nitrogenous end products, electrolytes,
acid-base balance, body fluids, toxicology, en-



docrinology, and urinalysis. Lecture series includes anatomy, physiology, methods of analysis, and clinical significance of each biochemical determination. Laboratory study includes

187

Medical Technology

standardization and quality control of procedures using spectrophotometry, chromatography, elec-trophoresis, and automated techniques.



86.404 Clinical Inununoheraatology (3-6)
Lecture and laboratory study of blood groups,
genetics, antigens, and antibodies and their

interaction as related to safe transfusion, prediction of immune incompatibilities,
ing,

and prob-

Donor collection, processblood component preparation, and ther-

ability

of parentage.

apy also studied.



86.405 Clinicallnununology/Serology (2-4)
Lecture and laboratory study of immunological concepts and theory and their relation to
serologic reactions and clinical interpretations.



86.406 Clinical Seminar (1-6)
Covers courses not included above, such as orientation, laboratory management, education, clinical microscopy and/or areas unique to the individual hospital program.

188

Military Science

ROTC

Aerospace Studies/Air Force

Co-adjutant Instructors in Aerospace
Studies
Lt. Col.

Force and will serve on active
career speciality they have chosen,
consistent with USAF needs. Qualified students
in the U.S. Air

duty in

David A. Agee, chairperson

Capt. Steven S. Manley
Capt. L. Douglas Werder

a

may compete

for duty as pilots, navigators,

nurses, engineers, missile or space operations,

meteorologists,

computer analysts,

lawyers, se-

curity police or other career areas.

Bloomsburg University participates with
Wilkes University in a cross-enrollment program which allows students to earn commissions as officers in the U.S. Air Force while
pursuing a university degree. Courses are
taught on the Wilkes University campus in
Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, about a one-hour
drive

from Bloomsburg.

The

Air Force Reserve Officer Training

Corps (AFROTC) program provides both a
four-year and two-year program. The first two
years of the four-year program are called the
General Military Course (CMC) The last two
years of the four-year program are the same as
the two-year program and are called the Professional Officer Course (POC). Students may
enroll in either the two or four-year program
.

earn commissions.
CMC courses are open to any university student. However, students may apply for accepto

tance into the POC, usually in their sophomore
To enter the POC, students must pass a

year.

physical examination, an officer qualification
test, meet certain academic standards, and
complete a four-week (or six-week, if enrolled
in the two-year program) field training encampment, normally prior to their junior year.
Applicants for the two-year program must start

the application process as early as possible in
their

sophomore

All

year.

AFROTC cadets are eligible to compete

for one, two or three-year Air Force scholar-

ships generally valued from $2,000 to $8,000 a
year. All POC cadets are eligible to apply for at
least a

Four semester hours of credit may be
earned in the CMC, 12 semester hours in the

POC, and up

to six in the field training pro-

gram.

The

required before entry
held at several operational
bases each summer. Cadets have an opportunity to observe Air Force units and people at
field training

into the

POC

work and

at

is

home;

ing

activities;

markmanand leadership train-

participate in

ship, survival, athletics,

experience orientation

flights;

and work with contemporaries from other colleges and universities. Transportation to and
from the legal residence of the cadet to the
field training base, food, lodging, medical, and
dental care are provided by the Air Force. The
cadet receives approximately $400 for the fourfield training program or $600 for the
six-week program.
The optional Advanced Training Program
allows POC members to visit a USAF base for
two weeks during ther summer between the
cadet's junior and senior years emd to work with
an active duty officer in the student's chosen
career area. The pariticipating cadet is provided a weekly salary during the program.
For information, call the Aerospace Studies Department at Wilkes University at 1-800WILKES-U, ext. 4860/4861 or write P.O. Box
111, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766. For registration
information, contact the Bloomsburg Univer-

week

sity Registrar's Office.

Aerospace Studies (Code 61)

$2,000 per year scholarship, regardless

of academic major.
Uniforms, equipment, and textbooks for
the AFROTC work are supplied by Wilkes University and the U.S. Air Force. Students in the
POC receive a $100 per month allowance.
Students who successfully complete the

POC are commissioned as second lieutenants

General Military Courses
The general military courses (GMC)

cona two-year program for freshmen and
sophomores and are designed to provide general knowledge of the role, organization, missions, and historical development of U.S. Air
Power. Students enrolled in the GMC, who are
stitute

189

Military Science

no

on Air Force scholarships, incur
ary obligations.

lot

mili-



develops individual communication
>1.120 Air Force

Today II

(1)

skills.

— Reviews U.S.

general purpose military forces, insurgency

md

counter-insurgency, aerospace support

and organizations. Develops individual
ommunication skills.

brces,

51.151 Leadership Laboratory (0)



Involves
progression of experience designed to de'elop each student's leadership potential in a
upervised training laboratory. Examines Air

I

"orce customs

and

courtesies, drill

nonies, career opportunities, and

and

cere-

life

and

vork of an Air Force junior officer.
»1.210

The Development of Air Power

— Reviews

I (1)

power development in historial perspective through the end of World War
I including mission, concepts, doctrine, and
employment evolution with emphasis on
hanges in conflict and technological developnent. Develops individual communications
air

skills.

51.220

The Development of Air Power

11 (1)

— Addresses air power development from the
2nd of World War
missions

II

to the present;

changing

and employment c f air power

in sup-

port of national objectives. Develops individual

communications

skills.



S1.230 Basic ROTC Field Training (1-4)
Includes leadership training, survival training,
and fitness training. Offered after successful
completion of freshman and sophomore courses and by consent of the instructor.

Professional Officers Courses

The Professional Officer Courses (POC) confour-semester program, normally taken during a student's junior and senior years,
leading to commissioning as an Air Force officer. The POC concentrates on concepts and
stitute a

management and leadership, naand communication

tional defense policy,

Presents back10 Air Force Today I (1)
ground, missions, and functions of U.S. miliary forces with emphasis on U.S. Air Force
)rganization, doctrine, and strategic forces,
il.l

practices of
skills.



Out61.310 Concepts of Man^ement (3)
lines general theory and practice of management with special reference to the Air Force.
The evolution of management thought including classical, behavioral, and management science schools, study of information systems,
quantitative approach to decision making,
policy formulation, principles and practices in
planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and
controlling business and Air Force activities,
resource control techniques, social and ethical issues within the

management process, and

development of communication

skills.



Studies
61.320 Concepts of Leadership (3)
Air Force leadership at the junior officer level, including its theoretical, professional, and
legal aspects. Provides practical experience in
influencing people, individually and in groups,
to accomplish organizational missions effectively. Develops communication skills.

61.330 Advanced

ROTC Camp

(1-6)



In-

cludes leadership training, survival training,
and fitness training. Offered in lieu of the
freshman and sophomore courses for transfer
students and other students who enter the program at the junior level.

61.410 National Security Forces in American
Society

I (3)

— Examines the role and func-

tions of the professional military officer in a

democratic society and civil-military interaction; basic framework of defense policy and
formulation of defense strategy; impact of East
Asia, Latin America, Africa, the Middle East,

and the

Soviet

ty police.

Union on

U.S. national securi-

Develops individual communications

skills.

61.421 National Security Forces in American
Society II (3)
Studies the problems of developing defense strategy in a rapidly changing technological environment; effective deterrent posture and management of conflict; dynamics and agencies of defense policy making



190

Military Science

ArmyROTC

month during

Co-adjunct Instructors in Military
Science
Maj. Steve Lavin, Assistant Professor of Military Science

MSG Richard Maloney,
MSGJack Handel,

Senior Instructor

Instructor

SFC Tommy Lovett,

Instructor

second lieutenant.
Veterans can receive constructive credit for

Bloomsburg University students can qualicommission in the U.S. Army, Army
Reserve, or National Guard through the oncampus Reserve Officers' Training (ROTC)
program while simultaneously pursuing a de-

fy for a

gree. Students take the first two years of the

ROTC incurring no military obligation. Opportunities also exist for attending Airborne, Air

Assault,

and Northern Warfare Schools.

Army ROTC

provides a four-year curricu-

both men and women regardless
of academic major or area of study. All equipment, clothing and books are provided free of

lum open

to

charge. The program is divided into two parts,
the Basic Course and the Advanced Course.
The Basic Course consists of four courses given during the freshman and sophomore years.
During this period, classes include such subjects as military history and organization, traditions, leadership development, time manage-

ment and adventure training.
The Advanced Course consists of four
courses given during the junior and senior
years. This portion of the
trates

on

curriculum concen-

such as tactics, training, ethics, and continued leadership development.
Students receive academic credit for all
ROTC courses. The basic program does not
require the student to make any commitment
to the U.S. Army and allows the student to develop an understanding of the role of the commissioned officer within the Army. Coursework
provides training in leadership and management skills which help the individual develop
the ability to communicate effectively, think
analytically,

and make independent and

re-

sponsible decisions.

Two, three, and four year academic scholarships are available. Benefits include full tu-

and

the first two years of ROTC and are eligible to
enter direcdy into the Advanced Course. There
are a variety of options available to qualify students for the Advanced Course who did not
take ROTC their first two years. Students belonging to the Army Reserve or National Guard
are also eligible for the Simultaneous Membership Program.
Army ROTC also offers a ranger team for
students who wish to gain more experience in
outdoor activities such as orienteering and survival skills.

Students who successfully complete the
curriculum receive a commission as a
Second Lieutenant in the U.S. Army, Army
Reserve, or National Guard. Time served on
active duty varies, dependent upon the type of
program the student elects. Students can be
guaranteed Reserve or National Guard duty if

ROTC

they desire.

For more information about the
gram, call 389-2123 or 389-2523.

ROTC pro-

Military Science (Code 67)

practical application of leadership

skills

ition

the academic year. Students
enrolled in the advanced program also receive
the f 150 a month regardless of whether or not
they were awarded a scholarship. During the
summer between the junior and senior year,
students attend a six-week camp where they are
paid at a rate equal to half the basic pay of a

fees,

a

flat fee for

books, and f 150 a

Basic Course

— Freshman and

Sophomore Years
67. 110 Introduction to Military Science

(

1

)



Provides an overview of the organization of the
ROTC program. Introduces skills such as rappelling, marksmanship, military customs, pre-

paring military correspondence, and practical
field training.

*One 75-minute

class

per week, 6

evening laboratories per semester



67.120 Introduction to Military Issues (1)
Provides a background in basic skills essential
to leaders. Skills may include marksmanship,
tactical

movement,

first aid,

and communica-

191

Military Science

*One 75-minute class per week, 6
ion skills.
vening laboratories per semester
Applied Leadership and Management
Provides an overview of the Army rank
( 1 )
tructure and a specific survey of the junior
7.2)10



fficer's duties

ank

and responsibilities within

that

structure. Practical training consists pri-

narily

of advanced land navigation

s rappelling

and practical field

skills

as well

training.

*One

'5-minute class per week, 7 evening laboratories per
emester



and problem-solving techniques. Students

am through case studies how to evaluate diferent leadership styles and techniques. *One
'5-minute class per week, 6 evening laboratories per
emester



7.230 ROTC Basic Camp (4)
Sophomore
ummer semester course offered in lieu of the

Course for students who want to enter
he Advanced Program. The camp is six weeks
n duration and students are paid at the rate
)f half the basic pay for a second lieutenant.
Jasic

Leadership laboratories consist of adventure/
urvival training, land navigation, first aid, and

''Note:

lismounted

d in

week, seven laboratories per semester

67.320 Theory and Dynamics of the Military
Practical application of the skills
(3)
learned in 67.310. Students learn how to apply planning and management skills properly
in conjunction with small unit tactics. **One

drill exercises

which cannot be conduct-

the classroom.

Advanced Course

— Junior and Senior

Years



i7.310 Advanced Military Science I (3)
Proa detailed study of the leadership techliques and the principles introduced in 67.220.
vides

ourse places students in role model situations



Team

3-hour

class

67.330

week

7.220 Applied Leadership and Management
Presents the fundamentals of small
1(1)
mit leadership and mission planning techliques, to include the reverse planning proess

to provide first-hand experience in problems
of small unit leadership. **One 3-hour class per

per week, six laboratories per semester

ROTC Advanced Camp

practical application

(6)

—A

six-

and evaluation

phase required of each cadet prior to commis-

Advanced camp places cadets in leadership positions where they must put into practice the techniques learned on campus in both
sioning.

tactical

and nontactical

situations.

67.410 Advanced Leadership and Management
I (3)
Presents advanced leadership and
management skills required of a manager in a
military environment. Students perform roles
in management of a military organization using skills in administration, training, conduct
of meetings, briefings, and logistics.



67.420 Advanced Leadership and Management
Acquaints students through a series
(3)
of case studies and role playing simulations
with the high ethical standards required of a
manager and leader. Students learn the basic
procedures of military law and their application in a military environment. Students continue to perform roles in management of a
military organization, using skills developed in
prior military science courses. **One 3-hour

n

class



per week, six laboratories per semester

**Note: Students gain fiirther practical leadership

training during the leadership laboratories while

performing in leadership positions and conducting
training.

; ;

192

Music]

Department of Music

Faculty

weekly private lesson

Stephen C. Wallace, Chairperson, Professor —

tunities exist for solo work, recitals,

Mansfield State College; M.M., Univerof Michigan; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania

B.S.,
sity

State University

John H. Couch, Associate Professor



Conservatory of Music;
M.M., Indiana University School of Music;

A.R.C.T., Royal

D.M.A., Catholic University
Mark R. Jelinek, Associate Professor
B.M.E.,
M.A., Eastern New Mexico University;



D.MA., Arizona

Wendy

State University

L. Miller, Associate Professor



B.S.,

Bluffton College; M.M., D.Mus., Indiana
University
B. Eric Nelson, Associate Professor
B.M.,
Houghton College; M.M. Westminister
Choir College; D.Mus., Indiana University
Terry A. Oxley, Associate Professor
B.M.E.,
University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire; M.M.E.,
University of Wisconsin, Steven's Point;
D.A., University of Northern Colorado
W. Ann Stokes, Assistant Professor
B.Mus.,
M.Mus., University of North CarolinaGreensboro: Ph.D., Northwestern Univer-







sity

Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Music
total of 44 to 60 semester hours
quired for a major in music.

A

is

re-

Goals and Objectives
The goals of the Department of Music

are

to provide a balanced

and

diverse

program of

quality music activities, to provide a student-

generated music performance element for the
entire university community,

and

to achieve

better understanding of the art of music and
the principles guiding effective education in

music. This goal is supported by a number of
course offerings (classroom music courses in
appreciation, skill development, music history, style

and

repertoire,

harmony and

applica-

maintenance of seven prominent performance ensembles appearing regularly on campus and through tours, and opportunities to
tion) ,

study voice, piano, organ, and the standard
orchestral string and wind instruments on a

basis. In addition,

oppor-/

and

lead-}

ership roles.

'

Program offerings include: a Bachelor of



Arts in Music
a liberal arts-oriented preparation for studio teaching and postbaccalaureate study; a choice of audio recording, per-

formance or music history specializations; a
minor in music
a 22-semester hour program
packaged according to seven specialty areas in
music; a music concentration for education
majors; and certificate programs either in



music (22 semester hours) or theater-music (18
semester hours). Selection of either the music
major or minor program is highly encouraged
in the freshman year.
Prospective performance music majors
must audition by cassette or in person before
acceptance as a music major into the applied
music (performance) specialization.
A maximum of 6 semester hours may be
earned in seven ensembles: Maroon and Gold
Band, Concert Choir, Women's Choral Ensemble, University-Community Orchestra, Husky
Singers, Studio Band, and Chamber Singers.
Enrollment in an ensemble is based on invitation or successful audition. The ensembles are
described as courses 35.106 through 35.112.
Private lessons in voice, organ, piano,
strings, woodwinds, brass, and percussion are
available to qualified students. Eight semester
hours of private instruction may be earned in
eight fall/spring semesters, 1 6 semester hours
for music majors. (For voice, contact Drs. Nelson or Miller; for organ. Nelson; for piano,
Couch; for class piano, Stokes or Couch; for

woodwinds and percussion, Oxley; for brass,
Wallace; and for strings, Jelinek and Stokes.)
Each performance ensemble carries both
a lower division and an upper division course
number; the latter indicates enrollment from

\

the fourth semester of participation. The upper division course number is always a 300 level number. Similarly each applied studio in-j
struction (private lesson) carries two division
course numbers, the upper division number
indicating enrollment from the third semester of study.
A limited number of music scholarships are

}

|

available.

193

Music

Required Courses and Options

Music (Code 35)

Required courses include: 35.101, 35.201,
35.202, 35.210, 35.211, 35.301, 35.321, 35.322,
35.410, and 35.411; demonstration of piano
proficiency by examination and/ or election of
35.302; 6 semesters (4 semester hours) of ensemble; and one of the following options:
Music History and Literature - 1 6 semester

hours: 35.430, 35.431, and 9 semester hours
through courses 35.324, 35.325, and 35.327;
also 4 semester hours of applied instrument

or voice study.

Applied Music (Performance) - 16 semester hours: one instrument or voice for 8 semesters. Selection of voice as the applied music
area requires 16 semester hours in language
courses: 16.109 Language for Singing, French
10.101 and 10.102 (two levels from 10.100),
11.100, 11.101 and 11.102; and Italian 14.100 or 14.101.

German





44 semester
Audio ^Video Recording
hours: harmony/theoryfor 11 semester hours,
ear/perception/style for 11 semester hours,
applied piano for 4 semester hours, applied

performance ensemble for 4 semester hours,
applied voice or instrument for 3 semester
hours, recording specialization (internships)
1 1 semester hours.
Early acceptance as a music major is necessary to complete the program in eight semes-

for

ters.

Minor

in Music
The minor provides an emphasis

music skills (general music development) and
audio recording techniques.
The minor in music is a 22-semester hour
emphasis that may be selected by students who
major in a program other than the Bachelor
of Arts in Music. The minor, which may be completed in 8 or fewer semesters, is built from
Code 35 courses that include music theory, ear
training, music history and style, applied study,
and performing ensembles.
,

Career Concentration
The audio recording techniques career cona cross-discipline vocational prepthrough the Department of
Music in cooperation with the departments of
mass communications and physics and private
business. Internships are required.
is

aration, available



Provides an af)proach to music listening through study of
basic vocal and instrumental styles. Analysis of

35.101 Music Listening (3)

various masterpieces, composers, and musical
forms. Requires no previous musical experi-

ence. Recommended first-course in non-ap>plied music.

35.103 Fundamental Musicianship (Spring) (3)

— Explores personal music understanding and
development through elementary terminology, symbols, theory, music reading, singing,
playing, and chording of simple instruments
and bodily movement to music. Suggested for
students with litde musical backgroimd as preparation for applied study and courses 35.201,
35.210, and 35.320. Recommended first-course
in applied music.

35.106/ 35.306 Maroon and Gold Band

— Performs music of varied

(0-1)

and periods.
Marching band each fall, concert band each
spring. Requires 5 hours per week each fall
and 4 hours per week each spring.
styles

35.107/ 35.307 University-Comniunity Orchestra (0-1) Performs music appropriate to the
symphony orchestra. Requires 3 hours per
week. Rehearses Monday evenings. Election for
wind and percussion players requires permission of the instructor.

in areas

designated applied voice, applied instrumental music, applied keyboard, music history literature, theory (harmony and application),

centration

Courses are offered each semester unless otherwise
noted.



35.108/ 35.308 Concert Choir (0-1)
Performs choral music of varied styles and periods. Membership by audition only. Requires 4
hours per week.
35.109/ 35.309 Women's Choral Ensemble (0Performs varied styles from popular to
1)
masterworks. Requires 3 hours per week. No



audition required.



Per35.110/ 35.310 Husky Singers (0-1)
forms varied music for men's chorus. Requires
2 hours per week. No audition required.



35.111/ 35.311 Chamber Singers (0-1)
Performs music of many styles and periods. Renaissance to present. Open to singers from
other university vocal ensembles. Requires 3
hours per week. Membership by audition only.

35.112/ 35.312 Studio Band (0-1) —Performs
and other forms representing the
big band style. Requires 3 hours per week.
Election requires permission of the instructor.
Audition may be necessary.

jazz, swing,

194

Music



Develop35.201 Sight Singing I (Spring) (1 )
ment of the musical ear through progressive
training. Elected by music majors or as a single course by non-music majors. Requires 2
hours. Prerequisites: 35. 1 03, 35. 210 or consent of
the instructor

—Provides group

(Fall) (2)

voice instruction for the beginner. Emphasiz-

fundamental singing techniques and solo
performance. Requires 3 hours per week.
es



I (2)
Provides group piano instruction for the beginner. Emphasizes
solo playing, sight-reading, and creative accom-

35.204 Class Piano

paniment. Requires 3 hours per week. Limited seating.
35.205 Qass Piano

independence

II (Spring) (2)

in solo playing

hour each

election. Consent of instructor.
(1)

— Private

in-

struction for students with ability or potential.

One-half hour per week. May be repeated at 1
semester hour each election. Consent of instructor.



Continues
35.202 Si^t Singii^ II (Fall) ( 1 )
musical ear training. Elected by music majors
or as a single course by non-music majors. Requires 2 hours. Prerequisite: 35.201
35.203 Qass Voice

ter

35.215/ 35.315 ViolonceUo

— Develops

and accompa-

nying. Continuation of 35.204 or students with

demonstrated abilities. Requires 3 hours per
week. Consent of instructor



35.216/ 35.316 Double Bass

(1)

— Private

in-

struction for students with ability or potential.

One-half hour per week. May be repeated at 1
semester hour each election. Consent of instructor.



35.217/ 35.317 Organ (1)
Private instruction for tliose who have previously studied organ or who have strong piano backgrounds.
One-half hour per week. May be repeated at 1
semester hour each election. Consent of instructor.



Private instruction
35.230/ 35.330 Voice (1)
for students with demonstrated vocal abilities.
One-half hour per week. May be repeated at 1
semester hour each election. Prerequisite: 35.203
except music majors and declared music minors

35.235/ 35.335 Piano

(1)

— Private

instruc-

tion for students with previous piano study.

35.206 Class Strings (2)
Provides learning
of fundamental string skills and information
related to string instruments. Requires 3 hours
per week. Prerequisite: 35.103 or consent of in-

One-half hour per week. May be repeated at 1
semester hour each election. Consent of instruc-

structor

Onehour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Consent of instruc-



of instructor
I (Fall) (3)

— Studies

harmony, voice leading, and written harmonization. Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite:

35.240/ 35.340 Trumpet

(1)

— Private

instruc-

tions for students with ability or potential.

35.207 Class Brass (Fall/even-numbered years) (2)
Provides group brass instruction for the
beginner or the brass player who wishes to
double. Emphasizes fundamental technique
and elementary performance. Requires two
hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.103 or consent

35.210 Music Theory

tor.

35.103 or consent of instructor

35.211 Music Theory n (Spring) (3) —Continues Music Theory I with the study of seventh

chords and common-chord and chromatic
modulations. Includes melodic and rhythmic
dictation and keyboard realization. Requires
3 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.210



35.213/ 35.313 Violin (1)
Private instruction for students with demonstrated ability or
potential. One-half hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Consent of instructor



35.214/ 35.314 Viola (1)
Private instruction
for students with ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at one semes-

half

tor.

35.241/ 35.341 Horn (1) —Private instruction
for students with ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester
hour each election. Consent of instructor.

35.242/ 35.342 Trombone

(1)

— Private

in-

struction for students with ability or potential.

One-half hour per week. May be repeated at 1
semester hour each election. Consent of instructor.

35.243/ 35.343 Baritone

(1)

—Private

instruc-

Onehour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Consent of instruction for students with ability or potential.

half

tor.



Private instruction
35.244/ 35.344 Tuba ( 1 )
for students with ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester
hour each election. Consent of instructor.

35,251/ 35.351 Flute

(1)

— Private instruction

for students with ability or potential. One-half

hour per week. May be repeated

at

1

semester

195

^usic

maximum

of 16 semester hours.

lour each election. Consent of instructor.

a

5.252/ 35.352 Oboe (1) —Private instruction
or students with abihty or potential. One-half
lour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester

35.275/ 35.475 Voice for Music Majors (2)
Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied voice specialization within the
Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be
repeated at 2 semester hours each election for
a maximum of 16 semester hours.

lour each election. Consent of instructor.



Private instruc5.253/ 35.353 Clarinet (1)
ion for students with ability or potential. Onelalf hour per week. May be repeated at 1 se-

nester

hour each

election. Consent ofinstruc-

'or.



Private instrucJ5.254/ 35.354 Bassoon (1)
[ion for students with ability or potential. Onelalf

hour per week. May be repeated

at

1

se-

mester hour each election. Consent of instructor.



Private in35.255/ 35.355 Saxophone (1)
itruction for students with ability or potential.
One-half per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Consent of instructor.



Private in35.256/ 35.356 Percussion (1)
struction with snare, timpani, and mallets for
students with ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester
hour each election. Consent of instructor

35.270/ 35.470 Violin for Music Majors

(2)



Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a maximum of 16 semester hourt,.

35.271/ 35.471 Viola for Music Majors

(2)



Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specizilization vrithin the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a maximum of 16 semester hours.

35.272/ 35.472 Violoncello for Music Majors
Two weekly half-hour lessons for stu(2)
dents electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May
be repeated at 2 semester hours each election
for a maximum of 16 semester hours.



35.273/ 35.473 Double Bass for Music Majors
Two weekly half-hour lessons for stu(2)
dents electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May
be repeated at 2 semester hours each election
for a maximum of 16 semester hours.



35.276/ 35.476 Piano for Music Majors



(2)



Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a maximum of 16 semester hours.

35.277/ 35.477 Trumpet for Music Majors

(2)

— Two weekly half-hour lessons for students
electing the applied specialization within the

Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be
repeated at 2 semester hours each election for
a maximum of 16 semester hours.



35.278/ 35.478 Horn for Music Majors (2)
Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a maximum of 16 semester hours.

35.279/ 35.479 Trombone for Music Majors
Two weekly half-hour lessons for stu(2)
dents electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May
be repeated at 2 semester hours each election
for a maximum of 1 6 semester hours.



35.280/ 35.480 Baritone for Music Majors

(2)

— Two weekly half-hour lessons for students
electing the applied specialization vsdthin the

Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be
repeated at 2 semester hours each election for
a maximum of 16 semester hours.
35.281/ 35.481 Tuba for Music Majors

(2)



Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a maximum of 16 semester hours.

35.282/ 35.482 Flute for Music Majors

(2)



Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing applied specialization within the Bachelor
of Arts in Music program. May be repeated at
2 semester hours each election for a maximum
of 16 semester hours.



35.274/ 35.474 Organ for Music Majors (2)

35.283/ 35.483 Oboe for Music Majors (2)
Two weekly half-hour lessons for students elect-

electing the applied specialization within the
Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be

ing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a max-

— Two weekly half-hour lessons for students
repeated at 2 semester hours each election for

196

Music

imum

of 16 semester hours.

enable them to teach general music effecthe elementary classroom. Course designed primarily for elementary education
majors. Limited seating.

will

35.284/ 35.484 Clarinet for Music Majors (2)
Two weekly half-hour lessons for students
electing the applied specialization within the
Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be
repeated at 2 semester hours each election for
a maximum of 16 semester hours.



35.285/ 35.485 Bassoon for Music Majors

(2)

tively in

35.321 Music History to 1750 (Fall) (3) - Emphasizes understanding and appreciation of
music from medieval times to 1750 through
listening and development of a technical vo-

— Two weekly half-hour lessons for students

cabulary.

electing the applied specialization within the

35.322 Music History-1750 to Present (Spring)
Provides an overview of music history
(3)
from the Classical era to the present time. Includes discussion of composers and significant
persons, works, and development of forms and
genres during this time frame.

Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be
repeated at 2 semester hours each election for
a maximum of 16 semester hours.
35.286/ 35.486 Saxophone for Music Majors
Two weekly half-hour lessons for stu(2)
dents electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May
be repeated at 2 semester hours each election
for a maximum of 16 semester hours.



35.300 Music Theory III (Fall/odd-numbered
years) (3)
Continuation of music theory. Includes formal analysis, design, original composition, harmonic dictation, and perception
skills. Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite:
35.211



35.301 Music Theory IV (Spring/even-numbered
Continuation of music theory.
Reviews 20th century compositional practice.
Includes analysis and composition. Requires 3
hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.211

years) (3)





35.302 Piano Proficiency (1)
Provides opportunity for majors in music to gain proficiency at the keyboard. May be repeated.



35.303 Seminar in Piano Accompanying (2)
Provides instruction, coaching, systematic
score study, and critical performing experience
for pianists. Requires 3 hours per week and
includes performing. Offered as needed. Prerequisite:

Consent of the instructor

35.304 Special Topics in Music Performance
Provides a unique experience in per(3)
formance or the study of performance practice. Instructor develops a one-time-only study.
Information is available by contacting the Department of Music. Offered as needed.



35.305 Special Topics in Music Appreciation
Provides a study of music beyond cur(3)
rendy available course topics. Instructor develops a one-time-only study. Information is available by contacting the Department of Music.
Offered as needed.





35.320 Music in the Elementary School (3)
Provides students with practical skills, theoretical background, and musical knowledge that



35.323

Choral

Conducting and Methods



(Spring/even-numbered years) (3)
Examines
the development of techniques and abilities for

and supervising choral ensemtone production, proper breathing, choral conducting, and reading of appropriate literature. Prerequisite: 35.211
participating in

bles. Stresses

35.324 American Music (Fall/even-numbered
Studies works of selected American composers with reference to characteristics indigenous to American music. Prerequisite: 35.101

years) (3)



35.325 Opera and Music Theater (Spring/oddStudies major works of
numbered years) (3)



the lyric stage. Emphasizes listening to and
reading works of opera, operetta, and the p pular theater. Prerequisite: 35.101

35.327 Survey of Popular Music (Fall/odd-numbered years) (3)
Analyzes factors and elements
of American popular music with emphasis on
developments in the 20th century. Includes a
chronological study ofjazz, balladry, spiritual,
country-western, theater, film, and rock in comparative listening situations. Prerequisite: 35. 101





Devel35.329 Instrumental Conducting (2)
ops skills in baton technique and score reading with emphasis on practical application in
instrumental organizations. Laboratory course
with three 50-minute sessions per week. Offered as needed. Prerequisites: music major and
35.211



m Music Theater (3) StudBroadway musical with special empha-

35.350 Seminar
ies the

on works currentiy in production. Offered
conjunction with music theater productions
during spring and summer semesters. Prerequisite: 35.101
sis

in

35.410 Music Theory V, Counterpoint (Fall/
Continuation of
even-numbered years) (2)



197

Music

music theory. Studies melodic writing in two
an J three voices using 18th century style. Requires 2 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.211

Music Theory VI,

Orchestration
Continuation
(Spring/odd-numbered years) (2)
of music theory. Examines instrumental trans35.411



position, idioms, score writing,

Requires 3 hours per week.

and

analysis.

Prerequisite:

35.211



Em35.430 Seminar in Music History I (2)
phasizes development of skill in independent
research in areas of music history for majors
in music electing the music history specialization. Offered as needed. Prerequisite: 35.321,

35.322
35.431 Seminar in Music History

n

( 1 )

— Con-

tinuation of 35.430 with emphasis on academresearch and musicology for majors in mu-

ic

electing the music history specialization.
Offered as needed. Prerequisite; 35.430
sic

35.497 Internships in Music (3-15)

— Provides

for extended off-campus field experience to

be arranged by the major in music, a faculty
adviser, and an off-campus agency. Requires consent of music department during pre-scheduling.
Offered as needed.



35.498 Independent Study in Music (1-3)
Provides for a student project of a creative nature in music history, education or performance. Requires consent of music department
during prescheduling.

198

Nursing

Department of Nursing

ing; B.S.N.

Faculty

M. Christine Alichnie, R.N., Chairperson, Pro-



fessor

B.S., University

of Pittsburgh;

M.S., Wilkes College; M.S., Ph.D., University

of Pennsylvania

Patricia B. Torsella, R.N., Assistant Chairper-

son, Associate Professor

— R.N.,

Hahne-

mann

Hospital School of Nursing; B.S.N.,
M.S.N. University of Pennsylvania; D.N.Sc,
,

Widener University
Jean E. Berry, R.N., Associate Professor
B.S.N. Georgetown University; M.S.N.,



,

University of Pennsylvania



B.S.N. University of Delaware; M.S.N.,
University of Washington; M.P.M., Seattle
University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State
University
Robert L. Campbell, R.N., Associate Professor
R.N., Robert Packer Hospital School of
Nursing; B.S.N., University of Pittsburgh;
M.N., University of Washington
Mary Ann Cegielsky, R.N., Assistant Professor
R.N., Ashland State Hospital School of
Nursing; B.S.N., The Pennsylvania State
University; M.S.N., Villanova University
Carolyn M. Dalton, R.N., Assistant Professor
B.S., M.S., The University of Connecticut
Margie Eckroth-Bucher, R.N., Instructor
B.S.N. Wilkes University; M.S.N. University of Pennsylvania
Mary A. Gavaghan, R.N., Associate Professor
B.S.N. M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple University
Annette Gunderman, R.N., Associate Professor
B.S.N. Bloomsburg University;
M.S.N., A.B.D., The Pennsylvania State
University
Sharon Haymaker, R.N., Instructor
B.S.N.,
University of Maryland; M.S.N., Case Western Reserve University; Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University
Sharon S. Kribbs, R.N., Assistant Professor
diploma, Harrisburg Hospital School of
Nursing; B.S.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; M.N., The Pennsylvania StateUniver;

University;

Cathy E. Livengood, R.N., Assistant Professor
B.S., Alderson-Broaddus College; M.S.N.,
West Virginia University
Bernadine T. Markey, R.N., Assistant Professor
diploma, Hospital University of Pennsyl-





vania; B.S.,

Ph.D.,

Bloomsburg

The Pennsylvania

University; M.S,
State University



Fredda A. Massari-Novak, R.N., Instnactor
diploma, Reading Hospital School of Nursing; B.S.N.

,

,

Julia A. Bucher, R.N., Associate Professor

Thomas JeflFerson

M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania

ca; M.S.N.,
cis

Catholic University of AmeriSt. Fran-

Allentown College of

de Sales



Carol M. Moore, R.N., Instructor
B.S.N.,
Bloomsburg University; M.S.N. University
of Pennsylvania
,

Nancy A. Onuschak,

R.N., Professor

— diplo-

ma, Wyoming Valley Hospital School of



Nursing; B.S., M.S.Ed., Wilkes College;
M.N., The Pennsylvania State University;



Sue Ross, R.N., Instructor, A.B., Wilson College, B.S., Columbia University; M.S., University of Utah




,



,

,



,





sity

Mary Alexandrakos-Koko,

R.N., Instructor



diploma, Sl Luke's Hospital School of Nurs-

D.E.D.,

Gloria

J.

Temple University

Schechterly, R.N., Instructor

— Di-

ploma, Geisinger Medical Center School of
Nursing; B.S.N., Wilkes College; M.S.,
A.B.D.,

The Pennsylvania

State University



R.N.,
Joan B. Stone, R.N., Assistant Professor
Harrisburg Hospital School of Nursing;

B.S.N., University of Pennsylvania; M.S.N.,

The Pennsylvania State University
B.S.N.,
Dorette E. Welk, R.N., Professor
D'Youville College; M.S.N., University of
D.Ed.,

Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University



The Pennsylvania State

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Nursing

A total of 57 semester hours is required for
a major in nursing.

Goals and Objectives
The nursing program prepares students for
the basic goal of nursing which is to promote,
and maintain health and to facilitate
the realization of the client's optimal potential for wellness throughout the lifespan. Nurses accomplish this goal through the applicarestore,

.

199

Nursing

tion of knowledge, critical thinking,
tive

communication

and effec-

quirement of 128 semester hours.

in the use of the nursing

process, therapeutic

skills,

and technology

as

they administer nursing services to clients in
diverse cultures in a variety of settings.
The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)
is awarded to those students who successfully
complete the requirements for the degree.
Degree recipients (non-RN) are then eligible
to take the NCLEX Ucensure examination administered by the Board of Nursing in the state
of their choice.
Students must assume responsibility for
their own travel to both inpatient and outpatient/community clinical agencies. Travel may
vary from one mile to approximately 40 miles,
depending on the nature of clinical experienc-

Registered Nurses
Required Courses
Prerequisite courses to the major are: Psychology 48.101, 48.210; Sociology or Anthropology 45.211 or 45.213 or 46.200; Biological
and Allied Health Sciences 50.173, 50.174,
50.240; Chemistry 52.101, 52.103, and 52.108.

Professional Courses

The

following courses are required for

RN

students: Nursing 82.305, 82.306 (a statistics

course, either Psychology 48. 1 60 or Mathematics

53.141,

is

prerequisite); 82.410

and 82.413.

Elective Courses

es.

For information on the policies related to
admission, promotion, retention, transfer, advanced placement, and dismissal, see the section on the College of Professional Studies.

General Education Courses
A number of the prescribed courses in phys-

Generic Students
Generic

is

a term used by the National

Le^ue for Nursing and the Pennsylvania State
Board of Nursing to designate students who
are not registered nurses. Four types of candidates fall into the generic category: freshman
candidates, external transfer candidates, internal transfer candidates, and second degree

and social sciences, required as
prerequisites for the nursing curriculum, may
ical sciences

also apply toward meeting General Education
Requirements in Groups B and C.

Advanced Placement
RNs may earn credits through examinations
they meet the required prerequisites and
provisions to the course (s) being challenged.
The mechanisms for advanced placement are
if

candidates.

General Education Courses
A number of the prescribed courses
physiced sciences

Additional courses must be taken as necesminimum graduation requirement of 128 semester hours.
sary to complete the

and

in the

social sciences, required

as follows:
a.

as prerequisites for the nursing curriculum,

earlier in this catalog. In the

may

also apply toward General Education Requirements in Groups B and C.

Department

of Nursing, the RN may petition for credit
by examination in courses 82.211, 82.212,
82.214 and 82.410. Nursing study guides
are available to facilitate review for these
examinations. Petitioning for credit by
examination can only occur following
admission to the university. Other
departments can be contacted to petition
for credit by examination based upon
university policy. The student must go
direcdy to the chairperson of the

Required Courses
Prerequisite Courses: Psychology 48.101,
48.210; Sociology or Anthropology 45.211 or
45.213 or 46.200; Biological and Allied Health

Sciences 50.173, 50.174, 50:240; Chemistry
52.101,52.108
Professional Courses: Nursing 82.210,
82.211, 82.212, 82.213, 82.214, 82.306 (an introductory course in statistics is prerequisiteeither Psychology 48.160 or Mathematics

individual department

53.141), 82.311, 82.312, 82.410, 82.411, 82.412,

82.413

Elective Coiu-ses

Credit by Examination (faculty prepared
examinations) procedure as explained

b.

Additional courses must be taken as necessary to complete the minimum graduation rec.

(i.e.

Department

of Biological and Allied Health Sciences,
Department of Chemistry)
College Level Equivalency Examination
Program (CLEP), procedure as explained
elsewhere in this catalog.

NLN Mobility Profile II:

36 semester hours

200

Nursing

of advanced placement may be earned
through the successful completion of four

NLN Mobility Profile
examination

the

ment

in the

II tests.

will

A failure on

Junior Year
Fall or Spring Semester

82.305

Role Development for Nurse Gen-

82.31

eralist (RNs only)
Nursing III

82.306

Values electives
Methods of Inquiry

require enroll-

recommended Bloomsburg

University course. Information about the

NLN Mobility Profile II

tests

may be

obtained from the Department of
Nursing.

The

following

is

82.312

a suggested four-year se-

Fall or Spring Semester

Freshman Year
50.173
Anatomy/ Physiology I
52.101
Introductory Chemistry
48.101
General Psychology
20.101
Composition I
or 20.104 Honors Composition
05.000
Survival
Elective

4
3
3
3

6
6

Free elective

3

2

Spring Semester

Sophomore Year
Fall Semester

Introductory Microbiology
I (non-RNs)
Nutrition

Nursing

elective

Survival

3
3
3
3
3
1

Spring Semester

Nursing VII
Nursing Trends and Issues

8
3
3

Free elective

Courses within the nursing curriculum are
restricted to students in the B.S.N, program,

except for 82.217 Alcohol: Use and Abuse
which is a values or free elective open to all
students.



A
82.200 Nursing Placement (Variable)
number used to transfer in advanced placement

from NLN Mobility II
ANA certification examinations

credits resulting

Profile tests or

which may be taken by registered nurses.



82.210 Nursing I (3)
Focuses on the development of a foundation for the professional
practice of nursing within the health care delivery system. Students develop understanding and beginning level competence in professional behaviors critical to the enactment
of the nursing roles of practitioner, teacher,
consumer of research and leader/manager.
Students use a holistic, humanistic approach
as they learn to view clients from a systems perspective. Students begin ro relate historical,
legal, ethical, cultural

Nursing II
Health Assessment

6
3

Statistics

3

Quantitative-Analytical Electives6

or General Education

Requirements
In the junior and senior years, the

82.412
82.413

Nursing (Code 82)
1

50.174
Anatomy/Physiology II
4
52.108
Physiological Chemistry
4
45.211
Principles of Sociology
3
or 45.213 Contemporary Social Problems 3
or 46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropolo3
gy
48.210
Life-Span Psychology
3
Composition II
20.201
3
or 20.200 Writing Proficiency Examination
05.000
Survival
1

82.213
82.214

Nursing V
Nursing VI

Fall or Spring Semester

Fall Semester

05.000

Nursing IV
8
General Education RequirementO

Senior Year
82.410
82.411

each course.

Pharmacology
Communication

3

Fall or Spring Semester

quence for the BSN curriculum, including the
code number, title, and semester hours for

50.240
82.210
82.211
82.212

3

8
3

class is divid-

ed in half so that half the students take the level classes in a different sequence.

and

spirtual principles

to nursing practice as they use the nursing pro-

cess with clients in simulated

and community

settings. Prerequisites: Sociology 45. 211 or 45. 213

or Anthropology

46.200; Psychology 48.101,
48.210; Biological and Allied Health Sciences
50.173, 50.174, Chemistry 52.101, 52.103; concurrent 50.240; sophomore nursing student status



Introduces the princi82.2 11 Nutrition (3)
ples of nutrition and ways in which these principles are applied to promote an optimal level

201

Nursing

of wellness for

all

individuals. Topics include

requirements for maintaining
health and development throughout the
lifespan as well as factors affecting food choicnutritional

es of individuals
logical

and

society. Prerequisites: Bio-

and Allied Health Sciences 30. 1 73, 50. 1 74;

Chemistry 52.101, 52.103; Sociology 45.211 or
45.213 or Anthropology 46.200; Psychology 48.101,
48.210; concurrent 50.240; sophomore nursing student status



Provides a foun82.212 Pharmacology (3)
dation in pharmacology for pharmacologic
content integration throughout the curriculum. Explores the legal, social, ethical, historical, and political dimensions of pharmaco therapeutics. Prerequisites: Biological and Allied Health
Sciences 50.173, 50.174; Chemistry 52.101,
52.103; Sociology 45.211 or 45.213 or Anthropology 46.200;; concurrent 50.240; sophomore nursing

student status



Focuses on the use
82.213 Nursing 11 (6)
of the nursing process to facilitate an optimal
level of wellness of adult individuals in a diverse and multicultural society in nonlifethreatening, adaptive situations in community hospitals. Content is organized within the
framework of the basic human needs of selfconcept, security, mobility, nutrition/elimination, and oxygen-ation and developed through
application of the nursing process. Beginning
role behaviors are applied in the clinical setting. Prerequisites: 82.210, 82.211, 82.212; Biological

and Allied Health

Sciences 50. 240

viewing

skills

Communication and

inter-

are reinforced throughout the

course. Health patterns of adults are assessed.
Validation of health histories and practice of
review of systems and basic assessment skills will

occur in the simulated learning laboratory.



eralist

(RN)

(3)

— Resocializes the registered

nurse for professional practice. Introduces the
purpose, objectives, and conceptual framework
of the Department of Nursing's program.
Through increased knowledge and integration
of varied professional nursing concepts, the
student develops the roles of practitioner,
•^cacher, leader/ manager, and consumer of
research. Prerequisites: Current state KN's license;
Biological and Allied Health Sciences 50.173,
50.174, 50.240; Sociology 45.211 or 45.213 or
Anthropology 46.200; Psychology 48.101, 48.210;
48.160 or Mathematics 53. 141; Chemistry 52.101,
52.103, 52. 108; Nursing 82.211, 82.212, 82.213;

NLN Mobility Profile II examinations



Introduces
82.306 Methods of Inquiry (3)
research methods and techniques to assist students in becoming consumers of research.
Emphasizes the contribution of research to the
discipline and the consumer's role in critically
evaluating, applying, and disseminating research findings. Requires students to demonstrate use of research principles and skills in

and

oral communications.

Prerequisite: Psychology

48.160 or Mathematics

scholarly written

53.141; Junior standing; 82.305

(if

RN)

82.217 Alcohol: Use and Abuse (3)
Provides
comprehensive overview of alcohol use and
misuse in the American population. Because
alcohol is a leading public health problem in
the U.S., this course is intended for students
in all disciplines. Examines the nature of alcohol problems as well as socio-cultural attitudes
towards drinking. Explores alcohol's effects on
the body. Discusses the impact of alcoholism
on adolescents, professional workers, women,
the elderly, and the family. Examines prevention, intervention, and referrals. An overview
of treatment and rehabilitation that includes
spiritual, moral, and legal aspects.

or con-

sent of instructor

82.307 Geriatric Nursing

(3)

— Focuses on

the physiological, psychological, and social aspects of aging with emphasis on the assessment
of problems and appropriate nursing intervention Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing or

RN

.



82.214 Health Assessment (3)
Introduces
techniques and principles of health assessment
for adult clients.

82.305 Role Development for the Nurse Gen-



Focuses on the use
82.311 Nursing III (8)
of the nursing process in helping adult individuals and families reach their optimal level
of wellness as they adapt to chronic and potentially life-threatening situations.

Content is

organized within the framework of five basic
human needs. Professional role behaviors continue to develop in clinical settings in medical
centers/hospitals as the student achieves a
broader perspective of the client as an individual and a family. Prerequisite: 82.213



82.312 Nursing IV (8)
Focuses on the use
of the nursing process, in accord with ANA
standards, to facilitate optimal level of wellness
of beginning and developing families. Theories of growth and development and family
developmental tasks provide the framework for
planning and implementing nursing care with
clients of diverse cultures. Students develop in
their role performance as they interact with
clients and a variety of providers to assist families to attain an optimal level of wellness. Pre-

202

Nursing

requisite:

82.213

ficiency as a practitioner, teacher,

82.313 Special Topics (1-6)

— Presents a

di-

on contemporary

versity of topics focusing

and problems relevant to the
and practice of professional nurs-

trends, issues,

principles

ing in the health care system. Prerequisite: Junior standing



Requires
82.405 Independent Study (1-6)
investigation of an area of special interest and
value to the student under the direction of a
faculty member following a plan approved by
the department chairperson. Course may be
interdisciplinary. Prerequisite: Senior standing or

and consum-

er of research. Emphasis directed toward learning activities which allow student to function
as a

leader/manager

to

healtii care. Prerequisites:

improve the quality of
82.305 (ifRN), 82.306,

82.311, 82.312



82.413 Nursing Trends and Issues (3)
Explores the nature of professional nursing as it
occurs in our society with particular reference
to the health care system and the future. Uses
seminar format to explore and analyze current
issues

and trends

requisites:

in professional nursing. Pre-

82.305 (ifRN), 82.306, 82.311, 82.312

consent by department



82.410 Nursing V (6)
Focuses on the use of
the nursing process in assisting the community wdth its adaptive responses to facilitate an
optimum level of wellness of holistic humankind. Process of role development is fostered
through independent and interdependent activities with a variety of culturally diverse population aggregates in community settings. Prerequisites: 82.305 (if EN), 82.306, 82.311, 82.312



82.411 Nursing VI (6)
Provides a holistic
focus on a diverse, multiculturjil client population at various points on the mental health/
mental illness continuum. Relevant principles
and theories of human behavior, adaptation,
and therapeutic intervention provide a framework for the planning and implementation of
nursing care. Students employ a "therapeutic
use of self" as they implement the nursing pro-

and commuand maintaining an optimal
level of mental wellness. Enhances the student's pro-fessional role development through
a variety of independent and interdependent
activities with clients and the interdisciplinary
team which are designed to improve the qualcess to assist individuals, families,
nities in attaining

ity

of mental health care.

Prerequisites:

82.305

(ifRN), 82.306, 82.311, 82.312



82.412 Nursing Vn (8)
Focuses on meeting
the health care needs of a diversity of adult
clients in

complex and

Students use

life-threatening situa-

thinking skills in
assisting clients to attain and maintain an optimal level of wellness. They collaborate with
clients and the interdisciplinary team in acute
care and community settings in the implementation of preventive, restorative, and rehabilitative activities designed to maintain optimal
health of holistic man. Learning experiences
are provided in medical centers/hospitals so
that the student can continue to develop protions.

critical

Courses for Non-Matriculating RNs
The following courses are offered through
the School of Extended Programs on a demand basis for RNs not matriculated with the
BSN program. The courses are designed to
expand their knowledge and skills bases in the
research process in nursing.

82.204 Critical Evaluation of Research in NursIntroduces research methods and
"*g (1)
techniques. Focuses on the student as a consumer of research with emphasis critiquing
research studies for application and the ethics
of resejirch with human subjects.



82.205 Research Application in Nursing

(1)

— Focuses on the contribution of research

to

the discipline and the consumer's role in applying research findings. Emphasizes identifying researchable problems and improving
practice through application of research findings. Prerequisites: 82.204, statistics course



82.206 Proposal Writing in Nursing (1)
Focuses on the research process in identifying
a researchable problem and formulating a beginning level research prospectus. Emphasizes conceptualization of a design to study a research problem. Prerequisite: 82.204,82.205, statistics course,

or consent of instructor

Health Sciences (Code 80)



(3-6)
80.400 Health Sciences Internship
Provides the opportunity to apply acquired
knowledge in an on-site practicum experience
under the supervision of an appropriately credentialed preceptor. Open to students in the
health sciences. Prerequisite: Senior standing

203

Office Administraton

Department of Business Education
and Office Administration

ered a national model.

Faculty

Roger W.

Ellis,

Required Courses

sor

B.S.,

Required courses include: General Business
90.101 and 90.333; Financial Accounting
91.220 and 91.223; Computer and Information
Systems 92.150; Management 93.344, 93.446,
and 93.449; Office Systems 94.221, 94.302,

Chairperson, Associate ProfesM.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Arizona State University
B.S.,
Ellen M. Clemens, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; D.Ed.,
The Pennsylvania State University
A.A.S., DutchDonnaJ. Cochrane, Professor







Community

College; B.S., M.S., State
University of New York at Albany; Ed.D.,
Temple University
B.S.,
Nancy A. Dittman, Associate Professor
Florida State University; M.Ed., University
ess



of Florida; Ed.D., University of Colorado
B.S.,
Dennis O. Gehris, Associate Professor



M.A., Rider College; Ed.D.,

Temple Univer-

sity

Janice C. Keil, Assistant Professor _B.S., M.Ed.,
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Temple
University
B.S., Davis and
John J. Olivo Jr., Professor
Elkins College; M.Ed., Trenton State University; Ph.D., Michigan State University



94.330, 94.401, 94.403, and 94.405. Finance
96.313; Marketing 97.310; and Business Law
98.331.

Electives

and Free

Electives

Students must choose 15 semester hours in
elective courses from General Business, Accounting, Computer and Information Systems,
Management, Office Systems, Finance, Marketing, and Business Law. Students must choose
8 semester hours in free elective courses.

General Education Courses
The following general education

courses
are required: English 20.101 and 20.201;
Speech Communication 25.103; Economics
40.211,40.212, and 40.246 or Mathematics
53.123 and 53.141.

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Office Administration

A

of 81 to 84 semester hours is required for a major in office systems. This total

Office Systems (Code 94)

total

reflects

program requirements and General

Education courses.

Goals and Objectives
Office systems is a relatively new field of
study that focuses on the impact of technology on the end-user. Office systems is one component of business information systems. The

program
modeled

in office systems at

Bloomsburg

after the Office Systems



ulation,

and distribution are covered. Introducand systems software using com-

es applications

puter laboratory projects.



is

Research

Association Curriculum, which has been endorsed by business, industry, and educational
institutions of higher learning. This program
provides the student with the skills and knowledge to manage human resources, technology, and the environment and to update procedures in today's highly competitive business
world. Currendy, only 68 universities in the
nation offer a degree in office systems, and the
program at Bloomsburg University is consid-



An
94.221 Office Systems Concepts (3)
overview of office systems technology, people,
and procedures within organizational and environmental contexts. Major technologies,
both hardware and software, that support information creation, storage, retrieval, manip-

94.302 Business Document Generation (3)
Provides the student with the opportunity to
use computer and business applications software to produce business documents.
94.330 Telecommunications (Spring only) (3)
to telecommunications in
the business environment. Topics include telephone, data codes, protocols, network architectures, local area networks, communications
media, hardware, and software. Management

— An introduction

issues

and

practical applications are integral

204

Office Administration

to course. Emphasis on application of telecommunications to facilitate information interchange in whatever form the information

takes: data, voice, text,

and image.

Prerequisite:

Man^ement

and

and

human
process-

ing information. Emphasis on competencies
needed for organizing and administering auPrerequisite: Senior stand-

(3)

and inactive records
maintenance, storage and retrieval, micrographics, and computer information manage-

ment

systems,

ing

— Pro\'ides a study of records creation, inventory

and planning of office

relations, controlling operations,

tomated office systems.

Junior standing
94.401 Information Resource

zation

analysis, active

systems. Prerequisite: Senior standing



A
94.403 Office Systems Management (3)
study of the most acceptable methods and practices of office systems. Topics include organi-

94.405 Training and Development in Office
Systems (Fall only) (3)
Application of theories of learning and instructional development
to the education and training of employees in
office systems. Topics include instructional
design, technology, and the implementation,
evaluation, and management of training in an
organizational environment. Prerequisite: Senior



standing

205

Philosophy

Department of Philosophy

phy are well prepared to pursue advanced work

"acuity
lichard
B.A.,

J.

Brook, Chairperson, Professor —

Antioch College; M.A., Columbia

University; Ph.D.,

New School,

N.Y.C.

Jteven D. Hales, Assistant Professor



B.A.,

Southwestern University; Ph.D., Brown
University

— A.B., Dartmouth
Vendy Lee-Lampshire, Assistant Professor —
Dliver J. Larmi, Professor

College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

B.A., University of Colorado; Ph.D.,



Jegree Program

and Objectives

The Department of Philosophy

offers a
)road range of courses designed to provide
)oth a general acquaintance with the issues

methods of philosophy as well as a solid
bundation for advanced work in the discipline,
n all of its courses, the department seeks to
;ncourage students to develop their thinking
kills, by engaging them with the best minds
)f the past and present, by challenging them
o examine and to criticize the arguments of
)thers, and by leading them to question their
)wn values and commitments. Regardless of
opic or level of difficulty, philosophy courses
provide a unique opportunity to acquire and
;o practice a variety of valuable skills, such as
he ability to solve problems, to communicate
ind

and

Required Courses
The following courses are required: Philosophy 28.212, 28.221, 28.224, 28.228 or 28.229;
28.213 can be substituted for 28.212.

Elective Courses
Six elective courses

must

also

be selected

in addition to the required courses for this

degree program. Two courses must be from the
300 or above level sequence: 28.303, 28.305,
28.306, 28.307, 28.308 or 28.351.

Minor in Philosophy

Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy
A total of 30 semester hours is required for
major in philosophy.

effectively,

such as law,
medicine, business, or government
cal skills in multiple career settings

Mar-

quette University
icott C. Lowe, Associate Professor
B.A.,
College of William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Virginia

roals

in the discipline or to apply their philosophi-

to assess the strength

and

co-

gency of opposing arguments and proposed
3lans of action.

The five-member department offers both a
najor and a minor in philosophy, and also sup-

A total of 18 semester hours is required for
a minor in philosophy. Required courses are:
28.111, 28.212, and 28.220. Course 28.110 as
well as 28.213 can meet the logic requirement
for the minor. Three elective courses must be
selected. Choose one elective from either the
historical sequence, 28.221, 28.224, 28.228 or
28.229, or one systematic course (a 300 level
or above course).

Philosophy (Code 28)



28.110 Critical Thinking (3)
Designed for
students to learn how to think critically. Emphasis is on the construction and evaluation
of arguments. Surveys several forms of argument including inductive, deductive, analogical, and legal reasoning.
28.111 Introduction to Philosophy (3)
sents reflective inquiry into selected

— Pre-

problems

of general philosophic interest. Considers the
types of knowledge, individual and social values, the nature of reality, and the existence of

God.
28.212 Logic (3)

— Reviews methods and prin-

3orts the university's liberal arts mission by
ncluding courses that satisfy various general

ciples of reasoning with applications to con-

education requirements

cies,

(i.e.,

in the

humani-

and in the area of values, ethics,
ind responsible decision making). Students
vho complete a major or a minor in philosozes division

temporary debates. Examines informal
tial

28.213 Logic and Computing
es

falla-

the syllogism, predicate calculus, sentencalculus, quantification, and induction.
(3)

— Introduc-

fundamental areas where logic and compu-

206

Philosophy

tation intersect including the prepositional

drugs, suicide,

and the design of logic circuits; validity and proof; Turing machines and logic programming.

its limits.

calculus





Studies
28.221 Plato and AristoUe (Fall) (3)
the origins of Western philosophy in ancient
Greece. Examines Plato's philosophical writings in light of pre-Socratic speculation on one
hand and in terms of Aristode's criticisms and
developments on the other.



28.224 Descartes to Kant (Spring) (3)
Examines the writings of the 17th and 18th century philosophers: Descartes, Hobbes, Locke,
Berkeley, Hume, Kant, and others. Topics include: the nature of reality, the sources
limits of knowledge, the relation

and body, and the

28.295 Business Ethics (Spring/even-numbered
Review of moral canons in relation to business practice. Moral concepts are
applied in analyzing situations. Utilitarianism,
Kantianism, and contemporary Egalitarianism
are introduced as aids in decision making.
General principles and concrete cases consid-

years) (3)

28.220 Ethics (3)
Studies ethical theory focusing on such issues as ethics as a branch of
knowledge, egoism vs. altruism, and role of
intentions and consequences in moral judgments. Reviews theories such as relativism, utilitarianism, and Kantianism. Investigates concepts of "rights" and "justice."

and

between mind

and euthanasia; freedom and



ered.

28.303 Philosophy of Science (Fall/even-numbered years) (3)
Analyzes the logic of inquiry
in the natural and social sciences; the nature
of scientific explanation, problems of causali-



ty,

measurement, prediction, and verification.

Considers case studies, such as evolutionary
theory.

28.304 Philosophy of the Social Sciences
(Spring/odd-numbered years) (3)

tion, the

nature of laws, and the nature of so-

cial facts.

possibility of a rational basis

28.305 Philosophy of

for religious belief.

years) (3)

28.228 Existentialism (Spring/even-numbered
years) (3)
Studies the writings of philosophers and theologians such as Kierkegaard,



and Tillich. Major
themes include human subjectivity, human
freedom, alienation, and meaning.
Nietzsche, Husserl, Sartre,

Law

(Fall/even-numbered

— Examines the

ground of the law and

theoretical back-

legal systems.



particularly views about truth, free will, the

nature of morality and religion, and the nature of mind.

Encour-

ages students to develop their own views about
the proper use of the law. Topics include the
concepts of "law" and "legal system," limits of
the law, and justification of punishment.

28.306 Philosophy of Religion

28.229 Contemporary Philosophy (Fall/oddnumbered years) (3)
Examines 20th century
philosophical movements. Emphasizes the
relation between language and philosophy,

— Examines

philosophical problems in the social sciences
including objectivity, classification, explana-

(3)

a critical analysis of the origins

— Presents

and nature of

Emphasizes types of religion, evidence
supporting religious belief, and problems in
and challenges to religion.

faith.

28.307 Contemporary Political Philosophy



Studies the na(Fall/odd-numbered years), (3)
good and just state, the limits and

ture of the



28.290 Medical Ethics (3)
Investigates morsuch medical contexts as
human experimentation, death and dying,
medical care and its distribution, genetic engineering, and the definition of health and ill-

powers of the state. Investigates competing theories of neo-Aristotelianism, utilitarianism,
contractarianism, libertarian ism, Marxism, and
anarchism. Addresses questions concerning
the obligations of an individual citizen to the

ness.

state.

al issues that arise in



28.292 Contemporary Moral Problems (3)
Investigates some of the major contemporary
(and perennial) moral problems: abortion and
the rights of the fetus; pornography and its
control; crime and its punishment; obedience
to laws; discrimination based on race and sex;
decision-making procedures; social justice;



Explores the
28.308 Feminist Philosophy (3)
in feminist philosophy including
liberal, Marxist, socialist, radical, and psychoanalytic approaches. Explores such questions
as whether women's experience differs from
men's, and the extent to which male domination informs woman's experience. Considers

major trends

207

Philosophy

and the nature and success of

recent feminist attempts to articulate an emancipating standpoint.

intelligence,

28.351 Theory of Knowledge (Spring/odd-numInquires into the problem of
bered years) (3)
knowledge, certainty, and skepticism. Reviews
theory of perception; discusses concepts of

28.470 Independent Study in Philosophy (3Provides for individual study of a particular philosophical problem under the guidance of the staff. Emphasizes independent research on topics selected by the student and
the faculty member. Course may be taken tzvice.
Prerequisite: 6 semester hours of philosophy. See



meaning and

truth.

28.352 Minds, Brains and Computers (Fall/
Explores the philoeven-numbered years) (3)
sophical foundations of the interdisciplinary
field of cognitive science. Topics discussed include contemporary scientific solutions to the
mind-body problem, the possibility of artificial



cognitive explanations in psychology.

6)



section

on Independent Study on page

28.471 Seminar (3)
lems in philosophy.

10.

— Studies selected prob-

208

Physics/Health Physics

Department of Physics

Students may combine the physics degree with an engineering degree through the
engineering/liberal arts program offered by
Bloomsburg University in cooperation with
The Pennsylvania State University or Wilkes
University (See section on Engineering and
fields.

Faculty



B.S.,
P.James Moser, Chairperson, Professor
M.S., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University



Christopher Bracikowski, Assistant Professor
B.S., University of Rochester; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology
B.A., Utah State
Jack G. Couch, Professor
University; M.A., Vanderbilt University;
Ph.D., Texas A &:
University
B.S.,
P.Joseph Garcia, Associate Professor



M



Kent State University; M.S., New Mexico
Highlands University; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
B.Sc, Ph.D.,
J. Harper, Professor
University of Nottingham, England
Gunther L. Lange, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Peter C. Stine, Associate Professor
B.A.,
Wesleyan University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
M. Gene Taylor, Professor
B.S., Muskingum
College; M.S., Ph.D., Brown University
Stephen G. Wukovitz, Associate Professor
B.A., M.A., Montclair State College



David








Degree Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Physics, Bachelor of
Science in Physics, Bachelor of Science in
Health Physics
The bachelor of arts program requires 54
semester hours for a major in physics.
The bachelor of science program requires
71 semester hours for a major in physics.
The bachelor of science program requires
68 semester hours for a major in health physics.

Goals and Objectives
The Bachelor of Arts in

Physics provides a

background suitable for direct entry into employment by industry or government. It meets
the specifications for qualification as a physicist of the Civil Service Commission. This degree also provides the qualifications necessary
for admission to graduate study in most colleges and universities offering master of science and doctor of philosophy degrees in physics and in other specialized interdisciplinary

Liberal Arts.)

The Bachelor of Science in Physics provides
the opportunities and qualifications of the
Bachelor of Arts degree, with greater emphasis on the area of specialization.
The profession of health physics is devoted
to the protection of people and their environment from potential radiation hazards, while
at the same time making it possible for our
advancing civilization to enjoy all the benefits
resulting from the controlled use of radiation.
Health physicists are employed in industrial
laboratories, medical centers,

and government

agencies.

The Bachelor of Science in Health Physics
provides a sound background of courses in
physics, mathematics, chemistry and biology,
as well as specialized courses in health physics. Modern laboratories introduce students to
state-of-the-art instrumentation and advanced
techniques of measurement. An internship
course provides experience of the application
of health physics in industrial, medical, or government environments. The progrjim provides
the qualifications needed for direct entry into
the practicing profession or into graduate
school for greater specialization in health physics.

Bachelor of Arts in Physics
Required courses: Physics 54.211, 54.212,
54.302, 54.310, 54.314, 54.400; 12 semester
hours chosen from other physics courses numbered above 300; Mathematics 53.125, 53.126,
53.225, 53.322; Computer Science 56.210;
Chemistry 52.115, 52.216.

Bachelor of Science in Physics
Required courses: Physics 54.211, 54.212,
54.302, 54.310, 54.312, 54.314, 54.318, 54.400,
54.422, 54.450; 12 semester hours chosen from
other physics courses numbered above 300;
Mathematics 53.125, 53.126, 53.225, 53.322;

PhysUs/HealOi Physics

209

Computer Science

56.210; 3 semester hours
chosen from Mathematics 53.226, 53.314, or
Computer Science 56.373; Chemistry 52.115,
52.216.

Surveys fossil fuels and nuclear, solar,
geothermal, and other energies vnxh respect
to availability and promise for the future.
fects.



Bachelor of Science in Health Physics
Required courses: Physics 54.211, 54.212,
54.310, 54.315, 54.320, 54.330, 54.360, 54.420,

54.460, 54.470; Mathematics 53.125, 53.126,
53.225, 53.241, 53.322; Computer Science
56.210; Chemistry 52.115, 52.216; Biological
and Allied Health Sciences 50.110, 50.120,
50.411.

Minor in Physics
Required courses: Physics 54.211, 54.212,
54.315, 54.316, 54.317. These courses must be
taken in sequence.

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science
Education with a concentration in physics
are found in the section on Secondary Educa-

54.106 The Science of Sound (3)
Provides
an introduction to the principles of sound and
its reproduction for students in nonphysical
science disciplines. Knowledge of basic algebra required, but no experience in physics or
electronics necessary.

54.107 Applied Physics for Health Sciences
(Spring) (4)
Studies selected principles of



physics with applications to the processes and
instrumentation of medical technology. Examines mechanics, fluids, kinetic energy and heat,

and magnetism, electronics,
atomic structure, radiation, and data acquisioptics, electricity

tion

and readout.

Six hours per week:

3

classes,

3

laboratories.

in

tion.

For more information on the associated
engineering program, see the section on Engineering and Liberal Arts.

Physics (Code 54)

stars, galaxies. Provides a descriptive account
of the present state of our knowledge of the
cosmos and an understanding of how such

knowledge





54.103 Principles of Physical Science (3)
integrated physical science course emphasizing laboratory experience. Provides an introduction to the basic concepts of physical
science by studying such topics as the structure
and properties of matter, motion and forces,
energy, light and sound, electricity and magnetism, and astronomy. For elementary education
majors. Four hours class /laboratory per week.

An



54.104 Elementary Electronics (3)
An introduction to basic electronics that gives students in nonphysical science areas some theoretical and practical knowledge of electronic

No experience

of physics or electronics required.

54.105 Energy: Sources and Environmental
Explains energy in elementary
scientific terms and examines present national and international energy situations in regard
to sources, utilization, and environmental ef-

Effects (3)



obtained. Intended for nonscience



54. 1 1 1 Introductory Physics I (Fall) (4)
Presents an approach to selected topics such as

mechanics, heat, kinetic theory, molecular theory of gases, wave motion, and sound. Not intended for students specializing in physics or chemistry.

entists.

instruments, and devices.

is

majors.

54.101 Basic Physical Science (3)
An introductory integration of concepts and principles
from chemistry, physics, and astronomy, with
consideration for the nature of scientific
thought and the interaction of science with
human and community concerns. For nonsci-

circuits,



54.110 Introduction to Astronomy (3)
Surveys the physical state of the universe and the
variety of objects it comprises: solar system,

Six hours per week:

3

classes,

54.112 Introductory Physics

3

laboratories.

11 (Spring) (4)



Studies electricity, magnetism, light, relativity,
quantum and atomic theory, structure of matter, nuclear physics and particle physics. Continuation of 54. 111. Six hours per week: 3 classes,
laboratories. Prerequisite: 54.111 or consent of

3

instructor

54.210 Observational Astronomy (Spring) (3)

— Provides hands-on experience
tions of the night sky. Focuses
tation of astronomical

in observa-

on the

interpre-

measurements, includ-

ing the students' own telescopic observations
of stars, planets, nebulae, and other objects.

Open

to non-science majors.

Prerequisite:

54.110

or consent of instructor



54.211 General Physics I (4)
An introduction to physics using calculus. Studies mechanics, the physics of fluids, kinetic theory, heat,
and thermodynamics. Appropriate for physical science or mathematics majors. Six hours
per week:

3

classes,

3

laboratories.

Prerequisite:

210

Physics/Health Physics

experience of the building and testing of digi-

Mathematics 53. 125 or concurrent registration

— Studies wave

54.212 General Physics II (4)
motion, sound, geometrical and physical optics, electricity, and magnetism. Continuation of
54.211. Six hours per week: 3
ries.

Prerequisites:

3 laboratoMathematics 53. 126 or concur-

rent registration; 54. 211, or 54.

Ill with consent of

54.301 Mechanics: Statics (Fall/alternate years)
Introduces the fundamentals of statics,
(3)
with an emphasis on vector methods, at a level
appropriate for physical science majors and for
students considering a career in the engineering field. Prerequisites: Mathematics 53.126 or
concurrent registration; 54.211, or 54.1 11 xvith con-



sent of instructor

54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics (Spring/alternate
Introduces the fundamentals of
dynamics, with an emphasis on vector methods, at a level appropriate for physical science
majors and for students considering a career
in an engineering field. Prerequisites: Mathematics 53.225 or concurrent registration; 54.212, or
54.112 with consent of the instructor

54.310



Modern Atomic

Presents

some of the

nomena

that constitute

Physics

(Fall)

basic concepts

(3)



and phe-

modern physics, including studies of the quantum nature of radiation, atomic structure
relativity,

Supplies the background necessary

computer

circuits.

Prerequisite: Junior

or consent of instructor

and

spectra. X-rays,

wave-particle duality, the uncertain-

and a brief introduction to nuclear physics and radioactivity. Prerequisite: 54. 212

54.317 Computer Electronics (Alternate years)
An introduction to the electronics and
(3)
operation of digital computers. Intended for
students with a background in digital circuitry. Includes practical experience of the operation and interfacing of microprocessors and
other devices. Prerequisite: 54.316 or consent of



instructor



54.318 Optics (Alternate years) (3)
Presents
a combination of geometrical optics including
lens theory with physical (wave) optics including diffraction, interference, polarization, lasers, and coherent light. Prerequisite: 54.212,
or 54.112 with consent of the instructor
54.320 Nuclear Radiations I (Alternate years)

(2)

modern nuclear

for

— Presents a laboratory-oriented course using
electronics

and detectors

measuring and analyzing nuclear radiations.
Four hours per week: one class, 3 laboratories. Prerequisite: 54.310 or concurrent registration
54.330 Radiation Physics (Alternate

xvith

consent of instructor; Mathematics

54.314 Electricity and Magnetism (Alternate
Studies electric and magnetic
fields and potentials, electric and magnetic
properties of matter, electrodynamics, and
electromagnetic waves. Prerequisites: 54.212, or
54.112 with consent of instructor; Mathematics
53.225

years) (3)





54.315 Electronics (Alternate years) (4)
Presents the theory and application of semiconductors with special emphasis on circuitry.
Studies basic electronic instrumentation as
related to the gathering, processing, and display of scientific data in any discipline. Six hours
per week: 3 classes, 3 laboratories. Prerequisite:

54.112, or 54.212

54.316 Digital Electronics (Alternate years) (3)
An introduction to the techniques and devices of digital electronics. Includes practical



years) (3)

— Presents properties and models of nuclei,
radioactive decay, radiation and its interaction
with matter, and nuclear applications. Prerequisite:

54.310 or concurrent

registration



ty principle,

or 54.112
53.126

and

standing

classes,

instructor

years) (3)

tal circuits.

for the understanding of microprocessors

54.360 Health Physics (Alternate years) (3)
Presents a study of the principles of health
physics, including biological effects of radiation, dosimetry, radiation measurement and
radiation protection. Prerequisite: 54.310 or concurrent registration

54.400 Advanced Physics Laboratory (Alternate
Presents the basic tenets of lab
work in physics, involving considerations of
experimental error, proper research and preparation of an experiment. Includes experiments primarily from the areas of atomic physyears) (2)



ics, electricity,

magnetism, and optics. Four
class, 3 laboratories. Prerequi-

hours per week: one
sites:

54.310, 54.314

54.420 Nuclear Radiations U (Alternate years)
A laboratory course which presents ad(2)
vanced techniques of nuclear measurement,
and includes applications involving environment monitoring and health physics. Four hours



per week: one

class, three laboratories.

54.320 or consent of instructor

Prerequisite:

211

Physics/HealUi Physics

54.421 Solid State Physics (Alternate years) (3)
Examines physical properties of matter in
the sohd state. Reviews basic quantum concepts, crystal structure, electrons in metals,
electrical conductivity, semiconductors, band
theory and the p-n junction. Studies dielectric
and magnetic properties of matter. Prerequisites: 54.310, 54.314; Mathematics 53.225





54.422 Thermodynamics (Alternate years) (3)
Presents concepts and principles of classical
thermodynamics, thermodynamics of simple
systems, introduction to kinetic theory, and
statistical thermodynamics. Prerequisites: 54.212
or 54.112 loith consent of instructor; Mathematics
53.225

54.490 Seminar in Physics
topic in physics

is

studied,

(Alternate years) (3)

Quantum Mechanics

— Examines the develop-

ment and

interpretation of Schroedinger's
its mathematical formalism,
and the results and predictions of this quantum theory as applied to one-dimensional systems, the hydrogen atom, and multi-electron
atoms. Prerequisites: 54. 310; Mathematics 53. 225

wave mechanics,

54.460 Applied Health Physics (Alternate years)
Presents advanced topics involving
(3)
health physics principles and radiation protection standards as applied to science, industry,
and medicine. Prerequisite: 54.360 or consent of



instructor

in a

form suitable for presentation. Student attends
and participates in physics seminars and makes a
presentation in the

same semester of enrollment in

the course



54.491 Independent Study in Physics (1-3)
Investigates an area of special interest and value to the student, under the direction of a faculty member, following a plan approved in
advance by the department chairperson. May
be partly interdisciplinary

and may

involve limited

experimental work

54.493 Independent Research (1-3)
for an application of theoretical

54.450 Introduction to

— A selected

(1)

and prepared

— Provides

and/or exper-

imental research methods to a special problem. May be interdisciplinary. Requires the preparation of a report and a plan, approved in advance
by the department chairperson, which is acceptable
to the

student

and

the supervising faculty

member

54.494 Honors Independent Study in Physics
Provides the qualified student with an
(3)
opportunity to participate in an advanced experimental or theoretical investigation of a
current problem in physics, under the supervision of a physics faculty member having ex-



pertise in the student's proposed research area.

212

Political Science

Department of Political Science

Faculty

George Agbango, Chairperson, Associate Professor



Specialist Certificate

(Geography)

University of Cape Coast, Ghana; M.P.A.,
Atlanta University; Ph.D., Clark Atlanta
University



Maria Brettschneider, Assistant Professor
B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D., New York University
Gloria T. Cohen, Assistant Professor
B.S.,


M.P.A., Ph.D., Temple University
Richard
Micheri, Assistant Professor —
L.

B.A.,

Fordam University; M.A., Columbia University

James W. Percey, Associate Professor

— A.B.,

what they have learned in the classroom
realities of contemporary society.

j

Required Courses
Required courses
litical

Bachelor of Arts in Political Science
A total of 30 semester hours is required for
a major in political science.

total 12

semester hours
in po-

science: 44.120, 44.160, 44.210,

and
;

44.280.

I

Elective Courses

i

Select a total of 18 semester hours, 12 se-

mester hours of which must be accrued from
upper division courses, i.e., at the 300 level or
above.

Minor

in Political Science

A total of 18 semester hours is required for
a

Degree Program

I

and include the following four courses

University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Rutgers
University

to the

minor

in political science.

There are no

re-

quired courses. Students should consider
building a minor around one of the four subfields of political science, namely, U.S. Government, Comparative Government, International Politics, and Political Theory.

j

,

i

j

Goals and Objectives
The department offers courses

in all the

major subfields of political science for students
who wish to acquire a thorough understanding of the

art,

science, theories, processes,

structures of governments

and

and

politics.

Introductory courses are designed for both
majors and non-majors. The importance of

government and politics (locally, regionally,
nationally, and internationally) clearly points
to political science as a critical

element

in the

education of any university student.
Advanced courses are offered for students
who need in-depth study and specialized subject matter to serve as a foundation for careers
liberal

in politics, law, public administration,

commu-

nity service, international relations, criminal
justice,

communications, or teaching.

All courses attempt to develop the student's

read carefully, communicate effectivethink critically, analyze logically, and research thoroughly. A balance is sought between
abstract concepts and theories on the one hand
and concrete structures, processes, and applications on the other. Field work and internships give students an opportunity to apply
ability to
ly,

Political Science

(Code 44)

\



44.101 Elements of Political Science (3)
Uses the procedures of political science to
study power and examines the processes of
politics and the practices of governments, the
performance of and the pressures on the political system. For non-majors.

44.108 Contemporary Politicalldeologies (3)
An introduction to those political beliefs
that shape contemporary politics: nationalism,



I

j

!

j

|

|

liberalism, conservatism, capitalism, socialism,
^

feminism, religious fundamentalism, populism.

i

1



In44.120 United States Government (3)
troduces government and politics in the United States, emphasizing constitutional development, political development, civil rights, parties, elections, pressure groups, the Congress,
the president, courts, and contemporary problems, such as foreign affairs, defense, inflation,

unemployment, energy, and

'

j

:

!

i

poverty.

44.160 Nations, States, and Governments (3)
Presents a comparative study of the governance of countries or nation-states in selected



|

213

Political Science

developed and

less

developed regions of the

on the

role of government, especially the

world.

courts, in affecting business relationships.

44.181 Contemporary Issues in World Politics
An introduction to international poli(3)
tics through an examination of such critical
problems as war and peace, East-West relations,
nuclear disarmament, nation-building, and

impact of administrative regulatory agencies
and government policies, such as affirmative



revolution.

44.207 Ethics, Politics, and Public Policy (3)
Examination of normative, descriptive, and
metaethical approaches employed by politicians and policymakers in confronting issues
of responsibility and choice in public programs
and policies. Focuses on ethical problems and
responses in civic life and emphasizes the ways
alternatives impact on society.





44.210 Introduction to Political Theory (3)
An introduction to fundamental political concepts such as liberty, justice, equality, power,
and authority, as well as the main ideas of some
representative political philosophers from Socrates to the present.



44.244 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3)
Provides students with a comprehensive survey
and basic understanding of the role and function of the criminal justice field. Focuses on
crime and criminal law, the police, law enforcement, courts, corrections, and juvenile justice.

44.280 Introduction to International Relations
Examines sources of international con(3)
flict and cooperation, power politics in the international arena, problems of collective security, the settiement of disputes, diplomacy, rev-



olution,

and international

law.

44.303 Politics and the Arts (3)

— Surveys

and novels to
show the relationship between these media and
political concepts, philosophies, and problems.
painting, music, films, poetry,

44.322 Political Violence

(3)

— Surveys

indi-

and mass political violence, concentrating on causes and manifestations. Studies positive and negative effectiveness of polit-

vidual, group,

violence with the object of placing the
phenomena in meaningful historical and conical

temporary contexts.
44.326 Parties, Groups, and Public Opinion
Examines the development of political
(3)



United States; elections, voter
behavior, and political participation; and the
role of interest groups and political propaganparties in the

action, are analyzed.



44.336 Public Administration Theory (3)
Includes leadership/followership and motivation/manipulation propositions on personnel
management; conflict, competition, and cooperation propositions about budgeting; and information-communication propositions in relation to planning.



44.363 Soviet and Post Soviet Politics (3)
Studies the history, development, ideology,
institutions, and policies of the Soviet political
system.

44.366 Political Systems of Western Europe (3)
Examines democracy as practiced in Westem Europe; the politics and government of
Great Britain, France, and Germany; comparisons with the United States; principles of com-



parative analysis.



44.371 Political Systems - Africa (3)
Examines problems of newly independent states, the
struggle for independence, attempts to create
national unity and create political

nomic and

political

stability,

44.331 Legal and PoUtical Aspects of Business
Describes and analyzes the legal envi(3)
ronment surrounding business, concentrating



eco-

development, the role of

the military in politics,
public of South Africa.

and

politics in the Re-

44.373 Government and PoUtics in China and
India (3)
Studies politics and government
in selected states with an emphasis on the forces which shape domestic and foreign politics



and

processes.



44.375 Multiculturalist Theory (3)
Treats
the issues of concern generated from an attention to and appreciation of our diverse cultural identities. As a theory course, it approaches
multiculturalism as a new attempt to respond
to the challenges that difference poses in democratic theory. A combination of theoretical,
empirical and participatory methods are used.

44.376 Government and PoUtics of the Middle East (3)
Introduces the political history
and governments of particular states in the
region and considers their interactions regionally and internationally. Considers in particular the importance of Islam in politics, the



Arab-Israeli conflict, the Iranian revolution, the
Iraqi wars.



da.

The

44.377 Feminist Political Theory (3)
Explores various strands of feminist political
thought and approaches to philosophical critique. The primary aim of the course is to fa-

214

Political Science

miliarize students with the contributions

made

— Presents a description and

(3)

state

44.405 Development of Political Thought (3)
A chronological survey from the ancient
Greeks to the present. Examines the ideas of
seminal political thinkers as they grapple with
perennial problems.

44.456 Public Policy (3)
Studies the institutional and political contextof policy formation
and implementation; the process for designing and administering government programs;
and the techniques of analysis and evaluation
that are or could be employed in formulating
policy objectives, choosing from among alternatives, and assessing performance. The af>
proach is pragmatic, applied, and interdisci-





An44.409 American Political Thought (3)
alyzes the relationship of American political
thought to contemporary political science by
using traditional materials in a historical, chronological way but reworking them to show their

and relevance to actions and institutions. Includes the main ideas of the leading
political thinkers in America from the colonial
relation

period to the present.

44.412 Scope, Approaches, and Methods of
Political Science (3)
Analyzes the various
approaches and methods currendy in use in



political science.

44.437 Public Administration Applications

— Uses readings,

(3)

and simulations and
requires a term paper based on a government
cases,





44.440 The President and Congress (3)
Reviews presidential and congressional politics,

public policy-making roles, executive-legislative

and constitutional issues. Examproblem areas and proposals for reform.

relationships,

ines



44.446 Constitutional Law I (3)
Analyzes the
evolution, structure, and function of the Supreme Court, concentrating on a case-study
approach to the court's interpretations of the
powers of the president, Congress, and federal-state relationships.



44.447 Constitutional Law 11 (3)
Studies
decisions of the Supreme Court as they relate
to the individual and the government, concentrating on nationalization of the Bill of Rights,
rights of persons accused of crime, equal protection,

and voting

rights.



44.448 The Judicial Process (3)
Studies
policymaking by the federal courts, primarily
the Supreme Court. Analyzes the nature of the
policymaking function as well as the impact of
policy-making on American society.

44.452 State and Local Government Politics

local legislatures, executives,

diciaries, the

local politics,

myths and

realities

and ju-

of state and

intergovernmental relations, cur-

rent policies, and problems.



plinary.

44.458 U.S. Foreign Policy (3) —Analyzes the
substance, methods, and purposes of U.S. foreign policy including the determinants of policy, policymaking machinery, and implementation matters.

44.464 Government and Politics of Ireland (3)
A survey of historical, social, cultural, and
religious developments in Ireland with concentrated study of the government and politics of
Northern Ireland and the Irish Republic. Examines contemporary literature, drama, mu-



sic,

agency's data.

44.438 Public Personnel Administration (3)
Public service as a career; personnel needs of
national, state, and local governments; civil
service law; personnel systems; and current
problems.

and

analysis of

by feminists to the field of political theory and
to provide students with the basic tools with
which to read, understand, critique and write
in acknowledgement of these contributions.

and

art.

44.487 International Law and Organization (3)
Presents the theoretical and practical implications of the legal and organizational efforts to regulate international relations with
emphasis on international law, the United
Nations, the International Court ofJustice, and



regional

and functional organizations.

44.490 Independent Study in Political Science
Provides for individualized reading,
(1-6)
research, and reporting under conditions of
minimal supervision. Projects must have departmental approval and be underway by the
end of the first week of a session.



44.492 Seminar in Government and Politics

— Examines

(3)

government and
politics in an attempt to review and unify theories and methods of political science. Emproblems

in

phasizes individual research projects.

44.497 Internship in Political Science (1-15)
Provides for on-site work experience and
training designed to give an opportunity to
apply the theoretical and descriptive knowledge acquired in the classroom, or the "Field
Experience" course, to the political, legal, organizational, and administrative operations of
contemporary institutions. The student is supervised by an instructor and an on-site per-



son.

A paper is required.

215

Psychology

Department of Psychology

Faculty

Bachelor of Arts in Psychology

Michael W. Gaynor, Chairperson, Professor —

A total of 36 semester hours is required for

B.A.,

Muhlenburg College;

University; Ph.D.,

Lehigh

Colorado State Universi-

ty

John

M.S.,



Baird Jr., Professor
B.A., University
of Virginia; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina
S.

State University



University of Alabama
Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Florida A &
University; M.S., University



M

of Wisconsin-Stout



Winona J. Cochran,

Professor
A.S., Dalton
Junior College; B.S. University of Tennessee; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia
Steven L. Cohen, Professor
B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., University of Maine
B.A., King
James H. Dalton, Jr., Professor
College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of
Connecticut
Julie M. Kontos, Assistant Professoer
B.A.,
M.S., Ph.D., Universi^ of Georgia
L. Richard Larcom, Associate Professor
B.S.,







M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Marion G. Mason, Assistant Professor —

B.S.,

Southern Nazarene University; M.A., Ph.D.,

The Ohio

State University



Alex J. Poplawsky, Professor
B.S., University
of Scranton; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio University
Constance J. Schick, Professor
B.B.A., Angelo State University; Ph.D., Texas Techno-



logical University
Eileen C. Astor-Stetson, Professor

A.B.,

Dou-



sity



E. Waggoner, Associate Professor
B.A.,
Shippensburg State College; M.S., Ph.D.,

John

J.

is

commit-

providing support courses for the universigeneral educaUon curriculum. All classes
for the major are taught by faculty who have
earned doctorates in their specialty. Students
in the major are expected to demonstrate a
firm grounding in basic statistics and in experimental methodology and research, thus allowing them to excel in advanced theory and content courses. A degree in psychology from
Bloomsburg University gives quality students
an appropriate background for graduate study
and research in all areas of the discipline and
also offers qualified students a broad range of
career possibilities with the potential for employment in settings such as hospitals, clinics, counseling centers, nursing homes, community human services agencies, educational
institutions, research organizations, or busity's

:

nesses.

The program of study in psychology requires the courses specified below:
Freshman/Sophomore

years:

Core courses

(18 semester hours) 48.101,48.160,
48.281, 48.282,

and two courses from

48.211 or 48.212, 48.253, 48.311. Note:
48.281 and 48.282 must be taken concurrent-

Junior/ Senior years: Content courses (12
semester hours) two courses from 48.360,
48.375, 48.380; one course from 48.335,
48.436; one course from 48.321, 48.340,
48.350, 48.356, 48.451, 48.453, 48.463,

48.476
Senior year: Capstone courses (6 semester
hours): two courses from 48.341, 48.401,
48.406, 48.464, 48.466, 48.497

State University

Calvin Walker, Professor
College; Ed.M., Ed.D.,

Degree Program

The Department of Psychology

ted to providing a strong undergraduate program for psychology majors and minors and

ly.



glass College-Rutgers University; Ph.D.,
Vanderbilt University
Joseph G. Tloczynski, Assistant Professor
B.A., Bloomsburg State College; M.A., West
Chester University; Ph.D., Lehigh Univer-

The Pennsylvania

Goals and Objectives

to

Brett L. Beck, Associate Professor
A.A.,
James H. Faulkner State Junior College;
B.A., University of West Florida; Ph.D.,

Kambon Camara,

a major in psychology.



B.A., Muskingum
Temple University

Minor in Psychology
A minimum of 18 semester

hours in psychology as specified: 48.101, 48.160 (or Economics 40.346 or Sociology 45.260 or Mathe-

216

Psydiology

matics 53.141), 48.281, and 9 semester hours,
6 of which must be at the 300 or 400 level.

Prerequisite:

48.101

48.254 Psychological Aspects of Social Issues
Examines the application of psycholog(3)
ical theories and techniques to existing social



Psychology (Code 48)



48.101 General Psychology (3)
Studies psychology as a system of scientific inquiry into
the nature and behavior of humans. Presents
major concepts, principles, and processes concerned with human functioning in individuals

and

compliance.

social settings.



48.131 Psychology of Adjustment (3)
Examines the personal and social meaning of
adjustment. Presents an operational approach
to mental health including such concepts as
anxiety, frustration, conflict, aggression,

and

and their relationship to alternative ethviewpoints regarding social issues selected
by the instructor for study. Prerequisite: 48. 101
issues
ical

48.281 Experimental Psycholog)^ MethodoloIntroduces experimental design, stagy (3)
tistical analysis, and issues of control and confounding. Surveys classical and learning experimentations as well as issues in social, developmental, educational, and clinical psychology
from an experimental perspective. Prerequisites:
48.101 and 48.160 (mth a minimum grade of C



in each)

defense.



48.160 Basic Statistics (3)
Introduces fundamental statistical concepts and principles
providing a foundation for research methodology for students who need not be mathematically inclined. Discusses computation, interpretation, and application of commonly used
descriptive, correlation,
tical

and

inferential statis-

procedures for analyzing data.



48.210 Life-Span Psychology (3)
Examines
the psychology of human development from
conception to death. Discusses traditional tof>ics and issues in developmental psychology
such as cognition and personality', but within a
life-span developmental perspective. Prerequisite: 48.101



48.211 Child Psychology (3)
Studies normal development and the interrelationships
among various aspects of biological, cognitive,
personality,

and social factors. Emphasizes pre-

natal to adolescent development. Prerequisite:

48.101



48.212 Adolescence (3)
Studies develop>mental, personal, and social issues confronting adolescents as they emerge from childhood
and strive for adulthood. Prerequisite: 48.101
48.251 Psychological Foundations of Education (3)
Examines principles of psychology
as applied to the classroom. Emphasizes learning processes as affected by environmental,



experiential,
requisite:

and developmental

factors.

Pre-

48.101



48.253 Social Psychology (3)
Studies interpersonal behavior with emphasis on affiliation,
interpersonal perception and attraction, group
behavior and conformity, attitude change, and

48.282 Experimental Psychology: Applications
Surveys the application of designs and
(3)



statistics to

problems encountered

in psychol-

ogy. Addresses ethical issues in experimentation, the value

of experimentation, and the lim-

itations of research designs.

Emphasizes discus-

and application of various research strategies to contemporary and traditional probsion

lems in psychology. Prerequisites: 48.101 and
48.160 (with a minimum grade ofCin each), and
48.281 or concurrently taking 48.281



Smdies die
48.31 1 Adulthood and Aging (3)
development of adults in our culture. Includes
topics on the effects of social environment on
aging, special problems of aging, sex differences during adulthood, vocational, marital, and
familial developments, and psychology of
death and dying. Emphasizes human behavior
between young adulthood and senescence with
emphasis on the aging process. Prerequisite:
48.101
48.321 Psychological Tests and Measurements
(Fall) (3)
Introduces the logic of psychological measurement including the applied and
practical aspects of psychological testing with
emphasis on reliability, validity, and test norms.
Provides background for test evaluation. Pre-



requisite:

48.101, 48.160, or consent of the instruc-

tor



48.335 Abnormal Psychology (Spring) (3)
Surveys the description, causation, prevention,
and treatment of maladaptive behavior, as well
£is the ethical aspects of these issues. Considers biological, psychological,

and social factors.

Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160,

48.281 or consent

of the instructor

217

Psydiology

48.340 Community Psychology (Spring) (3)



Examines concepts, research and interventions
regarding psychological well-being and em-

powerment of individuals in community context and the relationship of these to the psychological sense of community. Prerequisites:
48. 101,

48.160 and 6 semester hours in psychology

48.M1 Theory and Practice of Academic PsySharpens and expands knowlchology (3)



edge of the basic principles of psychology. Provides an intensive review of the content taught
in

General Psychology and requires students

to lead discussion groups.

Prerequisites: Junior

standing; 48.101, 48.160, 48.281, 48.282

and

consent of the instructor



48.350 Psychology of Sex and Gender (3)
Examines the theoretical and research issues
in psychological experiences of males and females. Views gender role development and
implications for the daily lives of men and wom-

en from

historical, biological, psychoanalytic,

learning, sociological, and anthropological
perspectives. Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160, and
48.281



48.356 Psychology of Motivation (Fall) (3)
Surveys the fundamental determinants of human and animal activities. Studies theories,
research methodologies, and experimental
evidence related to the activation and the direction of behavior.
Prerequisites: 48.101,
48.160, 48.281 or consen* of the instructor

48.360 Cognitive Psychology (Spring)

(3)



Examines the major theoretical perspectives
and research in the area of cognition and presents the ways in which mental processes such
as memory, perception, language, and problem solving may be empirically studied. Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160, and 48.281



48.375 Psychology of Learning (Fall) (3)
Examines the theoretical and experimental
bases of learning in animal and human behav-

Studies situational and drive factors affecting learning, stimulus generalization, and discrimination, retention, and forgetting. Prerequisites 48.101, 48.160, 48.281, 48.282, or coniors.



48.401 History of Psychology (3)
Studies
the historical development of modem psychology and compares present-day models of behavior within an historical framework. Prerequisites: 48.101 and Junior standing



48.406 Psychology Seminar (3)
Provides for
an advanced consideration of significant topics in psychology. Requires reports and discussions of current research and may be repeated
with change in topic. Prerequisites: 48.101 and
consent of the instructor



48.436 Theories of Personality (Fall) (3)
A
critical study of theories explaining development, structure, and organization of personality. Considers personality from psychoanalytic,

social, individual, self,

of view.

and learning points

Prerequisite: 48.101, 48.160, 48.281, or

consent of the instructor

48.439 Introduction to Clinical Psychology
(Spring) (3)
Surveys clinical psychology and
the role of the clinical psychologist in community and hospital mental health programs, clin-



assessment, and diagnosis. Examines concepts in and models of psychotherapy. Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.335 or 48.436, or consent of the
ical

instructor

48.451 Laboratory Training in Group Processes (Spring) (3)
Offers on-going experience
on topics including norm-setting, leadership,
problem solving, role playing, cooperation/
competition, and decision making. Class size
limited to 20 students. Prerequisites: 48.101 and



consent of the instructor

48.453 Organizational Psychology (Spring) (3)
Describes the application of psychological
theory and research to the study of industrial,
business, profit and nonprofit service, military,
and governmental organizations. Emphasizes
the interaction of individual perceptions,
group dynamics and organizational climates,



and strategies to maximize the satisfaction and
effectiveness of each component within and
between complex organizations. Prerequisites:
48.101, 48.253, and consent of the instructor

sent of the instructor

48.380 Physiological Psychology (Spring)

48.281, 48.282, or consent of the instructor

(3)



Studies the relationship between psychological processes and physiological activity. Reviews
neurological and biochemical bases of behavior with emphasis on the synergistic functions
of the nervous system, sense organs, and glandular system. Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160,



48.463 Personnel Psychology (Fall) (3)
Surveys behavioral principles, techniques of investigation, recent research literature,

and

prac-

the application of psychological knowledge relevant to a wide range of personnel
tice in

management problems. Considers
of the

EEO

tiie

impact

guidelines for personnel manage-

218

Psychology

ment

in the areas of recruitment, selection,
promotion, training, and performance appraisal.
Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160 or 40.346 and
Junior standing (48.321 recommended)



48.464 Advanced Experimental Design (3)
Presents an advanced consideration of the
planning, conduct, and evaluation of research

and biological sciences, employing parametric and nonparametric statisin the behavioral

tics.

Emphasizes inferential

analysis, interpretation,

tion.

Prerequisites:

statistics,

and computer

design,
utiliza-

48.101, 48.160, 48.281,

and research of technical psychological

litera-

ture or empirical manipulation of variables in

the field or laboratory under supervision of a
psychology faculty member. Documents results
in a written report. Prerequisites: Consent of the
instructor

and departmental approval

48.476 Principles of Behavior Modification (3)
Studies the application of learning principles to change behavior in both individual and
group settings. Prerequisite: 48. 101 and 6 semes-



ter

hours in psychology

48.497 Practicum in Psychology (1-15)

— Pro-

48.282, or consent of the instructor

vides application of psychological knowledge

48.466 Independent Study in Psychology (3)
Provides for the study of a topic via review

community



through
tal

study, observation,
setting.

of 1 5 semester hours.

the instructor

and

practice in a

May be repeated

for a to-

Prerequisite: Consent of

219

Radiological Technology

Radiological Technology

Program Coordinator: James E. Cole, professor, Department of Biological and Allied
Health Sciences

Program Adviser: Casey A. Shonis, assistant
professor, Department of Biological and
Allied Health Sciences

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science

Goals and Objectives

The programs in allied health sciences encompass health areas in which individuals support, aid, and increase the efficiency and effectiveness of other health professionals by
becoming a contributing member of a health
care team. These programs combine natural
science and liberal arts education with clinical
instruction. In general, students who complete
any of the programs enter their professions
immediately. Others may select postgraduate
education in health care. Central to most alprograms, especially the clinical
satisfactory completion of the clini-

lied health

portion,

is

cal standards, often referred to as the Essen-

These standards establish requirements
related to curriculum, personnel, financing,
tials.

resources,

and

records.

Program of Study
Radiological technologists are allied health
professionals who have expertise in the operation of X-ray equipment and the preparation

of patients for various diagnostic procedures.
Many clinically educated technologists pursue
a variety of careers, often in managerial or
teaching roles within their disciplines. In order to meet the varying needs of radiological
technologists, the program offers a means of

entering Bloomsburg at an advanced entry level and allows students to select a group of courses comprising either a management emphasis
or an education emphasis.
Students entering at this advanced level are
awarded 30 to 60 semester hours for satisfactory completion of an AMA-approved program
and the passing of the ARRT examination. It
is assumed that many advanced level students
will be part time and will require more than
two years to complete the program. The required third and fourth year courses comprise
an allied health core similar to that taken by
other allied health majors. Although advanced
entry is most common, other academic pathways exist for this program. For details, students
should contact their adviser.

Professional
Biological
50. 1 73

Cow^es
and

Allied

Health Sciences

and 50. 1 74 followed by 4 semester hours

required elective in biology; Chemistry 52.101;
Physics 54.107; Psychology 48.101, 48.160 or
Mathematics 53.141; and Computer Science
56.1 10 or Computer and Information Systems
92.150.

Emphasis Combes
Select an emphasis in either

management

or education, both require a total of 15 semester hours in courses:
Management Emphasis
General Business
90.101, Accounting 91.220; Management
93.344, 93.345, and 93.346 or 93.445 or 91 .498
(Special Topics, Intro to Health Care)
Education Emphasis
Educational Founda-





tions 60.204, 60.251, 60.291, 60.311,

60.393.

and

220

Social Welfare

Department of Sociology and Social Welfare

Faculty
I.

Social Welfare (Code 45)

Sue Jackson, Chairperson, Associate Professor;

A.B.,

Lycoming College; M.S.S.W.,

Graduate School of Social Work, University of Texas
Charles W. Lauder milch. Associate Professor;
B.A., Moravian College; M.S.W., Wayne
State University

Martin

L.

Needleman, Assistant Professor —

B.A., University of

45.133 Introduction to Social Work and Social
Welfare (3)
An orientation to the profession of social work and field of social welfare.
Includes an examination of historical and cur-



rent social work processes, values, and practices in various settings and with special population groups.

Texas at Austin; M.A.,

Ph.D., State Univerity of New York at Buffalo

Dale L. Sultzbaugh, Associate Professor; B.A.,
Gettysburg College; M.Div., Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.S.W., West Virginia

45.297 Introductory Practice Experience in
Social Welfare (3-6)
Exploratory practice
experience for students considering a social
welfare major. Provides an overview of the
agency system under the direction of a practice supervisor. Prerequisite: 45. 133



University

Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Social Welfare
total of 46 to 54 semester hours
quired for a major in social welfare.

A

is

re-

45.334 Social
and Families

Goals and Objectives

The Department of Sociology and

Social

Welfare offers a baccalaureate degree in social
welfare which is accredited by the Council on
Social Work Education. The primary program
objective is to prepare students for the beginning level of professional social work practice
with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities. The curriculum integrates basic social work knowledge with a liberal arts perspective.

Required Courses
Required courses for



45.236 Child Welfare (3)
Examines child
welfare services, issues, and the institutions
which affect the social functioning of children.
Course is not in the social welfare degree program.

Work

Practice with Individuals
Examines several
(3)
orientations to problem solving with individuals and families. Emphasizes the essential
knowledge, values, and interviewing skills for



(Fall)

beginning social work practice.

45.450 Social Work Practice with Small Groups
(Fall) (3)
Uses problem-solving interventions
in small groups integrating social work knowledge, skills, and values. Prerequisites: 45.133,



45.211, 45.215, and 45.297; Psychology 48.101,
this

degree program

48.210; Biology 50.101

include: Social Welfare 45.133, 45.297, 45.334,

45.450, 45.452, 45.453, 45.497, 45.498, 45.211,
45.215, 45.260, 45.462, and 45.466; Biological
and Allied Health Sciences 50.101; Economics

40.211; Pohtical Science 44.120; Psycholo-

gy 48.101 and48.210, plus one additional three
credit course in psychology.
For information about admission criteria
and details on the course sequence, please see
Dale L. Sultzbaugh, director of the social welfare

program.

Prerequisites:

45.133, 45.211, 45.215, 45.297; Psychology
48.101, 48.210; Biology 50.101



Surveys ma45.451 Family Counseling (3)
jor theoretical models for family assessment
and intervention with primary emphasis on
ecological systems. Working knowledge of rudimentary assessment and intervendon skills
for problem solving with families acquired.
Course is not in the social welfare degree pro-

gram.
45.452 Social
tions

Work

Practice With Organiza-

and Communities

(Spring) (3)

— Exam-

ines problem-solving interventions with large

groups, communities, and organizations using

221

Social Welfare

the conceptual framework of social work
knowledge, skills, and values. Prerequisites:
45.133, 45.215, and 45.297; Economics 40.211;
Political Science 44. 120

competencies in working with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities.
45.466 and 45.498 may be taken concurrently.



45.334, 45.450, 45.452, and 45.453; Economics

45.453 Social Welfare Policy (Spring) (3)
Frameworks for analyzing social and economic policies presented with special focus on legislative, judicial,

and administrative

Prerequisites: 45.133, 45.215,

policies.

and 45.297 (may

be

taken concurrently); Economics 40.211; Political
Science

44.120

45,497 Social Welfare Internship (10-15)



Provides the social welfare major with the opportunity to integrate and apply knowledge,
theory, and understanding extracted from the

foundation courses. Fosters skill development
and evaluates the demonstration of beginning

Prerequisites: 45.133, 45.215, 45.260, 45.297,

40. 21 1; Political Science 44. 1 20; Psychology

48.210

45.498 Integrative Methods Seminar in Social
Work and Social Welfare (3)
An examination of social work practice from a system theory perspective and its functional relevance to
contemporary social problems. Internship and
other practice experiences are critical elements
in this review course. Course is taken concurrently with or after the social welfare intern-



Prerequisites: 45.133, 45.215, 45.260,
45.297, 45.334, 45.450, 45.452, 45.453, and

ship.

45.466 and 45.497 (both may be taken concurrently); Economics 40.211; Political Science 44.120;
Psychology 48.210

222

Sociology/CriminalJustice

Department of Sociology and Social Welfare

Faculty Credentials
I.

Sue Jackson, chairperson, Associate Professor; A.B.,

Lycoming College; M.S.S.W.,

Graduate School of Social Work, University of Texas
Christopher F. Armstrong, Professor; B.A.,
Washington and Lee University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Leo G.

Barrile, professor; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,

Boston College
James H. Huber, Professor;

The Pennsylvania

B.S.,

Bloomsburg

State University

Frank G. Lindenfeld. professor ;B. A., Cornell
University; M.A., Ph.D.,

.

(

1

2 semester hours)

are required for this major: Sociology 45.211,
45.260, 45.462, and 45.466. Students also must
select eight additional courses, 24 semester

;

'.

j

Code 45 courses four of these
must be drawn from 300 and 400 level courses. The sociology internship and social work
courses may not be counted as part of these
hours, from

;

I

\

i

i

eight courses.

State College; M.A., University of Delaware;

Ph.D.,

Required Courses
The following courses

Columbia Univer-

Option in Criminal Justice
Students who wish to channel
more

their educa-

toward a
career in criminal justice may choose the option in sociology

specifically

'

j

j

tion in criminal justice.

sity

Chang Shub Roh,

Professor; B.A.,

versity; C.S.W.,

Dong-A Uni-

M.S.W., Ph.D., Louisiana

Anne K. Wilson,

Professor; B.A., Carleton Col-

lege; M.S., University of

The Johns Hopkins

the sociology/criminal justice sequence, students are exposed to justice, enforcement, and corrections
systems, investigation,

State University

Maryland; Ph.D.,

University

David

E. Greenwald, Associate Professor; B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of California at Berkeley

Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Sociology or Sociology/
Criminal Justice
A total of 36 semester hours is required for
a major in sociology.
A total of 42 semester hours is required for
a major in sociology/criminal justice.

Goals and Objectives

Through

and

victim's services.

A

of 42 minimum semester hours is required
for this option; this includes the four core
courses (Sociology 45.211, 45.260, 45.462,
45.466) stipulated for the major in sociology,
A G.P.A. of 2.3 is required to remain in the
criminal justice option.
Required courses are: 45.211, 45.242,
45.244 or Political Science 44.244, 45.260,
total

45.341, 45.342, 45.343, 45.462, 45.466, 45.496,
and three of the following courses: 45.133,

j

|

;

'•

i

!
'

i

|

I

'

,

j

45.334, 45.215, 45.213; 45.443 or 45.318 or
45.418; 45.316. The Sociology Internship Program (45.496) accounts for 6 to 15 semester
hours. Internships which can be at local, state
or federal agencies, or private institutions, pro-

!

,

'

j

i

vide first-hand experience in the field.
j

Designed to give students a firm liberal arts
education in sociology, this program exposes
students to the theoretical concepts and research methods of the field, introduces them
to computer data analysis, and prepares them
for graduate study. The program provides students the opportunity to explore the causes of
social problems with respect to race, class, gender, crime, the political economy, age, health,
work, punishment, victimization, and deviance.
Students are encouraged to think critically
about the structure and dynamics of social
groups, institutions, ideology, and the society.

Sociology

and CriminalJustice

\

(Code45)
\



Introduc45.21 1 Principles of Sociology (3)
es the basic concepts, theories, and perspectives in sociology. Sociology is the scientific
study of the influence of groups, institutions,
and cultures upon individuals. For example,
the extent to which race, gender, class, religion,
and education affect the behavior and opportunities of individuals is probed.

j

'

I

i

223

Sociology /CriminalJustice



45.213 Contemporary Social Problems (3)
Examines social issues such as plant closings
and unemployment, the impact of multinational corporations on the economy and the environment, mobility, aging, family problems - sex
roles, abuse, incest, divorce, alcohol and drug
abuse, social change and disorganization, racism, sexism, employment discrimination,

crime, alienation,

and

poverty.

45.215 Racial and Ethnic Minority Groups

(3)

— Presents a sociological examination of some
racial, ethnic, and religious miand their divergent heritages in the
contemporary American scene. Prerequisite:

of the major
norities

45.211

45.217 Sociology of Sport (3)

— An introduc-

and critical examination of the role of
sports in society. Focuses on the reciprocal
impact of sports and various institutions of society. Students examine the sociological perspective on sports as a human activity.
tion to



Provides a
45.231 Marriage and Family (3)
sociological examination of the traditional and
changing institutions of marriage and the family in contemporjiry society. Focuses on family

and meirital interaction,

roles,

and interperson-

al familial relations.



45.242 Juvenile Delinquency (3)
Examines
social pressures operative upon children in
American society, which Hads to formation of
delinquent personality. Consideration of treat-

ment and

prevention, juvenile courts, clinics

and correctional institutions, evaluation of theories, concepts, and relevant empirical research.



45.244 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3)
Offers a comprehensive survey and basic understanding of the role and function of the
criminal justice field. Attention is given to
crime and criminal law, law enforcement, police, courts,

corrections,

and juvenile justice.



45.260 Basic Social Statistics (3)
Presents
principles and techniques of statistical analysis used by sociologists and others in social sciences: descriptive tables and graphs, measures
of dispersion, significance tests, correlation,
and regression. Students collect and analyze
data using computers. Emphasis on understanding concepts underlying statistical analysis in order to permit intelligent use and interpretation of statistics.



45.316 Urban Sociology (3)
Presents a sociological analysis of origin and growth of cit-

with an emphasis on the dynamic patterns
of social interaction in the changing contemporary urban scene. Views cities mainly from a
multinational perspective with a special focus
on urban regions. Prerequisite: 45. 21
ies



45.318 Social Stratiflcation (3)
Examines
the role of social class in terms of structure,
function, and persistence in any society. Examines classical theoretical statements and evaluates current American class relations in terms
of status, power, authority, and social mobility.
Covers notable studies of the American class
system and provides a close look at power relations and styles of life among the various American classes. Prerequisite: 45.211



45.319 Religion and Society (3)
Examines
religion as a means by which people, as members of communities, order their lives and endow them with meaning. Topics include ritual
and belief systems, the social organization of

and the relationship between religion
and other parts of the social structure.
religion,



45.342 Penology (Spring) (3)
Penology
studies the social rationales, methods, and consequences of punishing and rehabilitating law
breakers. Includes a social history of prisons,
jails, and punishment, the interpersonal dynamics within the institution, the inmate social order, causes of riots, treatment programs,

and

alternative

site:

45.211

models and

policies.

Prerequi-



45.343 Victimology (Spring) (3)
Examines
the short-term and long-term effects of victimization on individuals and groups from such
crimes as family violence, rape, street crime,
business fraud, corporate negligence, and political wrong doings. Prerequisite: 45.211



45.345 Medical Sociology (3)
Facilitates student's ability to understand, analyze, and evaluate sociological factors in relation to illness,
medical behavior, and health care systems.
Prerequisite: 45.211 or consent of instructor



45.376 Science and Society (3)
Explores
science as the organized activities of an occupational community. Examines the development of science as an institution, its social organization in modern society, and its internal
and external politics. Prerequisite: 45.211 or consent of instructor

45.400 Sociology of Mass Communication (3)
An in-depth discussion of the cognitive and
behavioral affects of mass media, especially



1

224

Sociology/CriminalJustice

on audiences, the social structure of
the communications industry, particularly its
influence on media content, and the political

SPSS) Emphasizes translating questions into
data analysis and interpretation of statistical

use of mass media.Students critique latest research articles in the field. Prerequisites: 45.211

of the instructor

television

and Junior status



45.441 Social Indicators (3)
Attempts to
reinforce and extend earlier learning in research techniques and methods by focusing
upon systematic, step-by-step understanding,
analysis, and preparation of social indicators
at the federal, state, and local levels of social
policy planning. Promotes understanding of
social indicators and the use of these indicators within all levels of society.
45.443 Sociology of Deviant Behavior

(Fall) (3)

— Evaluates the presence and function of deviance in society. Includes mental illness and
various types of crime and stigmatized behavior. Examines how it is handled therapeutically

and legally through

institutionalization

and

treatment. Attempts to provide a broad theoretical perspective as well as concrete examples of deviance in any society. Examines current methods of rehabilitation and punishment. Prerequisite: 45.211



45.457 Sociology of Community (3)
Reviews
and examines theories and research of communities. Gives special emphasis to the American community. Prerequisite: 45.211

.

results.



45.466 Social Research (3)
Stresses design
and construction of major research methods
and procedures used in social research. Special emphasis on survey research. Prerequisites:
45.211, 45.260 or consent of the instructor



45.467 Populations Problems (3)
Studies
human population, its major theories, distributions, composition, characteristics, changes,
and future developments of population and
impacts of population problems on society as
influenced by vital processes. Prerequisite:
45.211



45.468 Social Service Planning (3)
Provides
an advanced consideration of the social context and the development of social policy and
planning. Stresses the implementation of sc^
cial

and/or human

and

local levels of organization.

sent of the instructor

45.470 Senior Seminar (3)
dividual research projects

structor



45.462 Sociological Theory (3)
Examines
classical forms of social theory from the 19th
century and their impact on the development
of theory in the 20th century. Studies the views
of Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and Karl Marx

on the

social structure, social organization,

economy, and human condition

as well as their

influence on contemporary perspectives,
namely, the conflict and functional approaches, sociology of knowledge, phenomenological sociology, and symbolic interactionism.
Prerequisite: 45. 21

45.465 Computer Applications in the Social
Sciences (Spring) (3)
Introduces computer
use for the social sciences (through the use of



— Provides for

in-

and reports with-in

selected areas of interest such as the family,
criminology, social services, emd special popu-

urban communities. An eclectic theoretical
interpretation will be made of the major social problems. Emphasizes problems which
cial relationships.

A critical anal-

of the effects of social policy, planning, and
services on people in a service-oriented, postindustrial society. Prerequisites: 45.211 and con-

lations.

result in the dysfunctioning of patterned so-

services at federal, state,

ysis

45.461 Social Problems in Rural-Urban Communities (3)
Focuses on social problems
peculiar to and characteristic of rural and small



Prerequisites: 45.260, 45.466, or consent

ter.

Usually offered in the spring semes18 semester hours

Prerequisites: Senior status;

of sociology

and

social work;

and

consent of the in-



45.471 Independent Study in Sociology (3)
Allows student to pursue individualized instruction in-depth with a faculty member in a specific area of the field not covered in current
courses. See section

page

on Independent Study on
and consent of in-

10. Prerequisites: 45.211

structor, chairperson,

and members of the department

45.474 Contemporary Environmental Issues
Examines some major human problems
(3)
that lead to environmental deterioration, par-



ti-cularly water, air, and noise pollution, energy and other resource depletion, and increasing population density. Prerequisite: 45.211



45.477 Community Land Use Planning (3)
Introduces the community planning process

and the theoretical perspectives relevant to
community land use planning. Examines selected substantive planning problem areas in

1

1

225

Sociology/CriminalJustice

the local community. Students formulate, deand present a community land use plan.
Prerequisite: 45. 21

velop,

— Presents a

45.478 Sociology of Work (3)
sociological examination of work and the milieu of the worker. Studies formal and infor-

mal work organizations, job satisfaction and
dissatisfaction, structure and organization of
industrial

and

in

and
work organizations with-

post-industrial societies,

relationship between

communities and society.

Prerequisite: 45. 21



45.490 Sociology of Aging (3)
Studies aging, its major theoretical themes, patterns of

and cultural consequences. Examines the contemporary issues,
problems, and programs of the aging. Prerequisite: 45.211 or consent of instructor
living, socio-psychological,



45.496 Sociology Internship Program (1-15)
Designed primarily for the junior or senior
working in a specific institutional field and/
or college-approved, off-campus activities related to student's chosen professional field.

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and depart-

ment chairperson

.

226

Special Education

Department of Communication Disorders

and Special Education
Faculty
Carroll J. Redfern, Chairperson, Professor



Johnson C. Smith University; M.Ed.,
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Lehigh
B.S.,

University

B. Hill, Professor



B.S.,

Bloomsburg

State College; M.Ed., University of Dela-

ware; Ph.D.,

Kenneth

P.

Temple

Required General Education Courses
The following courses are required for
teaching mentally and/or physically disabled



Arthur R. Crowell, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.S., Southern Connecticut State University; Ph.D., The University of Connecticut

Mary

na, L}zerne, Lycoming, Montour, Northumberland, Snyder, and Sullivan counties.

individuals: English 20.101, 20.104, 20.200 or

20.201; Speech Communication 25.103 or
25.104; Psychology 48.101, 48.210; Biological
and Allied Health Sciences 50.101; Mathematics 53.141 or Psychology 48.160.

Universit)'

Hunt, Professor



M.Ed.,

B.S.,

University
of New
York at
Buffalo;Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Sheila D. Jones, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University; Ed.D., University of Missouri
Michael J. Karpinski, Assistant Professor
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg University; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
Ann L. Lee, Associate Professor B.S., M.Ed.,
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
Cynthia N. Schloss, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Illinois State University; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illnois University-Carbondale
B.S., M.Ed.,
Joseph M. Youshock, Professor
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Temple
University
State











Courses in professional education include:
Health, Physical Education and Athletics
05.321; Educational Foundations 60.251 or
Psychology' 48.251; Educational Foundations
60.393 or 60.394; Early Childhood and Elementary Education 62.302 or 62.390, 62.371,
62.398, and 62.373 or 74.205 (reserved for
Deaf/Hard of Hearing area of concentration
only)

Required Special Education Courses
Special Education courses include: Special
Education 70.101, 70.202, 70.206, 70.240,
70.251, 70.340, 70.353, 70.357, 70.401, 70.433,
70.450, 70.451, and 70.461.

General Education Courses

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Education-Special
Education
A total of 51 semester hours is required for
a major in special education.

Goals and Objectives
The program in special education

Required Professional Education
Courses

Core courses designated by the departments as applicable to the general education
requirements may be elected in partial fulfillment of that requirement. Those majoring in
teaching mentally and physically disabled in-

minimum of
General Education cours-

dividuals are required to take a

54 semester hours

in

offers

certification for teachers of the mentally retard-

ed and/or physically handicapped individuals;
an area of concentration for the education of
students in hearing impaired; and the courses
and experiences which support these curricula.

Students enrolled in special education have
the opportunity to student teach in the following settings: public schools, state centers, approved private schools, preschool settings, and
adjudicated environments. Placements are in

Columbia, Cumberland, Dauphin, Lacka-wan-

es.

Students entering the university who have
declared special education as their major are
advised by faculty in the Department of Communication Disorders and Special Education.
They begin taking courses in the major in the
first semester of the freshman year and generally enroll in at least one special education
course every semester thereafter. A typical
schedule of courses is as follows:

Freshman Year
Fall Semester

227

special Education

70.101

Introduction to Exceptional Individuals

General Education
Spring semester
Foundations in Special Education
70.240
Technology for Exceptionalities
70.202

Psychological Foundations of Education
or 48.251 Psychological Foundations in Education

60.251

General Education

Sophomore Year
Fall Semester

70.250
70.206

Behavior Disorders
Introduction to Early Intervention
General Education

Adjustments are made in the above sequence of courses which reflect the needs of

who desire to take less or more semester hours of work than the average student.
Transfers (internal and external) readmitted
students

,

students, adult learners,

make

it

requirements complete their student teaching
the first semester and return to campus to complete their General Education requirements
for graduation. Students who enroll in summer school could possibly graduate early or
reduce the number of semester hours taken
during the academic year. Students seeking
dual certification (Special Education/Elementary Education or Early Childhood Education)

summer

Spring Semester

often enroll in

Elective Courses

Prevocational and Vocational Education for the Handicapped
60.393
Social Foundations of Education
60.393
Social Foundations of Education
or 60.394 Education in Urban Society
62.398
Teaching of Mathematics in the Elin the Elementa-

ry School

General Education
or 62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School
General Education Courses
Spring Semester

70.450

Language Arts for Students with
Special Needs
Elementary Methods for Individu-

62.371

with Mild Disabilities
Teaching Reading in the Elemen-

70.433

Loss 74.153.

Special Education (Code 70)
70.101 Introduction to the Exceptional Individual (3)
Reviews all major areas of exceptionality (visually impaired, mentally retarded,
hearing impaired, communication disorders,
behavior disorders, learning disabilities) and
acquaints the student with social, sociological,
psychological, medical, historical, legal, economic, and professional aspects of these conditions. Reviews current research and the latest techniques for facilitating meaningful interactions with these individuals.



70.200 Introduction to the Mentally and Phys-

Handicapped

— An orientation

als

ically

tary School
General Education

and physical handicaps;
concerned with etiology and types and with the
behavioral and learning characteristics involved. Exposes students to an historical sur-

Senior Year
Fall Semester

70.353
70.451

in-

Speech Patiiology and Audiology 72.152; Studies in Hearing

70.357

62.302

courses for this major. These courses

clude: 70.255, 70.256, 70.375;

Fall Semester

ementary School
Teaching Sciei.ce

sessions.

A total of 15 semester hours is taken in elective

Junior Year

make adjustments in
who have the necessary

necessary to

scheduling. Students

70.340 Educating Individuals with Moderate/
Severe Disabilities

General Education

and part-time students

Assessment and Planning
Methods for Secondary Special Education

Reading course
General Education
Spring Semester
70.401
Student Teaching With Exceptional Individuals
70.461
Problems in Special Education

(3)

to

the nature of mental

vey of mental retardation, research in mental
retardation,
ity in

community and

state responsibil-

relation to the mentally

and

physically

handicapped, prevention and treatment, educational and recreational avenues for the mentally and physically handicapped, and facets of
the relationship and reactions of the individual and parent. Note: this course mil be deactivated
in Spring, 1 996.



70.202 Technology for Exceptionalities (3)
Provides the special education major with an

228

Special Education

intxoduction to technology as it is being applied to meet the needs of exceptional individuals and special education teachers. Computers, as well as other technological devices,
are studied in relation to use as prosthetics,
instructional tools, administrative tools (particularly Individualized Education Program
generation and data management), and envi-

ronmental

about the learner
prior to instruction concerning appropriate
instructional tasks, sensory channels, interest
ers gathering information

and social skills. Covers ways of developing informal assessments, gathering observational information, storing information, and
areas,

planning for instruction.

interfaces.

70.231 Language

— Aids the teacher

Prerequisite: Junior or

Senior standing

70.356

The Mentally Gifted

Individual (3)



in

Familiarizes students with educational needs

developing understanding of listening and
speech processes, developmental and defective. Includes introduction to anatomy and
physiology of speech and hearing mechanisms,
developmental stages of language acquisition,

and opportunities for the gifted and talented.
Areas of emphasis include characteristics, identification/placement processes, effective educational strategies/materials and program options related to the mentally gifted. Current
issues in the field of gifted education along with
a brief historical background also addressed.

I (3)

etiological factors related to receptive

pressive deficits,

and techniques

ing listening and speaking

skills

and

ex-

for develop-

by the teach-



70.250 Behavior Disorders (3)
Deals with
inappropriate behaviors emitted by children
and youth and the techniques and strategies
that may be used to modify these behaviors.
Covers psychological disorders, research related to aggressive and withdrawn behavior, and
techniques and materials used in social curriculum. Examines group and individual problems at all school levels
.



70.251 Learning Disabilities (3)
Presents its
content in three units, a general overview, the
central nervous system, and specific learning
disabilities. Includes general characteristics of
learning problems, their causes or related factors, the medical model, and specific language
disorders and remediation. Note: this course will
be deactivated in Spring,

70.357 Prevocational and Vocational Education
for the Handicapped (3)
Develop a philosophy of vocational education for persons with
disabilities, acquire knowledge of programs
and strategies to develop students' prevocational and vocational skills, learn information
about and gain experience with curriculum
materials and assessment procedures and develop strategies in transition planning.



er.



Planned ac70.375 Individual Project (3)
cording to interests and needs of the individual student, in any of the following suggested
areas: library research, curriculum study, internship in special aspects of educational programs. Prerequisite: Open only to Juniors and Seniors with staff approval

70.401 Student Teaching With Exceptional InProvides opportunities for the
student to test educational theory by putting
it into practice, opportunities to raise questions, problems and issues which may lead to
advanced study, and opportunities for effective
functioning in a pupil-teacher relationship in
an actual classroom setting. Prerequisite: Concurrent with 70. 461
dividuals (12)

1996

70.255 Experience with Exceptional Individuals (3)
Presents clinical or field experiences working individually or in small groups with
exceptional individuals in various settings.



70.340 Educating Individuals with Moderate/
Severe Disabilities (3)
Presents students
with different theories and techniques used in
the education of persons with moderate and
severe disabilities. Students are also exposed
to a variety of methods and materials and are
provided with opportunities to create learning
experiences for persons with moderate and



severe disabilities.



70.353 Assessment and Planning (3)
Proand experience with formal
and informal assessment devices and procedures, their usages and appropriateness. Cov-



70.433 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs (3)
Provides preservice teachers
with a comprehensive overview of skills, assessment and strategies for teaching listening,
speaking, reading and written expression. A
holistic philosophy for teaching language arts
is stressed.
Students will prepare a portfolio
of resources and best practices for teaching
language arts to students with special needs.



vides information

70.450 Methods for Elementary Special EduProvides a summary of the learn-

cation (3)



229

special Education

ing characteristics and instructional needs of
students with mild disabilities. Learning theory, effective teaching strategies, classroom management and interaction with parents, paraprofessionals and professionals will be discussed.

70.451 Methods for Secondary Special Educa-



Familiarizes students with a variety
tion (3)
of instructional techniques used to enhance

the learning process of individuals with disabil-

the secondary level. Covers information pertaining to current issues in secondary
special education and their impact on service
ities at

delivery.



70.461 Problems in Special Education (3)
Presents instruction in the development of

constructive teaching of exceptional individu-

Focuses on problems in the education of
exceptional children. Discusses its relationship
to teaching as each problem is defined. Helps
the future teacher meet practical problems in
guiding the exceptional individual in learning
experiences at school. Prerequisite: Concurrent
with 70.401
als.

70.490/ 70.491/ 70.492 Special Workshop



(3)

temporary special workshop seminars designed to focus on contemporary trends
and problems in the field of special education
lectures, resource speakers, team teaching,
field experiences, practicum, news media, and
Utilizes

related techniques.

230

Speech Communication

Department of Communication Studies

in public speaking, interpersonal

Faculty

Mary Kenny Badami, Chairperson, Professor
B.S., Fordham University School of Education; M.A., Hunter College; Ph.D.,



Northwestern University
B.S.,
Dale A. Bertelsen, Associate Professor
Rider College; M.A., Ph.D., The Pennsylva-



nia State University

Janet Reynolds Bodenman, Assistant Professor
B.A., Willamette University; M.A., The
Pennsylvania State University



Timothy

B.

Rumbough,

Assistant Professor



B.A., M.A., University of Central Florida;

Ph.D., Florida State University

Howard N.

Schreier, Professor

— B.A., Brook-

lyn College; M.A., University of Georgia;

Ph.D.,

Temple University



Kara Shultz, Assistant Professor
B.S., M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; Ph.D.,
University of Denver
Harry C. Strine III, Associate Professor
B.A.,



Susquehanna

University; M.A.,

Ohio Uni-

versity

James

E.

Tomlinson, Associate Professor



B.A., M.A., California State University at

Long Beach
Janice M. Youse, Assistant Professor
M.A., Temple University



communica-

intercultural

cialization in interpersonal
al

and organization-

communication, while those who expect

deliver speeches
ically

and write

to

for publication typ-

choose the specialization in public com-

munication. The major has proved to be good
career training for students who enter many
fields of business, especially in jobs such as
public relations, tour guide/public hospitality, personnel and training, fund raising, management, and sales. It is also excellent preparation for those who pursue graduate and professional study in order to enter such fields as
teaching, law, politics,

and

ministry.

Required Courses
Ten courses, which total 30 semester hours,
are required for the major. These include:
25.104, 25.215, and 25.315, plus 21 semester
hours in one of the two options described below.

B.S.,

Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication

A total of 30 semester hours is required for
a major in speech communication.
Bachelor of Science in Education with Communication Certification
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science
in Education are found in the section on Secondary Education. This degree program of-

communication certification with a
speech, theater or nonprint media option.
Students in this degree program have an ad-

fers a

both the Curriculum and Foundations
and the Communication Studies departments.

viser in

Goals and Objectives
This department includes both speech communication and theater divisions. The speech

communication

and

communication.
Students who major in speech communication learn written and oral communication
skills for use in a variety of settings. Those who
expect to work in one-to-one and small group
situations in business typically choose the spetion,

division supports general ed-

ucation for the entire university with courses

General Education Course
Public Speaking (25.103) is a required GenEducation course for students in this de-

eral

gree program.

Options
Students may choose an option in either
interpersonal and organizational communication or in public communication
both options require 21 semester hours of coursework.
Interpersonal and Organizational Communication
The option in interpersonal and organizational commmunication requires three
courses in basic theory and performance, three
courses in advanced theory, plus 25.445 Organizational Communication. Basic theory and
performance courses
9 semester hours: select a minimum of three courses from: 25.206,
25.218, 25.220, 25.307 and 25.321. Advanced
theory courses
9 semester hours: select a









minimum of three courses from 25.492, 25.493,
25.494, 25.495,

and 27.332.

231

speech Communication



The option in
Public Communication
public communication requires one course in
vocal skills, two courses in basic theory and
performance, three courses in advanced theory, plus 25.205 Rhetorical Theory. Vocal skills
Basic theory
3 semester hours: 25.206.
6 semester hours: select
and performance
a minimimn of two courses from 25.218, 25.220,
9 se25.307, and 25.321. Advanced theory
mester hours: select a minimum of three cours-







es

— Students in the forensics

program debate current topics, develop original speeches, and present readings at intercollegiate competitions. Team members compete
locally, regionally, and nationally, and they help
tournaments sponsored by Bloomsburg University. Participants may earn up to
one credit per year by taking 25.108 Forensics
Practicum. Students from all majors are welcome to join the forensics team to improve
to organize

their self-confidence,

competence

in research,

knowledge of current events, appreciation of
literature,

and public presentation

skills.

(Code 23)



25.103 Public Speaking (3)
A basic course
speech with emphasis on formal speaking
and audience reaction.
in



25.104 Interpersonal Conununication (3)
Analyzes one-to-one communication for developing and changing behaviors during interpersonal speech communication.



25.108 Forensic Practicum (0-1)
Participation in forensics: debate or individual speaking events. Grades are awarded each semester.
May be repeated for maximum of 3 semester
hours of credit. First semester register for
25.108.01. Second semester register for
25.108.02. Participation for two semesters for
one semester hour of credit.



25.205 Rhetorical Theory (Fall) (3)
Highmajor trends in rhetoric from the soph-

lights

to

contemporary rhetorical

munication as a social science; surveys methods for the scientific study of communication;
describes recent developments in the theories
of interpersonal, small group, public, and mass
communication.
25.218 Discussion (3)

— Presents a survey of

and

and patterns of public

practice in types

25.220

"'"'Intercultural

(Spring) (3)

Communication

— Provides an overview of speech

communication

as

it

relates to socio-cultural

differences that reflect ethnic
riences, knowledge,

and

and

values.

racial expePrerequisite:

25.103 or 25.104
25.307 Business and Professional Speech (3)

— Studies business and professional communication, salesmanship (selling skills

ods)
site:

and meth-

conference, and interviewing. Prerequi25.103 or 25.104
,

25.315/25.421 Persuasion (Fall) (3)— Examines the way people use symbols to influence
other people. Provides practice in presenting
and evaluating persuasive messages. Prerequisite: 25.103 or 25.104

Speech Communication

ists

(3)

discussion. Prerequisite: 25. 103 or 25. 1 04

from 25.492, 25.493, 25.494, and 25.495.
Forensic Society

25.215 Communication Theory (Spring)

— Introduces definitions and models of com-



25.321 Argumentation (Spring) (3)
Examines basic principles of cU-gument and evidence.
Provides practice through presentation and
refutation of arguments in debates on controversial issues. Prerequisite: 25.103 or 25.104



25.445 Organizational Communication (3)
Explores the theoretical and the practical aspects of how communication patterns develop in organizations. Open to undergraduate
and graduate students.



25.470 Independent Study ( 1-3)
Provides for
individual work and study in one of the areas
of rhetoric and communication. Student finds
a faculty sponsor, prepares a written proposal
that requires departmental recommendation
and the dean's approval, arranged through the
chairperson. See section on Independent
Study.

theorists.



25.206 Oral Interpretation of Literature (3)
Provides practice in skills necessary for conveying intellectual and emotional meanings in

poetry and prose read to an audience. Prerequisite: 25.103 or 25.104

25.492/ 25.493/25.495 Special Topics in Communication (3)
Investigates significant aspects of speech communication. Topics vary
by semester and include: Communication and
Conflict, Family Communication, Communication Training in Organizations, Theories and



Speech Communicatons

232

Techniques of Interviewing, Nonverbal Communication, Political Communication, Rhetoric in a Mediated Society, Cultural Foundations
of the Information Society, and Media Criticism. Consult the schedule booklet or the
structor for further information.

listed in-

Prerequisite:

9 se-

mester hours in speech communication courses

25.494 **SpeciaI Topics in Cominunication:
Diversity Focus (3)

— Investigates significant

aspects of speech communication. Topics are

approved as diversity courses and include Communication and the Sexes. Consult the schedule
booklet or the listed instructor for further informa-

tion.

Prerequisite:

9 semester hours

in speech com-

munication courses



25.497 Internship in Communication (3-12)
Integrates classroom experience with practical
work experience in industrial, business, or government work settings. Students must establish
academic integrity of their proposed experience and its relevance to coursework in the
major. Contact departmental internship coordinator to obtain detailed information and
forms.
**Indicates course approved as diversity-focused

233

speech Pathology/Audiology

Department of Commimication Disorders
and Special Education

can Speech-Language-Hearing Association

Faculty



B.S.,
Carroll J. Redfern, Chairperson
Johnson C. Smith University; M.S., Blooms-

burg State College: Ed.D., Lehigh University

G. Donald Miller, Assistant Chairperson, Professor
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania.; M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
Dianne H. Angelo, Professor
B.S., M.Ed.,
Clarion University; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Pittsburgh
Richard M. Angelo, Professor, Clinical Director
B.S., Mansfield State College; M.Ed.,
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Lehigh
University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Shaheen N. Awan, Associate Professor
B.A.,
University of Western Ontario; M.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Kent
State University
Ronald R. Champoux, Professor
B.A., Providence College; M.A.T., Assumption College; M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
Robert J. Lowe, Associate Professor
B.A.,
Slippery Rock University; M.Ed., Clarion
University; Ph.D., Ohio University
Vishakha W. Rawool, Associate Professor
B.Sc, Bombay University; M.A., University
of Texas at El Paso; Ph.D., Purdue Univer-















sity



M. Weitz, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Emerson College; M.S., Ph.D., University of

Julia

Pittsburgh

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Speech Pathology

and Audiology

A total of 51

semester hours is required for
a major in speech pathology and audiology.
Goals and Objectives
The preprofessional curriculum in communication disorders prepares students for admission to graduate education in speech pathology and audiology.

The department makes no

recommendation for any type of certification
based on the completion of the undergraduate preprofessional curriculum.

A

core of re-

quired courses is prerequisite to graduate
school admission and is based on the Ameri-

(ASLHA)

accreditation/certification require-

ments.
Courses in the undergraduate preprofessional curriculum in speech pathology and
audiology are open to all university students
(majors and non-majors) who are interested
in hearing science, speech science, normal lan-

guage and communication development and/
or disorders. Courses in the curriculum can be
elected by students in teacher preparation

(i.e.,

childhood, elementary, secondary or
special education or education of the hearing
impaired) who want to gain competencies related to the special problems of teaching children with speech, language, and hearing impairments. The curriculum offers a general
education course concerning the processes,
functions, and pathologies of human commuearly

nication.

The preprofessional curriculum provides
the student with a broad general education
background. The primary emphasis is on general education with a few introductory courses
pertaining to the profession of speech pathology and audiology. No professional courses or
experiences are offered at the undergraduate
level (i.e., student teaching).
Admission to the graduate programs in audiology and speech pathology is competitive
and limited. Graduates of the master's degree
program

in

speech pathology and audiology

are eligible for certification in speech correction granted by the Pennsylvania Department
of Education, the Certificate of Clinical Competence in Audiology or Speech Pathology issued by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Assocation (ASLHA) and licensure in audiology or speech pathology issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
,

Required Courses
The following courses in speech pathology
and audiology are required: 72.162, 72.200,
72.220, 72.240, 72.300, 72.310, 72.320, 72.330,
72.340, 72.430, 72.450, and 72.460; plus the

following courses which total 15 semester
hours. Psychology 48.160, Biological and Allied Health Sciences 50.366, Physics 54.106,

234

Speech Pathology /Audiology

and Special Education 70.101 and 70.202.

perceive speech.

Elective Courses

72.320 Assessment and Remediation of Language Disorders (3)
Prepares students for
the clinical application of language analysis
procedures drawn from lingfuistics, psycholin-

A total of 23 semester hours in general eleccourses must be selected with the approvof the adviser.

tive
al



guistics,

and

and

to apply

to the

manage-

sociolinguistics

knowledge from these areas

Speech Pathology and

ment of language

disorders. Studies various

Audiology (Code 72)

intervention models.
72.220, 72.240

72.152 Introduction to Communication Disorders (3)
Presents an introduction to the
study of human communication and communication disorders, the role of professionals

72.330 Assessment and Remediation of Speech
Disorders (3)
Considers the major theoretical approaches to assessment and treatment
of speech disorders. Students engage in clinical observation, examination of standardized
tests, and procedures used in the differential
diagnosis of disorders in the areas of articulation, phonology, fluency, and voice. Provides
training in the administration of therapy programs. Prerequisites: 72.162, 72.220



in

communication disorders,basic processes,

functions and problems of human
cation for children and adults.

communi-

72.162 Introduction to Speech Pathology (3)
to the neurophysiological bases of speech and lemguage as fundamental to the understanding of pathologies
of language and speech in depth. Explores
research findings.

— Presents an introduction



Intro72.200 Introduction to Audiology (3)
duces the causes, evaluation techniques and
rehabilitative procedures for various types of
hearing problems; related auditory, speech,
psychological, and educational factors; the
roles of parent, educator, and specialist in the
rehabilitation program. Presents hearing conservation procedures used in schools and industry.



72.340 Applied Behavioral Analysis for Speech
Applies the psychology
(3)
of learning to communicative behavior and
clinical problems. Presents current educational
and therapeutic trends and practices.

and Language





Pre72.430 Fundamentals of Audiology (3)
sents a synopsis of primary concepts in diagnostic

and rehabilitative audiology.

Relates the

possible implications of audiological topics to

speech pathology, education of the hearing
impaired, reading, nursing, and special education.

72.220 Phonetics (3)

— Studies of the physio-

logical, acoustical, perceptual,

and descriptive

and sound production. Primary emphasis on description, classification,
and transcription of speech sounds. Provides
a base of knowledge for diagnosis and treatment of phonetic and phonological disorders

aspects of speech

of communication.

Prerequisites: 72.162,

Prerequisite:

72.162



72.240 Normal Language Acquisition (3)
Focuses on current information and theory
regarding normal language acquisition. Prerequisite: 72.162

72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading
Presents current teaching methods for
(3)
educating children and adults with moderate
and severe hearing losses. Prerequisite: 72.200





72.310 Speech Science (3)
Speech science
is the study of the physiology of speech production, the acoustical characteristics of
speech, and the processes by which listeners



Students
72.450 Clinical Observation (3)
develop the skills of a trained observer and
participate in observations of the practice of
audiology and speech-language pathology.
Observations are conducted on and off campus.



Presents the
72.460 Psycholinguistics (3)
study of language as a psychological phenomenon. Areas of study include language acquisition, meaning, biology of language, sociolin-

nonverbal communication, animal
communication, and application of psycholinguistics to communication disorders. Prerequiguistics,

sites:

72.162, 72.240

72.468 Speech Habilitation in the Schools (3)
the profession of speech/language pathology in a school setting as it interfaces with the other school-related disciplines.
Emphasizes facilitation of communication
among the disciplines.

— Examines

235

speech Pathology/Audiology

72.480 Career Development in Speech-LanEnables pre-profesguage Pathology (3)



sional students to gain greater insight into the
nature of speech and language disorders as
they affect the individuals who have disorders
of communication.

72.492/592 Workshop in Audiology and/or
Focus on contemSpeech Pathology (1-6)
porary trends, topics and problems in the fields
of audiology or speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field



experience and practicum, new media and
technologies and related techniques and methodologies are included.

72.493/593 Workshop in Audiology and/or



Focus on contem(1-6)
porary trends, topics and problems in the fields
of audiology or speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field
experience and practicum, new media and
technologies and related techniques and methodologies are included.

Speech Pathology

72.494/594 Workshop in Audiology and/or
Speech Pathology (1-6)
Focus on contemporary trends, topics and problems in the fields
of audiology or speech pathology. Guest lecturedrs, resource speakers, team teaching, field
experience and practicum, new media and
technologies and related techniques and meth-



odologies are included.

236

Studies in Hearing Loss

Department of Communicatioii Disorders

and Special Education

Required Courses

Faculty



Redfern, Chairperson
B.S.,
Johnson E. Smith University; M.S., Blooms-

Carroll

J.

burg State College; Ed.D., Lehigh University

Arthur G. Dignan,, Assistant Professor, Curriculum Coordinator, Interpreting
B.A.,



Gallandet University; M.A., California State
University at Northridge; M.Ed., East Central

University



B.S.,
Judith M. Hirshfeld, Assistant Professor
M.A., Temple University; C.A.G.S., Boston

University

Gerald W. Powers, Professor —

B.A., Universi-

of Massachusetts; M.Ed., University of
New Hampshire; Ed.D., University of Northern Colorado
Samuel B. Slike, Professor, Curriculum Coordinator, Education of the Deaf/ Hard of
Hearing
B.S., The Pennsylvania State
University; M.S., University of Scranton;
D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
ty



Interpreting

and Sign Language

Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Interpreting
A total of 54 semester hours is required for
a major in interpreting.

Goals and Objectives
This program provides specialized training

become American
Sign Language interpreters. The objective for

for individuals seeking to

the sign language interpreting curriculum is
to prepare individuals for certification from the
Registry of Interpreters of the Deaf as professional interpreters between deaf/hard of hearing and hearing consumers within the context
of a variety of settings: legal, educational, social, or business. Individuals desiring to specialize in communication with the deaf have
two options: a program leading to a bachelor
of science in interpreting or a minor in sign
language. Individuals seeking entrance to the
program must complete the following courses
prior to formal admission to the program:
74.154 American Sign Language I and 74.155
American Sign Language II.

Courses required for the major in interpreting include: 18 semester hours in American
Sign Language training requirements- 74.153,
74.154, 74.155, 74.254, 74.255, 74.256; 36 semester hours in interpreting requirements Speech Pathology and Audiology 72.152 and
72.200, 74.201, 74.301, 74.302, 74.303, 74.304,
74.401, 74.415; Communication Studies
25.103, 25.220, and 25.215, plus one additional course from the Code 25 course listing.

Elective Courses
Elective courses are to be chosen with the
approval of an adviser and as required to meet
the university's graduation requirement of 128
semester hours. Students may choose from the
following free electives: English 20.111, 20.411;
Theater Arts 26.112; Philosophy 28.207,
28.220, 28.290; Sociology 45.211, 45.213,

45.231; Anthropology 46.101, 46.200, 46.440;

Psychology 48.101, 48.160, 48.211, 48.321; Special Education 70.101; Speech Pathology; Audiology 72.460; Interpreting 74.260.

Minor

in Sign

Language

Students from any academic discipline may
declare a minor in sign language. The minor
consists of 18 semester hours and requires the
following courses: 74.153, 74.154, 74.155,

and 74.256.
Area of Concentration in Education of
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
The undergraduate curriculum in education of the deaf/hard of hearing lays the foundation for the training and education needed
to prepare classroom teachers and itinerant
hearing therapists to work in educational settings with deaf/hard of hearing children and
74.254, 74.255,

adults. Individuals seeking certification to

teach in educational programs for the deaf/
first required to major in
early childhood, elementary, secondary or special education or speech pathology/ audiology. Students supplement the curriculum for
their majors wdth an area of concentration in
education of the deaf/hard of hearing that
requires a minimum of 18 semester hours. All
students in studies in hearing loss take Gener-

hard of hearing are

237

Studies in Hearir^ Loss

Education courses, professional education
and courses in studies in hearing loss
concurrendy throughout the program with the
concentration in education of the deaf/hard
of hearing.
Certification to teach deaf/hard of hearing
students in school programs is granted by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education upon
completion of a related graduate program.
Admission to the master's program in this field

on development of exand receptive conversational ASL

al

as a language. Focuses

courses,

pressive

Bloomsburg University

very competitive.
All applicants to the graduate program in
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing must
have completed the following courses. Students
without an education background will need to take
at

is

five education courses agreed upon by the curriculum coordinator in education of the deaf/hard of
hearing. The suggested time sequence
cated below by an asterisk (*).

is

indi-

Required Courses
The following is a suggested time sequence
for courses required in this program of study.
Freshman Year
72. 152
Introduction to Communication Disorders
74.201
History, Education, and Guidance of
the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.153
Introduction to Sign Language
Sophomore Year
72.200
Introduction to Audiology
74.154
American Sign Language I
junior Year
A statistics course
74.305
Introduction to Instructional Methods for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.380
Phonetics
Clinical Observation

Elective Covu^es

A total of 1 2 semester hours is taken in elective courses.

74.255,

Courses include: 74.155, 74.254,

153 or equivalent

skills



74.201 History, Education, and Guidance of
the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (3)
Explores
hearing loss with emphasis on the history of
educational procedures and guidance in communicative, psychological, and vocational ha-



bilitation.

74.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods
for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (3)
Introduces the design of instructional procedures
and methods of implementing curricula for
education of the deaf/hard of hearing. Discusses and demonstrates traditional and innovative



approaches

to teaching.

74.380 Phonetics (3)

— Studies of the physio-

and descriptive
and sound production. Primary emphasis on the description, classification, and transcription of speech sounds. Provides a base of knowledge for the diagnosis and
treatment of phonemic and phonological dislogical, acoustical, perceptual,

aspects of speech

orders of communication.
74. 201, 72. 200,

Prerequisites: 74.152,

Junior or Senior standing



74.254 The Deaf Culture (3)
Involves study
and analysis of the deaf community. Emphasis
on research and discussion of social, psychological, and personal aspects of the members
of the deaf community.



ing expressive
uisite: 74.

and receptive ASL

155 or equivalent

skills.

Prereq-

skills



and 74.256.

Studies in

Prerequisite: 74.

74.155 American Sign Language II (3)
A
continuation of ASL I with emphasis placed
on more complex grammatical structures and
conversational fluency. Prerequisite: 74. 154

74.255 American Sign Language III (3)
Continuation of ASL II. Major focus on the
study of ASL sign principles and linguistic
structure of the language to continue build-

Senior Year

72.450

skills.

74.256 American Sign Language IV (3)
A
continuation of ASL II. Focuses on more advanced linguistic aspects of ASL and a synthesis of all concepts previously learned. Prerequisite: 74.255 or equivalent

Hearing Loss

(Code 74)



74.153 Introduction to Sign Language (3)
study of sign language vocabulary and fmgerspelling techniques used in communication
with members of the deaf community. Emphasizes developing expressive and receptive skills.

A



74.154 American Sign Language I (3)
A
study of American Sign Language (ASL) including the history of ASL and its recognition

74.260 Interpreting in the Educational Setting
Study of interpreting within a variety of
(3)
educational settings including postsecondary,
secondary, and elementary areas. Topical areas include: recent legislation on the status of
interpreters, characteristics of various meetings, and visually coded English Sign Systems.



74.301 Introduction to Interpreting for the

238

Studies in Hearing Loss



Focuses on topics such as the Reg(3)
of Interpreters for the Deaf, various kinds
of certification, estabHshing the interpreting
situation, and the mental processes involved

Deaf
istry

in interpreting

on

and

ethical behavior.

transliteration.

Emphasis

74.302 Interpreting English to American Sign
Focuses on building expres(3)
sive interpreting skills. Experience gained
through laboratory work and classroom discus-



sions when interpreting situations for observation and practice are presented. Emphasizes professionalism, principles, and ethics.

74.303 Transliterating English to Sign LanFocuses on building transliteraguage (3)
tion skills. Experience gained through laboratory work and classroom discussions when
transliteration situations for observation and
practice are presented. Emphasizes profession-



alism, principles,

and ethics.

Prerequisite:

74.301



74.304 Oral Interpreting/Transliterating (3)
Identifies information and techniques and the
utilization of skills required for effective oral
interpreting and transliterating. Includes use
of personal characteristics to facilitate speech
reading and the identification of the needs of
the hearing impaired individual during interpretation. Prerequisites: 74.152, and 74.301

74.390 Directed Project in Conununication
Disorders (3)
Gives students the opportunity to carry out special in-residence or field
projects in professional service programs under the direction of the faculty or designated
practitioners. A detailed project plan must be
submitted for faculty approval prior to regis-





Prerequisite: Completion of

American Sign Language curriculum

Language

tration.

74.400 Conununication Disorders Workshop
Specialized study of communicatively
(3)
handicapped persons, new technology in the
field of communication disorders.



74.401 Sign to Voice Interpreting (3)
Emphasis on classroom discussion and laboratory
work developing skills of comprehending the
signed message, forming syntactically and contextually correct English interpretations, and
the proper use of the voice.

74.415 Practicum in Interpreting (3)



In-

volves the placement of the student in inter-

preting situations on and off campus to gain
"on-the-job" experience. Requires a minimum
of 120 interpreting hours.

74.462 Problems in Education of the Deaf/
Addresses the educa(3)
tional problem of hearing loss and the function of teachers in public and private educa-

Hard of Hearing



tional settings.

74.469 Experience in Education of the



Deaf/Hard of Hearing (1-3)
Provides experience working under supervision with deaf
and hard of hearing children in a demonstration classroom or field

facility. Prerequisite:

Con-

sent of the instructor

74.480 Independent Study and Research

3)

— Permits students

to

work under

(

1-

faculty

guidance when particular needs cannot be met
by regularly scheduled courses. Learning experiences may include library research or creative academic projects. Nature and scope of
the project determine semester hours awarded.

.

.

,

.

239

Theater Arts

Department of Communication Studies

Faculty

Mary Kenny Badami, Chairperson, Professor
B.S., Fordham University School of Education; M.A., Hunter College; Ph.D.,



Northwestern University

Karen Anselm, Costume Designer, Assistant
Professor



B.A., University

of Pittsburgh;

M.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University

Bruce Candlish, Scenographer, Assistant ProB.A., San Jose State University;
fessor



M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Michael Collins, Director of Theater, Assistant
Professor
B.A., Northeast Missouri State



University; M.F.A.

Purdue University

Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Theater Arts

A total of 42 semester hours is required for
a major in theater arts.
Bachelor of Science in Education
See the section on Secondary Education for
detailed information on this degree program
and the Communication Certification which
offers an option in theater.

Goals and Objectives
The division of theater arts is committed to
providing a strong undergraduate program for
its majors and minors in the study and practice of theater, to supporting to the university's general education curriculum, and to enhancing the cultural life of the campus community. All courses are taught by professionals
in the field. Students in the major are expected to demonstrate a working knowledge of historical
tices in

and contemporary theories and pracdramatic literature, design, and per-

A

degree in theater arts provides
successful students with a solid background for
achievement in graduate studies and career
possibilities as performers, artists, managers,

formance.

and technicians

in professional theater

related fields such as film

and

and

television.

Required Courses

A total of 27 semester hours in required
courses must be taken by theater arts majors.
Required courses include: 26.102, 26.108
(must be taken for a total of 6 semesters).

26.112 or 26.316, 26.211 or 26.345, 26.215,
26.321, 26.341, 26.416, and 26.490 (a seminar
in script jmalysis)

When students acquire junior standing,
they must declare an emphasis area. Requirements for emphasis areas are:
Performance- 15 semester hours: 26.112
or 26.316 (choose the course not previously
taken from the required course listing) 26.200,
26.451, 26.490 (a seminar in stage make-up and
a seminar in advanced scene study)
Design Technology - 15 semester hours:
26.21 1 or 26.345 (choose the course not previously taken from the required course listing)
26.251, 26.311, 26.414, 26.490 (a seminar in
technical problems)
General- 15 semester hours: 26.112 or
26.316 (choose the course not previously taken from the required course listing), 26.211
or 26.345 (choose the course not previously
taken from the required course listing) 26.219,
and one course each selected from the Perfor,

,

mance and Design Technology emphasis areas.

General Education Courses
Recommended General Education
es include: 30.101

and

cours-

35.101.

The Bloomsburg Players
The Bloomsburg Players is

the theater divi-

producing and support organization. Membership includes majors and
minors: students with professional ambition as
sion's cocurricular

who share a love of the art and
process as an avocation.

well as those

Theater Arts (Code 26)
26.102/ 26.208 Introduction to Theater Arts
Presents a survey of the literature, pro(3)
duction, and criticism of the theater. Required



for theater majors.



26.108 Theater Practicum (0-1)
Participation in plays: acting or technical work. Grade
awarded each semester. Participation for two semesters for 1 semester hour of credit. May be repeated
for

maximum

of 3 semester hours.



26.112 Fundamentals of Acting (3)
Introduces the theories and techniques of acting.

240

Theater Arts

Provides for individual and group exercises.

26.200 Experimental

Movement

(3)

— Exer-

and methods explored to support the
vocal and physical demands of performance

ater

company.

26.340 Scriptwriting (3)

and

— Studies dramatic
of drama. Students

cises

structure, types,

for the stage.

are required to write scripts for stage, film, radio, or television. Prerequisite: One writing course



Presents a
26.209 Theater Appreciation (3)
survey of all aspects of theater: acting, criticism,
design, directing, history, and production.



26.211 Theater Production/Stagecraft (3)
Studies basic stagecraft: scene construction,
painting, drafting, and crewing of a show. Laboratory work required.



26.215 History of the Theater (Spring) (3)
Surveys structures, production practices, plays
and the theater's function in societies from ritual beginnings through the 19th century.



26.219/26.319 Children's Theater (3)
A
survey of history, theory, and production of
theater for

young audiences.

26.251/26.314 Theory of Stage Lighting and
Design (3)
Provides for intensive study of
theory and design of lighting of a production
supplemented by applied work on productions.
Laboratory hours required.





26.311 Stage Design (3)
An introduction to
movements and the methods, approaches, tools, materials, and visual concepts of scene
basic

design.



26.316 Play Directing (3)
An overview of
the principles and techniques of directing and
the collaborative process vrith an introduction
to script analysis needed for concept development. Prerequisite: One course in theater



26.321 Theater and Stage Management (3)
Prepares students for professionalism in production of plays and the management of a the-

styles

or consent of the instructor



26.341 Fundamentals of Theater Design (3)
An introduction to the elements of designing
scenery, costumes, and lighting as they relate
to the components of a theatrical production.



26.345 Costume Construction (3)
Basic
techniques and approaches to costume construction for the stage.



26.414 Costuming for the Stage (3)
The
study and application of costume design for
the theater including methods, tools, materials,

and

visual concepts.



26.416 Modern Theater (3)
Continues the
study of theater history from 19th century
through the theater of today. Prerequisite:
26.215 or consent of instructor



26.451 Advanced Acting (3)
Character analbased on scriptwork. Students begin to focus on particular areas of development.

ysis



26.470 Independent Study ( 1-3)
Provides for
work and study in one of the areas
of theater. Student finds faculty sponsor and
prepares a written proposal, which requires
departmental recommendation and dean's
approval, arranged through the chairperson.
individual

See section on Independent Study.



26.490 Seminar: Theater (3)
Provides for a
concentrated study of an individual artist, a
period or a movement in theater. Offered on
demand. Prerequisite: 9 semester hours in theater
or consent of the instructor

241

Administration

Administration

Board of Governors
State System of Higher Education
(As ofJuly

1,

1995)

Eugene Dixon Jr., chairperson, Lafayette Hill

F.

Julia B. Ansill, vice chair, California

James T. Atherton Jr., Wilkes-Barre
Muriel Berman, Allen town
Jeffrey W. Coy, Shippensburg
Glenn Y. Forney, Shavertown
Dr. Eugene W. Hickock, Jr., Secretary of Education
James A. Hughes, Philadelphia

Joseph Loeper, Drexel

F.

Kim

Hill

E. Lyttle, Pittsburgh

Joseph M. Nespoli, Berwick
Thomas J. Ridge, Governor
Philip D. Rowe Jr., Wyomissing
Elizabeth L. Schmid, Student, West Chester
Jere W. Schuler, Harrisburg
Patrick J. Stapleton, Harrisburg
R.

Benjamin Wiley, Erie

Academic Affajj^
and Vice Presidentfor Academic Affairs
Wilson G. Bradshaw, Ph.D.

Provost

Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs

Tom L.

Research
Patrick Schloss, Ph.D.

Dean, College ofArts and Sciences
Hsien-Tung Liu, Ph.D.
Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences
Michael B. Poliakoff, Ph.D.

Interim Dean, College of Business
Gene R. Remoff, M.S.
Assistant Dean, College of Business
Patricia M. Boyne, M.S.

Dean, College of Professional Studies
Howard K. Macauley, Ph.D.
Assistant Dean, College ofProfessional Studies

Ann

Bloomsburg University
Council of Trustees
(As ofJuly

1,

1995)

Ramona H. Alley, Chairperson, Berwick
Joseph. J. Mowad, Vice Chairperson, Danville
Jennifer R. Adams, Bloomsburg
James T. Atherton Jr., Wilkes-Barre
Robert W. Buehnerjr., Bloomsburg
LaRoy G. Davis, Feasterville
Gail D. Edwards, Harrisburg
John J. Haggerty, Scran ton
Anna Mae

Bloomsburg
Gerald E. Malinowski, Mt. Carmel
Kevin M. O'Connor, Plains

Cooper, Ph.D.

Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studiesand

L. Lee, Ed.D.

Dean, Academic Support Services
John S. Mulka, D.Ed.
Dean, School of Extended Programs
G. Michael Vavrek, Ph.D.
Assistant Dean, School of Extended Programs
John Abell, M.Ed.

Dean, Library Services
J. Daniel Vann III, Ph.D.
Assistant Director, Automation

and Technical

Operations, Andruss Library

John

Lehr,

Director,

B. Pitcher, M.L.S.

Grants Office

James Matta, Ph.D.
Performing Arts Facilities
Randall Presswood, M.F.A.

Director,

Office of the President
President
Jessica Sledge Kozloff, Ph.D.

Executive Assistant to the President

Gail Derek Mullen, M.Ed.
FeuMlty Assistant to &ie President

James Pomfret, Ph.D.

Director, Planning, Institutional Research,

and

Information Management

Hugh J. McFaddenJn,

Ed.D.

Assistant Director, Planning, Institutional Researdi,

and Irtformation Management
Karen L. Slusser, B.A.
Re^strar

Kenneth D. Schnure, M.S.

242

Administration

Mary Gardner, M.Ed.

Acting Assistant Registrar

Amy Gum,

B.A.

Director, Television

Assistant Director, Athletics

and Radio

Burton Reese, M.Ed.

Services

Terrin Hoover, A.A.

Campus Child Care
Judy Coleman-Brinich, M.A.

Director,

Administration

Development Center
Carol Barnett, M.A.

Director, Career

Vice Presidentfor Administration

Robert J. Parrish, D.Ed.
Director,

Budget and Administrative Services

Donald

E.

Hock, B.A.

Comptroller, Accounting, Collections

and

Office

Assistant Comptroller, Accounting

Barbara Stiner, B.S.
Director, Center for Academic

Computing

Robert Abbott, M.A.
B.S.

Director, Custodial Sertrices

Assistant Director, Student Actiinties

Margaret Manning, M.S.
Director, Physical Plant

Hill,

Ph.D.

Lyons, M.A.

Assistant Director, Financial Aid

John

Bieryla,

M.A.

Intramural Sports Program
Carl Hinkle, M.S.

Director,

Messinger, B.S.

and Construction

Tomas G. Contos

Interim Director, Orientation

Lynda Michaels, M.E.

Purchasing

QUEST and the Corporate Institute
Roy Smith, M.S.

Director,

Joseph C. Quinn
Assistant Director, Purdiasing

Robert D. Hakim, B.A.
Director, University Police

Margaret Boykin, B.A.

Student Life
Interim Vice Presidentfor Student Ufe

Director, Residence Life

Linda Sowash, M.Ed.
Associate Director, Residence Life

Thomas

Admissions and Records
Christopher J. Keller, M.S.

Associate Director, Admissions

James Christy M.Ed.
Assistant Director, Admissions

Katherine Mulka, M.Ed.
Wayne Whitaker, B.A.
Counselor, Admissions

Kresch, M.S.

Assistant Director, Residence Life

Donald Young, M.S.

H. Preston Herring, Ph.D.
Director,

University Advancement
Advancement
M. Ed.

Vice Presidentfor University

Anthony M.

laniero,

Acting Director, Development
Susan Helwig, B.S.
Assistant Director, Development

Jo A. DeMarco, M.A.
Scott

P.

Righter, B.A.

Interhn Director, Social Equity

Fay Ortiz, B.S.

Gail Derek Mullen, M.Ed.

Education and Academic

Internships

JoAnne

Community Activities and Kehr Union

Comptroller,

Thomas M.

Human Resources and Labor Relations

Director, Cooperative

Day, M.Ed.

Alumni Affairs
Douglas C. Hippenstiel, M.Ed.

Director,

Director, University Relations

Director, Athletics

and Kehr

Union

Director, Financial Aid

Vincent DiLoretto

Director,

and Kehr

Union
Michael Sowash, M.S.

David A.

Assistant Director, Planning

and Kehr Union

John Trathen, D.Ed.

Jimmy Gilliland, M.A.

Interim Director, Computer Services

Thomas

Fitzgerald, M.S.

Associate Director, Student Activities

Michael Robatin, M.S.

Director,

Jeanne

Director, Student Activities

Management

Glenn Bieber,

Assistant Director, Career Development Center

Joan

T.

and Communication

Lentczner, M.S., M.A.

243

Administration

and Media Relations
Markland Lloyd, Ph.D.

Anatole Scaun, M.A., M.L.S., associate

Director, Neivs

professor

Director, Publications

Geoffrey Mehl, B.S.
Director, Sports Itrformation/AMetic Development

James

E. HoUister, B.S.

Assistant Director, Sports Information/Athletic

Development
Scott Leightmann, B.S.

Archivist/Coordinator

Coordinator ofAccess Services
Stephen Wiist, A.M.L.S., M.L.S., M.A.,
Advanced Certificate in Librarianship,
assistant professor
Reference Librarian, Subject Specialist

Library Faculty
University

Coordinator i^ Reference Services
Nancy S. Weyant, M.S.L.S., M.A., assistant
professor

Brad MacDonald, M.L.S., M.S.Ed.
of Special

Noninstnictional Faculty

CoUecdons/Reference Librarian

Vacant
Coordinator of Reference Collection and Library

Academic Advisement
Ronald V. Digiondomenico, M.S.W.,
Associate Professor,

Instruction

William J. Frost, M.S., M.A., associate

Center for Counseling and

Kambon Camara,

professor
Coordinator of Cataloguir^
Marilou Z. Hinchcliff, M.L.S., M.A.,
assistant professor
Reference Librarian/Subject Specialist/Catalog
Librarian

Charles L. Lumpkins, M.L.S., M.A.,
assistant professor

Human Development

M.S., assistant professor

Dolly Diers, M.A., assistant professor

Barry L.Jackson, Ph.D., professor
Venus Hewing, M.Ed., assistant professor
and chairperson
Shell E. Lundahl, assistant professor,
M.A., M.Ed.
Curriculum Materials Center
Paul Quick Sr., M.S., assistant professor

Director,

Administrative Services Librarian

Janet R. Olsen, M.S.L.S., assistant
professor
Collection Development and Acquisitions Librarian

Aaron Polonsky,

A.B., B.S.L.S., assistant

professor
Reference Librarian/Subject Specialist

Coordinator, Tutorial/504 Services
Peter B. Walters, M.A., instructor

Upward Bound
Maureen L. Mulligan, M.S., assistant professor

Director,

Assistant Director,

Upward Bound

W.Jan. Beard, M.S., instructor

244

Department Locations:


— Hartline
— Old Science

Accounting
Allied Health
Anthropology



Sutliff

Art
Old Science Hall
Biology
Hardine
Business Administration
Sudiff
Business Ed - Sutliff
Chemistry
Hartline
Computer & Inf. Science
Sudiff
Earth Science/Geology
Hardine
Economics
Bakeless
Education
McCormick












Engineering — Hardine
English — Bakeless
Finance — Sudiff
Geography — Hardine
Health/Phys Ed/ Athletics — Nelson
Health Sciences — McCormick
History — Old Science
Interdisciplinary Studies — Waller
Languages/Cultures — Old Science
Management — Sudiff
Mgmt. Information Systems — Sudiff
Marketing — Sudiff
Mass Communications — McCormick
Mathematics — McCormick
Medical Technology — Hartline
Military Science — ROTC (Upper Campus)
Music — Haas
Nursing — McCormick
Office Admin — Sudiff
Philosophy — Bakeless
Physics/Health Physics — Hardine
Science — Bakeless
Psychology — McCormick
Radiological Technology — Hardine
Social Welfare — McCormick
Sociology/Criminal Justice — McCormick
Special Education — Navy
Speech Communication — Navy
Speech Pathology/ Audiology — Navy
Communications Disorders — Navy
Theater Arts — Haas
Political

Bloomsburg
UNIVERSITY
A Member of Pennsylvania's
State System

Facilities

of Higher Education

Not Shown:

Magee Center 700 W. Main

St.

Development and Alumni House:
North of Maintenance on Rte 487

246

Faculty

and

Staff Emeriti

William A. Aciemo, December 1991

Robert B. Hessert, July 1987

Richard D. Alderfer, January 1991

Craig L. Himes, January 1983

Ben

C. Alter,

December 1985

John

Raymond
J.

E.

Ralph R. Ireland, May 1980

Babineau, Juine 1993

Weston Baker, May 1984

Donald

Charles G.Jackson, August 1990

August 1983

R. Bashore,

Ellamae Jackson, August 1971

December 1991
Iva Mae V. Beckley, May 1970
Rodrick Clark Boler, May 1982
Stephen M. Bresett, May 1987
Charles M. Bayler,

Leroy H. Brown, July 1991

Donald A. Camplese, December 1991
William L. Carlough, December 1991
Charles H. Carlson, Dean and Assistant Vice
President Emeritus,

Hoch, Dean Emeritus, May 1975

A.

Lee C. Hopple, December 1991

Joan M. Auten, July 1987

December 1991

Mary Lou F.John, December 1984
Royce O.Johnson, May 1973
William L.Jones, December 1989
Andrew J. Rarpinski, December 1991
Martin M. Keller, December 1991
Margaret A. Kelly, December 1991
Robert

L. Klinedinst,

Charles C. Kopp,
Phillip

January 1983

May 1985

H. Krause, October 1982

Jennie H. Carpenter, Vice President Emeritus,
December 1994

Julius R. Kroschewsky,

John F. Cook Jr., May 1989
James B. Creasy, May 1986

Ellen L. Lensing,

Cyril A. Lindquist,

December 1993
William K, Decker, June 1990
Blaise C. Delnis, December 1991
Berhard C. Dill, December 1991
Barbara M. Dilworth, December 1982
Richard J. Donald, December 1989
Davies,

Thomas
John P
Joanne

June

Enman, December 1984

Ariane Foureman,June 1990

December 1991
May 1981
Martin M. Gildea, December 1991
Glenn A. Good, May 1984
Halbert

R

Jerrold A.

R. Frantz,

Gates,

Griffis,

Vice President Emeritus,

December 1991
John E. Hartzel, December 1991
Michael Herbert, December 1991

1981

Master,

June 1986

E.

McComb, May 1986

James H. McCormick, President Emeritus,
September 1984
Michael J. McHale,
Eli

Wendelin

May

Lavere W. McClure, June 1988

1994
A.

R. Manley,

Colleen J. Marks, December 1991

C. Stuart Edwards, June 1979

John

May 1975

Margaret J. Long, May 1986

Virginia A. Duck, January 1984

Curtis R. Englisn, President Emeritus,

June 1982

Milton Levin, February 1984

Robert G. Davenport, May 1986

Thomas A.

May 1986

Margaret Read Lauer, May 1984

May 1983

W. McLaughlin, June 1986

John M. McLaughlin, December 1991
Robert G. Meeker, December 1991
Jack L. Meiss, December 1989
Donald C. Miller, July 1989
Robert C. Miller, December 1985
Scott E. Miller Jr., December 1991
Allen F. Murphy, December 1991
Craig A. Newton, December 1991

Ann Marie
Clyde

S.

Noakes, August 1991

Noble,

May 1979

247

Robert G. Norton, Dean Emeritus, December
1991

Ronald W. Novak, December 1991

Thomas

L.

Ohl, December 1991

August 1974

Hildegard

Pestel,

Thaddeus

Piotrowski,

Lauretta Pierce,

September 1990

December 1991

Donald D. Rabb, January 1984
Francis J. Radice, August 1985

Ruth D. Smeal, December 1978
Richard M. Smith, December 1979
Eric

W. Smithner, May 1983

Robert

L. Solenberger,

May 1982

Margaret M. Sponseller, August 1981
William J. Sproule,June 1993

Richard J. Stanislaw, May 1982
William B. Sterling,

George

E. Stetson,

May 1973

September 1991

Gwendolyn Reams, August 1976

Gerald H. Strauss, August 1993

James T.

Thomas

Reifer, January 1991

May 1981
Stanley A. Rhodes, May 1982
Alva W. Rice, May 1980
Robert D. Richey, May 1983
Robert L. Rosholt, December 1991
Betty J. Rost, May 1982
Ray C. Rost, May 1984
Susan Rusinko, December 1991
Martin A. Satz, May 1979
Richard C. Savage, May 1985
Tobias F. Scarpino, May 1982
Russell F. Schleicher, May 1962
Anna G. Scott, May 1956
John S. Scrimgeour, December 1991
John J. Serff Jr., December 1991
Emily A. Reuwsaat,

Gilbert R. Selders, August 1987

Rex

E. Selk,

May 1982

G. Sturgeon,

May 1977

David A. Superdock, May 1986

Anthony J.

December 1991
December 1982

Sylvester,

Alfred E. Tonolo,

Donald A. Vannan, January 1991
P. Vaughan, May 1986

Joseph

John L. Walker, June 1993
R. Edward Warden, December 1991
Robert D. Warren, January 1984

Lynn

A. Watson, Jauary 1991

Margaret

S.

Webber, January 1984

Norman

E.

James

Whitmer, May 1988

R.

White,

May 1985

William G. Williams, August 1982

Richard O. Wolfe, May 1980
William

Robert

S.

P.

Woznek, May 1986

Yori,

December 1991

Matthew Zoppetti, May 1986

248

Index

Index

Absence Due to Illness 64
Academic Advisement 58
Academic Affairs 241
Academic Computing Facilities 81
Academic Dismissal 54
Academic Examination Policy 55
Academic Good Standing 53
Academic Policies 46
Academic Probation 53
Academic Support Services 58
Access to Educational Records 4
Accounting 87
Accreditation 4
Act 101 and Educational Opportunity
Programs 30
Administration 242
Administrative andPService Buildings 76
Admission 30, 31, 32
Admission Procedures 30
Aerospace Studies/Air Force ROTC 188
Affirmative Action 4
Air Force ROTC 188
Allied Health Preparatory Programs 90
Ambulance Service 64
Andruss Library 77, 80
Anthropology 92
Army ROTC 190
Art 95
Arts on Campus 66
Associate Degree 55
Athletics 148
Athletics and Recreation 67
Audio Visual Resources 83

Audiology 233
Auditing of Courses 48

B
Bakeless Center for the Humanities 73
Benjamin Franklin Hall 73
Biological and Allied Health Sciences 99
Biology 99
Bloomsburg University Foundation 81
Board of Governors 241

Boyd

F.

Buckingham Campus Maintenance

Center 77
Buckalew Place 76

Buildings and Facilities 73
Business Administration-Economics 108
Business Economics 125
Business Education 109
Business Education
and Office Administration 203
Business Law 108, 144

Campus Child Center 68
Campus Mail Service 66
Campus Visits 33
Career Development Center 66
Carver Hall 77
Casual Meal Rate 43
Celebrity Artist Series 59
Centennial Gymnasium 73
Center for Counseling and Human Development 65
Center for Regional Development 26
Change of Area of Study (Major) 57
Change of Grade 51
Change of Undergraduate Schedule 46
Chemistry 111
Chuck Daly Way 79
Class Attendance Policy 49
Class Standing 47
Clinical Chemistry 111
College of Business 18
College of Professional Studies 19
Colleges and Schools 16
Columbia Residence Hall 75
Communication Disorders 226, 233, 236
Communication Studies 230, 239
Community Government Association 60
Computer and Information Systems
114, 172
Computer Science 117
Cooperative Education and Academic
Internships 26
Council of Trustees 241
Course Repeat Policy 51
Credit by Examination 48
Criminal Justice 222
Cultural Diversity Requirement 72
Curriculum and Foundations 128
Curriculum Materials Center 82

249

Index

D

Distribution Requirements 71
Double Majors Across Colleges 48

Dean's

List

53

Definition of Full-time

and Part-time

Students 46
Definition of Grades 50
Degree Programs 14, 15
Department Locations 244
Department of Accounting 87
Department of Anthropology 92
Department of Art 95
Department of Biological and Allied Health
Science 99
Department of Business Education

and Office Ad 203
Department of Business Education and
Office Admini 109
Department of Chemistry 111
Department of Communication Disorders
and Specia 233
Department of Communication Disorders
and Special 226, 236
Department of Communication Studies
230, 239

Department of Computer and Information
Systems 114, 172

Department of Curriculum and Foundations
128

Department of Developmental Instruction

H. Nelson Field House 74
Early Admission 30
E.

Early Childhood Education 129

Earth Science 122, 146
Economics 125
Elementary Education 130
Elwell Residence Hall 75

Emergency Telephone Numbers 10
Emeriti 246

Engineering and Liberal Arts 137
English 140
Entrance Standards 30
Evaluation of Undergraduate Transfer
Credits 52

and Staff Emeriti 246
Family Planning 64
Fees 42, 43, 44, 45
Fenstemaker Alumni House 77
Finance 108
Finance and Business Law 144
Faculty

Financial Aid
33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41

120

Department of Economics 125
Department of English 1 40
Department of Finance and Business Law
108, 144

Financial

Need 34

Flex Dollars 63
Francis B. Haas Center for the Arts 73
Freshman Year Program 59

Department of Geography and Earth Science
122, 146
Depzirtment of Health, Physical Education
andAthle 148
Department of History 154
Department of Languages and Cultures 163
Department of Management 169
Department of Marketing 174
Department of Mass Communications 176
Department of Mathematics and Computer
Science 180
Department of Music 192
Department of Nursing 198
Department of Philosophy 205
Department of Physics 208
Department of Political Science 212
Department of Psychology 215
Department of Sociology and Social Welfare
220, 222
Developmental Instruction 120
Diagnostic Testing 57
Dining Facilities 63

General Education Requirements 69
General Mailing Address 10
Geography and Earth Science 122, 146
Geology 122
Graduate Studies Catalog 29
Graduation Requirements 54
Grants 36

H
Hardine Science Center 73
Harvey A. Andruss Library 77, 80
Health, Physical Education

and Athletics

148
Health Physics 208
Health Services 64, 153
History 154

Honor and

Professional Societies 62

Honors 55
Housing Fees 42

250

Index

Medical Technology 185
Military Science 190
Miscellaneous Fees 43

Information 9
Information Systems 114, 116

Comparative and International
Manage 82
Institute for Interactive Technologies 82
Institutional Testing 65
Instructional Buildings 73
Insurance Coverage for Athletics 64
Insurance Coverage for Intramural Sports
65
Integrity Policy and Procedures 57
Institute for

Interdisciplinary Studies 160
Interdisciplinary Study 160

International Education 58

Montgomery Place Apartments 76
Montour Residence Hall 76
Motor Vehicle Registration 67
Multicultural Center 63

Multiple Degrees 55
Music 192

N
Navy Hall 74
Nelson Field House 74
Noncredit Programs and Services 26
Nondegree and Adult Programs and Services
27
Noninstructional Faculty 243

International Students 33
Internet Address 10
Intramural Sports 67

Normal Load and Overload 47
Northumberland Residence Hall 76
Nursing 198

o

James H. McCormick Center
for

Human Services

74

Off -Campus Residency 60
0£F-campus Visits 33

K
Kehr Union

63,

Office Administration 109, 203
Office of the President 241

76

On-Campus Housing 60
Orientation 65
Orientation Fees 43
Osuna Drive 78

L
Languages and Cultures 163
Late Registration 47
Laubach Drive 78
Library Faculty 243
Litwhiler Field 75

Pass-Fail Policy

48

Payment of Fees 43

Loans 39
Luzerne Residence Hall 75
Lycoming Residence Hall 76

Pergola 79
Philosophy 205
Physical Education 148

M

Physics 208

Economics 125
Science 212
Pre-Cytotechnology 90
Pre-Occupational Therap 90
Pre-Occupational Therapy 90

Political

Magee Center

26,

Political

77

Majors, Minors, Career Concentrations

Teacher 47

Management 169
Management Information Systems 172
Marguerite W. Kehr Union 76
Marine Science 105
Marketing 174
Mass Communications 176
Mathematics and Computer Science

and

Pre-Pharmacy 90
Pre-Physical Therapy 90
Provost's Lecture Series 59

Psychology 215
Public Access Online Catalog (PALS) 80
Publications 62

117, 180

McCormick Center 74
Meal Plan Options 63
Meal Plans 42

Quality Point Average (QPA) 51
Quality Points 51

251

Index

QUEST

Theater Arts 239

67

R

Transfer Students 31
Tutorial/504 Services 58

Radiological Technology 219

u

Reading Clinic 82
Readmission 32
Recording Grades 50
Redman Stadium 74
Refund Policies 44
Residence Halls 75
Residence Requirements 47
Roadways and Walks 78

ROTC 188, 190
ROTC Programs

28

Undergraduate Fees 42
Undergraduate Program 69
Undergraduate Transfer Credits 52
University Advancement 242
University Archives 80
University Scholars Program 31
University Services 80
University Store 66, 76
University Writing Center 81
Upward Bound 59

Satisfactory Progress 35, 53

Scheduling Classes and Registration 46
Scholarships 36
School of Education 19
School of Extended Programs 26
School of Graduate Studies 29
School of Health Sciences 22
Schuyler Drive 79
Schuylkill Residence Hall 76
Science Hall 75
Scranton Commons 76
Second Baccalaureate Degree 32
Secondary Education (7-12) 132
Social Fraternities and Sororities 62
Social Welfare 220, 222
Sociology and Social Welfare 220, 222
Sociology/Criminal Justice 222
Special Education 226, 233, 236
Speech Communication 230
Speech, Hearing, and Language Clinic 82
Speech Pathology 233
Stafford Loans 34
Student Employment 41
Student Grievances 66
Student Health Insurance 64
Student Housing 60
Student Life 242
Student Life and Services 60, 61
Student Organizations 60
Student Outcomes Assessment 57
Student Recreation Center 63, 76
SutliffHall 75
Swisher Circle 79

and Radio Services 82
Temporary Withdrawal/
Leave of Absence 32
Television

Veterans Affairs 66
Visitors Parking 68

w
Waller Administration Building 78
Walter Simon Hall 75
Welsh Circle 79
William W. Scranton Commons 76
Wilson House 78
Withdrawal from a Course 51
Withdrawal from the University 52
World War I Memorial 79